teem 





- ον νας 
vom τὰν ee 
Sone, 





pions BEL ᾿ : 
ἘΣ PO χὰ πο ye ἘᾺΝ Se 





Saba 


Ἵ a 


ere 
oe 
Ne tie -᾿ 
ee ον το eS 
Wee oe! 
ey 


Sern 
arte es 
wieehetee 
ἊΣ 


iit 


Ἂν 
#5) 


bee ee 
oe 
a 


Saye 


+ 
ae 
Meat = 
κε eo : 
Bae: - ᾿ 
τ ne lott ae 
Sao Se 
ess 
oe eae t's 


+4 


"" 
<P ot 
ΤΕΥ 


* 
rs 


ον» 
- . ~ 
See sex 
YA tere = wes 
ΜΝ » eres van Σ 
ἐπ τον ταν ττῸ 
Veerd rae See 


£ 


eee, 
ATED 


BK 
i 


δ 
aS 


ἣν 


᾿ 
τ᾿ 
4 


We 

ὌΝ 
tee; 
PA Ts 


Sone 


A) 
E 
<7 
δε 
a 
+ tay 


ane, 
Rows oe 
ets = pas ΣᾺΣ a Se 
See oe poe 
ἐς Desh ence * a 
he Pea Ὁ aan 


[51 
a 


Ph ἀ δὴν 
At 

5555 
ἘΠ 
ates 

ἢ 


Sf 
res 
ih 
+ 


+ 
3 
ΝΥ 


3 


Soe SSS 


er, 


rs 


i 


eat σον 
soevkeetts Soe 
mS 


HY 


eth 
Ἧς 


as 


ξΞ ΞΞ 

; : one = 

aes a Se Ξ 
eat ett aoe “ δ Seay Soe = ‘ = 
SS = 


“es 


ΣΡ reeves 
᾿ i ἜΠΗ fi 
ΤΑΣ ΩΣ 
τ, Ἢ py. 

be 


iT ee : = . : 
MSS : - ee saint 








τὰ Oe oi Ψ eae PS, MOR 


| 


ee 


L, meas ARY 


| UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 


GIFT OF 


Nis. ©. NO Fhark. lu 09% 


| 
Received 4, an. bron 
os Accession.No. WL 6 . Class Nos: . Y = ἢ 





Tc we 


Εν 


a 


5 £ 


Se Or 











Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2007 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


httos://archive.org/details/orationofdemosthOOdemorich 


THE 


ORATION OF DEMOSTHENES 


ON THE CROWN. 


WITH 


EXTRACTS FROM THE ORATION OF ASCHINES AGAINST 
CTESIPHON, AND EXPLANATORY NOTES. 


- BY 


MARTIN L. D’OOGE, Pu. D., LL. D., 


PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 


** Quid enim tam aut visendum aut audiendum fuit, quam summorum ora- 
torum in gravissima causa accurata et inimicitiis incensa contentio ?” 
Cic. de Opt. Gen. Orat. 


TWELFTH EDITION. 


OF THE 


UNIVERSITY 





CHICAGO: 
SCOTT, FORESMAN, AND COMPANY. 
1896. 


CopyriIGHuT, 1875. 
By S.C. GRIGGS & CO. 


7%670 


University Press: Joun Witson & Son, 
CAMBRIDGE. 





TO 





JAMES R. BOISE, Px. D., LL.D., 


; PROFESSOR IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO, 
; 


az 
ἣν “THIS EDITION OF DEMOSTHENES DE CORONA IS GRATEFULLY INSCRIBED, 
s AS THE FRUIT OF STUDIES FIRST INSPIRED BY HIS ADMIRABLE 
᾿ INSTRUCTION, AND AS A TRIBUTE OF RESPECT FOR 
HIS EMINENT SERVICES IN THE CAUSE 


OF CLASSICAL LEARNING. 


ἧς ἜΣ ὁ δὲ av 


Baie. 





PREHEFACH. 


HE aim of the present edition of the De Corona is 
threefold: First, to present in the most concise form 
possible the latest results of study and criticism upon this 
masterpiece of Athenian oratory, especially as found in the 
best approved editions of ‘the German scholars. Of all 
these editions Westermann’s and Voemel’s have been most 
freely consulted and used, particularly in points of histori- 
cal and textual criticism. The text is that of Baiter and 
Sauppe’s Oratores Attict, which follows most closely the 
reading of >, the oldest and best of the manuscripts. A 
few departures from this text are noticed as they occur. 
A second aim of this edition is to lead the student to 
study the oration as a finished rhetorical and literary pro- 
duction... No encouragement is given to such as would 
make it mainly a vehicle for teaching grammar. The 
grammatical notes are, therefore, few, referring in the main 
only to the nature of conditional and to the structure of 
relative sentences. On the other hand, frequent attention 
is called to the rhetorical order of words, the emphasis of 
position, the use of metaphors, the rhythm of diction, and 


wi PREFACE. 





kindred points in rhetoric. The opportunity for using 
illustrative material is exceedingly limited in an ordinary 
text-book ; but the editor hopes that the few specimens of 
illustration referred to in the Notes may stimulate a more 
general comparison of Demosthenes with other orators, both 
ancient and modern. 

A third aim, quite akin to the second, is to enable the 
student to appreciate the oration as a skilful plea and a 
masterpiece of argumentation. To realize this aim it is 
essential that he have some acquaintance with the rival 
oration of A‘schines. But in most of our colleges this ora- 
tion is not read; and the student reads a speech that was 
made as a rejoinder to one of which he has but the slight- 
est, if any, knowledge. To meet this difficulty, in part at 
least, extracts from the oration of A%schines are appended 
at the foot of the text to illustrate those points which De- 
mosthenes makes directly in reply to his opponent. The 
editor has found, upon repeated trial, that such a compari- 
son, almost point for point, of the rival orations, gives new 
interest and value to the study of the De Corona. It has 
not been thought best to make any comments upon the 
Zeschines, as it would be difficult to fix any limit here. 
Generally it will be found sufficient for the illustration of 
the text of Demosthenes, that the pupil simply read these 
extracts. To supplement them, and to enable the student 
to follow and compare the chain of argument of each orator 
throughout its entire length, a brief abstract of the speech 
of A®schines has been added in an Appendix. The course 





PREFACE. wi 





of the argument of Demosthenes can be obtained from the 
divisions designated in the Notes. The student is recom- 
mended to write out for himself a full abstract of this ora- 
tion. The editor allows himself one or two more sugges- 
tions. Let the pupil be required to notice carefully all the 
references to other parts of the oration, and so learn how 
certain expressions may often recur, and how the use of 
a word or phrase in one connection may explain its use 
in another. In a word, let the Notes be carefully studied. 
The student will find it greatly to his advantage to read, 
in preparation for the study of this oration, Chapters 
LXXXIX. and XC. of Grote’s “History of Greece.” It 
remains to be added, that; on account of the generally 
acknowledged spuriousness of the inserted documents, and 
their irrelevancy to the points under discussion, it has not 
been. thought worth the while to write comments upon 
more than the first four, —a sufficient number from which 
to gain some idea of the internal evidence against their 
genuineness, and to illustrate peculiar and technical uses 
of words. 

The Introduction is substantially taken from Anton 
Westermann’s fourth edition. 3 

While in the midst of my preparation there comes to 
hand Professor W. S. Tyler’s excellent revision of the edi- 
tion of Holmes. To both the original and the revising 
editor I have acknowledged repeated indebtedness for notes 
on the use and meaning of words. Besides the sources al- 
ready named, my material has been drawn chiefly from 


viil PREFACE. 





Whiston, Lord Brougham, Professor Larned, Reiske, Schae- 
fer, Dissen, Bremi, Rehdantz, and from Arnold Schaefer’s 
exhaustive work, Demosthenes und seine Zeit. I am also 
under obligations to Professor J. H. Lipsius, of the Univer- 
sity of Leipzig, for valuable lectures on this oration. My 
special thanks are due to my scholarly colleague, Professor 
Albert H. Pattengill, for valuable suggestions and critical 
assistance in preparing this work for the press. 

I shall esteem it a favor if any one using this book shall 
call my attention to any error whatsoever. 


M. L. D’OOGE. 
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, January, 1875. 





PREFACE TO THE THIRD REVISED EDITION. 


ΙΝ preparing this edition, references have been made to 
Goodwin's New Grammar, and many suggestions and cor- 
rections, kindly offered by teachers and students who have 
used the earlier editions, have been adopted. 

To all who have thus aided me in presenting an improved 
book, I desire to express my sincere thanks. 


M. L. D’OOGE. 
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, June, 1880. 








LIBRARY 


OF THE 





4 


JNIVERSITY ἢ 


\ Or ) 
Neca 


INTRODUCTION. 


HE news of the defeat at Cheronea excited no small con- 

sternation at Athens. In the supposition that Philip 
would prosecute his victorious career and attack Athens itself, 
it was determined in all haste to place the city in a better state 
of defence. The unexpected clemency of Philip in his dealings 
with the Athenians, and the peace brought about soon after 
through the agency of Demades, interrupted, it seems, these 
hurried defensive preparations. But the importance of an ex- 
tensive and thorough repair of the walls and fortifications had 
thus been made evident; and before the close of the year 338 
a proposal was successfully made by Demosthenes, without excit- 
ing opposition, as it appears, from the Macedonian party, that 
the building of the walls and defences be at once carried for- 
ward. The work was apportioned, as usual, by sections among 
the ten tribes, each of which elected a commissioner (τειχοποιός), 
as administrator of the funds set apart by the state for this 
purpose, and as general overseer of the work. 

The tribe of Pandionis elected Demosthenes to Hebe this 
trust. Demosthenes expended from his own resources a hun- 
dred minas over and above the ten talents given him by the 
state for this object (cf. Aisch. c. Ctes., §§ 23, 31; Dem. ὃ 119, 
below). This, together with his generous donation to the The- 
oric Fund (cf. Dem. § 113, below), furnished Ctesiphon, his 
personal friend and supporter, with an opportunity to obtain a 
public recognition of the general as well as special merits of De- 


Χ INTRODUCTION. 





mosthenes as a citizen and politician. Accordingly, Ctesiphon 
proposes, in 337 B. c., a decree that the state should honor De- 
mosthenes with a golden crown, not only for these benefactions, 
“but also especially because he constantly says and does what is 
for the best interest of the people” (cf. Aisch. ὃ 49); further- 
more, that the herald should proclaim this crown in the theatre 
before the assembled Greeks, at the time of the great Dionysia. 

The Macedonian faction saw in this proposal only a stroke of 
policy on the side of the Patriotic party, which party interests 
bade them thwart at all costs. "When, therefore, the Senate 
brought this proposal, which appears to have passed this body 
without serious opposition, for confirmation before the Assem- 
bly, Aéschines entered protest, and declared his purpose, under 
oath (cf. note, ὃ 103, below), to bring a CompLaint For ILLE- 
GALITY (γραφὴ παρανόμων) against the author of the proposal. 
The immediate sequence of this declaration was the suspension 
of the bill until this question should be decided. The com- 
plaint, according to Alschines, ὃ 219, was formally brought 
prior to the death of Philip, which occurred in July, 336. 

In the bill of indictment Aischines attacks the legality of 
the proposal (now a προβούλευμα) at two points: (1) that the 
statement contained therein, that Demosthenes constantly aims 
in his words and deeds at the best interests of the state, is false, 
and to insert a false statement in the public documents is for- 
bidden by law (cf. Ausch. ὃ 50); (2) that the proposed crowning 
was a violation of the existing laws in two respects, inasmuch 
as Demosthenes had not yet given account of the offices for 
which it was alleged he had deserved so well, and again in that 
the proclamation was to be made in the theatre at the great 
Dionysia. 

It is plain that Ctesiphon is not the man against whom 
such a formidable attack must needs be directed. The real an- 
tagonist whom Aéschines wishes to encounter is Demosthenes ; 
the man who for so many years had defiantly opposed him, had 





ὌΝ ΡΥ 


INTRODUCTION. <i 





crossed and thwarted all his purposes, had compelled’ him to 
enter into a formal defence against a charge of treachery and 
misconduct in an embassy to Philip, had all along defended the 
common fatherland against the encroachments and schemes of 
Macedon ; and who, even when the unavoidable calamity had 
come, and Athens, in common with the other Greek states, had 
fallen under the Macedonian sway, had with unwearied strength 
and unfailing courage devoted himself wholly to the promotion 
of the welfare of the state. Now, when the influence of the 
Patriotic party was so greatly crippled by the disastrous result 
of the late struggle for independence, now was the favorable mo- 
ment for crushing the hated rival and for annihilating his politi- 
cal existence. Such was the spirit in which Aischines under- 
took this prosecution. His oration against Ctesiphon is, in point 
of rhetorical finish, one of the masterpieces of ancient oratory, 
but in moral tone a detestable abortion, the fruit of blind and 
unbridled passion. In full measure he pours upon his opponent 
the accumulated and distilled poison of his party hatred ; every 
means is legitimate to assuage his thirst for revenge ; not one of 
the measures of Demosthenes — and he passes them all in re- 
view — finds mercy in his sight. Demosthenes, he charges, has 
crouched before Philip; has received bribes from every quarter ; 
the unfortunate peace of Philocrates is of his doing ; to him the 
unhappy Phocians and Thebans owe their ruin ; in short, all 
the calamities that have befallen Greece lie at his door, —a cari- 
cature which, in its exaggeration, reproves and corrects itself. 
Thus challenged, Demosthenes cannot have hesitated to enter 
upon the contest. For, aside from the fact that he was the 
natural defender of Ctesiphon, and also that even under much 
less provocation it was not in the nature of an Athenian to let 
personal injuries go unresented, nothing could have seemed to 
him more desirable than this opportunity to vindicate publicly 
his entire political career. Indeed, to destroy the fabric of lies 
woven by Aischines, there was no need of such powerful elo- 





ΧΙΪ INTRODUCTION. | 





quence as Demosthenes possessed ; there was, however, need of 
a character as pure and of as great moral dignity as was his to 
do this with certainty, with confidence in the good cause he 
espoused, and with success in the face of a credulous, fickle, 
and excitable populace. 

To be sure, Azs oration also, perfect as it is in its structure, 
has its shadows. Such are the personal assaults upon Aéschines, 
comments upon which are to be found in δὲ 129, 258 ff. And 
here we may not pass by unnoticed the fact that Demosthenes 
does not always candidly and simply limit himself to the bare 
statement of facts, especially is this the case when he wishes to 
expose the weak points of his antagonist’s policy or to conceal 
those of his own; but, on the contrary, occasionally he gives to 
his representation a plausible and sophistical coloring. In this, 
however, he differs in no wise from all his contemporaries ; and, 
at all events, these sophisms, unjustifiable though they are when 
taken by themselves, employed in a good cause are not able to 
weaken at all the impression of truthfulness which the oration 
produces as a whole. 

Unquestionably the weakest part of the defence lay in the an- 
swer to the technical and legal points that formed the basis of 
the indictment. Aischines was too wary a man to enter upon 
this contest without feeling sure of his ground in at least one 
respect. The peril of Demosthenes was really this; that his 
opponent would argue solely the legal question in the case, 
and, arguing this successfully, would seriously implicate his 
political career and ruin his public reputation and influence. 
Had A®schines limited himself to the illegality of this proposal 
on the score of Demosthenes’s accountability (cf. §§ 112, 119, 
and notes), there is every reason to believe that Ctesiphon would 
have been condemned, and Demosthenes would have remained 
uncrowned. But this did not satisfy the hatred of A®schines. 
Blinded by his passion for revenge, he weakened the force of 
his legal argument not only in connecting with it a second 





INTRODUCTION. Xili 





technical question of exceedingly doubtful nature (that of the 
place of Proclamation), but also in concentrating the strength 
of his attack upon an examination of the public career of his 
opponent, in order to prove how unworthy he is in every point 
of view of the proposed distinction. Thus the legal question 
falls at once into the background ; it is no longer Ctesiphon, 
but Demosthenes, who is on trial. And Demosthenes does not 


fail to avail himself of the advantage that is thus offered him ; 


but, placing the legal points in the middle of his speech, to 
borrow the expression of the old critics, as a good general 
arranges his weakest troops in the centre of his line of battle, 
he devotes nearly all his efforts to the refutation of the personal 
reproaches and charges that were brought against himself. 

The trial of this suit did not come off at once, but, according 
to various authorities (cf. Aisch. ὃ 254; Plut. Dem., ὃ 24; Cie. 
De opt. gen. orat., § 7), was postponed until the latter part of 
the summer of 330 8, c., a period of at least six years after the 
indictment was first brought. What occasioned this unparal- 
leled delay is wholly unknown ; neither orator makes the slight- 
est allusion to it. Had there been on either side any artful 
design in this postponement, the opposite party would doubt- 
less have mentioned it in its own favor. The time for renew- 
ing the complaint and bringing it to trial was doubtless well 
chosen; for Alexander’s recent victories in the East, and the 
destruction of the Peloponnesian league by Antipater, the 
Macedonian general, must have newly elated the partisans of 
Macedon .at Athens, and given A%schines and his associates 
fresh hopes of success in their attack upon Demosthenes. 

The fame of the trial and the reputation of the rival orators 
attracted strangers from all parts of the Hellenic world (cf. note 
on ὃ 196). A®schines, being the prosecutor, spoke first. If 
the usual custom was followed, Ctesiphon, as the defendant, 
made the first reply. What this was is unknown; it was 
probably nothing more than a formal denial of the charge. 


XIV INTRODUCTION. 





The case was closed with the speech of Demosthenes on the 
defence. | 
That we possess these orations in the exact form in which they 
were delivered, no one supposes. But to point out the changes 
that were introduced in their revision is largely a matter of 
conjecture. Some of them may at least be inferred in com- 
paring the two ordations ; especially is this true of the speech 
of Aéschines. Demosthenes, on the one hand, alludes to topics 
which his opponent has just treated (cf. δὲ 95, 238), but which 
are not found in the oration of A®schines; while, again, the 
speech of Aischines contains quite a number of points for a 
reply to which we search Demosthenes in vain. It must not, 
of course, be expected that Demosthenes would discuss all 
the statements of his rival, point for point; a few charges in 
the great number may have escaped his notice, many deserved 
no attention, and the right to pass by such as were of minor 
importance was doubtless exercised. But that he should have 
left unanswered entire portions of the speech of A%schines, as, 
for example, that in which the latter depicts the last of the 
four periods into which he divides his rival’s public career (cf. 
Abstract in Appendix), and have passed by in silence those 
scornful insinuations of A%schines in treating this period, not 
even noticing them so much as to say that their consideration 
was whally irrelevant to the case, — this exceeds all probability. 
These considerations lead to the suspicion that A%schines 
subsequently rewrote his speech, omitting in the revised edition 
what best suited his purpose (cf. note, § 95), and adding to it 
parts which in their full extent can no longer be definitely- distin- 
guished. This suspicion is fully confirmed in the case of two 
passages. One of the most common artifices of the ancient 
orators was the use of what is called ὑποφορά or subjectio, by 
which the arguments or illustrations of an opponent are an- 
ticipated either as a matter of conjecture or of report, and the 
attack or defence is thereby made more difficult. A%schines 





INTRODUCTION. ὌΝ 





-makes frequent use of this rhetorical artifice ; but in two places, 
§§ 189, 225, the apparent artifice is really plagiarism. Upon 
comparing these two passages with § 319 and § 243 of Demos- 
thenes (in which connection they are cited), we find the closest 
similarity. Now, all due allowance being made for what each 
orator may have heard in advance of the other’s line of argu- 
ment, through the discussions of their adherents and the reports 
of talebearers, to suppose that in such unessential and minute 
respects as the form of an illustration one orator should exactly 
anticipate the other, is most improbable, not to say impossible. 
It admits, therefore, of hardly a doubt that A®schines copied 
both the similes in the passages referred to from the speech of 
his rival after its publication. Demosthenes, it is believed, pub- 
lished his oration, if not word for word, certainly in substance, 
as he spoke it, soon after the trial was over; Aéschines, as it 
appears, published his somewhat later, taking advantage of the 
earlier publication of his opponent’s speech. Could Demos- 
thenes, when he published his own, have had before him the 
speech of Aischines in its revesed form, we may suppose that 
his also would in some points have read differently. 

The final issue of the trial makes some atonement for the 
malice to which it owes its origin. A®schines did not receive 
a fifth part of the votes, and was accordingly condemned to pay 
the fine established by law of one thousand drachmas, and to 
suffer inability ever again to institute a similar suit. His 
influence and reputation were destroyed ; and unable to endure 
the sightof the hated victor, he went to Rhodes into voluntary 
exile. It is related that here he read his speech against Ctesi- 
phon; and when his Rhodian audience expressed surprise that 
such a masterly oration should not have gained him the day, 
he gracefully remarked, “You would cease to wonder, if ἐδ δὸς 
had heard Demosthenes.” 





ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΗΣ. 





ἘΝ ~~ =F 






UNIVERSITY 


OF CALIFORNS 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΗΣ. 


ΥΠΕῈΡ ΚΤΗΣΙΦΩΝΤΟΣ ΠΕΡῚ TOY 
ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 


» * A A A 
POTON μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τοῖς θεοῖς 
΄“ 4 
εὔχομαι πᾶσι καὶ πάσαις, ὅσην εὔνοιαν 
» > Ν “~ “~ ’ A ΄“ 4 
ἔχων ἐγὼ διατελῶ τῇ τε πόλει καὶ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν, 
τοσαύτην ὑπάρξαι μοι παρ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς τουτονὶ τὸν 
> “ » » 9 7 - 4 > ε 4A ε ~ 
ἀγῶνα, ἔπειθ᾽ ὅ πέρ ἐστι μάλισθ᾽ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 
Ν ΄ ε 7 > 4 ‘A ’ὔ a) 
καὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας εὐσεβείας Te καὶ δόξης, τοῦτο 
. wn AQ “~ 
παραστῆσαι τοὺς θεοὺς ὑμῖν, μὴ τὸν ἀντίδικον 
σύμβουλον ποιήσασθαι περὶ τοῦ πῶς ἀκούειν 2 





ΖΈΒΟΗ. IN CTESIPH. 205. οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὸν Δημοσθένην 
ἀξιώσατε ἀπολογεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸν τῶν ὑπευθύνων νόμον πρῶτον 
καὶ τὸν περὶ τῶν κηρυγμάτων δεύτερον, τρίτον δὲ τὸ μέγιστον 
λέγω, ὡς οὐδὲ ἄξιός ἐστι τῆς δωρεᾶς. ἐὰν δ᾽ ὑμῶν δέηται συγ- 
χωρῆσαι αὑτῷ περὶ τῆς τάξεως τοῦ λόγου, κατεπαγγελλόμενος, 
ὡς ἐπὶ τῇ τελευτῇ τῆς ἀπολογίας λύσει τὸ παράνομον, μὴ συγ- 
χωρεῖτε, μηδ᾽ ἀγνοεῖθ᾽, ὅτι πάλαισμα τοῦτ᾽ ἐστὶ δικαστηρίου " 
ov γὰρ εἰσαῦθίς ποτε βούλεται πρὸς τὸ παράνομον ἀπολογεῖσθαι, 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἔχων δίκαιον εἰπεῖν ἑτέρων παρεμβολῇ πραγμάτων εἰς 
λήθην ὑμᾶς βούλεται τῆς κατηγορίας ἐμβαλεῖν. 206. ὥσπερ 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





δ΄ “ἃ > A ὃ a 4 ἣν “Ὁ ¥ galt A 
ὑμᾶς ἐμοῦ δεῖ (σχέτλιον yap ἂν εἴη τοῦτό ye) 
3 Ν Ν. ’ Ν Ν ν > a Ν 
ἀλλὰ τοὺς νόμους καὶ τὸν ὅρκον, ἐν ᾧ πρὸς 
9 la ¥ ’ Ν “ ‘4 
ἅπασι τοῖς ἄλλοις δικαίοις καὶ τοῦτο γέγραπται, 
‘\ ε ’ 5 “a 5 ’ nw 3 5 Α, 
τὸ ὁμοίως ἀμφοῖν ἀκροάσασθαι. τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐστὶν 
οὐ μόνον τὸ μὴ προκατεγνωκέναι μηδέν, οὐδὲ 
Ν Ἁ » ¥ 5 ΄“ 9 Ν. Ἁ Ν ~ 
τὸ τὴν εὔνοιαν ἴσην ἀποδοῦναι, ἀλλὰ Kal τὸ TH 
, A “~ > 4 e ’ A ’ 
τάξει καὶ τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ, ὡς βεβούληται καὶ προΐ- 
ρηται τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων ἕκαστος, οὕτως ἐᾶσαι 
χρήσασθαι. 
= a 

Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν ἔγωγ᾽ ἐλαττοῦμαι κατὰ τουτονὶ 
τὸν ἀγῶνα Αἰσχίνου, δύο δ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 

Ν ’ aA \ 9 ΓΕ ἋΣ \ a » 3 ’ἢ 
καὶ μεγάλα, ἕν μὲν ὅτι οὐ περὶ τῶν ἴσων ἀγωνί- 
Cowart: οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἴσον νῦν ἐμοὶ τῆς παρ᾽ 
ὑμῶν εὐνοίας διαμαρτεῖν καὶ τούτῳ μὴ ἑλεῖν τὴν 
γραφήν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ μέν ---- οὐ βούλομαι δυσχερὲς 
3 A > δὲ 3 Ape “ λ, ’ 7 5° 3 
εἰπεῖν οὐδὲν ἀρχόμενος τοῦ λόγου, οὗτος ἐκ 

al a 

περιουσίας μου κατηγορεῖ. ἕτερον δ᾽, ὃ φύσει 
πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὑπάρχει, τῶν μὲν λοιδοριῶν καὶ 


x 





“ “ a “ἢ ‘ ’ Ἁ ~ ’ 
οὖν ἐν τοῖς γυμνικοῖς ἀγῶσιν Spare τοὺς πύκτας περὶ τῆς στά- 
ρος Ὁ Pe σ ‘ ε 4, 
σεως ἀλλήλοις διαγωνιζομένους, οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 
ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλ i τῆς TAG ὑτῷ τοῦ λό ἴχεσθε, καὶ 
ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως περὶ τῆς τάξεως αὐτῷ τοῦ λόγου μάχεσθε, καὶ 
ΝΜ; 34 > μὴ a , , 0 > > 3 6 , 
μὴ ἐᾶτε αὑτὸν ἔξω τοῦ παρανόμου περιίστασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγκαθή- 
“ te! ἈΝ 
μενοι καὶ ἐνεδρεύοντες ἐν τῇ ἀκροάσει εἰσελαύνετε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς 
“- “a ων / 
τοῦ πράγματος λόγους, καὶ Tas ἐκτροπὰς αὐτοῦ τῶν λόγων ἐπιτη- 
ρεῖτε. 
241. ἤλξιον δ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ τὴν ἀπαιδευσίαν αὐτῶν θεωρῆσαι. 
n 4 “- ’ 
εἰ γὰρ τολμήσει Κτησιφῶν μὲν Δημοσθένην παρακαλεῖν λέξοντα 
εἰς ὑμᾶς, οὗτος δ᾽ ἀναβὰς ἑαυτὸν ἐγκωμιάσει, βαρύτερον τῶν 
Ἀ Ἁ 
ἔργων ὧν πεπόνθατε τὸ ἀκρόαμα γίγνεται. ὅπου γὰρ δὴ τοὺς 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





τῶν κατηγοριῶν ἀκούειν ἡδέως, τοῖς ἐπαινοῦσι ὃ 
ε \ A 4 ’ ἃ id > Ν 
αὑτοὺς ἄχθεσθαι: τούτων τοίνυν ὃ μέν ἐστι πρὸς 
ε 4 4 ’ a Ν “~ ε 3», 5 wn 
ἡδονήν, τούτῳ δέδοται, ὃ δὲ πᾶσιν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν 

3 la Ν 3 ΄ a Ν > ΄ 
ἐνοχλεῖ, λοιπὸν ἐμοέ. κἂν μὲν εὐλαβούμενος 
τοῦτο μὴ λέγω τὰ πεπραγμένα ἐμαυτῷ, οὐκ ἔχειν 
5 4 5 A 4 / > + ae Jar & Ὁ 
ἀπολύσασθαι τὰ κατηγορημένα δόξω οὐδ᾽ ἐφ᾽ οἷς 
ΕῚ A lal a 3X8 > x37; A Ν 
ἀξιῶ τιμᾶσθαι δεικνύναι: ἐὰν δ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἃ καὶ πε- 
ποίηκα καὶ πεπολίτευμαι βαδίζω, πολλάκις λέγειν 
ἀναγκασθήσομαι περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ. “πειράσομαι μὲν 
οὖν ὡς μετριώτατα τοῦτο ποιεῖν: ὅ τι δ᾽ ἂν τὸ 
ἴω ἥν Ἀν 5 / , Ἁ Θιν Δ ea , 
πρᾶγμα αὐτὸ ἀναγκάζῃ, τούτου τὴν αἰτίαν οὗτός 
ἐστι δίκαιος ἔχειν. ὁ τοιοῦτον ἀγῶνα ἐνστησά- 
μενος. : 
> »- A 
Οἶμαι δ᾽ ὑμᾶς πάντας, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἂν 
ὁμολογῆσαι κοινὸν εἶναι τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐμοὶ 
Ν la) Ν 50" \ 7 ¥ 
καὶ Κτησιφῶντι καὶ οὐδὲν ἐλάττονος ἄξιον σπου- 
δῆς ἐμοί: πάντων μὲν γὰρ ἀποστερεῖσθαι λυπη- 
» 3. Ν / ¥ “ἡ ε > > “ 
pov ἐστι καὶ χαλεπόν, ἄλλως τε κἂν ὑπ᾽ ἐχθροῦ 
τῳ τοῦτο συμβαίνῃ, μάλιστα δὲ τῆς παρ᾽ ὑμῶν 





+ ἔν ” 
μὲν ὄντως ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς, οἷς πολλὰ Kal καλὰ σύνισμεν ἔργα, 
2\ ‘ θ᾽ ε lal > / / 3 4 > Ψ δὲ 
ἐὰν τοὺς καθ ἑαυτῶν ἐπαίνους λέγωσιν, οὐ φέρομεν - ὅταν δὲ 
” θ > ΄ a , \ ε Ν 3 4 ΩΝ 
ἄνθρωπος αἰσχύνη τῆς πόλεως γεγονὼς ἑαυτὸν ἐγκωμιάζῃ, τίς ἂν 
τὰ τοιαῦτα καρτερήσειεν ἀκούων ; 

¢ ΄, Pluie , 
210. ὅλως δὲ τί τὰ δάκρυα; τίς ἢ κραυγή; Tis ὃ τόνος 
“A nn val ε 
τῆς φωνῆς; οὐχ ὃ μὲν τὴν γραφὴν φεύγων ἐστὶ Κτησιφῶν, ὃ 
3 “ ’ὔ + ἈΝ “~ 
δ᾽ ἀγὼν οὐκ ἀτίμητος, σὺ δ᾽ οὔτε περὶ THs οὐσίας οὔτε περὶ TOD 
, ἂν Ν “ 3 ,ὔ 3 / > Ν Ν ΄, 
σώματος οὔτε περὶ τῆς ἐπιτιμίας ἀγωνίζει; ἀλλὰ περὶ τίνος 
na “ ἈΝ / 
ἐστὶν αὐτῷ ἡ σπουδή; περὶ χρυσῶν στεφάνων καὶ κηρυγμάτων 

“ , ‘ \ f 

ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ παρὰ τοὺς νόμους. 






OF THE 


UNIVERSITY ) 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





εὐνοίας καὶ φιλανθρωπίας, ὅσῳ περ καὶ τὸ τυχεῖν 
τούτων μέγιστόν ἐστιν. “ περὶ τούτων δ᾽ ὄντος 
τουτουὶ τοῦ ἀγῶνος, ἀξιῶ καὶ δέομαι πάντων 
ὁμοίως ὑμῶν ἀκοῦσαί pov περὶ τῶν κατηγορη- 
μένων ἀπολογουμένου δικαΐως, ὥσπερ OL νόμοι 


κελεύουσιν, οὗς ὁ τιθεὶς ἐξ ἀρχῆς Σόλων, εὔνους “ 


x eon - , 3 , A , ΄Ἵ 
ὧν ὑμῖν καὶ δημοτικός, οὐ μόνον τῷ γράψαι κυρί- 
¥ an > 3 x . . % , 
ovs ᾧετο δεῖν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ Kal τῷ τοὺς δικάζοντας 
> 4 > > A“ €¢ * 9 3 3 Ἁ ’ 
ὀμωμοκέναι, οὐκ ἀπιστῶν ὑμῖν, ὥς γ᾽ ἐμοὶ φαί- 
Φ. 18 wn 9 < 
νεται, ἀλλ᾽ ὁρῶν ὅτι τὰς αἰτίας καὶ Tas διαβολάς, 
- 3 “ 4 , ε ’ 5 4 3 
αἷς ἐκ τοῦ πρότερος λέγειν ὁ διώκων ἰσχύει, οὐκ 
» A , “A > x ~~ , 
ἔνι τῷ φεύγοντι παρελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ τῶν δικαζόντων 
4 e ΄“ ἊΣ ἈΝ Ἀ x > ’ 
ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς εὐσέβειαν 
, ἈΝ Ν “~ a 9 ’ 
φυλάττων καὶ τὰ τοῦ λέγοντος ὕστερον δίκαια 
- A ἃ 
εὐνοϊκῶς προσδέξεται, καὶ παρασχὼν ἑαυτὸν ἴσον 
Ἁ Ν > ’ 3 , 9 ἈΝ ’ 
καὶ κοινὸν ἀμφοτέροις ἀκροατήν, οὕτω τὴν διά- 
A ε ’; 
γνωσιν ποιήσεται περὶ ἁπάντων. 
΄“- , ’ 
Μέλλων δὲ τοῦ τε ἰδίου βίου παντός, ὡς ἔοικε, 
‘ ΄σι A 
λόγον διδόναι τήμερον καὶ τῶν κοινῇ πεπολιτευ- 
’ ’ ᾿ Ν ‘ ’ 
μένων, βούλομαι πάλιν τοὺς θεοὺς παρακαλέσαι, 
A A δ 
καὶ ἐναντίον ὑμῶν εὔχομαι πρῶτον μέν, ὅσην 
» » Di 2% A “ ’ὔὕ ‘ al 
εὔνοιαν ἔχων ἐγὼ διατελῶ TH TE πόλει καὶ πᾶσιν 
ὑμῖν, τοσαύτην ὑπάρξαι μοι εἰς τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶ- 
» > ¢ , , GSS οἰς 5 
να, ἔπειθ᾽ ὅ τι μέλλει συνοίσειν καὶ πρὸς εὐδο- 
ξίαν κοινῇ. καὶ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἑκάστῳ, τοῦτο 
παραστῆσαι πᾶσιν ὑμῖν περὶ ταυτησὶ τῆς γρα- 
φῆς γνῶναι. 


ΡΝ 


Es 


\ 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





Εἰ μὲν οὖν περὶ ὧν ἐδίωκε μόνον κατηγόρησεν 
Αἰσχίνης, κἀγὼ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ προβουλεύματος 
3 Ν “Δ > , > Ἁ > > > , 
εὐθὺς ἂν ἀπελογούμην ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐλάττω 
λόγον τἄλλα διεξιὼν ἀνήλωκε καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα 
κατεψεύσατό μου, ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι νομίζω καὶ 
δί ν , > » ὃ 3 6 A Ν 
ίκαιον ἅμα βραχέα, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, περὶ 
τούτων εἰπεῖν πρῶτον, ἵνα μηδεὶς ὑμῶν τοῖς ἔξω- 
θεν λόγοις ἠγμένος ἀλλοτριώτερον τῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς 
γραφῆς δικαίων ἀκούῃ μου..." 
Περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν ἰδίων ὅσα λοιδορούμενος βε- 
A “A Ν 
βλασφήμηκε περὶ ἐμοῦ, θεάσασθε ὡς ἁπλᾶ καὶ 
Ὺ A Ὁ e 
δίκαια λέγω. εἰ μὲν ἴστε με τοιοῦτον οἷον οὗτος 
A f a 9 en 
ἠτιᾶτο (ov yap ἄλλοθί που βεβίωκα ἢ παρ᾽ vpir), 
Ν Ἁ 3 ’ 5° > , Ν Ν 
μηδὲ φωνὴν ἀνάσχησθε, μηδ᾽ εἰ πάντα τὰ κοινὰ 
ε ’ ’ 3 3 > ’ὔ : / 
ὑπέρευ πεπολίτευμαι, GAN ἀναστάντες καταψηφί- 
σασθε ἤδη" εἰ δὲ πολλῷ βελτίω τούτου καὶ ἐκ 
’ Ν Ν A ’Ψ ν Ν 
βελτιόνων, καὶ μηδενὸς τῶν μετρίων, ἵνα μηδὲν 
3 Ν id , ‘ > \ Ν Ν 3 Ἁ 
ἐπαχθὲς λέγω, χείρονα καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς 
ε X , Ν ’ ’ Ν ὃ᾽ δι τὰ, 
ὑπειλήφατε καὶ γιγνώσκετε, τούτῳ μὲν μηδ᾽ ὑπὲρ 
~ » 4 “~ ‘ e τ ’ ν 5 
τῶν ἄλλων πιστεύετε (δῆλον γὰρ ὡς ὁμοίως ἅπαντ 
a ἃ 3 Ν a: \ , Ν , 
ἐπλάττετο), ἐμοὶ δ᾽, ἣν παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον 
» 3 > fem. “a > , A / 
εὔνοιαν ἐνδέδειχθε ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀγώνων TOV πρό- 
XN XN , ld 3 aA 
τερον, Kal νυνὶ παράσχεσθε. γ΄ κακοήθης δ᾽ ὦν, 
Αἰσχίνη, τοῦ τελῶς εὔηθες φήθης, τοὺς περὶ 
σχίνη, τοῦτο παντελῶς εὔηθες φήθης, τοὺς περ 
τῶν πεπραγμένων καὶ πεπολιτευμένων λόγους 


3 ὕ Ν ‘ , Ἀ Ν A at 
ἀφέντα με προς τας λοιδορίας τας παρα TOV TPE- 


> x ’ “~ > Ψ ’ 
ψεσθαι. οὐ δὴ ποιήσω τοῦτο: οὐχ οὕτω τετύ- 


Ito 


ΙΙ 


12 


13 


14 


AHMOS®ENOTS 





3 3 ε A \ “Ὁ id ἃ 
dopa: ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν πεπολιτευμένων ἃ 
κατεψεύδου καὶ διέβαλλες, ἐξετάσω, τῆς δὲ πομ- 
πείας ταύτης τῆς ἀνέδην γεγενημένης ὕστερον, ἂν 
βουλομένοις ἀκούειν ἢ τουτοισί, μνησθήσομαι. 
Τὰ μὲν οὖν κατηγορημένα πολλά, καὶ περὶ ὧν 
ἣν ὦ ’ὔ Ἁ Ν 3 , ε ’ , 
ἐνίων μεγάλας Kal τὰς ἐσχάτας ot νόμοι διδόασι 
τιμωρίας: τοῦ δὲ παρόντος ἀγῶνος ἢ προαίρεσις 
΄σ 3 a Ν 5 ’ὔ » + Y . 
αὕτη" ἐχθροῦ μὲν ἐπήρειαν ἔχει καὶ ὕβριν καὶ 
λοιδορίαν καὶ προπηλακισμὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ 
τοιαῦτα, τῶν μέντοι κατηγοριῶν καὶ τῶν αἰτιῶν 
a 3 ΄ ¥ > 3 A 3 ¥ a 
τῶν εἰρημένων, εἴ περ ἦσαν ἀληθεῖς, οὐκ ἔνι TH 
πόλει δίκην ἀξίαν λαβεῖν, οὐδ᾽ ἐγγύς. οὐ γὰρ 
ἀφαιρεῖσθαι Set τὸ προσελθεῖν τῷ δήμῳ καὶ 
/ “A 50.» 9 5 ’ὔ ’ὔ Ἁ / 
λόγου τυχεῖν, οὐδ᾽ ἐν ἐπηρείας τάξει καὶ φθόνου 
τοῦτο ποιεῖν: οὔτε μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς ὀρθῶς ἔχον 
οὔτε πολιτικὸν οὔτε δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθη- 
ναῖοι" ἀλλ᾽ ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἀδικοῦντά με ἑώρα' τὴν πόλιν, 
> 2 4 XL A 3 58 a 38 
oval ye τηλικούτοις ἡλίκα νῦν ἐτραγῴδει καὶ 
, lal 5» “~ ΄ / > oy 
διεξήει, Tals ἐκ τῶν νόμων τιμωρίαις Tap αὐτὰ 
> ’ὔ ἴω > Ν 3 λί »¥ 
τἀδικήματα χρῆσθαι, εἰ per εἰσαγγελίας ἄξια 
Ἀ Lal 
πράττοντά pe ἑώρα, εἰσαγγέλλοντα καὶ τοῦτον 
: pee’ 
τὸν τρόπον eis κρίσιν καθιστάντα Tap ὑμῖν, εἰ 
’ 
δὲ γράφοντα παράνομα, παρανόμων γραφόμενον" 
οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται" διώκειν 
Sv ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴ περ ἐξελέγχειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν 
> “Ὁ > , I Ν \ » ἴω λλ Ὁ 
οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο. καὶ μὴν εἴ τι τῶν ἄλλων ὧν 


νυνὶ διέβαλλε καὶ διεξήει ἢ καὶ ἀλλ᾽ ὁτιοῦν ἀδι- 


IEPI ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





wn ’ ε ΄»" ce? > Ν ’ Ν ’ A 
κοῦντά με ὑμᾶς ἑώρα, εἰσὶ νόμοι περὶ πάντων Kal 
τιμωρίαι καὶ ἀγῶνες καὶ κρίσεις, καὶ τούτοις ἐξῆν 
ἅπασι χρῆσθαι, καὶ ὁπηνίκα ἐφαίνετο ταῦτα πε- 
ποιηκὼς καὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον κεχρημένος τοῖς 

~ aA “~ 
πρὸς ἐμέ, ὡμολογειτο ἂν ἡ κατηγορία τοῖς ἔργοις 
3 ‘a la) > ‘ ~ > “A Ν ’ ε A 
αὐτοῦ. νῦν δ᾽ ἐκστὰς τῆς ὀρθῆς Kal δικαίας 650d 

\ \ N 3 > A \ , ee 
Kal φυγὼν τοὺς Tap αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματα ἐλέγχους, 
τοσούτοις ὕστερον χρόνοις αἰτίας καὶ σκώμματα 

* 
καὶ λοιδορίας συμφορήσας ὑποκρίνεται. εἶτα Ka- 
τηγορεῖ μὲν ἐμοῦ, κρίνει δὲ τουτονί, καὶ τοῦ μὲν 

A oh 
ἀγῶνος ὅλου THY πρὸς ἐμὲ ἔχθραν προΐσταται, 

5 A > > Ν UA > \ > \ \ Pee 
οὐδαμοῦ δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταύτην ἀπηντηκὼς ἐμοὶ τὴν ἑτέ- 
ρου ζητῶν ἐπιτιμίαν ἀφελέσθαι φαίνεται. καίτοι 

» 9 ΄“ al a 
πρὸς ἅπασιν, ὦ avdpes ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τοῖς ἄλλοις οἷς 
Δ > A erry A ¥ \ nA 9 
av εἰπεῖν τις ὑπὲρ Κτησιφῶντος ἔχοι, καὶ TOUT 
» A N n> 39 K , ‘ Ψ A 
ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ καὶ μάλ᾽ εἰκότως ἂν λέγειν, OTL τῆς 
ε ld » ε A Re Sa ~ Φι- a. ΄ > 
ἡμετέρας ἔχθρας ἡμᾶς ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν δίκαιον ἦν 


Ν 5 ᾿ς ᾿ ind > Ν Ν oS > la 
τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι, οὐ TO μὲν πρὸς ἀλλή- 


λους ἀγωνίζεσθαι παραλείπειν, ἑτέρῳ. δ᾽ ὅτῳ κα- 
κόν τι δώσομεν ζητεῖν: ὑπερβολὴ γὰρ ἀδικίας 
n~ + ὡς ἢ : 
τοῦτό γε. 
Πάντα μὲν τοίνυν τὰ κατηγορημένα ὁμοίως ἐκ 
΄ ΕἾ ¥ ¥ , ¥%> 9.5 59 ΄ 
τούτων ἂν τις ἴδοι οὔτε δικαίως οὔτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας 





54. Περὶ δὲ τῶν δημοσίων ἀδικημάτων πειράσομαι σαφέστε- 

3 A Ν Ν 6 / λλ Δ θ [4 3 δὰ 
pov εἰπεῖν. καὶ γὰρ πυνθάνομαι μέλλειν Δημοσθένην, ἐπειδὰν 
αὐτοῖς ὃ λόγος ἀποδοθῇ, καταριθμεῖσθαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὡς ἄρα τῇ 
ὑτοῖς ὁ λόγος ἀποδοθῇ, ριθμ ρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὡς ἄρα τῇ 
πόλει τέτταρες ἤδη γεγένηνται καιροὶ, ἐν οἷς αὐτὸς πεπολίτευται. 


15 


16 


17 


IO 


18 


AHMOZS@OENOTS 





οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα: βούλομαι δὲ καὶ καθ᾽ ἕν ἕκα- 
» κ > , Ν ty > σὺ A 
στον αὐτῶν ἐξετάσαι, καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὅσα ὑπὲρ τῆς 
εἰρήνης καὶ τῆς πρεσβείας κατεψεύσατό μου, τὰ 
πεπραγμένα ἑαυτῷ μετὰ Φιλοκράτους ἀνατιθεὶς 
> 7 » Ὲ 5 ~ > »¥ > a A 
ἐμοί. ἔστι δ᾽ ἀναγκαῖον, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ 
~ ¥ ε 3 ᾿ 
προσῆκον LOWS, ὡς KAT ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους 
> Ν ’ A 
εἶχε TA πράγματα ἀναμνῆσαι, ἵνα πρὸς τὸν ὑπάρ- 
χοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε.΄ ᾿ 
~ A Lal 
Tov yap Φωκικοῦ συστάντος πολέμου, οὐ Sv 
3 4 > Ν Ἁ » 3 ’ ’ 
ἐμέ (οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἔγωγε ἐπολιτευόμην πω τότε), 
cts ἈΝ ε A ν , 9 / 
πρωτον μὲν ὑμεῖς οὕτω διέκεισθε ὥστε Φωκέας 
\ ’ nw ’ > ’ἤ 
μὲν βούλεσθαι σωθῆναι, καίπερ οὐ δίκαια ποι- 





- ν Ν Ν a ε μὲ 3 , ax. , BS 
ὧν ἕνα μὲν Kal πρῶτον, ws ἔγωγε ἀκούω, Katadoyilerat ἐκεῖνον 
τὸν χρόνον, ἐν ᾧ πρὸς Φίλιππον ὑπὲρ ᾿Αμφιπόλεως ἐπολεμοῦμεν * 
A διὰ > A , 2 \ ae ® ir 
τοῦτον δ᾽ ἀφορίζεται TH γενομένῃ εἰρήνῃ καὶ συμμαχίᾳ, ἣν Φιλο- 
‘ > ᾿ 
κράτης ὃ ᾿Αγνούσιος ἔγραψε καὶ αὐτὸς οὗτος per ἐκείνου, ὡς ἐγὼ 
δείξω. 55. δεύτερον δέ φησι γενέσθαι ὃν ἤγομεν χρόνον τὴν 
a τ Ν 
εἰρήνην, δηλονότι μέχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ἐν ἣ καταλύσας τὴν 
a “ 3: Ν 
ὑπάρχουσαν εἰρήνην τῇ πόλει ὃ αὐτὸς οὗτος ῥήτωρ ἔγραψε τὸν 
a 4 a rd 
πόλεμον" τρίτον δὲ ὃν ἐπολεμοῦμεν χρόνον μέχρι τῆς ἀτυχίας 
A -“ / »” 
τῆς ἐν Χαιρωνείᾳ, τέταρτον δὲ τὸν viv παρόντα καιρόν. 60. εἴ 
τίνες ὑμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν χρόνων ἥκουσιν οἴκοθεν τοιαύτην 
μὲ Ν ὃ / ε »” ε 6 / > δὲ ΄ ὦ 
ἔχοντες τὴν δόξαν, ὡς ἄρα ὃ Δημοσθένης οὐδὲν πώποτε εἴρηκεν 
ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου συστὰς μετὰ Φιλοκράτους, ---- ὅστις οὕτω διάκει- 
Ἃ 
ται, μήτ᾽ ἀπογνώτω μηδὲν μήτε καταγνώτω, πρὶν ἂν ἀκούσῃ" 
οὐ γὰρ δίκαιον. ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ἐμοῦ διὰ βραχέων ἀκούσητε ὑπομι- 
μνήσκοντος τοὺς καιροὺς καὶ τὸ ψήφισμα παρεχομένου, ὃ μετὰ 
Φιλοκράτους ἔγραψε Δημοσθένης, ἐὰν αὐτὸς ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας λο- 
Ν 5 , x / ’ Ν / 
γισμὸς ἐγκαταλαμβάνῃ τὸν Δημοσθένην πλείω μὲν γεγραφότα 
ψηφίσματα Φιλοκράτους περὶ τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰρήνης καὶ συμ- 
μαχίας, 


ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE®ANOT. 





ἴων nw ~ 5 A 
οὔντας ὁρῶντες. Θηβαίοις δ᾽ ὁτιοῦν ἂν ἐφησθῆναι 
a > > “4 5. ον 5 a > ΄ 
παθοῦσιν, οὐκ ἀλόγως οὐδ᾽ ἀδίκως αὐτοῖς ὀργιζό- 
e 4 
μενοι" ols yap εὐτυχήκεσαν ἐν Λεύκτροις, ov 
, on ¥ 7 £ , y 
μετρίως ἐκέχρηντο ἔπειθ᾽ ἡ Πελοπόννησος ἅπα- 
, Ν » 295 ε “ 
σα διειστήκει, καὶ οὔθ᾽ οἱ μισοῦντες Λακεδαιμο- 
, σ ¥ σ -: ~ 5 , “29 εἐ 
νίους οὕτως ἴσχυον ὥστε ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς, οὔθ᾽ οἱ 
» A 
πρότερον Ot ἐκείνων ἄρχοντες κύριοι τῶν πόλεων 
> > , —~ ¥ ‘ Ν , 7 
ἦσαν, ἀλλά Tis ἦν ἄκριτος καὶ Tapa τούτοις καὶ 
~ A “~ 
Tapa τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν ἔρις καὶ ταραχή. ταῦτα 
+ ee TR ε , > Ν > 5 A A 5 
δ᾽ ὁρῶν ὁ Φίλιππος (ov yap ἣν ἀφανῆ) τοῖς παρ 
’ 
ἑκάστοις προδόταις χρήματα ἀναλίσκων πάντας 
συνέκρουε καὶ πρὸς αὑτοὺς ἐτάραττεν - εἶτ᾽ ἐν οἷς 
ἜΤ ΡΝ ¥ ‘ A 3 ΄, +s 
ἡμάρτανον ἄλλοι Kal κακῶς ἐφρόνουν, αὐτὸς πα- 
’ὔ Χ Ν , > 4 ε Ν 
ρεσκευάζετο καὶ κατὰ πάντων ἐφύετο. ὡς δὲ τα- 
λαιπωρούμενοι τῷ μήκει τοῦ πολέμου οἱ τότε μὲν 
“ a > 5» “ al ἈΝ “A 
βαρεῖς νῦν δ᾽ ἀτυχεῖς Θηβαῖοι φανεροὶ πᾶσιν 
Ἂν 5 , ’ 5 ΡΠ 6 ὡς 
ἦσαν ἀναγκασθησόμενοι καταφεύγειν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, 
9 “ 
Φίλιππος, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο γένοιτο μηδὲ συνέλθοιεν 
ε , e> 28 Ν > 4 > , Ν ? 
ai πόλεις, ὑμῖν μὲν εἰρήνην ἐκείνοις δὲ βοήθειαν 
5 a) 
ἐπηγγείλατο. τί οὖν συνηγωνίσατο αὐτῷ πρὸς 
Ν τος $y? » O° Ἐν > , 
τὸ λαβεῖν ὀλίγου Sew ὑμᾶς ἑκόντας ἐξαπατωμέ. 
< ~ »¥ ε ’ὔ » XN 4 
vous; ἢ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, εἰτε χρὴ κακίαν 
Fy ἊΝ » ᾿Ὶ > , ᾿ “5 > aes a 
ELT ἀγνοιαν εἴτε καὶ ἀμφότερα ταῦτ εἰπειν, OL 
πόλεμον συνεχῆ καὶ μακρὸν πολεμούντων ὑμῶν, 
καὶ τοῦτον ὑπὲρ τῶν πᾶσι συμφερόντων, ὡς ἔργῳ 
y 
φανερὸν γέγονεν, οὔτε χρήμασιν οὔτε σώμασιν 
ἘΝ ΤΟΝ »¥ 5 Ν aA ε / , 
οὔτ᾽ ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ τῶν ἁπάντων συνελάμβανον 


II 


1g 


20 


21 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





Ce - Ν ὃ ΄ Ἂ, / > ΄ 
ὑμῖν - οἷς καὶ δικαίως καὶ προσηκόντως ὀργιζό- 
μενοι ἑτοίμως ὑπηκούσατε TH Φιλίππῳ. ἡ μὲν 
οὖν τότε συγχωρηθεῖσα εἰρήνη διὰ ταῦτ᾽, οὐ δὲ 
ἐμέ, ὡς οὗτος διέβαλλεν, ἐπράχθη - τὰ δὲ τούτων 
ἀδικήματα καὶ δωροδοκήματα ἐν αὐτῇ τῶν νυνὶ 
Ψ 
παρόντων πραγμάτων, ἂν τις ἐξετάζῃ δικαίως, 
¥ ε» ᾿ \ \ τ «ae ee A 9 
αἴτια εὑρήσει. “Kal ταυτὶ πάνθ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀλη- 
’ > ἊΜ Ἀ ’ ‘> Ν 
θείας ἀκριβολογοῦμαι καὶ διεξέρχομαι. εἰ γὰρ 
> χὰ , \ , 9 ΄ 207 
εἶναί τι δοκοίη τὰ μάλιστα ἐν τούτοις ἀδίκημα, 
3 4 > / Ν 5 ’ 3 3 ε Ἁ -“ 
οὐδέν ἐστι δήπου πρὸς ἐμέ, ἀλλ᾽ 6 μὲν πρῶτος 
3 ᾿ Ά, \ ε \ “~ > ’ 3 ’ 
εἰπὼν καὶ μνησθεὶς ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης ᾿Αριστό- 





62. "Ἔγραψε Φιλοκράτης ἐξεῖναι Φιλίππῳ δεῦρο κήρυκα καὶ 
πρέσβεις πέμπειν περὶ εἰρήνης" τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα. ἐγράφη 
παρανόμων. ἧκον οἱ τῆς κρίσεως χρόνοι" κατηγόρει μὲν Λυκῖ- 
νος ὃ γραψάμενος, ἀπελογεῖτο δὲ Φιλοκράτης, συναπελογεῖτο 
δὲ καὶ Δημοσθένης. ἀπέφυγε Φιλοκράτης. μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπῇήει 
χρόνος Θεμιστοκλῆς ἄρχων" ἐνταῦθ᾽ εἰσέρχεται βουλευτὴς εἰς 
τὸ βουλευτήριον Δημοσθένης, οὔτε λαχὼν οὔτ᾽ ἐπιλαχών, ἀλλ᾽ 
ἐκ παρασκευῆς πριάμενος, ἵν᾽ εἰς ὑποδοχὴν ἅπαντα καὶ λέγοι 
καὶ πράττοι Φιλοκράτει, ὡς αὐτὸ ἔδειξε τὸ ἔργον. 63. νικᾷ 
γὰρ ἕτερον ψήφισμα Φιλοκράτης, ἐν ᾧ κελεύει ἑλέσθαι δέκα 
πρέσβεις, οἵτινες ἀφικόμενοι πρὸς Φίλιππον ἀξιώσουσιν αὐτὸν 
δεῦρο πρέσβεις αὐτοκράτορας πέμπειν ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης. Τού- 
των εἷς ἦν Δημοσθένης. Κἀκεῖθεν ἐπανήκων ἐπαινέτης ἦν τῆς 
εἰρήνης, καὶ ταὐτὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις πρέσβεσιν ἀπήγγειλε, καὶ μόνος 
τῶν βουλευτῶν ἔγραψε σπείσασθαι τῷ κήρυκι τῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ Φι- 
λίππου καὶ τοῖς πρέσβεσιν, ἀκόλουθα γράφων Φιλοκράτει "- 
ὃ μέν γε τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκε τοῦ δεῦρο κήρυκα καὶ πρέσβεις 
πέμπεσθαι, ὃ δὲ τῇ πρεσβείᾳ σπένδεται. 64. Τὰ δὲ μετὰ 
ταῦτα ἤδη σφόδρα μοι τὸν νοῦν προσέχετε. ᾿Ἐπράττετο γὰρ 
οὐ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους πρέσβεις τοὺς πολλὰ συκοφαντηθέντας 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΈΕΈΦΑΝΟΥ. 





‘ > ee ΄ ε > » , \ ὔ 
δημος ἦν ὃ ὑποκριτής, ὁ δ᾽ ἐκδεξάμενος καὶ γρά- 
ψας καὶ ἑαυτὸν μετὰ τούτου μισθώσας ἐπὶ ταῦτα 
Φιλοκράτης ὁ ᾿Αγνούσιος, ὁ σός, Αἰσχίνη, κοινω- 
\ , 3 ε > , φΦ a ‘ σι , 

vos, οὐχ ὁ ἐμός, οὐδ᾽ ἂν σὺ διαρραγῇς ψευδό- 

ε Ν ΄ Ψ , 9 2A 

μενος, ot δὲ συνειπόντες ὅτου δήποτε ἕνεκα (ἐῶ 

γὰρ τοῦτό γ᾽ ἐν τῷ παρόντι) Εὔβουλος καὶ Κηφι- 

΄“΄“ a “ 

σοφῶν: ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὐδαμοῦ. ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως, τού- 
’ ¥ Ν ee >. Ἂαὲ “A 5 ’ 

των τοιούτων ὄντων καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 

ν ’ > an Φ' > ’ ν > 

οὕτω δεικνυμένων, εἰς τοῦθ᾽ ἧκεν ἀναιδείας, ὥστ 
᾿ ον ΄ ε 4 Si. Ν δι a oe 

ἐτόλμα λέγειν ws apa ἐγὼ πρὸς τῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 

A 3, \ 

αἴτιος γεγενῆσθαι καὶ κεκωλυκὼς εἴην THY πόλιν 

Ν “ ’ ΄ὉΝἍ ε ’, ’΄ ’ὔ 
μετὰ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν “Ἑλλήνων ταύτην ποιή- 





ὕστερον ἐκ μεταβολῆς ὑπὸ Δημοσθένους, ἀλλὰ πρὸς Φιλοκράτην 
καὶ Δημοσθένην, εἰκότως, τοὺς ἅμα μὲν πρεσβεύοντας, ἅμα δὲ τὰ 
ψηφίσματα γράφοντας, πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως μὴ περιμείνητε τοὺς 
πρέσβεις οὺς ἦτε ἐκπεπομφότες παρακαλοῦντες ἐπὶ Φίλιππον, 
ἵνα μὴ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλ᾽ ἰδίᾳ ποιήσησθε τὴν 
εἰρήνην. 68. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἧκον οἱ Φι- 
λίππου πρέσβεις - οἱ δὲ ὑμέτεροι ἀπεδήμουν παρακαλοῦντες τοὺς 
Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ Φίλιππον. ἜἘνταῦθ᾽ ἕτερον ψήφισμα νικᾷ Δημο- 
σθένης, ἐν ᾧ γράφει μὴ μόνον ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης, ἀλλὰ καὶ συμ- 
μαχίας ὑμᾶς βουλεύσασθαι, μὴ περιμείναντας τοὺς πρέσβεις 
τοὺς ὑμετέρους. 72. Οὐ γὰρ ἔφη δεῖν (καὶ γὰρ τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνη- 
μαι ὡς εἶπε; διὰ τὴν ἀηδίαν τοῦ λέγοντος ἅμα καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος), 
ἀπορρῆξαι τῆς εἰρήνης τὴν συμμαχίαν, οὐδὲ τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
ἀναμένειν μελλήματα, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ πολεμεῖν αὐτοὺς ἢ τὴν εἰρήνην ἰδίᾳ 
ποιεῖσθαι. καὶ τελευτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα παρακαλέσας ᾿Αντίπατρον 
ἐρώτημά τι ἠρώτα, προειπὼν μὲν ἃ ἐρήσεται, προδιδάξας δὲ ἃ 
χρὴ κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἀποκρίνασθαι. Καὶ τέλος ταῦτ᾽ ἐνίκα, τῷ 
μὲν λόγῳ προβιασαμένου Δημοσθένους, τὸ δὲ ψήφισμα γράψαν- 
τος Φιλοκράτους. 


22 


14 


23 


AHMOX@ENOTS 





0 > 3 ,,, 4 a. -)ἰὖ ΄ > “3 
σασθαι. eit ὦ ---- τί ἂν εἰπών σέ τις ὀρθῶς προσ- 
εἴποι; ἔστιν ὅπου σὺ παρών, τηλικαύτην πρᾶ- 
A ¢ e ’ Ἀ 7 ε “~ 
Ew καὶ συμμαχίαν, ἡλίκην νυνὶ διεξήεις, ὁρῶν 
3 “ 
ἀφαιρούμενόν με τῆς πόλεως ἠγανάκτησας ἢ Tap- 
3 Ν a a \ γὴν 506. Ν 
ἐλθὼν ταῦτα ἃ νυνὶ κατηγορεῖς ἐδίδαξας καὶ 
διεξῆλθες; καὶ μὴν εἰ τὸ κωλῦσαι τὴν τῶν 'Ελ- 
λήνων κοινωνίαν ἐπεπράκειν ἐγὼ Φιλίππῳ, σοὶ τὸ 
" an : \ > 9 κ - a ΄ 
μὴ σιγῆσαι λοιπὸν ἦν, ἀλλὰ βοᾶν καὶ διαμαρτύ- 
A A 4 > ’ὔ 5 7 
ρεσθαι καὶ δηλοῦν τουτοισί. οὐ τοίνυν ἐποίησας 
Pe) A la) 90.» »» ld 7 Ἂ 
οὐδαμοῦ τοῦτο, οὐδ᾽ ἤκουσέ σου ταύτην τὴν φω- 
Ν ey , » ‘ > , Ν 507 
νὴν οὐδείς - οὔτε yap Av πρεσβεία πρὸς οὐδένα 
ἀπεσταλμένη τότε τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλὰ πάλαι πάν- 
os 3 , ΨΩ Fe ε Ἀ Ἁ 
τες ἦσαν ἐξεληλεγμένοι, οὔθ᾽ οὗτος ὑγιὲς περὶ 
’ » 3 A Ν A 7 Ἀ 
τούτων εἴρηκεν οὐδέν. χωρὶς δὲ τούτων καὶ δια- 
΄ὔ δι πῆς ΄ BN ΄ > Ὁ ὃ 3 
βάλλει τὴν πόλιν τὰ μέγιστα ἐν οἷς ψεύδεται" εἰ 
Ν ε ~ 9 ‘ Ν ν 3 ’ 
γὰρ ὑμεῖς apa τοὺς μὲν ᾿ἕλληνας εἰς πόλεμον 
~~ > Ἁ Ν Ἀ ’ Ν an 
παρεκαλεῖτε, αὐτοὶ δὲ πρὸς Φίλιππον περὶ τῆς 
πὶ τινὶ ’ 3 ea 3 , ne 
εἰρήνης πρέσβεις ἐπέμπετε, EvpuBatov πρᾶγμα, 
> / » 3 Ν “A > , ὃ 
οὐ πόλεως ἔργον οὐδὲ χρηστῶν ἀνθρώπων διε- 
[4 > > > » ἴω 3 ¥ 
πράττεσθε. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα, οὐκ ἔστιν. 
’ ‘ ‘ ’ , 3 * 5 Ἀ 
τί γὰρ καὶ βουλόμενοι μετεπέμπεσθ᾽ ἂν αὐτοὺς 
> , “~ ~A 2 ae Ἀ 3 ’ὔ 2 iA 
ἐν τούτῳ τῳ καιρῳ; ἐπὶ THY εἰρήνην; 4 
δε τῶι ν 3 : fem iny JE. Ν 4 > ? 
ὑπῆρχεν ἅπασιν. ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον; ἀλλ 
3 x κ ἄξια > , - σὰ ¥ ¥ 
αὐτοὶ περὶ εἰρήνης ἐβουλεύεσθε. OvKovy οὔτε 
a > 3 a eed ε Χ 9.9 “He x ee 
τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰρήνης ἡγεμὼν οὐδ᾽ αἴτιος ὧν ἐγὼ 
, ¥ a ¥ ae , ’ 
φαίνομαι, οὔτε τῶν ἄλλων ὧν κατεψεύσατό μου 
οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς ὃν δείκνυται. κί 


— 1 ee 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT YTE®ANOT. 





> Ἁ 7 > 4 4 > , e ’ 

Επειδὴ τοίνυν ἐποιήσατο τὴν εἰρήνην ἡ πόλις, 
5 ἴω ’ ᾽ὔ 8 A ε ’ὔ 

ἐνταῦθα πάλιν σκέψασθε τί ἡμῶν ἑκάτερος προ- 
’ , ‘ Ν 5 7 ¥ . , 
είλετο πράττειν: καὶ yap ἐκ τούτων εἴσεσθε Tis 
> ¢ ΄ ,ὕ ΄, ee a ae 
ἣν ὁ Φιλίππῳ πάντα συναγωνιζόμενος, καὶ Tis ὁ 

’ ε \ ε “~ ἃ ‘\ “~ ’ ’ 
πράττων ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ τὸ τῇ πόλει συμφέρον 

A 2 A 4 ΄ (2 ΄ ) 9 
ζητῶν. ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν ᾿ ἔγραψα βουλεύων) ἀπο- 
πλεῖν τὴν ταχίστην τοὺς πρέσβεις ἐπὶ τοὺς τό- 
9 - “ἡ ¥ ’ U4 A 
πους, ἐν ois ἂν ὄντα Φίλιππον πυνθάνωνται, καὶ 
Ἁ 9 > [4 a δὲ ὑδὲ 7 
τοὺς ὅρκους ἀπολαμβάνειν - οὗτοι δὲ οὐδὲ γρά- 
9 “. ral A Po, ae , A “9 
Ψψαντος ἐμοῦ ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἠθέλησαν. τί δὲ τοῦτ 


ἠδύνατο, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι; ἐγὼ διδάξω. Φι- 


> Lal 
λίππῳ μὲν ἦν συμφέρον ws πλεῖστον τὸν μεταξὺ 
, 2" a 4 ΘΟ ΟΝ > £ 3 7 
χρόνον γενέσθαι τῶν ὅρκων, ὑμῖν δ᾽ ὡς ἐλάχι- 
Ν ’ 4 ε “A A > > 9 4 > ’ὔ 
στον. διὰ τί; ὅτι ὑμεῖς μὲν οὐκ ad ἧς ὠμόσατε 
ε ’ / 5 3 > > Φ 3 4 Ἁ > ’ὔ 
ἡμέρας μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἠλπίσατε τὴν εἰρήνην 
ἔσεσθαι, πάσας ἐξελύσατε τὰς παρασκευὰς τὰς 
τοῦ πολέμου, ὃ δὲ τοῦτο ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου 
’ὔ’ 3 ’ 4 9 > 5 
μάλιστα ἐπραγματεύετο, νομίζων, ὅπερ ἣν ἀλη- 
’ 9 A 4 ’ Ν ~ ‘\ 
θές, ὅσα τῆς πόλεως προλάβοι πρὸ τοῦ τοὺς 
9 > a , A ’ 4 
ὅρκους ἀποδοῦναι, πάντα ταῦτα βεβαίως ἕξειν. 
ὑδέ Ν Ἁ > Se ΄, ’ gy 
οὐδένα γὰρ τὴν εἰρήνην λύσειν τούτων ἕνεκα. 
Sale ν , x 3 A \ 

ἃ ἐγὼ προορώμενος, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ λογι- 
’ Ν ’ ἴω , οἷ > A \ 
ζόμενος TO ψήφισμα τοῦτο γράφω, πλεῖν ἐπὶ TOUS 
4 > (Pages ere ΄, νΝ Ν 9 \ 
τόπους ἐν ois ἂν ἡ Φίλιππος, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους τὴν 





82. οὗτός ἐστιν, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ὃ πρῶτος ἐξευρὼν Σέρριον τεῖχος 
Ἁ , bat; ’ ‘ / Ἁ , Ν ’ 
καὶ Δορίσκον καὶ ‘Epyioxyny καὶ Μυρτίσκην καὶ Davos καὶ Davi- 
wy 
δα, χωρία, ὧν οὐδὲ τὰ ὀνόματα ἤδειμεν πρότερον. 


1: 


25 


26 


27 


16 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





’ὔ ia “A 
ταχίστην ἀπολαμβάνειν, ἵν᾽ ἐχόντων τῶν Θρᾳκῶν, 
ao ε “w Lat 
TOV ὑμετέρων συμμάχων, ταῦτα τὰ χωρία ἃ νῦν 
“' ὃ ua Ν ᾽ὔὕ ἈΝ Ν Ν Ν 
οὗτος διέσυρε, τὸ Σέρριον καὶ τὸ Μυρτηνὸν καὶ 
Ἁ 3 ’ y ’ 3 ε ν QA A 
τὴν Ἐργίσκην, οὕτω yiyvow® ot ὅρκοι, καὶ μὴ 
προλαβὼν ἐκεῖνος τοὺς ἐπικαίρους τῶν τόπων. κύ- 
΄“ ’ A 
ριος τῆς Θράκης κατασταίη, μηδὲ πολλῶν μὲν. 
’ “A ΄“' 
χρημάτων πολλῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν εὐπορήσας ἐκ 
’ὕ ε 4 A ΄-- 
τούτων ῥᾳδίως τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπιχειροίη πράγμα- 


28 σιν. εἶτα τοῦτο μὲν οὐχὶ λέγει τὸ ψήφισμα, 


οὐδ᾽ ἀναγιγνώσκει: εἰ δὲ βουλεύων ἐγὼ προσά- 
yew τοὺς πρέσβεις ᾧμην δεῖν, τοῦτό pov δια- 
, > Ν βίῳ δ ~ is Ἃ 4 
βάλλει. ἀλλὰ τί ἐχρῆν με ποιεῖν ; μὴ προσάγειν 
, Ν ιν Any? ν᾿ ᾿ Le 
γράψαι τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦθ᾽ ἥκοντας, ἵν᾿ ὑμῖν διαλε- 
χθῶσιν ; ἢ θέαν μὴ κατανεῖμαι τὸν ἀρχιτέκτονα 
αὐτοῖς κελεῦσαι; ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν 
5 ’ + > Ν m2 > 4 Ν Ν 
ἐθεώρουν ἄν, εἰ μὴ τοῦτ᾽ ἐγράφη. τὰ μικρὰ 
, a “4 » / Ν 
συμφέροντα τῆς πόλεως ἔδει με φυλάττειν, τὰ 
> ¢ σ e , 5 , 
δ᾽ “ὅλα, ὥσπερ οὗτοι, πεπρακέναι; οὐ δήπου. 
Λέγε τοίνυν μοι τὸ ψήφισμα τουτὶ λαβών, ὃ 
σαφῶς οὗτος εἰδὼς παρέβη. λέγε. 





’ “~ -“ 
76. ὝὙπόλοιπον δέ μοί ἐστι τὴν κολακείαν αὐτοῦ διεξελθεῖν. 
/ 4 nm 
Δημοσθένης γὰρ ἐνιαυτὸν βουλεύσας οὐδεμίαν πώποτε φανεῖται 
/ > , ¥ > Ν ΄ / ‘ a 
πρεσβείαν εἰς προεδρίαν καλέσας, ἀλλὰ τότε μόνον καὶ πρῶτον 
mw, 
πρέσβεις εἰς προεδρίαν ἐκάλεσε Kal προσκεφάλαια ἔθηκε καὶ 
φοινικίδας περιεπέτασε καὶ ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡγεῖτο τοῖς πρέσβεσιν 
ἈΝ 
εἰς τὸ θέατρον, ὥστε καὶ συρίττεσθαι διὰ τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην καὶ 
> , “ 
κολακείαν. καὶ ὅτ᾽ ἀπήεσαν, ἐμισθώσατο αὐτοῖς τρία ζεύγη ὁρι- 
\ \ ΕΣ > , , \ , 5k 
κὰ καὶ προὔπεμψεν cis Θήβας, καταγέλαστον THY πόλιν ποιῶν. 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 17 





Dy 
~ 
MY 


VHOISMA. es 


[Emi ἄρχοντος Μνησιφίλου, ἑκατομβαιῶνος ἕνῃ καὶ νέᾳ, pe 29 
λῆς πρυτανευούσης Πανδιονίδος, Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους 11αι- 
ανιεὺς εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος ἀποστείλας πρέσβεις περὶ τῆς 
εἰρήνης ὁμολογουμένας πεποίῆται συνθήκας, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ 
καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθηναίων, ὅπως ἂν ἡ εἰρήνη ἐπιτελεσθῇ 7 
3 lal > ; “ , > KX: ’ ’ éX 4 6 > 
ἐπιχειροτονηθεῖσα ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ, πρέσβεις ἑλέσθαι ἐκ 
πάντων ᾿Αθηναίων ἤδη πέντε, τοὺς δὲ χειροτονηθέντας ἀποδημεῖν 

’ ε Ἁ tA 7 xv μή θ 7 Ν 
μηδεμίαν ὑπερβολὴν ποιουμένους, ὅπου ἂν ὄντα πυνθάνωνται τὸν 
Φίλιππον, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους λαβεῖν τε παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ δοῦναι τὴν 

΄ 2% a 2 , 4 > A \ ae | A 
ταχίστην ἐπὶ ταῖς ὡμολογημέναις συνθήκαις αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αθη- 
ναίων δῆμον, συμπεριλαμβάνοντας καὶ τοὺς ἑκατέρων συμμάχους. 
πρέσβεις ἡρέθησαν Ἐὔβουλος ᾿Αναφλύστιος, Αἰσχίνης Κοθωκίδης, 
Κηφισοφῶν Ῥαμνούσιος, Δημοκράτης Φλυεύς, Κλέων Κοθωκίδης. 


~ , 5 ~ ’ A A ἴω ὔ 

Ταῦτα γράψαντος ἐμοὺ τότε, καὶ τὸ TH πόλει 30 
συμφέρον, οὐ τὸ Φιλίππῳ ζητοῦντος, βραχὺ φρον- 
τίσαντες οἱ χρηστοὶ πρέσβεις οὗτοι καθῆντο ἐν 
Μακεδονίᾳ τρεῖς ὅλους μῆνας, ἕως ἦλθε Φίλιππος 
> e 4 4 ’ ἐξὸ ε A 
ἐκ Θράκης πάντα καταστρεψάμενος, ἐξὸν ἡμερῶν 
δέκα, μᾶλλον δὲ τριῶν ἢ τεττάρων, εἰς τὸν ᾿Ελλή- 

; 2 yn \ \ ΄ A , 
σπόντον ἀφῖχθαι καὶ TA χωρία σῶσαι, λαβόντας 

Ἁ ν A 5 “~ > “~ 5 ’ 5 A 
TOUS ὅρκους πρὶν ἐκεῖνον ἐξελεῖν αὐτά: οὐ yap 
ON σσ 3. 3 ~ 4 ε ~ “ἡ 5 a ε ’ὔ 
av nat αὐτῶν παρόντων ἡμῶν, ἢ οὐκ ἂν ὠὡρκί- 
ζομεν αὐτόν, ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει 
καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερα εἶχε, καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην καὶ 
τὰ χωρία. 

Τὸ μὲν τοί ἐν τῇ βείᾳ πρῶτον κλέμμα 31 

μὲν τοίνυν ἐν τῇ πρεσβείᾳ πρῶτον μμ, 

Ν , ὃ δό δὲ “ LOL , 

μὲν Φιλίππου δωροδόκημα δὲ τῶν ἀδίκων τούτων 


2 


18 AHMOS@ENOTS 





5 , an eZ ε Ἂς “Ὁ Ν ’ 
edi seieey τοιοῦτον ἐγένετο: ὑπὲρ OV Kal τότε 
καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ rae) καὶ πολεμεῖν καὶ δια-" 
φέρεσθαι τούτοις" deo δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἐφεξῆς ἔτι 
32 τούτου μεῖζον κακούργημα θεάσασθε. ἐπειδὴ 
Ἂ, ¥ ‘ > ’ ε ’ Ἀ 
γὰρ ὦμοσε τὴν εἰρήνην ὁ Φίλιππος προλαβὼν 
Ν ’ὔ Ν ’ 5» Ν ’ lal 5 ἴω 
τὴν Θράκην διὰ τούτους οὐχὶ πεισθέντας τῷ ἐμῷ 
ψηφίσματι, πάλιν ὠνεῖται Tap αὐτῶν ὅπως μὴ 
5 ’ 3 ’ 4 ‘ “ ’ὔ 
ἀπίωμεν ἐκ Μακεδονίας, ἕως τὰ τῆς στρατείας 
τῆς ἐπὶ τοὺς Φωκέας εὐτρεπῆ ποιήσαιτο, ἵνα μή, 
Ὃς. 3 3 ’ ε “ ν 4 \ 
δεῦρ᾽ ἀπαγγειλάντων ἡμῶν ὅτι μέλλει Kal παρα- 
, 7 37 ε ΡΞ Ν 
σκευάζεται πορεύεσθαι, ἐξέλθοιτε ὑμεῖς καὶ περι- 
΄ A , 9 ΄ 9 , 
πλεύσαντες ταῖς τριήρεσιν εἰς Τύλας ὠσπερ πρό- 
’ Ν. , > > Laks > ’ὔ 
τερον κλείσαιτε τὸν τόπον, GAN ap ἀκούοιτε 
ταῦτα ἀπαγγελλόντων ἡμῶν κἀκεῖνος ἐντὸς εἴη. 
33 Πυλῶν καὶ μηδὲν ἔχοιθ᾽ ὑμεῖς ποιῆσαι. otra δ᾽ 
ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ἐν φόβῳ καὶ πολλῇ ἀγωνίᾳ μὴ 
καὶ ταῦτα προειληφότος αὐτοῦ, εἰ πρὸ τοῦ τοὺς 
Φωκέας ἀπολέσθαι ψηφίσαισθε βοηθεῖν, ἐκφύγοι 
τὰ πράγματ᾽ αὐτόν, ὥστε μισθοῦται τὸν κατάπτυ- 
στον τουτονί, οὐκέτι κοινῇ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων πρέ 
5 3 50 5 ε / la) Ν ε nw 
σβεων ἀλλ᾽ ἰδίᾳ καθ᾽ αὑτόν, τοιαῦτα πρὸς ὑμᾶς 
5 "= Ἀ 3 ~ > e 9 > > ’ὔ 
εἰπειν καὶ ἀπαγγειλαι, δι᾽ ὧν ἅπαντ᾽ ἀπώλετο. 
34 ἀξιῶ δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ δέομαι τοῦτο 
μεμνῆσθαι παρ᾽ ὅλον τὸν ἀγῶνα, ὅτι μὴ κατη- 
4 > Ss A » a) a“ 5 > 
γορήσαντος Αἰσχίνου μηδὲν ἔξω τῆς γραφῆς οὐδ 
x > ἈΝ ’ 3 la 5 4 ν ’ 
ἂν ἐγὼ λόγον οὐδένα ἐποιούμην ἕτερον, πάσαις 
Ὁ» > 7 δ ΄ ae , 
αἰτίαις Kat βλασφημίαις ἅμα τούτου κεχρη- 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





μένου ἀνάγκη κἀμοὶ πρὸς ἕκαστα τῶν κατηγορου- 
μένων μικρὰ ἀποκρίνασθαι. τίνες οὖν ἦσαν οἵ 
A 4 4 - e - A ὃ 3 ἃ 
παρὰ τούτου λόγοι τότε ῥηθέντες, καὶ δι’ οὗς 
ν > 5 4 e 5 nw -~ wn 
ἅπαντ᾽ ἀπώλετο; ws ov det θορυβεῖσθαι τῷ 
»¥ A 
παρεληλυθέναι Φίλιππον εἴσω Πυλῶν ἔσται 
A 9 3 ν 4 5 € ~ “ἃ » > ] e 
yap ἅπανθ᾽ ὅσα βούλεσθ᾽ ὑμεῖς, ἐὰν ἔχηθ᾽ ἡσυ- 
nw ΕΣ ~ A 
xlav, καὶ ἀκούσεσθε δυοῖν ἢ τριῶν ἡμερῶν, οἷς 
\ > \ 9 , ἌΠΟΡΑ, ΄, @ 
μὲν ἐχθρὸς ἥκει, φίλον αὐτὸν γεγενημένον, ois 
δὲ φίλος, τοὐναντίον ἐχθρόν. οὐ γὰρ τὰ ῥήματα 
Ν 3 ’ὔ » A , ~ ᾿ 
τὰς οἰκειότητας ἔφη βεβαιοῦν, μάλα σεμνῶς ὀνο- 
, 5. ἊΝ . ἥτις , , δὲ 
μάζων, ἀλλὰ τὸ ταὐτὰ συμφέρειν συμφέρειν δὲ 
» ἴων ν Aw 
Φιλίππῳ καὶ Φωκεῦσι καὶ ὑμῖν ὁμοίως ἅπασι τῆς 
3 4 A ἴω 4 5 A nw 
ἀναλγησίας καὶ τῆς βαρύτητος ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς 
κι ' ΄ὕ A Sag τῷ , Q ¥ 
τῶν Θηβαίων. ταῦτα δ᾽ ἀσμένως τινὲς ἤκουον 
5 [ω᾿ A A , 5 ε nw 5 , A A 
αὐτοῦ διὰ THY τόθ᾽ ὑποῦσαν ἀπέχθειαν πρὸς τοὺς 
4, 4 > 4 A ὉΠ 9 5 , 5 
Θηβαίους. τί οὖν συνέβη μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ εὐθύς, οὐκ 
5 , A A 4 5 , ἈΝ 
εἰς μακράν; τοὺς μὲν Φωκέας ἀπολέσθαι καὶ 
κατασκαφῆναι τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν, ὑμᾶς δ᾽ ἡσυχίαν 
ἀγαγόντας καὶ τούτῳ πεισθέντας μικρὸν ὕστερον 
σκευαγωγεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν, τοῦτον δὲ χρυσίον 
λαβεῖν, καὶ ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις τὴν μὲν ἀπέχθειαν 
τὴν πρὸς Θηβαίους καὶ Θετταλοὺς τῇ πόλει γενέ 
σθαι; τὴν δὲ χάριν τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν πεπραγμένων 
Φιλίππῳ. ὅτι δ᾽ οὕτω ταῦτ᾽ ἔχει, λέγε μοι τό τε 
τοῦ Καλλισθένους ψήφισμα καὶ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 
nw “ 3 
τοῦ Φιλίππου, ἐξ ὧν ἀμφοτέρων ταῦθ᾽ ἅπανθ 


ὑμῖν ἔσται φανερά. λέγε. 


19 


35 


36 


37 


20 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


: | 
[Ἐπὶ Μνησιφίλου ἄρχοντος, συγκλήτου ἐκκλησίας ὑπὸ στρα- 
“ ἈΝ 4 Ν “Ὁ ’ a 
τηγῶν καὶ πρυτάνεων, καὶ βουλῆς γνώμῃ, μαιμακτηριῶνος δεκάτῃ 
> 
ἀπιόντος, Καλλισθένης “Ereovixov Φαληρεὺς εἶπε, μηδένα ᾿Αθη- 
’ be “ / > “ ’ὔ nm , 6 > > 
ναίων μηδεμιᾷ παρευρέσει ἐν TH χώρᾳ κοιταῖον γίγνεσθαι ἀλλ 
> ΕἾ ἈΝ Ὁ ἊΨ XN > a ’ὔ seep > 
ev ἄστει καὶ Ἱ]ειραιεῖ, ὅσοι μὴ ἐν τοῖς φρουρίοις εἰσὶν ἀποτετα- 
[4 6 4 δ᾽ ε 4 aA / 4 “~ / 
γμένοι" τούτων 0 ἑκάστους, ἣν παρέλαβον τάξιν, διατηρεῖν μήτε 
’ὕ ’ 3 “ A aA “- a 
38 ἀφημερεύοντας μήτε ἀποκοιτοῦντας. ὃς ἂν δὲ ἀπειθήσῃ τῷδε τῷ 
/ ΝΜ δι n a 
ψηφίσματι, ἔνοχος ἔστω τοῖς τῆς προδοσίας ἐπιτιμίοις, ἐὰν μή 
5 , 3 td 4 +. ¢€ ΄ Ν Ν Pe 52 4 > 
τι ἀδύνατον ἐπιδεικνύῃ περὶ ἑαυτόν - περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἀδυνάτου ἐπι- 
/ δ΄ δ. a φ Ν Ae Roe, a 7 ‘ 
κρινέτω ὃ ἐπὶ TOV ὅπλων στρατηγὸς καὶ 6 ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως Kal 
ε Ν nw an , x ‘\ Ν ΕῚ ral 3 ΄-“ 
ὃ γραμματεὺς τῆς βουλῆς. κατακομίζειν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 
/ ‘ 
πάντα τὴν ταχίστην, TA μὲν ἐντὸς σταδίων ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι εἰς ἄστυ 
καὶ Πειραιᾶ, τὰ δὲ ἐκτὸς σταδίων ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ᾿Ἔλευσϊνα καὶ 


Φυλὴν καὶ ᾿Αφιδναν καὶ “Payvotvra καὶ Σούνιον. ] 


3 “ὌΝ 4 i. re , A > ’ 5 -> 
Ap ἐπὶ ταύταις Tats ἐλπίσι THY εἰρήνην ἐποιεῖ- 
Δ A> 3 , > εκ - ε , 
abe, ἢ ταῦτ᾽ ἐπηγγέλλεθ᾽ ὑμῖν οὗτος ὁ μισθωτός ; 
39 Λέγε δὴ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἣν ἔπεμψε Φίλιππος 


μετὰ ταῦτα. 


ἘΠΙΣΤΌΛΗ ΦΙΛΙΠΠΟΥ͂. 


> tal lad a 
[Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος ᾿Αθηναίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ 
΄“ / val 
δήμῳ χαίρειν. ἴστε ἡμᾶς παρεληλυθότας εἴσω Πυλῶν καὶ τὰ 
Ν \ / < > ε Ν 4 Ἁ 7 Ν ε 
κατὰ τὴν Φωκίδα ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς πεποιημένους, καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἑκου- 
σίως προσετίθετο τῶν πολισμάτων, φρουρὰς εἰσαγηοχότας εἰς 
5 , Ν δὲ a ε [4 Ν ’ x / Ce} ὃ 
αὐτά, τὰ δὲ μὴ ὑπακούοντα κατὰ κράτος λαβόντες καὶ ἐξανδρα- 
if /, 5 4 Ν \ e vad , 
ποδισάμενοι κατεσκάψαμεν. ἀκούων δὲ Kal ὑμᾶς παρασκευά- 
ζεσθαι βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς γέγραφα ὑμῖν, ἵνα μὴ πλεῖον ἐνοχλῆσθε 
Ν , “ Ν Ν ὅλ. 3 δὲ / , 8 n “a 
περὶ τούτων " τοῖς μὲν yap ὅλοις οὐδὲ μέτριόν μοι δοκεῖτε ποιεῖν, 


Ν ψοῦν / » Vers 2 4 3 4 Ν a 
TY ELpyVYV συνθέμενοι και ομοίιως ἀντιπαρεξάγοντες, και ταῦυτα 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





3aQX , -“ ’ὔ’; 5» ἴω -“ ε nw 
οὐδὲ συμπεριειλημμένων τῶν Φωκέων ἐν ταῖς κοιναῖς ἡμῶν συν- 
7 la 
θήκαις. ὥστε ἐὰν μὴ ἐμμένητε τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις, οὐδὲν προτε- 
ρήσετε ἔξω τοῦ ἐφθακέναι ἀδικοῦντες.] 


3 4 ε ~ Ἂς ’ 3 ~ 
Ακούετε ὡς σαφῶς δηλοῖ καὶ διορίζεται ἐν τῇ 
nw ~ . ~ 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστολῇ πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ συμμάχους 
ν ἀλλ. Ἃ = ΄ δ ME? 3 , N 
ὅτι “ ἐγὼ ταῦτα πεποίηκα ἀκόντων ᾿Αθηναίων Kat 
λυπουμένων, ὥστ᾽ εἴ περ εὖ φρονεῖτε, ὦ Θηβαῖοι 
καὶ Θετταλοί, τούτους μὲν ἐχθροὺς ὑπολήψεσθε, 
ἐμοὶ δὲ πιστεύσετε," οὐ τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασι γρά- 
ψας, ταῦτα δὲ βουλόμενος δεικνύναι. τοιγαροῦν 
3 , inet 3 Se δ 3 Ν δ᾽ ε 
ἐκ τούτων ᾧχετο ἐκείνους λαβὼν εἰς τὸ μηδ᾽ OTL- 
οὖν προορᾶν τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα μηδ᾽ αἰσθάνεσθαι, 
3 > 3A 4 Ν ΄ ae τ Φα ae > ew δ & 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐᾶσαι πάντα τὰ πράγματα ἐκεῖνον Up ἑαυτῳ 
; 4 3 a - , A 
ποιήσασθαι: ἐξ ὧν ταῖς παρούσαις συμῴοραις 
οἱ ταλαίπωροι κέχρηνται. ὁ δὲ ταύτης τῆς TI 
στεως αὐτῷ συνεργὸς καὶ συναγωνιστὴς καὶ ὃ 
Gee he , Ν a Ν ’, ς΄ Ἃ 
δεῦρ᾽ ἀπαγγείλας τὰ ψευδῆ καὶ φενακίσας ὑμᾶς 
4 ὕυ» 3 ε Ν “4 ° / “ ’, 

οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὰ Θηβαίων ὀδυρόμενος νῦν πάθη 


\ ὃ Ν ε > ’ a δ ’ Ν ~ 3 
και ιεξιὼν ως οὐκτρα, και τουτῶν και Τῶν ἐν 





a / fal 3 4 
133. Θῆβαι δέ, Θῆβαι, πόλις ἀστυγείτων, μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν μίαν 
> ,ὔ soa ε ΓΝ em > Ν , Ν ω 
ἐκ μέσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀνήρπασται, εἰ καὶ δικαίως, περὶ τῶν 
© ΄“ Ἁ 
ὅλων οὐκ ὀρθῶς βουλευσάμενοι, ἀλλὰ τήν γε θεοβλάβειαν καὶ 
ἊΣ 5 ΄ > > , > Ν ΄ , 
τὴν ἀφροσύνην οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνως, ἀλλὰ δαιμονίως κτησάμενοι. 
5 “-Ὄ nm 
156. μηδ᾽ ὑπομιμνήσκετε TOV ἀνιάτων καὶ ἀνηκέστων κακῶν 
τοὺς ταλαιπώρους Θηβαίους, ods φυγόντας διὰ τοῦτον ὑποδέδεχθε 
τῇ πόλει, ὧν ἱερὰ καὶ τέκνα καὶ τάφους ἀπώλεσεν ἡ Δημοσθένους 
> “~ 
δωροδοκία καὶ τὸ βασιλικὸν χρυσίον: 157. ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τοῖς 
“ > 
σώμασιν od παρεγένεσθε, ἀλλὰ ταῖς γε διανοίαις ἀποβλέψατ᾽ αὐὖ- 


21 


40 


41 


22 


42 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





Φωκεῦσι κακῶν. καὶ ὅσ᾽ ἄλλα πεπόνθασιν οἱ 
Ἕλληνες ἁπάντων αὐτὸς ὧν αἴτιος. δῆλον γὰρ 
4 \ Ἂς > em δὲ aa 4 > ’ 
ὅτι σὺ μὲν ἀλγεῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν, Αἰσχί- 
\ \ , 9 a ,νν: 9 = 
vn, καὶ τοὺς Θηβαίους ἐλεεῖς, κτῆμ᾽ ἔχων ἐν TH 
“ / 
Βοιωτίᾳ καὶ γεωργῶν τὰ ἐκείνων, ἐγὼ δὲ χαίρω, 
ἃ 29? , εν A A ty 
Os εὐθὺς ἐξῃτούμην ὑπὸ TOD ταῦτα πράξαντος. 
> Ν Ν 5 ’ 3 ’ ἃ ἣν ὡς δ 
Αλλὰ γὰρ ἐμπέπτωκα εἰς λόγους, οὗς αὐτίκα 
ἴω » ε ’ὔ’ ’ > , ‘\ 4 
μᾶλλον tows ἁρμόσει λέγειν. ἐπάνειμι δὴ πάλιν 
9. ἃ Ν 5 ’ ε Ν , > 4 aN 
ἐπὶ Tas ἀποδείξεις, ws τὰ τούτων ἀδικήματα TOV 
νυνὶ παρόντων πραγμάτων γέγονεν αἴτια. 
>. \ Ν > ’ὔ A ε ἄν ε Ἂς A 
Επειδὴ yap ἐξηπάτησθε μὲν ὑμεῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ 
Φιλίππου διὰ τούτων τῶν ἐν ταῖς πρεσβείαις 
’ ε Ν “ rt Ἁ 3 \ 
μισθωσάντων ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Φιλίππῳ καὶ οὐδὲν 
3 3, oe 3 ’ 3 4 \ ε 
ἀληθὲς ὑμιν ἀπαγγειλάντων, ἐξηπάτηντο δὲ οἱ 
λ 4 Φ om Ν 5 4 ε “λ 5 
ταλαίπωροι Φωκεῖς καὶ ἀνήρηντο αἱ πόλεις αὐ- 


~ ’ὕ 5 , ε A 4 XN 
43 των, TL ἐγένετο; OL μὲν κατάπτυστοι Θετταλοὶ 


“ , A 
καὶ ἀναίσθητοι Θηβαῖοι φίλον εὐεργέτην σωτῆρα 
τὸν Φίλιππον ἡγοῦντο: πάντ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ἦν αὐτοῖς’ 
οὐδὲ φωνὴν ἤκουον, εἴ τις ἄλλο τι βούλοιτο λέ- 


ε “ A ε ’ὔ’ Ν la ‘\ 
Yeu: UPELS δὲ ὑφορώμενοι Ta TET PAY LLEVA και 





τῶν εἰς τὰς συμφορὰς, καὶ νομίσαθ᾽ ὁρᾶν ἁλισκομένην τὴν πόλιν, 
τειχῶν κατασκαφὰς, ἐμπρήσεις οἰκιῶν, ἀγομένας γυναῖκας καὶ 
παῖδας εἰς δουλείαν, πρεσβύτας ἀνθρώπους, πρεσβύτιδας γυναῖ- 
κας, ὀψὲ μεταμανθάνοντας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, κλαίοντας, ἱκετεύοντας 
ὑμᾶς, ὀργιζομένους οὐ τοῖς τιμωροὐμένοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς τούτων αἰτί- 
ols, ἐπισκήπτοντας μηδενὶ τρόπῳ τὸν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀλιτήριον 
στεφανοῦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν δαίμονα καὶ τὴν τύχην τὴν συμπαρακο- 
λουθοῦσαν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ φυλάξασθαι. 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 23 





δυσχεραίνοντες yyere THY εἰρήνην ὅμως: οὐ yap 
ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε. καὶ ot ἄλλοι δὲ Ἕλληνες, 
ὁμοίως ὑμῖν πεφενακισμένοι καὶ διημαρτηκότες 
ὧν ἤλπισαν, ἦγον τὴν εἰρήνην, αὐτοὶ τρόπον τινὰ 
ἐκ πολλδῦ πολεμούμενοι. γ᾽ ὅτε γὰρ περιιὼν Φίλιπ- 44 
πος ᾿Ιλλυριοὺς καὶ Τριβαλλούς, τινὰς δὲ καὶ τῶν 
ν 
“Ἑλλήνων κατεστρέφετο, καὶ δυνάμεις πολλὰς καὶ 
’ > “™s)> ε 3 ε lal ’ὔ ἴω > lal 
μεγάλας ἐποιεῖθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, Kal τινες τῶν EK TOV 
/ Φ ᾿ “~ “~ > ’ 3 ’ , 
πόλεων ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐξουσίᾳ βαδίζοντες 
3 Oo , A * & 3 / 4 
ἐκεῖσε διεφθείροντο, ὧν εἷς οὗτος ἦν, τότε πάν- 
τες, ἐφ᾽ οὗς ταῦτα παρεσκευάζετ᾽ ἐκεῖνος, ἐπο- 
lal 5» Ν Ν 5 if 4 ε / 
λεμοῦντο. εἶ δὲ μὴ HoOdvovTo, ἕτερος ὃ λόγος 
Φ' > Ν 5 ,ὔ > Ν Ν Ν » Ν 
οὗτος, οὐ πρὸς ἐμέ. ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ προὔλεγον καὶ 45 
διεμαρτυρόμην καὶ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἀεὶ καὶ ὅποι πεμ- 
φθείην- ai δὲ πόλεις ἐνόσουν τῶν μὲν ἐν τῷ 
“ \ , ¥ ΄ . 
πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ πράττειν᾽ δωροδοκούντων καὶ ) 
ia ον, Ἂς 4 ~ a “ Ν) 
διαφθειρομένων ἐπὶ χρήμασι, τῶν δὲ ἰδιωτῶν καὶ 
A“ ‘\ \ 3 4 Ν \ ~ > 
πολλῶν TA μὲν OV προορωμένων, TA δὲ TH καθ 
ε ’ ε 4 N\ ~ ’ Ν 
ἡμέραν ῥᾳστώνῃ καὶ σχολῇ δελεαζομένων, καὶ 
τοιουτονί τι πάθος πεπονθότων ἁπάντων, πλὴν 
5 55» ε Ν ε ’ 5 ’ Ν Ν. 
οὐκ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ἑκάστων οἰομένων τὸ δεινὸν 
4 ie" Ν la ee , N ε a 
ἥξειν, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἑτέρων κινδύνων τὰ ἑαυτῶν 
ἀσφαλῶς σχήσειν, ὅταν βούλωνται. εἶτ᾽ οἶμαι 46 
συμβέβηκε τοῖς μὲν πλήθεσιν ἀντὶ τῆς πολλῆς 
Ν > 7 ε 4 \ 5 δ 3 ’ 
καὶ ἀκαίρου ῥᾳθυμίας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἀπολωλεκέ. 
A Ν ΄ Ν i Ν ε 
ναι, τοῖς δὲ προεστηκόσι καὶ τἄλλα πλὴν ἕαυ- 
τοὺς οἰομένοις πωλεῖν πρώτους ἑαυτοὺς πεπρα- 


24 AHMOS@OENOTE 





κόσιν αἰσθέσθαι: ἀντὶ yap φίλων καὶ E€var, ἃ 
7 3 , ae ἃ 25 ὃ A , 
τότε ὠνομάζοντο ἡνίκα ἐδωροδόκουν, νῦν κόλακες 
καὶ θεοῖς ἐχθροὶ καὶ τἄλλ᾽ ἃ προσήκει πάντ᾽ 
47 ἀκούουσιν. οὐδεὶς γάρ, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τὸ 
τοῦ προδιδόντος συμφέρον ζητῶν χρήματ᾽ ἀνα- 
λίσκει, οὐδ᾽ ἐπειδὰν ὧν ἂν πρίηται κύριος γένη- 
la ὃ / , Ἀ Qn a » 
ται, τῷ προδότῃ συμβούλῳ περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἔτι 
χρῆται: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν ἣν εὐδαιμονέστερον προ- 
’ Ὁ 3 5 » al , nw 
δότου. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα: πόθεν ; πολλοῦ γε 
ἈΝ ὃ ~ > > 3 ἃ ~ 4 > Ν 
καὶ δεῖ. ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὰν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐγκρατὴς 
~ » “~ ῪΝ ῪΝ 
ὁ ζητῶν ἄρχειν καταστῇ, καὶ τῶν ταῦτα ἀπο- 
ὃ ΄ ὃ 4 > 4 Ν δὲ ’ io , 
ομένων δεσπότης ἐστί, τὴν δὲ πονηρίαν εἰδώς, 
τότε δή, τότε καὶ μισεῖ καὶ ἀπιστεῖ καὶ προπη- 
48 λακίζει. σκοπεῖτε δέ: καὶ γὰρ εἰ παρελήλυθεν 
ὁ τῶν πραγμάτων καιρός, ὃ τοῦ γε εἰδέναι τὰ 
τοιαῦτα καιρὸς ἀεὶ πάρεστι τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν. 
[4 , ’ I > vs ν 
μέχρι τούτου Λασθένης φίλος ὠνομάζετο, ἕως 
προὔδωκεν Ὄλυνθον: μέχρι τούτου Τιμόλαος, 
ἕως ἀπώλεσε Θήβας: μέχρι τούτου Εὔδικος καὶ 
Σῖμος ὃ Λαρισαῖος, ἕως Θετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ 
3 ’ > > U4 Ν ε ’ 
ἐποίΐσαν. εἶτ᾽ ἐλαυνομένων καὶ ὑβριζομένων 
καὶ τί κακὸν οὐχὶ πασχόντων πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη 
Ν ’ὔ ’ὔ 3 3 3 5 ~ 
μεστὴ γέγονεν. τί δ᾽ ᾿Αρίστρατος ἐν Σικυῶνι, » 
Ν ΄, ΄, 3 , 3 3 ἥ 
49 καὶ Ti Περίλαος ἐν Μεγάροις; οὐκ ἀπερριμ-" 
΄ 3 ΜΝ Ν / > Ψ ἴδ 4 ε 
μένοι; ἐξ ὧν καὶ σαφέστατ᾽ ἂν τις LOOL OTL O 
᾽ ’ὔ \ ε a) (ὃ ἃ λ δον 
μάλιστα φυλάττων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδα καὶ πλει- 


5 v4 ’ὔ e ε ἴων > , a 
στα ἀντιλέγων TOUTOLS, οὗτος υμιν, Αἰσχίνη, τοις 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





ἴω + ν΄. Ν » 55 ν 
προδιδοῦσι καὶ μισθαρνοῦσι τὸ ἔχειν ἐφ᾽ ὅτῳ 
4, “A Ν ἣν Ν Ν 
δωροδοκήσετε περιποιεῖ, καὶ διὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς 
τουτωνὶ καὶ τοὺς ἀνθισταμένους τοῖς ὑμετέροις 
βουλήμασιν ὑμεῖς ἐστε σῷοι καὶ ἔμμισθοι, ἐπεὶ 
’ ε nw > \ 4 “ἡ 3 ᾽’ὔ 
διά γε ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς πάλαι ἂν ἀπολώλειτε. 
Καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν τότε πραχθέντων ἔχων ἔτι 
Ν ’ Ν A ε ἴω 4 A ε 
πολλὰ λέγειν, καὶ ταῦτα ἡγοῦμαι πλείω τῶν ἱκα- 
ἴω 7, A + > e ν ε 
νῶν εἰρῆσθαι: αἴτιος δ᾽ οὗτος, ὥσπερ ἑωλοκρα- 
σίαν τινά μου τῆς πονηρίας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἱκαὶ τῶν 
ἀδικημάτων κατασκεδάσας, ἣν ἀναγκαῖον ἣν πρὸς 
τοὺς νεωτέρους τῶν πεπραγμένων ἀπολύσασθαι. 
4 \ » ε Ἁ Ν 5 Ν 5 a” 
παρηνώχλησθε δὲ ἴσως, ob καὶ πρὶν ἐμὲ εἰπεῖν 
ὁτιοῦν εἰδότες τὴν τούτου τότε μισθαρνίαν. καί: 
,ὕ Ν ΄ yr πο > ΄ Ν A 
τοι φιλίαν ye καὶ Eeviay αὐτὴν ὀνομάζει, καὶ νῦν 
εἶπέ που λέγων “ὁ τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ξενίαν ὀνει- 
δίζων enol.” ἐγώ σοι ξενίαν ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ; πό- 
θεν λαβόντι H πῶς ἀξιωθέντι; οὔτε Φιλίππου 
ξένον οὔτ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου φίλον εἴποιμ᾽ ἂν ἐγώ σε, 
ν 
οὐχ οὕτω μαίνομαι, εἰ μὴ καὶ τοὺς θεριστὰς καὶ 
Ν ¥ A 
τοὺς ἀλλο τι μισθοῦ πράττοντας φίλους καὶ ἕέ. 
νους δεῖ καλεῖν τῶν μισθωσαμένων. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ 
» nw lal ~ 
ἔστι ταῦτα" πόθεν ; πολλοῦ ye καὶ δεῖ. ἀλλὰ 
Ν Hd , ΄ Ν A 
μισθωτὸν ἐγώ σε Φιλίππου πρότερον Kal νῦν 
3 ’ a a 
Αλεξάνδρου καλῶ, καὶ οὗτοι πάντες. εἰ. δ᾽ ἀπι- 


_— 





66. ὃ yap μισαλέξανδρος νυνὶ φάσκων εἶναι Kal τότε μισο- 


25 


50 


51 


52 


φίλιππος Δημοσθένης, ὃ τὴν ξενίαν ἐμοὶ προφέρων τὴν ᾿Αλεξάν- 


δρου, γράφει ψήφισμα. 


26 


53 


54 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





A i) 9 ΄, an 4. τὰν τος AQ? 
OTELS, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς. μᾶλλον δ᾽ ἐγὼ τοῦθ 
ε A ΑΗ “ , , ε nw > »» 5 
ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιήσω. πότερον ὑμῖν, ὦ avdpes ᾿Αθη- 

σι A Ν 3 ad x 4 ey 
ναῖοι, δοκεῖ μισθωτὸς Αἰσχίνης ἢ ἕένος εἶναι 
᾿Αλεξάνδρου ; ἀκούεις ἃ λέγουσιν. 


Βούλομαι τοίνυν ἤδη καὶ περὶ τῆς γραφῆς 


αὐτῆς ἀπολογήσασθαι καὶ διεξελθεῖν τὰ πε- 


i ee 5 ~ Y ¢ 5 QA 5 , 

πραγμέν ἐμαυτῷ, Wa καίπερ εἰδὼς Αἰσχίνης 
ζ ν wn 

ὅμως ἀκούσῃ δ᾽ ἃ φημι καὶ τούτων τῶν προ- 

4 A nw , » , 
βεβουλευμένων καὶ πολλῷ μειζόνων ἔτι τούτων 

ὃ nw δί > , , , 
ὠρεῶν δίκαιος εἶναι τυγχάνειν. Kat μοι λέγε 


τὴν γραφὴν αὐτὴν λαβών. ν 


ΤΡΑΦΗ. 


[Ἐπὶ Χαιρώνδου ἄρχοντος, ἐλαφηβολιῶνος ἕκτῃ ἱσταμένου, 
Αἰσχίνης ᾿Ατρομήτου Κοθωκίδης ἀπήνεγκε πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα 
παρανόμων κατὰ Κτησιφῶντος τοῦ Λεωσθένους ᾿Αναφλυστίου, 
ὅτι ἔγραψε παράνομον ψήφισμα, ὡς ἄρα δεῖ στεφανῶσαι Δη- 
μοσθένην Δημοσθένους ἸΠαιανιέα χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγο- 
ρεῦσαι ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις τοῖς μεγάλοις, τραγῳδοῖς και- 
νοῖς, ὅτι στεφανοῖ ὃ δῆμος Δημοσθένην Δημοσθένους ἸΤαιανιέα 
χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα, καὶ εὐνοίας ἧς ἔχων διατελεῖ εἴς 
τε τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἅπαντας καὶ τὸν δῆμον τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων, καὶ 
ἀνδραγαθίας, καὶ διότι διατελεῖ πράττων καὶ λέγων τὰ βέλτιστα 


“> a ΟΣ x , > , 
τῷ δήμῳ καὶ πρόθυμός ἐστι ποιεῖν 6 τι ἂν δύνηται ἀγαθόν, 


“ a a / 3 φ'ι 
55 πάντα ταῦτα ψευδῆ γράψας καὶ παράνομα, τῶν νόμων. οὐκ ἐώντων 


lal a , / 
πρῶτον μὲν ψευδεῖς γραφὰς eis τὰ δημόσια γράμματα καταβάλ- 
“ / 
λεσθαι, εἶτα τὸν ὑπεύθυνον στεφανοῦν (ἔστι Δημοσθένης τειχο- 
a cal Ν Ν / 
ποιὸς Kal ἐπὶ τῶν θεωρικῶν τεταγμένος), ἔτι δὲ μὴ ἀναγορεύειν 


Ν ΄ 3 a , 4 a Ὁ “ον > 
τὸν στέφανον ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις τραγῳδῶν TH καινῇ, ἀλλ 


a ,ὔ “ Ν Ἂν 
«ἐὰν μὲν ἡ βουλὴ στεφανοῖ, ἐν τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ ἀνειπεῖν, ἐὰν δὲ 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ STE®ANOT. 





ἡ πόλις, ἐν Πυκνὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησί. τίμημα τάλαντα πεντή- 
κοντα. κλήτορες Κηφισοφῶν Κηφισοφῶντος Ῥαμνούσιος, 
Κλέων Κλέωνος Κοθωκίδης.] 


“A μὲν διώκει τοῦ ψηφίσματος, ὦ ἀνδρες ᾿Αθη- 
ναῖοι, ταῦτ᾽ ἐστίν. ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἀφ᾽ αὐτῶν τούτων 
πρῶτον οἶμαι δῆλον ὑμιν ποιήσειν ὅτι πάντα 

Ν 
δικαίως ἀπολογήσομαι: τὴν γὰρ αὐτὴν τούτῳ 
ἴω Ν / 
ποιησάμενος TOV γεγραμμένων τάξιν περὶ πάν- 
7, A 3 σ ΕῚ aA Ν 5 Ν ε Ν 
των ἐρῶ Kal? ἕκαστον ἐφεξῆς καὶ οὐδὲν ἑκὼν 
ὔ Ὁ Ν > / / Ν 
παραλείψω. TOV μὲν οὖν γράψαι πράττοντα καὶ 

4 \ , ,ὔ Ἂ ’ ~ \ 
λέγοντα τὰ βέλτιστά με Ta δήμῳ διατελεῖν καὶ 

, > A σ. , 3 / Ν 
πρόθυμον εἶναι ποιεῖν ὅ τι δύναμαι ἀγαθόν, καὶ 
ἐπαινεῖν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἐν τοῖς πεπολιτευμένοις τὴν 

’ὔ > ’ 5 Ν Ν ’ὔ 5» 
κρίσιν εἶναι νομίζω: ἀπὸ γὰρ τούτων ἐξεταζο- 

, ε ’ὔ » 5 “~ Ν 3 κ΄ , 
μένων εὑρεθήσεται εἴτε ἀληθῆ περὶ ἐμοῦ γέγραφε 


27 


56 


57 


Κτησιφῶν ταῦτα καὶ προσήκοντα εἴτε Kal ψευδῆ La 


τὸ δὲ μὴ προσγράψαντα “ἐπειδὰν τὰς εὐθύνας 58 


ὃ ob) “ \ 5 ~ > A , Ν 
ω στεφανοῦν, και QVELTTELVY EV T@ θεάτρῳ TOV 





11. κατιδὼν δέ τις ταῦτα νομοθέτης τίθησι νόμον καὶ μάλα 
καλῶς ἔχοντα, τὸν διαρρήδην ἀπαγορεύοντα τοὺς ὑπευθύνους μὴ 
στεφανοῦν. καὶ ταῦτα οὕτως εὖ προκατειληφότος τοῦ νομοθέτου 
εὕρηνται κρείττονες λόγοι τῶν νόμων, ods εἰ μή τις ὑμῖν ἐρεῖ, 
λήσετε ἐξαπατηθέντες. τούτων γάρ τινες τῶν τοὺς ὑπευθύνους 
στεφανούντων παρὰ τοὺς νόμους οἱ μὲν φύσει μέτριοί εἶσιν, εἰ 
δή τις ἐστὶ μέτριος τῶν τὰ παράνομα γραφόντων ἀλλ᾽ οὖν προ- 
βάλλονταί γε τι πρὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης. προσεγγράφουσι γὰρ πρὸς 
τὰ ψηφίσματα στεφανοῦν τὸν ὑπεύθυνον, ἐπειδὰν λόγον καὶ εὐθύ- 
νας τῆς ἀρχῆς δῷς. 12. καὶ ἡ μὲν πόλις τὸ ἴσον ἀδίκημα ἀδικεῖ- 


2ὃ ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





στέφανον κελεῦσαι, κοινωνεῖν μὲν ἡγοῦμαι καὶ 
τοῦτο τοῖς πεπολιτευμένοις, εἴτε ἀξιός εἰμι τοῦ 
A > A 
στεφάνου Kal τῆς ἀναρρήσεως τῆς ἐν τούτοις εἴτε 
Ν Ν > 
καὶ μή, ETL μέντοι καὶ τοὺς νόμους δεικτέον εἶναί 
A > ἃ ἊΝ / boas ra 
μοι δοκεῖ, καθ᾽ ovs ταῦτα γράφειν ἐξῆν τούτῳ. 
ε \ , > & ὃ 3 θ ‘a ΄ Ν 
οὑτωσὶ μέν, ὦ avopes ᾿Αθηναῖοι, δικαίως καὶ 
ε A \ > / » “ ro 
ἁπλῶς τὴν ἀπολογίαν eyvwKka ποιεῖσθαι, βαδιοῦ- 
> “Ὁ > Ν ἃ ’ ’ὔ 4 Ν 
59 μαι δ᾽ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὰ ἃ πέπρακταί μοι. καί με μηδεὶς 
ε / > “A \ 4 A ἴω 5Χ 3 
ὑπολάβῃ ἀπαρτᾶν τὸν λόγον τῆς γραφῆς, ἐὰν εἰς 
ε. Ν ’, εἶ ’ὔ 5 4 ε Ν 
Βλληνικὰς πράξεις καὶ λόγους ἐμπέσω: ὃ γὰρ 
, ἊΝ , Ν / Ν 4 
διώκων τοῦ ψηφίσματος τὸ λέγειν Kal πράττειν 
Ν » , \ ΓΝ ἴω 
τὰ ἀριστὰ με καὶ γεγραμμένος ταῦτα ws οὐκ 
ἀληθῆ, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοὺς περὶ ἁπάντων τῶν. 
ἐμοὶ πεπολιτευμένων λόγους οἰκείους καὶ ἀναγ- 
καίους τῇ γραφῇ πεποιηκώς. εἶτα καὶ πολλῶν 
προαιρέσεων οὐσῶν τῆς πολιτείας τὴν περὶ τὰς 
“Ἑλληνικὰς πράξεις εἱλόμην ἐγώ, ὥστε καὶ τὰς 
> ΄, > , OL ’ 3 τ θ 
ἀποδείξεις ἐκ τούτων δίκαιός εἰμι ποιεῖσθαι, 
> ~ 4 \ 
60 “A μὲν οὖν πρὸ Tov πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ δημηγο- 
“ / 
pew ἐμὲ προὔλαβε καὶ κατέσχε Φίλιππος, ἐάσω" 


ἴω 3 Ν 5 ἃ 9 
οὐδὲν γὰρ ἡγοῦμαι τούτων εἶναι πρὸς ἐμέ: ἃ ὃ 





΄, Oe , \ , εν 
ται" προκαταλαμβάνονται γὰρ ἐπαίνοις καὶ στεφάνοις αἱ εὔθυναι" 
ὃ δὲ τὸ ψήφισμα γράφων ἐνδείκνυται τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ὅτι γέγραφε 
μὲν παράνομα, αἰσχύνεται δὲ ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἡμάρτηκε. Κτησιφῶν δέ, ὦ 
᾿Αθηναῖοι, ὑπερπηδήσας τὸν νόμον τὸν περὶ τῶν ὑπευθύνων κείμε- 
νον καὶ τὴν πρόφασιν, ἣν ἐγὼ ἀρτίως προεῖπον ὑμῖν, ἀνελών, πρὶν 
λόγον, πρὶν εὐθύνας δοῦναι, γέγραφε μεταξὺ Δημοσθένην ἄρχοντα 
στεφανοῦν. 





ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





9 9.9 Ὁ ε ’ 5 \ “Ὁ 5 ὔὕ 9 A Ν 
ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ ταυτα ἐπέστην ἐγὼ καὶ διεκω- 
λύθη, ταῦτα ἀναμνήσω καὶ τούτων ὑφέξω λόγον, 
A ε , , > » 3 
τοσοῦτον ὑπειπών. πλεονέκτημα, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθη- 
lal , ¢ “A / Ν Ν A 
VaLol, μέγα ὑπῆρξε Φιλίππῳ. παρὰ γὰρ τοῖς 


Ψ 
Ἕλλησιν, οὐ τισὶν ἀλλ᾽ ἅπασιν ὁμοίως, φορὰν. 


προδοτῶν καὶ δωροδόκων καὶ θεῖς ἐχθρῶν ἀνθρώ- 
πων συνέβη γενέσθαι τοσαύτην, ὅσην οὐδείς πω 
πρότερον μέμνηται γεγονυῖαν . οὗς συναγωνιστὰς 


\ Χ ἈΝ ἊΝ / ~~ ire 
Kat συνεργοὺς λαβὼν Kat πρότερον κακῶς TOUS 


"4 ¥ Ν ε Ν Χ “A 
EdAnvas ἔχοντας πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς καὶ στασιαστικως 
» A / Ay Ν 3 Μ᾿ 2) δὲ 
ἔτι χεῖρον διέθηκε, τοὺς μὲν ἐξαπατῶν, τοῖς δὲ 
ὃ ὃ 4 Ν \ , / ’ Ἂν 
ιδούς, τοὺς δὲ πάντα τρόπον διαφθείρων, καὶ 
΄ > , Sn eet ἸΘπρῚ A ΄ 
διέστησεν εἰς μέρη πολλὰ ἑνὸς τοῦ συμφέροντος 
ν a) 
ἅπασιν ὄντος, κωλύειν ἐκεῖνον μέγαν γίγνεσθαι. 
ἐν τοιαύτῃ δὲ καταστάσει καὶ ἔτι ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ συν- 
΄ aa / a “ ε » ε 
ισταμένου καὶ φυομένου κακοῦ τῶν ἁπάντων ᾿Ἐλ- 
λήνων ὄντων δεῖ σκοπεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 
τί προσῆκον ἢν ἑλέσθαι πράττειν καὶ ποιεῖν τὴν 
, ; we , , $5 A ω ε N 
πόλιν, καὶ Τούτων λόγον Tap ἐμοῦ λαβεῖν" ὁ yap 
> ~ e Ν ’ὔ “A ’ὔ αν τὰς ’ / 
ἐνταῦθα ἑαυτὸν τάξας τῆς πολιτείας εἰμὶ ἐγώ. πό- 


τερον αὐτὴν ἐχρῆν, Αἰσχίνη, τὸ φρόνημα ἀφεῖσαν. 


\ ν΄ oe ee \ em 3 κ᾿ a ἃ} 
καὶ τὴν ἀξίαν τὴν αὑτῆς ἐν τῇ Θετταλων καὶ Ao- 
> ΨΨ ἊΝ ων ἢ wold, - ps 
λόπων τάξει oyKataxtacbar Φιλίππῳ τὴν τῶν 
ε , 5 Ν Ν ἈΝ “ , Ἀ \ 
Ελλήνων ἀρχὴν καὶ Ta τῶν προγόνων Kaha καὶ 
lat νὰ ~ Ν 
δίκαια ἀναιρεῖν ; ἣ τοῦτο μὲν μὴ ποιεῖν, δεινὸν 
ww 3 Ν 
γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς, ἃ δ᾽ ἑώρα συμβησόμενα, εἰ μηδεὶς 
΄ A , 3 ε » 5 wn 
κωλύσει, καὶ προῃσθάνεθ , ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐκ πολλοῦ, 


29 


61 


62 


ἔτος: 


gees AHMOS®ENOTS 





64 ταῦτα περιιδεῖν γιγνόμενα ; ἀλλὰ νῦν ἔγωγε τὸν 
, A an 
μάλιστα ἐπιτιμῶντα τοῖς πεπραγμένοις ἡδέως ἂν 
3 , A ΄, 
ἐροίμην, τῆς ποίας μερίδος γενέσθαι τὴν πόλιν 
7 > + A ~ 
ἐβούλετ᾽ av, πότερον τῆς συναιτίας τῶν συμβε- 
a Ψ “Ὁ “ a 
βηκότων τοῖς “Ἕλλησι κακῶν καὶ αἰσχρῶν, ἧς ἂν 
Ν Ν Ν " A 
Θετταλοὺς Kal TOUS μετὰ τούτων εἴποι TLS, ἢ τῆς 
’, “ ' nw ΄“ 
περιεωρακυίας ταῦτα γιγνόμενα ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς ἰδίας 
’ δι 
πλεονεξίας ἐλπίδι, Hs ἂν ᾿Αρκάδας καὶ Μεσσηνί- 
\ > , 
650us καὶ ᾿Αργείους θείημεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων 
πολλοί, μᾶλλον δὲ πάντες, χεῖρον ἡμῶν ἀπηλλά- 
\ \ 3 \ ε > / ’ὔ 
χασιν. καὶ yap εἰ μὲν ὡς ἐκράτησε Φίλιππος 
» 3 : A > 
ᾧχετ᾽ εὐθέως ἀπιὼν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ Hyev ἡσυχίαν, 
lA “~ e “A ’ ’ “A 3, ε 
μὴτε τῶν αὑτοῦ συμμάχων μήτε των ἀλλων E)- 
λήνων μηδένα μηδὲν λυπήσας, ἦν ἂν τις κατὰ 
τῶν ἐναντιωθέντων οἷς ἔπραττεν ἐκεῖνος μέμψις 
\ / > Ὧν δ ’ ε ’ Ν 5 ’ 
καὶ κατηγορία: εἰ δὲ ὁμοίως ἁπάντων τὸ ἀξίωμα, 
\ ε ’, \ > θ / ir αλλ 
τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, τὴν ἐλευθερίαν περιείλετο, μᾶλλον 
δὲ καὶ τὰς πολιτείας, ὅσων ἠδύνατο, πῶς οὐχ 
“ XN 
ἁπάντων ἐνδοξότατα ὑμεῖς ἐβουλεύσασθε ἐμοὶ 
πεισθέντες ; 
A 7 ἈΝ / > 
66 “ANN ἐκεῖσε ἐπανέρχομαι. τί τὴν πόλιν, At 
a A / £* 
σχίνη, προσῆκε ποιεῖν ἀρχὴν Kal τυραννίδα τῶν 
“A nw / / 
Ἑλλήνων ὁρῶσαν ἑαυτῷ κατασκευαζόμενον Φί- 
x 
λιππον; ἢ τί τὸν σύμβουλον ἔδει λέγειν ἢ 
γράφειν, τὸν ᾿Αθήνησι (καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο πλεῖστον 
Ν “A , 
διαφέρει), ὃς συνήδειν μὲν EK παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου 


A 4 > δα aera > % Ν “ 53 / 
μέχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ap ἧς αὐτὸς ἐπὶ TO βῆμα ἀνέ 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





SN ν᾽ / \ aA \ δόξ 9 
βην, ἀεὶ sae πρωτείων καὶ τιμῆς καὶ δόξης aya- 
ἐπ eid τὴν πατρίδα, καὶ πλείω καὶ χρήματα 
καὶ σώματα si ae ὑπὲρ φιλοτιμίας Kal TOV 
πᾶσι συμφερόντων ἢ TOV ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ὑπὲρ 

ε “ 5 4 4 ec 7 > > Ν ἈΝ 
αὑτῶν ἀνηλώκασιν ἕκαστοι, ἑώρων δ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν 
Φίλιππον, πρὸς ὃν ἦν ἡμῖν ὃ ἀγών, ὑπὲρ ἀρχῆς 

Ἂς / Ν 3 Ν > 4 Ν 
καὶ δυναστείας τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἐκκεκομμένον, τὴν 
κλεῖν κατεαγότα, τὴν χεῖρα, τὸ σκέλος πεπηρω- 

i“ a. 4 , ’ ε , ‘a! ’ 
μένον, πᾶν ὅ τι βουληθείη μέρος ἡ τύχη TOV σώ- 
ματος παρελέσθαι, τοῦτο προϊέμενον, ὥστε τῷ 

κ΄ wn a Ἀ Ν 
λοιπῷ μετὰ τιμῆς καὶ δόξης ζῆν ; / καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ 
τοῦτό γε οὐδεὶς ἂν εἰπεῖν τολμήσαι, ὡς τῷ μὲν 
ἐν Πέλλῃ τραφέντι, χωρίῳ ἀδόξῳ τότε γε ὄντι 
καὶ μικρῷ, τοσαύτην μεγαλοψυχίαν προσῆκεν 
5 ’ὕ Ψ ἴω ~ ¢ ’ 5 “A > 
ἐγγενέσθαι, ὥστε τῆς τῶν “Ελλήνων, ἀρχῆς ἐπι- 

lal \ a 3 > Ν “ 3 4 ε ia 
θυμῆσαι καὶ τοῦτ᾽ εἰς τὸν νοῦν ἐμβαλέσθαι, ὑμῖν 
ὌΝ > 9 θ , \ N κ ε»ῃ ¢ ἢ 
οὖσιν ᾿Αθηναίοις καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην 
ἐν πᾶσι καὶ λόγοις καὶ θεωρήμασι τῆς τῶν προ- 

’, 3 “ ἴω 
γόνων ἀρετῆς ὑπόμνημα θεωροῦσι τοσαύτην κα- 

/ ε 4 ο “Ἢ 
κίαν ὑπάρξαι, ὥστε τῆς ἐλευθερίας αὐτεπαγγέλ- 
τους ἐθελοντὰς παραχωρῆσαι Φιλίππῳ. οὐδ᾽ ἂν 
εἷς ταῦτα φήσειεν. λοιπὸν τοίνυν ἦν καὶ ἀναγ- 

΄“ σ ἴω “4, ἴων “Ὁ 
καῖον ἅμα πᾶσιν οἷς ἐκεῖνος ἔπραττεν ἀδικῶν 
ε a ~ ἴω “ 
ὑμᾶς ἐναντιοῦσθαι δικαίως. τοῦτ᾽ ἐποιεῖτε μὲν 
ε A 3 3 eR es ad Ν , » 
ὑμεῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς, εἰκότως καὶ προσηκόντως, ἔγρα- 
φον δὲ καὶ συνεβούλευον καὶ ἐγὼ καθ᾽ ods ἐπολι- 


τευόμην χρόνους. ὁμολογῶ. ἀλλὰ τί ἐχρὴν με 


31 


67 


68 


69 


22 AHMOS@ENOTS 





A Ξ ΄, 5 τῳ la , ou 8. ty 7 
ποιεῖν ; ἤδη γάρ σ᾽ ἐρωτῶ, πάντα τἄλλ᾽ ἀφείς, 
᾿Αμφίπολιν, Πύδναν, Ποτίδαιαν, “Αλόννησον " οὐ- 

70 δενὸς τούτων μέμνημαι: Σέρριον δὲ καὶ Δορίσκον 
\ \ la ’ὔ Ν Oe ¥ e 
καὶ τὴν ἸΠεπαρήθου πόρθησιν καὶ oo ἄλλα ἡ 
/ 5 ~ 5 > 5 ’ἅ > ’ὔ ’ὔ 
πόλις ἠδικεῖτο, οὐδ᾽ εἰ γέγονεν οἶδα. καίτοι σύ 
γ᾽ ἔφησθά με ταῦτα λέγοντα εἰς ἔχθραν ἐμβαλεῖν 
τουτουσί, Εὐβούλου καὶ ᾿Αριστοφῶντος καὶ Διο- 
’ὔ “A \ / rd + 
πείθους τῶν περὶ τούτων ψηφισμάτων ὄντων, 
οὐκ ἐμῶν, ὦ λέ ὑχερῶς O ἂν βουληθῃ 
ἐμῶν, ὦ λέγων εὐχερῶς ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῇς. 
71 οὐδὲ νῦν περὶ τούτων ἐρῶ. ἀλλ᾽ ὁ τὴν Εὔβοιαν 
ἐκεῖνος σφετεριζόμενος καὶ κατασκευάζων ἐπι- 
’ 31 Ἅ, Ἀ 3 ’ὔ ‘\ ᾽ὔ > 
τείχισμα ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν, καὶ Μεγάροις ἐπιχει- 
ρῶν, καὶ καταλαμβάνων ᾿Ωρεόν, καὶ κατασκάπτων 
Πορθμόν, καὶ καθιστὰς ἐν μὲν ᾿Ωρεῷ Φιλιστίδην 
τύραννον ἐν δ᾽ ᾿Βρετρίᾳ Κλείταρχον, καὶ τὸν “E)- 
λήσποντον vd ἑαυτῷ ποιούμενος, καὶ Βυζάντιον 
τῇ a Ἂ 5 na 
πολιορκῶν, καὶ πόλεις Ἑλληνίδας ἃς μὲν ἀναιρῶν, 
3 a Ν Ν , ve , lal 
εἰς ἃς δὲ τοὺς φυγάδας κατάγων, πότερον ταῦτα 
a oe 
πάντα ποιῶν ἠδίκει καὶ παρεσπόνδει Kal ἔλυε 
“ ’ 
τὴν εἰρήνην 7 οὔ; καὶ πότερον φανῆναί τινα 
‘al ε , Ν ἴω ’ ἊΝ ςτὸ 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὸν ταῦτα κωλύσοντα ποιεῖν αὑτὸν 
5 A x , 5 Ν Ν Ν 5 ~ ἰλλὰ \ 
72 ἐχρῆν ἢ μή; εἰ μὲν γὰρ μὴ ἐχρῆν, ἀλλὰ τὴν 
κι ε ΄ ἫΝ 
Μυσῶν λείαν καλουμένην τὴν Ἑλλάδα οὖσαν 

ran P 7 

ὀφθῆναι ζώντων καὶ ὄντων ᾿Αθηναίων, περιείρ- 
’ὔ 

γασμαι μὲν ἐγὼ περὶ τούτων εἰπών, περιείργα- 

> ε ΄, ε θ a 3 ’ 5» δὲ 

σται δ᾽ ἡ πόλις ἡ πεισθεῖσα ἐμοί, ἔστω δὲ 


Ν ε ’ὔ 
ἀδικήματα πάντα ἃ πέπρακται καὶ ἁμαρτήματα 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





3 ’ 3 δὲ ὃ Ν ᾽’ὔ Ἁ A 
ἐμά. εἰ δὲ ἔδει TWA τούτων κωλυτὴν φανῆναι, 
, » “ἡ Ν 3 , an An , 
τίνα ἄλλον ἢ τὸν ᾿Αθηναίων δῆμον προσῆκε γενέ- 
σθαι; ταῦτα τοίνυν ἐπολιτευόμην ἐγώ, καὶ ὁρῶν 
καταδουλούμενον πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐκεῖνον Hvar- 
, Ν 4 Ν ia \ oh 
τιούμην, Kal προλέγων καὶ διδάσκων μὴ προΐε- 
᾽’ 
σθαι διετέλουν. 
Καὶ μὴν τὴν εἰρήνην γ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ἔλυσε τὰ πλοῖα 
λαβών, οὐχ ἡ πόλις, Αἰσχίνη. Φέρε δὲ αὐτὰ τὰ 
’ὔ Ν \ > \ \ ~ ’ 
ψηφίσματα καὶ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τὴν τοῦ Φιλίπ- 
\ , > “ > Ν ‘\ , ’ ’ 
που, καὶ λέγε ἐφεξῆς - ἀπὸ γὰρ τούτων, τίς τίνος 


κά / > , 4 
αἰτιός ἐστι, γενήσεται φανερόν. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


» EK. / Ν ὃ a > , 4 
[Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Νεοκλέους, μηνὸς βοηδρομιῶνος, ἐκκλησία ovy- 
κλητος ὑπὸ στρατηγῶν, Εὔβουλος Μνησιθέου Κόπριος εἶπεν, 
ἐπειδὴ προσήγγειλαν of στρατηγοὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ὡς ἄρα A 
ἢ προσήγγ ρατηγοὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ὡς ἄρα Λεω- 
/ ΜΙ la Ἁ ‘ > > “ 3 / 4 
δάμαντα τὸν ναύαρχον καὶ τὰ μετ΄ αὐτοῦ ἀποσταλέντα σκάφη 
” ιΝ᾿͵ \ “a ’, Ν > ε la ε Ν 
εἴκοσι ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ σίτου παραπομπὴν εἰς Ῥλλήσποντον ὃ παρὰ 
’ Ν 3 ’ 
Φιλίππου στρατηγὸς ᾿Αμύντας καταγήοχεν εἰς Μακεδονίαν καὶ ἐν 
a \ 
φυλακῇ ἔχει, ἐπιμεληθῆναι τοὺς πρυτάνεις καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
[2 Ν lal na 
ὅπως ἡ βουλὴ συναχθῶσι καὶ αἱρεθῶσι πρέσβεις πρὸς Φίλιππον, 
ἃ , ὃ λ , Ν 9.2% Ν a 3 θη \ 
ot παραγενόμενοι διαλέξονται πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ τοῦ ἀφεθῆναι τὸν 
ναύαρχον καὶ τὰ πλοῖα καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας. καὶ εἰ μὲν Ov 
»” a , <>? , “ 9 a Le Bs 
ἄγνοιαν ταῦτα πεποίηκεν ὃ ᾿Αμύντας, ὅτι οὐ μεμψιμοιρεὶ ὁ δῆμος 
οὐδέν - εἰ δέ τι πλημμελοῦντα παρὰ τὰ ἐπεσταλμένα λαβών, ὅτι 
3 , 3 a > ΄ \ Ν A > / 
ἐπισκεψάμενοι ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἐπιτιμήσουσι κατὰ τὴν τῆς ὀλιγωρίας 
59 7 > Ν , / 3 ΄ > > 297 3 a 
ἀξίαν. εἰ δὲ μηδέτερον τούτων ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾽ ἰδίᾳ ἀγνωμονοῦσιν 
εἰ“ ts RS E~nS X , Ν λ 4 σ 3 θ ΄ 
ἢ ὃ ἀποστείλας ἢ ὃ ἀπεσταλμένος, καὶ λέγειν, ἵνα αἰσθανόμενος 


ὁ δῆμος βουλεύσηται τί δεῖ ποιεῖν. | 


3 


a 


73 


74 


24 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





"5 Τοῦτο μὲν τοίνυν τὸ ψήφισμα EvBovdos ἔγρα- 
ψεν, οὐκ ἐγώ, τὸ δ᾽ ἐφεξῆς ᾿Αριστοφῶν, εἶθ᾽ 
Ἡγήσιππος, εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αριστοφῶν πάλιν, εἶτα Φιλο- 

΄ oa ~~ ον / ἄν. ἃ 3 
κράτης, εἶτα Κηφισοφῶν, εἶτα πάντες: ἐγὼ ὃ 
5 Ν ἈΝ ’ὔὕ , 
οὐδὲν περὶ τούτων. eye. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑΤΑ. 

[Ἐπὶ Νεοκλέους ἄρχοντος, βοηδρομιῶνος ἕνῃ καὶ νέᾳ, βουλῆς 
γνώμῃ, πρυτάνεις καὶ στρατηγοὶ ἐχρημάτισαν τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλη- 
σίας ἀνενεγκόντες, ὅτι ἔδοξε τῷ δήμῳ πρέσβεις ἑλέσθαι πρὸς 
Φίλιππον περὶ τῆς τῶν πλοίων ἀνακομιδῆς καὶ ἐντολὰς δοῦναι 
κατὰ τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ψηφίσματα. καὶ εἵλοντο τούσδε, 
Κηφισοφῶντα Κλέωνος ᾿Αναφλύστιον, Δημόκριτον Δημοφῶντος 
᾿Αναγυράσιον, ἸΤολύκριτον ᾿Απημάντου ΚΚοθωκίδην. πρυτανεία 
φυλῆς Ἱπποθοωντίδος, ᾿Αριστοφῶν Κολυττεὺς πρόεδρος εἶπεν. 


"6 Ὥσπερ τοίνυν ἐγὼ ταῦτα δεικνύω τὰ ψηφί- 

9 Υ - - ΄ ε A > A 

σματα, οὕτω σὺ δεῖξον, Αἰσχίνη, ὁποῖον ἐγὼ 

γράψας ψήφισμα αἴτιός εἰμι τοῦ πολέμου. GAN 

3 x » 3 Ν > Oe ma 3 la 

οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις: εἰ yap εἶχες, οὐὸὲν ἂν αὐτοῦ 

’ Χ ᾽’ Ν Ἀ δ᾽ ε , 

πρότερον νυνὶ παρέσχου. Kal μὴν οὐδ᾽ ὁ Di- 
κι Χ nA ld 

λιππος οὐδὲν αἰτιᾶται ἐμὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ πολέμου, 

“ Ν Ν \ 

ἑτέροις ἐγκαλῶν. Λέγε δ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 


τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου. 


ἘΠΙΞΣΤΟΛῊ ΦΙΛΙΠΠΟΥ͂. 


77 [Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος ᾿Αθηναίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ 
δήμῳ χαίρειν. παραγενόμενοι πρὸς ἐμὲ οἱ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν πρεσβευ- 
ταί, Κηφισοφῶν καὶ Δημόκριτος καὶ Πολύκριτος, διελέγοντο 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





περὶ τῆς τῶν πλοίων ἀφέσεως ὧν ἐναυάρχει Λαομέδων. καθ᾽ 
ὅλου μὲν οὖν ἔμοιγε φαίνεσθε ἐν μεγάλῃ εὐηθείᾳ ἔσεσθαι, εἴ γ᾽ 
οἴεσθ᾽ ἐμὲ λανθάνειν ὅτι ἐξαπεστάλη ταῦτα τὰ πλοῖα πρόφασιν 
μὲν ὡς τὸν σῖτον παραπέμψοντα ἐκ τοῦ “Ἑλλησπόντου εἰς Λῆμ- 
νον, βοηθήσοντα δὲ Σξηλυμβριανοῖς τοῖς ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ μὲν πολιορκου- 
μένοις, οὐ συμπεριειλημμένοις δὲ ἐν ταῖς τῆς φιλίας κοινῇ κειμέ- 
vais ἡμῖν συνθήκαις. καὶ ταῦτα συνετάχθη τῷ ναυάρχῳ ἄνευ μὲν 
τοῦ δήμου τοῦ ᾿Αθηναίων, ὑπὸ δέ τινων ἀρχόντων καὶ ἑτέρων ἰδιω- 
τῶν μὲν νῦν ὄντων, ἐκ παντὸς δὲ τρόπου βουλομένων τὸν δῆμον 
ἀντὶ τῆς νῦν ὑπαρχούσης πρὸς ἐμὲ φιλίας τὸν πόλεμον ἀναλαβεῖν, 
πολλῷ μᾶλλον φιλοτιμουμένων τοῦτο συντετελέσθαι ἢ τοῖς Ση- 
λυμβριανοῖς βοηθῆσαι. καὶ ὑπολαμβάνουσιν αὑτοῖς τὸ τοιοῦτο 
πρόσοδον ἔσεσθαι" οὐ μέντοι μοι δοκεῖ τοῦτο χρήσιμον ὑπάρχειν 
οὔθ᾽ ὑμῖν οὔτ᾽ ἐμοί. διόπερ τά τε viv καταχθέντα πλοῖα πρὸς 
ἡμᾶς ἀφίημι ὑμῖν, καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ, ἐὰν βούλησθε μὴ ἐπιτρέπειν 
τοῖς προεστηκόσιν ὑμῶν κακοήθως πολιτεύεσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιτιμᾶτε, 


/ 3 ᾿ς / \ + Ys 5 “A 
πειράσομαι κἀγὼ διαφυλάττειν τὴν εἰρήνην. εὐτυχεῖτε. 
Y Ἵ 0 


Ἔνταῦθ᾽ οὐδαμοῦ Δημοσθένην γέγραφεν, οὐδ᾽ 
αἰτίαν οὐδεμίαν Kat ἐμοῦ. τί ποτ᾽ οὖν τοῖς ἀλ- 
λοις ἐγκαλῶν τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπραγμένων οὐχὶ μέμνη- 
ται; ὅτι τῶν ἀδικημάτων ἂν ἐμέμνητο τῶν αὑτοῦ, 
εἴ τι περὶ ἐμοῦ γεγράφει- τούτων γὰρ εἰχόμην 
ἐγὼ καὶ τούτοις ἠναντιούμην. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν 
τὴν eis’ Πελοπόννησον πρεσβείαν ἔγραψα, ὅτε 
πρῶτον ἐκεῖνος εἰς Πελοπόννησον παρεδύετο, εἶτα 
τὴν εἰς Ἐὔβοιαν, ἡνίκ᾽ Εὐβοίας ἥπτετο, εἶτα τὴν 
ἐπ᾿ ᾿Ωρεὸν ἔξοδον, οὐκέτι πρεσβείαν, καὶ τὴν εἰς 
᾿Βρέτριαν, ἐπειδὴ τυράννους ἐκεῖνο: ἐν ταύταις 


οὶ / ὃ , Ν re Ν Ν 
TALS πόλεσι ΚΑαΑΤΕστΤΉσεν. μετα ταυτα δὲ τους 


35 


78 


79 


80 


36 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





53 ’ 4 » , > A 
ἀποστόλους ἅπαντας ἀπέστειλα, καθ᾽ ods Xep- 
4 > ’ὔ Ν ’ὔ Ἀ ’ ε , 
ρόνησος ἐσώθη καὶ Βυζάντιον Kat πάντες οἱ σύμ- 

> a ε κα ᾿ Ν χὰ » 
μαχοι. ἐξ ὧν ὑμῖν μὲν τὰ κάλλιστα, ἔπαινοι 
δόξαι τιμαὶ στέφανοι χάριτες, παρὰ τῶν εὖ πε- 
πονθότων ὑπῆρχον, τῶν δ᾽ ἀδικουμένων τοῖς μὲν 
ὑμῖν τότε πεισθεῖσιν ἡ σωτηρία περιεγένετο, τοῖς 
δ᾽ ὀλιγωρήσασι τὸ πολλάκις ὧν ὑμεῖς προείπατε 
μεμνῆσθαι, καὶ νομίζειν ὑμᾶς μὴ μόνον εὔνους 
ἑαυτοῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ φρονίμους ἀνθρώπους καὶ μάν- 
Tes εἶναι. πάντα γὰρ ἐκβέβηκεν ἃ προείπατε. 
81 καὶ μὴν ὅτι πολλὰ μὲν ἂν χρήματα ἔδωκε Φιλι- 
στίδης ὥστ᾽ ἔχειν ᾿᾽Ωρεόν, πολλὰ δὲ Κλείταρχος 
ὥστ᾽ ἔχειν Ἐρέτριαν, πολλὰ δ᾽ αὐτὸς ὁ Φίλιππος 
ν Ans ἃ ’ 5.59 ἘΞ ΝΑ ais Ν Ν [οὶ 
ὥστε ταυθ᾽ ὑπάρχειν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς αὑτῳ καὶ περὶ τῶν 
ἄλλων μηδὲν ἐξελέγχεσθαι μηδ᾽ ἃ ποιῶν ἠδίκει 
ὃ Γι > / & >) Ν 5 wn Ἀ 
μηδένα ἐξετάζειν πανταχου, οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ, καὶ 
82 πάντων ἥκιστα σύ: οἱ γὰρ παρὰ Tov Κλειτάρχου 
~~ “a 3 
καὶ τοῦ Φιλιστίδου τότε πρέσβεις δεῦρ᾽ ἀφικνού- 
’ὔ ‘\ Ἂς 
μενοι παρὰ σοὶ κατέλυον, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ σὺ Tpor- 


, 5 n A ε Ν aN ε 5 θ A Q 
ἕένεις QUT@V* ους ἢ μεν πολις ὡς εχ βους και 





218. τὴν δ᾽ ἐμὴν σιωπήν, ὦ Δημόσθενες, ἣ τοῦ βίου μετριό- 
τῆς παρεσκεύασεν ἀρκεῖ γάρ μοι μικρὰ καὶ μειζόνων αἰσχρῶς 
οὐκ ἐπιθυμῶ, ὥστε καὶ σιγῶ καὶ λέγω βουλευσάμενος, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ 
ἀναγκαζόμενος ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν τῇ φύσει δαπάνης. σὺ δ᾽, οἶμαι, 
λαβὼν μὲν σεσίγηκας, ἀναλώσας δὲ κέκραγας. λέγεις δὲ οὐχ 
ὁπόταν σοι δοκῇ οὐδ᾽ ἃ βούλει, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπόταν ot μισθοδόται σοι 
προστάττωσιν: οὐκ αἰσχύνῃ δὲ ἀλαζονευόμενος, ἃ παραχρῆμα 
ἐξελέγχῃ ψευδόμενος. 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT STE®ANOT. 





¥ , ἂν , , Cay, 
οὔτε δίκαια οὔτε συμφέροντα λέγοντας ἀπήλασε, 

Q > > , 3 ’ 3 4 , 
σοὶ δ᾽ ἦσαν φίλοι. ov τοίνυν ἐπράχθη τούτων 
οὐδέν, ὦ βλασφημῶν περὶ ἐμοὺ καὶ λέγων ὡς 
σιωπῶ μὲν λαβών, βοῶ δ᾽ ἀναλώσας. ἀλλ᾽ οὐ 

ek Ν = \ » , Ν 9599 7 3 ὌΝ 
σύ, ἀλλὰ βοᾷς μὲν ἔχων, παύσει δὲ οὐδέποτ᾽, ἐὰν 
μή σε οὗτοι παύσωσιν ἀτιμώσαντες τήμερον. 
στεφανωσάντων τοίνυν ὑμῶν ἐμὲ ἐπὶ τούτοις τότε, 
καὶ γράψαντος ᾿Αριστονίκου τὰς αὐτὰς συλλαβὰς 
ν ε Ν A ΝᾺ ’ Ἂν 3 
ἅσπερ οὑτοσὶ Κτησιφῶν νῦν γέγραφε, καὶ avap- 
ρηθέώντος ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ τοῦ στεφάνου, καὶ δευτέ 
ρου κηρύγματος ἤδη μοι τούτου γιγνομένου, οὔτ᾽ 
ἀντεῖπεν Αἰσχίνης παρὼν οὔτε τὸν εἰπόντα ἐγρά- 
ψατο. Καί μοι λέγε καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα λαβών. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


[Ἐπὶ Χαιρώνδου Ἡ γέμονος ἄρχοντος, γαμηλιῶνος ἕκτῃ ἀπιόν- 
τος, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Λεοντίδος, ᾿Αριστόνικος Φρεάρριος 
εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς πολλὰς καὶ 
μεγάλας χρείας παρέσχηται τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθηναίων καὶ πολλοῖς 
τῶν συμμάχων καὶ πρότερον, καὶ ἐν τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ βεβοήθηκε 
διὰ τῶν ψηφισμάτων καί τινας τῶν ἐν τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ πόλεων ἠλευθέ- 
ρωκε, καὶ διατελεῖ εὔνους ὧν τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθηναίων, καὶ λέγει 
καὶ πράττει ὅ τι ἂν δύνηται ἀγαθὸν ὑπέρ τε αὐτῶν ᾿Αθηναίων καὶ 
τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθη- 
ναίων ἐπαινέσαι Δημοσθένην Δημοσθένους Παιανιέα καὶ στεφα- 
νῶσαι χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι τὸν στέφανον ἐν τῷ 
θεάτρῳ, τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς, τῆς δὲ ἀναγορεύσεως τοῦ στεφάνου 
ἐπιμεληθῆναι τὴν πρυτανεύουσαν φυλὴν καὶ τὸν ἀγωνοθέτην. 


εἶπεν ᾿Αριστόνικος Φρεάρριος. 


37 


83 


84 


38 AHMOS@ENOTS 





85 Ἔστιν οὖν ὅστις ὑμῶν οἷδέ Twa αἰσχύνην TH 
μ OX a 
πόλει συμβᾶσαν διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα ἢ χλευ- 
\ x , ἃ a a Ξ, , 
ασμὸν ἢ γέλωτα, ἃ νῦν οὗτος ἔφη συμβήσεσθαι, 
5Χ 3 \ “7 \ ἊΝ 9 > 4 ἈΝ 
ἐὰν ἐγὼ στεφανῶμαι; καὶ μὴν ὅταν ἢ νέα καὶ 
, A A 
γνώριμα πᾶσι τὰ πράγματα, ἐάν TE καλῶς ἔχῃ, 
χάριτος τυγχάνει, ἐάν θ᾽ ὡς ἑτέρως, τιμωρίας. 
φαίνομαι τοίνυν ἐγὼ χάριτος τετυχηκὼς τότε, καὶ 
οὐ μέμψεως οὐδὲ τιμωρίας. 
86 Οὐκοῦν μέχρι μὲν τῶν χρόνων ἐκείνων, ἐν οἷς 
a oF Vd 
ταῦτ᾽ ἐπράχθη, πάντας ἀνωμολόγημαι TA ἄριστα 
4 τες ΄ a an Ψψ 5» 3 ΄ 
πράττειν TH πόλει, τῷ νικᾶν, OT ἐβουλεύεσθε, 
Ν “ A 
λέγων καὶ γράφων, τῷ καταπραχθῆναι τὰ ypa- 
4 \ at ς > > = ye ee ’ XN 5 ‘\ 
peta καὶ στεφάνους ἐξ αὐτῶν TH πόλει Kal ἐμοὶ 
καὶ πᾶσι γενέσθαι, τῷ θυσίας τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ προ- 
σόδους ὡς ἀγαθῶν τούτων ὄντων ὑμᾶς πεποιῆσθαι. 
8) ᾿Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας ὁ Φίλιππος ὑφ᾽ 
ὑμῶν ἐξηλάθη, τοῖς μὲν ὅπλοις, τῇ δὲ πολιτείᾳ καὶ 
τοῖς ψηφίσμασι, κἂν διαρραγῶσί τινες τούτων, 
ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἕτερον κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐπιτειχισμὸν 
5 / ε di) > 4 ᾿ / ’ὔ > ’ὔ 
ἐζήτει. ὁρῶν δ᾽ ὅτι σίτῳ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 
πλείστῳ χρώμεθ᾽ ἐ Ἵ βουλόμενος τῆς σι- 
υ χρώμεθ᾽ ἐπεισάκτῳ, μ ἧς 
’ὔ 4 , Ν ~ τς ’ 
τοπομπίας κύριος γενέσθαι, παρελθὼν ἐπὶ Θρᾷ- 
κης Βυζαντίους συμμάχους ὄντας avT@ τὸ μὲν 
πρῶτον ἠξίου συμπολεμεῖν τὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς πόλε- 
ε 3 > » > 3 205 7 » 
μον, ὡς δ᾽ οὐκ ἤθελον οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔφασαν 
Χ ’ ἴω ’ > A / 
τὴν συμμαχίαν πεποιῆσθαι, λέγοντες ἀληθῆ, χά- 
ρακα βαλόμενος πρὸς τῇ πόλει καὶ μηχανήματ᾽ 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





9 - 5» ’ \ , \ ὕ 
ἐπιστήσας ἐπολιόρκει. τούτων δὲ γιγνομένων 
ὅ τι μὲν προσῆκε ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς, οὐκ ἐπερωτήσω᾽ 
A , > Y > Ν , > ε , 
δῆλον yap ἐστιν amacw. ἀλλὰ τίς HY ὁ βοηθή- 
σας τοῖς Βυζαντίοις καὶ σώσας αὐτούς; τίς ὃ 
κωλύσας τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἀλλοτριωθῆναι κατ᾽ 
> , Ν , ε - > » 9 
ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους; ὑμεῖ:, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾽Αθη- 
“ A > e A σ 4 A ’ὔ , 
vatot. τὸ ὃ ὑμεῖς ὁταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λέγω. 
4 5 4 ~ ’ὔ ’ Ν , Ν , 
τίς δ᾽ ὁ TH πόλει λέγων καὶ γράφων καὶ πράττων 
A ε Lal ε ἈΝ 5 A 4 5 wn a 
Kal ἁπλῶς ἑαυτὸν εἰς TA πράγματα ἀφειδῶς δούς ; 
> , ΕῚ Ν \ ε ’ἢ lal > , 9 
eyo. ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡλίκα ταῦτα ὠφέλησεν ἁπαντας, 
5» 2.2 5 ἴω. ,ὔὕ ἴω “A 5 5 », , 
οὐκέτ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου δεῖ μαθεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔργῳ πεπεί- 
ρασθε: ὃ γὰρ τότε ἐνστὰς πόλεμος ἄνευ τοῦ 
Ν ΄, > “ ἀν A A Ν Ν , 
καλὴν δόξαν ἐνεγκεῖν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὸν βίον 
ἀφθονωτέροις καὶ εὐωνοτέροις διῆγεν ὑμᾶς τῆς 
νῦν εἰρήνης, ἣν οὗτοι κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος τηροῦ- 
σιν οἱ χρηστοὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς μελλούσαις ἐλπίσιν, ὧν 
Q ΄ὕ \ , - ε κα ε \ , 
διαμάρτοιεν, καὶ μετάσχοιεν ὧν ὑμεῖς οἱ τὰ βέλ- 
τιστα βουλόμενοι τοὺς θεοὺς αἰτεῖτε, μὴ μετα- 
A cn @ > \ , , > ea." 
δοῖεν ὑμῖν ὧν αὐτοὶ προήρηνται. Λέγε δ᾽ αὐτοῖς 
Ν A “ ’ὔ , Ἁ Ἀ 
καὶ τοὺς τῶν Βυζαντίων στεφάνου: καὶ τοὺς 
nA , a 9 , 3 , δ 
τῶν Περινθίων, οἷς ἐστεφάνουν ἐκ τούτων τὴν 


πόλιν. 





256. ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν ἀλαζονείαν ἀποβλέψαντες, ὅταν φῇ Βυζαν- 
’ . Ν 3 ἐν “ / 3 / “A / 

tious μὲν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν πρεσβεύσας ἐξελέσθαι τοῦ Φιλίππου, 

ἀποστῆσαι δὲ ᾿Ακαρνᾶνας, ἐκπλῆξαι δὲ Θηβαίους δημηγορήσας" 

οἴεται γὰρ ὑμᾶς εἰς τοσοῦτον εὐηθείας ἤδη προβεβηκέναι, ὥστε 

“ / uJ > 

kal ταῦτα ἀναπεισθήσεσθαι, ὥσπερ Tea τρέφοντας, ἀλλ οὐ 
συκοφάντην ἄνθρωπον ἐν τῇ πόλει. 


39 


88 


89 


Px 


40 AHMOS@ENOTS 





WHOISMA BYZANTION. 


aN 4 4, 7 > a. £5 7 ” 
99 [Eri ἱερομνάμονος Βοσπορίχω Δαμάγητος ἐν τᾷ ἁλίᾳ ἔλεξεν, 
a a ‘ , “ 
ἐκ τᾶς βωλᾶς λαβὼν ῥήτραν. “Exedy ὃ δᾶμος ὁ ᾿Αθηναίων ἔν 
a /, “ ἊΝ cal 
TE τοῖς προγεγεναμένοις καιροῖς εὐνοέων διατελεῖ Βυζαντίοις καὶ 
Cal / Ν [4 ’ Ν Ν. Ν / 
τοῖς συμμάχοις Kal συγγενέσι Περινθίοις καὶ πολλὰς καὶ peyd- 
’ +” lal A “ 
λας χρείας παρέσχηται, ἐν τε τῷ παρεστακότι καιρῷ Φιλίππω τῶ 
Μακεδόνος ἐπιστρατεύσαντος ἐπὶ τὰν χώραν καὶ τὰν πόλιν ἐπ᾽ 
/ 
ἀναστάσει Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων καὶ τὰν χώραν δαίοντος Kat 
ὃ ὃ ,ὕ θ A λ ’ ε Ν Ν ᾿, Ν ΄, 
ενδροκοπέοντος, βοηθήσας πλοίοις ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ σίτῳ 
καὶ βέλεσι καὶ ὁπλίταις ἐξείλετο ἁμὲ ἐκ τῶν μεγάλων κινδύνων 
4 
καὶ ἀποκατέστασε τὰν πάτριον πολιτείαν καὶ τὼς νόμως καὶ τὼς 
, , nw / an ΄ Ν ’ 3 ’ὔ 
ΟΙ τάφως, δεδόχθω τῷ δάμῳ τῷ Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων Αθηναίοις 
/ A a 
δόμεν ἐπιγαμίαν, πολιτείαν, ἔγκτασιν yas καὶ οἰκιᾶν, προεδρίαν ἐν 
n ἀν A 50 ὃ \ Ἀ λὸ Ἂ, Ν δᾶ ’ Ν. 
τοῖς ἀγῶσι, πόθοδον ποτὶ τὰν βωλὰν καὶ τὸν δᾶμον πράτοις μετὰ 
Ν ε 7, Ν i! ~ > / Ν s 3 / 
τὰ ἱερά, Kal τοῖς κατοικεῖν ἐθέλουσι τὰν πόλιν ἀλειτουργήτοις 
ἦμεν πασᾶν τᾶν λειτουργιᾶν - στᾶσαι δὲ καὶ εἰκόνας τρεῖς ἑκκαι- 
δεκαπήχεις ἐν τῷ Βοσπορίῳ, στεφανούμενον τὸν Δᾶμον τὸν ᾿Αθη- 
ναίων ὑπὸ τῶ δάμω“ τῶ Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων - ἀποστεῖλαι δὲ 
καὶ θεωρίας ἐς τὰς ἐν τᾷ “Ἑλλάδι πανηγύριας, Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα 
καὶ ᾿᾽᾿Ολύμπια καὶ Πύθια, καὶ ἀνακαρῦξαι τὼς στεφάνως ds ἐστε- 
, ε δᾶ me. ΑΘ ’ RR eee ee bid 3 ΄ ε 
φάνωται ὃ δᾶμος 6 ᾿Αθηναίων id ἡμῶν, ὅπως ἐπιστέωνται οἱ 
Ἕλλανες πάντες ᾿Αθηναίων ἀρετὰν καὶ τὰν Βυζαντίων καὶ Περιν- 


θίων εὐχαριστίαν. 


’ A Ἀ A “~ 3 4 
92 Λέγε καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἐν Χερρονήσῳ στε- 
φάνους. 
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ XEPPONHSITON. 


ΓΧερρονησιτῶν οἱ κατοικοῦντες Σηστὸν ᾿Ελεοῦντα Μάδυτον 

“ A A ~ 

᾿Αλωπεκόννησον στεφανοῦσιν ᾿Αθηναίων τὴν βουλὴν Kat τὸν δῆ- 
fee:! , ᾿ 

μον χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ ἀπὸ ταλάντων ἑξήκοντα, καὶ Χάριτος βωμὸν 


, a 
ἱδρύονται καὶ Δήμου ᾿Αθηναίων, ὅτι πάντων μεγίστου ἀγαθῶν 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





’ , ΄ > , 3 “ , Ν 
παραίτιος γέγονε Χερρονησίταις, ἐξελόμενος ἐκ τῆς Φιλίππου καὶ 
3 Ν x . (ὃ Ν , Ν ἐλ θ , δ. ὍΛΑ ΄, 
ἀποδοὺς τὰς πατρίδας, τοὺς νόμους, τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, τὰ ἱερά. 

Vos a Ν “ 2A Ν 3 3 / > a εν 
καὶ ἐν τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα αἰῶνι παντὶ οὐκ ἐλλείψει εὐχαριστῶν καὶ 
ποιῶν ὅ τι ἂν δύνηται ἀγαθόν. ταῦτα ἐψηφίσαντο ἐν τῷ κοινῷ 

7) ἡ Σ t τ 


βουλευτηρίῳ. 


3 “A > /, Ν ’ Ν ’ 
Οὐκοῦν οὐ μόνον τὸ Χερρόνησον καὶ Βυζάντιον 
~ > Ἂς Ν nw Ν ε ’ὔ ε ἊΝ 
σῶσαι, οὐδὲ τὸ κωλῦσαι τὸν “Ἑλλήσποντον ὑπὸ 
ἴω Ν 
Φιλίππῳ γενέσθαι τότε, οὐδὲ τὸ τιμᾶσθαι τὴν 
’ > 4 ε / € > ‘\ Ν ε 
πόλιν ἐκ τούτων ἡ προαίρεσις ἡ ἐμὴ καὶ ἢ πολι- 
4 la 
τεία διεπράξατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν ἔδειξεν ἀνθρώ- 
ποις τήν τε τῆς πόλεως καλοκαγαθίαν καὶ τὴν 
Φιλίππου κακίαν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ σύμμαχος ὧν τοῖς 
/ ~ wn 
Βυζαντίοις πολιορκῶν αὐτοὺς ἑωρᾶτο ὑπὸ πάντων, 
a , 4 > x » “ἡ 7 ε ~ > 
οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν αἴσχιον ἢ μιαρώτερον ; ὑμεῖς ὃ 
ε Ν ’ὔ’ Ν Ν ’, x > ’ 
οἱ καὶ μεμψάμενοι πολλὰ καὶ δίκαια ἂν ἐκείνοις 
3 ἴω “A 
εἰκότως περὶ ὧν ἠγνωμονήκεσαν εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν τοῖς 
ΕΝ A 
ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις, οὐ μόνον οὐ μνησικακοῦντες 
ὑδὲ cof Ν 3 , > \ Ν ’ 
οὐδὲ προϊέμενοι τοὺς ἀδικουμένους ἀλλὰ καὶ σώ- 
ae \ 
ζοντες ἐφαίνεσθε, ἐξ ὧν δόξαν καὶ εὔνοιαν Tapa 
’ 5 “ Ν \ ν A Ν 5 
πάντων ἐκτᾶσθε. καὶ μὴν ὅτι μὲν πολλοὺς ἐστε- 
» κι 9 δ" 
φανώκατ᾽ ἤδη τῶν πολιτευομένων, ἅπαντες ἴσασι" 
dv ὄντινα δ᾽ ἄλλον ἡ πόλις ἐστεφάνωται, σύμ- 
v4 \ C.F μι 3 5 ’ > > “Δ 
βουλον λέγω καὶ ῥήτορα, πλὴν Sv ἐμέ, οὐδ᾽ ἂν 
εἷς εἰπεῖν ἔχοι. 
’ ὃ Ἂν Ν ’ ἃ \ “ 
Iva τοίνυν καὶ τὰς βλασφημίας, ἃς κατὰ των 
Εὐβοέων καὶ τῶν Βυζαντίων ἐποιήσατο, εἴ τι δυσ- 


Ἂν “ Ν an 
χερὲς αὐτοῖς ἐπέπρακτο πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὑπομιμνή- 


41 


93 


94 


95 


42 


96 


AHMOS@OENOTS 





’ ¥ > τ Ν , a 
σκων, συκοφαντίας οὔσας ἐπιδείξω μὴ μόνον τῷ 
ψευδεῖς εἶναι (τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς εἰδό- 

ε A bd Ν Ν = 3 Ν ΄ 3 > 
τας ἡγοῦμαι) ἀλλὰ καὶ τῳ, EL τὰ μάλιστ᾽ ἦσαν 
ἀληθεῖς, οὕτως ὡς ἐγὼ κέχρημαι τοῖς πράγμασι 

, , a “Δ 4 Σ “ 
συμφέρειν χρήσασθαι, ἕν ἣ δύο βούλομαι τῶν 

3 ε “ ’ A aw 4 
καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς πεπραγμένων καλῶν TH πόλει διεξελ- 
θεῖν, καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐν βραχέσιν" καὶ γὰρ ἄνδρα ἰδί 
: ραχέσιν" καὶ yap avdpa ἰδίᾳ 
καὶ πόλιν κοινῇ πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ὑπαρχόν- 
των ἀεὶ δεῖ πειρᾶσθαι τὰ λοιπὰ πράττειν. ὑμεῖς 
, Ἂ > nw ’ὔ ~ A 
τοίνυν, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, Λακεδαιμονίων γῆς καὶ 

’ » ’ὔ Ν Ν 4 lol 5 Qn 
θαλάττης ἀρχόντων καὶ τὰ κύκλῳ τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς 
κατεχόντων ἁρμοσταῖς καὶ φρουραῖς, Ἑύβοιαν, 
Τάναγραν, τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἅπασαν, Μέγαρα, Αἴγι- 

’ὔ ¥ 4 5 a 5 , 

vav, Κλεωνάς, ἄλλας νήσους, οὐ ναῦς, ov τεΐχη 
τῆς πόλεως τότε κτησαμένης, ἐξήλθετε εἰς “Αλίαρ- 
A 4 ΕῚ ~ ς , ΩΣ > 

Tov καὶ πάλιν ov πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ὕστερον εἰς 
Κόρινθον, τῶν τότε ᾿Αθηναίων πόλλ᾽ ἂν ἐχόντων 
΄ Ν ’ Ν ᾽’ ἴω 
μνησικακῆσαι καὶ Κορινθίοις καὶ Θηβαίοις τῶν 
Tept τὸν Δεκελεικὸν πόλεμον πραχθέντων ἀλλ᾽ 


4 nn 5 yd 4 , nw 
97 οὐκ ἐποίουν τοῦτο, OVS ἐγγύς. καίτοι τότε ταῦτα 


5 / > ’ +f)? ε Ν 3 ~ > , 
ἀμφότερα, Αἰσχίνη, οὔθ᾽ ὑπὲρ εὐεργετῶν ἐποίουν 
ἂν See ε»ὔ ὅς ΤΙΝ Ν a he 
οὔτ᾽ ἀκίνδυνα ἑώρων. ἀλλ᾽ οὐ διὰ ταῦτα προΐεντο 
Ἀ 4 55 ε 4 > a δ Ν 3 
τοὺς καταφεύγοντας ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτούς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ εὐδο- 
’ » ἴω μὰ “A A“ ε Ἁ , 
Elias καὶ τιμῆς ἤθελον τοῖς δεινοῖς αὑτοὺς διδόναι, 
5 a XN “a , ’ Ν Ν 
ὀρθῶς καὶ καλῶς βουλευόμενοι. πέρας μὲν γὰρ 
Ψ 9 ΄ > \ an , , ΕῪ > 
ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις ἐστὶ τοῦ βίου θάνατος, κἂν ἐν 
οἰκί τις αὑτὸν καθείρξας τηρῇ᾽ δεῖ δὲ τοὺ 
ἰκίσκῳ τις αὑτὸν καθείρξας τηρῇ ς 


ν᾿ oe 


OF per NT »͵ 
τ CALIFORNIA 


-----ὄ....ὄὃὕϑὕγ«ὕ.3 


ἃ 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 43 





5 Ν. + > ~ \ Ψ 3.Ἀ ~ 
ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἐγχειρεῖν μὲν ἅπασιν det τοῖς 
καλοῖς, τὴν ἀγαθὴν προβαλλομένους ἐλπίδα, dé 

δ᾽ 4 x ε θ Ν ὃ δώ / 9,9 / 
pew ὁ 0 TL av O ὕεος OLOW γενναίως. ταῦτ ἐποί- 98 
ουν οἱ ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι, ταῦθ᾽ ὑμεῖς οἱ πρεσβύ- 

ἃ , 3 ’ » 5095 
τεροι, ot Λακεδαιμονίους οὐ φίλους ὄντας οὐδ 
εὐεργέτας, ἀλλὰ πολλὰ τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ἠδικηκό- 

Χ 4 > Ν “ ’ > 
Tas καὶ μεγάλα, ἐπειδὴ Θηβαῖοι κρατήσαντες ἐν 
Λεύκτροις ἀνελεῖν ἐπεχείρουν, διεκωλύσατε, οὐ 
φοβηθέντες τὴν τότε Θηβαίοις ῥώμην καὶ δόξαν 
ὑπάρχουσαν, οὐδ᾽ ὑπὲρ οἷα πεποιηκότων ἀνθρώ- 
πων κινδυνεύσετε διαλογισάμενοι. \/ καὶ γάρ τοι 99 
πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐδείξατε ἐκ τούτων ὅτι κἂν 
ὁτιοῦν τις εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐξαμάρτῃ, τούτων τὴν ὀργὴν 
3 >= Ψ Ἃ βου eee ΄, βν, τῷ 
εἰς τἄλλα ἔχετε, ἂν δ᾽ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἢ ἐλευ- 
, , gl 9 ν , » 
θερίας κίνδυνός τις αὐτοὺς καταλαμβάνῃ, οὔτε 
’ xf)? ε A Ν > ree. 
μνησικακήσετε οὔθ᾽ ὑπολογιεῖσθε. καὶ οὐκ ἐπὶ 
’ ’ A > , ΡῚ Ἁ 4 
τούτων μόνον οὕτως ἐσχήκατε, ἀλλὰ πάλιν σφε- 
τεριζομένων Θηβαίων τὴν Ἑύβοιαν οὐ περιείδετε, 
οὐδ᾽ ὧν ὑπὸ Θεμίσωνος καὶ Θεοδώρου περὶ Ὦρω- 
mov ἠδίκησθε ἀνεμνήσθητε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐβοηθήσατε καὶ 
τούτοις, τῶν ἐθελοντῶν τότε τριηράρχων πρῶτον 
΄ “ ’ Ὁ μὰ > > , 9 > ¥ 
γενομένων TH πόλει, ὧν εἷς ἣν ἐγώ. ἀλλ᾽ οὕπω 
\ ’ Ν Ν Ν 9 ’ὔὕ Ν ‘ 
περὶ τούτων. Kal καλὸν μὲν ἐποιήσατε καὶ TO 100 
΄ Ἁ nw ἴω 3 » 4 4 : 
σῶσαι τὴν νῆσον, πολλῷ δ᾽ ἔτι τούτου κάλλιον 


τὸ καταστάντες κύριοι καὶ τῶν σωμάτων καὶ τῶν 


’ 5 A “A ’ὔ 5 A “A > 
ες πόλεων ἀποδοῦναι Ταυτα δικαίως QUTOLS Τοις ἐξη- 


μαρτηκόσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς, μηδὲν ὧν ἠδίκησθε ὑπολο- 


44 


ΙΟΙ 


102 


AHMOS®ENOTS 





γισάμενοι. μυρία τοίνυν ἕτερα εἰπεῖν ἔχων Tapa- 
λείπω, ναυμαχίας, ἐξόδους πεζάς, στρατείας καὶ 
πάλαι γεγονυίας καὶ νῦν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ἃς ἁπά- 
σας ἡ πόλις τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας 
καὶ σωτηρίας πεποίηται. εἶτ᾽ ἐγὼ τεθεωρηκὼς 
ἐν τοσούτοις καὶ τοιούτοις τὴν πόλιν ὑπὲρ τῶν 
τοῖς ἄλλοις συμφερόντων ἐθέλουσαν ἀγωνίζε- 
ε A 3 lal Is? A Aw wn » 
σθαι, ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς τρόπον τινὰ τῆς βουλῆς οὔσης 
τί ἔμελλον κελεύσειν ἢ τί συμβουλεύσειν αὐτῇ 
as ἢ ” 1) 
ποιεῖν; μνησικακεῖν νὴ Δία πρὸς τοὺς βουλο- 
ld , Ἂν ’ὔ ὅν 3 ἃ 
μένους σώζεσθαι, καὶ προφάσεις ζητεῖν du ἃς 
ἅπαντα προησόμεθα. καὶ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἀπέκτεινέ 
με δικαίως, εἴ τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τῇ πόλει καλῶν 
’ / » 5 ’ὔ > Ν , 
λόγῳ μόνον καταισχύνειν ἐπεχείρησα; ἐπεὶ TO 
» > a > , θ᾽ ε ~ 5 ᾿ a ἴδ᾽ 
γε ἔργον οὐκ ἂν ἐποιήσαθ᾽ ὑμεῖς, ἀκριβῶς οἷ 
3 ’ > Ν 5 » ’ > > 4 5 
ἐγώ: εἰ γὰρ ἠβούλεσθε, τί ἦν ἐμποδών; οὐκ 
ἐξῆν; οὐχ ὑπῆρχον Ol ταῦτ᾽ ἐροῦντες οὗτοι ; 
Βούλομαι τοίνυν ἐπανελθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ἃ τούτων ἑξῆς 
ἐπολιτευόμην " καὶ σκοπεῖτε ἐν τούτοις πάλιν αὖ, 
’ Ν “A / 4 > ε a , > ΕἾ ὃ 
τί τὸ τῇ πόλει βέλτιστον HY. ὁρῶν γάρ, ὦ ἀνὸρες 
la “ / Χ 
᾿Αθηναῖοι, τὸ ναυτικὸν ὑμῶν καταλυόμενον, καὶ 
Ἀ \ ’ 5 ~ 5 Ἂς “A 5 λ 
τοὺς μὲν πλουσίους ἀτελεῖς ἀπὸ μικρῶν ἀναλω- 
«“ Ν 
μάτων γιγνομένους, τοὺς δὲ μέτρια ἢ μικρὰ κε- 
“ “ » ace 
KTNMEVOUS TOV πολιτῶν ἀπολλύοντας, ἔτι δ᾽ VOTE 
A A » 
ρίζουσαν ἐκ τούτων THY πόλιν τῶν καιρῶν, ἔθηκα 
ἰῷ ‘A 
νόμον καθ᾽ ὃν μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα 
\ 4 Ν δὲ ’ », 5 LO 
τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας ETAVT GOLKOU- 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 45 





A Ψ > 
μένους, TH πόλει δ᾽ ὅπερ ἦν χρησιμώτατον, ἐν 
καιρῷ γίγνεσθαι τὰς παρασκευὰς ἐποίησα. καὶ 103 
γραφεὶς τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦτον εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσῆλθον καὶ 
ἀπέφυγον, καὶ τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων ὁ διώκων 
; » ,ὕ 

οὐκ ἔλαβεν. καίτοι πόσα χρήματα τοὺς ἡγεμό- 
νας τῶν συμμοριῶν ἣ τοὺς δευτέρους καὶ τρίτους 
οἴεσθέ μοι διδόναι, ὥστε μάλιστα μὲν μὴ θεῖναι 
τὸν νόμον τοῦτον, εἰ δὲ μή, καταβάλλοντα ἐᾶν ἐν 
ε ’ὔ Δ > > 3, 3 la) 9 
ὑπωμοσίᾳ; τοσαῦτ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ὅσα 
ὀκνήσαιμ᾽ ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν. καὶ ταῦτ᾽ εἰκό- 104 
τως ἔπραττον ἐκεῖνοι. ἦν γὰρ αὐτοις ἐκ μὲν τῶν 
προτέρων νόμων συνεκκαίδεκα λειτουργεῖν, αὐτοῖς 
x ‘ \ poe ΓΝ ΄ ‘ ἐνῷ > + 
μὲν μικρὰ Kal οὐδὲν ἀναλίσκουσι, τοὺς δ᾽ ἀπό- 
ρους τῶν πολιτῶν ἐπιτρίβουσιν, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐμοῦ 
νόμου τὸ γιγνόμενον κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν ἕκαστον 
τιθέναι, καὶ δυοῖν ἐφάνη τριήραρχος ὃ τῆς μιᾶς 
ν ‘\ 4 4 4 > \ Ν 
ἕκτος καὶ δέκατος πρότερον συντελής - οὐδὲ γὰρ 
τριηράρχους ἔτι ὠνόμαζον ἑαυτούς, ἀλλὰ συν- 
τελεῖς. ὥστε δὴ ταῦτα λυθῆναι καὶ μὴ τὰ δίκαια 


tal > A > ¥ ek: d 3 50. 7 
TOLELW ἀναγκασθῆναι, ουκ ἔσθ O Τὺ OUK ἐδίδοσαν. 


μ 


Kat μοι λέγε πρῶτον μὲν τὸ ψήφισμα Kal” ὃ 105 
εἰσῆλθον τὴν γραφήν, εἶτα τοὺς καταλόγους, τόν 
T ἐκ τοῦ προτέρου νόμου καὶ τὸν κατὰ τὸν ἐμόν. 
λέγε. 
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 
[Emi ἄρχοντος Πολυκλέους, μηνὸς βοηδρομιῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ 
δέκα, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης ἹἹπποθοωντίδος, Δημοσθένης Δημο- 


46 AHMOS®ENOTS 





θέ IL Ἁ 5 ’ ’ 3 Ν Ν 3 Ν a 
σθένους []αιανιεὺς εἰσήνεγκε νόμον εἰς τὸ τριηραρχικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ 
, > «aA ε ’ a 
πρότερον, καθ᾽ ὃν ai συντέλειαι ἦσαν τῶν τριηράρχων: καὶ 
3 , ε β AY Xu én Ν > ΄ 
ἐπεχειροτόνησεν ἢ βουλὴ καὶ ὃ δῆμος: καὶ ἀπήνεγκε παρα- 
’ , nw an 
νόμων Δημοσθένει Ἰ]ατροκλῆς Φλυεύς, καὶ τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων 


οὐ λαβὼν ἀπέτισε τὰς πεντακοσίας δραχμάς. 


τιοό Φέρε δὴ καὶ τὸν καλὸν κατάλογον. 


KATAAOTOS. 


Ν , n \ 
[Τοὺς τριηράρχους καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὴν τριήρη συνεκκαίδεκα ἐκ 
“ > a , las Ν lal 
τῶν ἐν τοῖς λόχοις συντελειῶν, ἀπὸ εἴκοσι Kal πέντε ἐτῶν εἰς 


’ Ν a 
τετταράκοντα, ἐπὶ ἴσον ΤΊ χορηγίᾳ χρωμένους. | 


, δὴ Ν la Ν 5 ἴω ΕῚ lal , 
Φέρε δὴ Tapa τοῦτον TOV EK τοῦ ἐμοῦ νόμου 
: : 
κατάλογον. 
KATAAOTOS. 
[Τοὺς τριηράρχους αἱρεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὴν τριήρη ἀπὸ τῆς οὐσίας 
Ν , 9 / ΄ 2s Ν ΄ ε 228 
κατὰ τίμησιν, ἀπὸ ταλάντων δέκα: ἐὰν δὲ πλειόνων ἡ οὐσία 
ἀποτετιμημένη ἢ χρημάτων, κατὰ τὸν ἀναλογισμὸν ἕως τριῶν 
πλοίων καὶ ὑπηρετικοῦ ἣ λειτουργία ἔστω. κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ 
5 ’ μὴ \ a > / > 4 > Ν 5 7 ,ὔ 
ἀναλογίαν ἔστω καὶ οἷς ἐλάττων οὐσία ἐστὶ τῶν δέκα ταλάντων, 


> , , 9 N δέ ΄, 
εἰς συντέλειαν συναγομενοὶις εἰς TA ὁεκα τάλαντα. 


107 ἦἾΑρα μικρὰ βοηθῆσαι τοῖς πένησιν ὑμῶν δοκῶ, 
ἢ μικρὰ ἀναλῶσαι ἂν τοῦ μὴ τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν 
527 ε ’ 3 ’, Ψ “Ὁ \ 
ἐθέλειν ot πλούσιοι; οὐ τοίνυν μόνον τῷ μὴ 

A A (pores 9 50» a Ν 
καθυφεῖναι ταῦτα σέμνύνομαι, οὐδὲ τῷ γραφεὶς 
5 ’, 5 Ν Ν A la “Ὁ Ἂς 
ἀποφεύγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ συμφέροντα θεῖναι τὸν 
νόμον καὶ τῷ πεῖραν ἔργῳ δεδωκέναι. πάντα 
γὰρ τὸν πόλεμον τῶν ἀποστόλων γιγνομένων 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





\ Ν , Ν > N 3 ε , » 
κατὰ τὸν νόμον τὸν ἐμὸν οὐχ ἱκετηρίαν ἔθηκε 
- > la 
τριήραρχος οὐδεὶς πώποτ᾽ ἀδικούμενος Tap ὑμῖν, 
3 5 ’ὔ 5 ΄ 3 ε \ “ 3 
οὐκ ἐν Μουνυχίᾳ ἐκαθέζετο, οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστο- 
΄, ν»» ἣν 
λέων ἐδέθη, οὐ τριήρης οὔτ᾽ ἔξω καταλειφθεῖσα 
΄“ » 33 ἴω 
ἀπώλετο τῇ πόλει, οὔτ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀπελείφθη οὐ δυνα- 
’ὔ Ν ‘ 
μένη ἀνάγεσθαι. καίτοι κατὰ τοὺς προτέρους 
ων ’ ΄ς » 
νόμους ἅπαντα ταῦτα ἐγίγνετο. τὸ δ᾽ αἴτιον, ἐν 
A , > \ A ‘ N \ 
τοῖς πένησιν ἣν τὸ λειτουργεῖν : πολλὰ δὴ τὰ 
"δύ ΄, ai AN δ᾽ 3 “ ὃ: 3 
ἀδύνατα συνέβαινεν. ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν ἀπόρων εἰς 
Ν ’ὔ 
τοὺς εὐπόρου: μετήνεγκα τὰς τριηραρχίας: πάντ᾽ 
> \ N 
οὖν τὰ δέοντα ἐγίγνετο. καὶ μὴν Kal κατ᾽ αὐτὸ 
A “ 4 ’ 
τοῦτο ἀξιός εἰμι ἐπαίνου τυχεῖν, ὅτι πάντα τὰ 
A ‘ tt Eo. Y 
τοιαῦτα προῃρούμην πολιτεύματα, ab ὧν ἅμα 
’ ‘\ ‘ Ν 4 , rr 4 
δόξαι καὶ τιμαὶ καὶ δυνάμεις συνέβαινον τῇ πό- 
λει, βάσκανον δὲ καὶ πικρὸν καὶ κακόηθες οὐδέν 
> 4 5 ’ 5 Ν / > Ν ἴω Ἕ 
ἐστι πολίτευμα ἐμόν, οὐδὲ ταπεινόν, οὐδὲ τῆς πό- 
News ἀνάξιον. ταὐτὸ τοίνυν ἢἾθος ἔχων ἔν τε 
τοῖς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν πολιτεύμασι καὶ ἐν τοῖς 
ε A , + Ν. 3 ἴω , 
Ἑλληνικοῖς φανήσομαι: οὔτε yap ἐν τῇ πόλει 
τὰς παρὰ τῶν πλουσίων χάριτας μᾶλλον ἣ τὰ τῶν 
πολλῶν δίκαια εἱλόμην, οὔτ᾽ ἐν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς 
Ν ’ δῶ Ν Ν a , 5 ’ 3 Ν 
τὰ Φιλίππου Owpa καὶ τὴν ξενίαν ἠγάπησα ἀντὶ 
τῶν κοινῃ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι συμφερόντων. 
ε ω > A ἴω 
Ηγοῦμαι τοίνυν λοιπὸν εἶναί μοι περὶ τοῦ κη- 
’΄ “A A “ Ν 
ρύγματος εἰπεῖν καὶ τῶν εὐθυνῶν: τὸ γὰρ ὡς τὰ 
+ A 
ἀριστά τε ἔπραττον Kal διὰ παντὸς εὔνους εἰμὶ 
Ν > a) nw “ a 3 
καὶ πρόθυμος εὖ ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς ἱκανῶς ἐκ τῶν εἴρη- 


47 


108 


109 


10 


111 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΈΝΟΥΣ 





μένων δεδηλῶσθαί μοι νομίζω. καίτοι τὰ μέγι- 
στά γε τῶν πεπολιτευμένων καὶ πεπραγμένων 
ἐμαυτῷ παραλείπω, ὑπολαμβάνων πρῶτον μὲν 
A \ ‘al “A 
ἐφεξῆς τοὺς περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ παρανόμου λόγους 
ἀποδοῦναί με δεῖν, εἶτα, κἂν μηδὲν εἴπω περὶ 
τῶν λοιπῶν πολιτευμάτων, ὁμοίως παρ᾽ ὑμῶν 
ε ’ Ν Ν ε "4 
εκάστῳ TO συνειδὸς υπάρχειν μοι. VA 
a) Ν > Ὁ 3, 
Τῶν μὲν οὖν λόγων, ods οὗτος ἄνω καὶ κάτω 
“ » ἴω 
διακυκῶν ἔλεγε περὶ τῶν παραγεγραμμένων νό- 
» > ἴω 
μων, οὔτε μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς οἶμαι ὑμᾶς μανθάνειν 
¥ > artis 8 ’ὔ’ ‘a ‘\ , 
οὔτ αὐτὸς ἠδυνάμην συνεῖναι τοὺς πολλούς - 
ἁπλῶς δὲ τὴν ὀρθὴν περὶ τῶν δικαίων διαλέ- 
4 Ν ’΄, 4 ε > ΩΝ ἃ 
ξομαι. τοσούτου γὰρ δέω λέγειν ὡς οὐκ εἰμὶ 


ὑπεύθυνος, ὃ νῦν οὗτος διέβαλλε καὶ διωρίζετο, 





> nw “ , -“ 
13. Λέξουσι δέ, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ ἕτερον λόγον ὑπεναντίον τῷ 
[7 Ν “ἃ ’, 
ἀρτίως εἰρημένῳ, ὡς ἄρα, ὅσα τις αἱρετὸς Ov πράττει κατὰ ψή- 
> + a > eae) cee J ἐλ , Ν ὃ ΣΝ" 
φισμα, οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή, GAA ἐπιμέλειά τις καὶ διακονία 
ἃ ’ὔ val 
ἀρχὰς δὲ φήσουσιν ἐκείνας εἶναι, ἃς οἱ θεσμοθέται ἀποκληροῦσιν. 
ἐν τῷ iw, κἀκεῖ; ἃς ὁ δῆμος εἴωθε χειροτονεῖν ἐν ἀρχαι- 
ἐν τῷ Θησείῳ, κἀκείνας, ἃς ὃ δῆμος χεὶρ px 
Ν Ν Ν ΄ 5 
ρεσίαις, στρατηγοὺς καὶ ἱππάρχους καὶ τὰς μετὰ τούτων ἀρχάς, 
Ν > s¢ ΄, ΄ fh \ ’ 
τὰς δ᾽ ἄλλας ταύτας πραγματείας προστεταγμένας κατὰ ψης- 
Ν ’ὔ / ε / 
φισμα. 14. ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς λόγους τοὺς τούτων νόμον ὑμε- 
; a) a ΄ ε ΄ Ν 
τερον παρέξομαι, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐνομοθετήσατε λύσειν ἡγούμενοι τὰς 
e Ν 
τοιαύτας προφάσεις, ἐν ᾧ διαρρήδην γέγραπται, “Tas χειροτονη- 
ε / 
tas” φησιν “ ἀρχὰς ᾿ ἁπάσας ἑνὶ περιλαβὼν ὀνόματι 6 νομοθέ- 
της, καὶ προσειπὼν ἀρχὰς ἁπάσας εἶναι ἃς ὃ δῆμος χειροτονεῖ, 
«ς Ἀ Ν 5 , 93 Seat 7. 4 ’ Ε 3) »” δὲ 
καὶ τοὺς ἐπιστάτας " φησὶ “τῶν δημοσίων. ἔργων -᾽ ἐστι δὲ 
/ a / a 3, 
ὃ Δημοσθένης τειχοποιός, ἐπιστάτης τοῦ μεγίστου τῶν ἔργων " 
“ Ν 7 ως , ΄, a cr ΄ 7, x 48 
καὶ πάντας, ὅσοι διαχειρίζουσί τι τῶν τῆς πόλεως πλέον ἢ τριά- 
D6 arf \ 9 , ε , ν 2) 
κονθ᾽ ἡμέρας, καὶ ὅσοι λαμβάνουσιν ἡγεμονίας δικαστηρίων. 


ey ME ey ee ee 


oi Se 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ STE®ANOT. 





σ΄ » 9 N ΄ ΦΉΣ > ε A 
ὥσθ᾽ ἅπαντα τὸν βίον ὑπεύθυνος εἶναι ὁμολογῶ 
ὧν ἢ διακεχείρικα ἢ πεπολίτευμαι παρ᾽ ὑμῖν. 
ὧν μέντοι γε ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας ἐπαγγειλάμενος 
ὃ “ὃ A ὃ ΄, i) / ε ΄, ε 50 
ἔδωκα τῷ δήμῳ, οὐδεμίαν ἡμέραν ὑπεύθυνος 
εἶναί φημι (ἀκούεις Αἰσχίνη ;) οὐδ᾽ ἄλλον οὐδένα, 
29> ἃ “ > , > ΄ x , ΄ 
οὐδ᾽ ἂν τῶν ἐννέα ἀρχόντων τις ὧν τύχῃ. τίς 
γάρ ἐστι νόμος τοσαύτης ἀδικίας καὶ μισανθρω- 
πίας μεστός, ὥστε τὸν δόντα τι τῶν ἰδίων καὶ 
ποιήσαντα πρᾶγμα φιλάνθρωπον καὶ φιλόδωρον 
τῆς χάριτος μὲν ἀποστερεῖν, εἰς τοὺς συκοφάντας 
δὲ Ξ Ν ΄ eh Ν 0 , ae ὩΣ 
é ἄγειν, καὶ τούτους ἐπὶ τὰς εὐθύνας ὧν ἔδωκεν 
ἐφιστάναι ; οὐδὲ εἷς. εἰ δέ φησιν οὗτος, δειξάτω, 
ea ΄ \ , 9 3 > ¥ 
κἀγὼ στέρξω καὶ σιωπήσομαι. GAN οὐκ ἔστιν, 
ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὗτος συκοφαντῶν, ὅτι ἐπὶ 
ἴω θ a , « 5 “ὃ Ν ’ cc 2 ’ 
τῷ θεωρικῷ τότε ὧν ἐπέδωκα τὰ χρήματα, “ἐπή- 
> sf 55 ἐξ Ξε , ¥ 39 > \ 
νεσεν αὐτόν," φησιν, “ ὑπεύθυνον ὄντα." οὐ περὶ 
᾿ς 3 , eS ε , > > (> 73 a 
τούτων γε οὐδενός, ὧν ὑπεύθυνος ἣν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐφ᾽ οἷς 





c δ Χ ΄ ¢ ΄ 5 
17. Πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὸν ἄφυκτον λόγον, ὅν φησι Δημοσθένης, 
β Ἷ ΄ "Δ ea A ἐξ N Ὁ ςς , 
ραχέα βούλομαι προειπεῖν. έξει γὰρ οὗτος, “ τειχοποιός 
an a“ a“ ‘ 
εἶμι - ὁμολογῶ: ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιδέδωκα τῇ πόλει μνᾶς ἑκατὸν καὶ τὸ 
a a 
ἔργον μεῖζον ἐξείργασμαι. Tivos οὖν εἰμὶ ὑπεύθυνος, εἰ μή τίς 
5 3 7 > θ 7 ,.3} Tl ἈΝ δὴ Ν > 4, / 
ἐστιν εὐνοίας εὐθύνη ; ρὸς δὴ ταύτην τὴν πρόφασιν ἀκούσατέ 
᾿ς / a a 
μου λέγοντος καὶ δίκαια καὶ ὑμῖν συμφέροντα. Ἔν yap ταύτῃ τῇ 
/ 7 / \ / 
πόλει οὕτως ἀρχαίᾳ οὔσῃ καὶ τηλικαύτῃ τὸ μέγεθος οὐδείς ἐστιν 
3 “ “ a 
ἀνυπεύθυνος τῶν καὶ ὁπωσοῦν πρὸς τὰ κοινὰ προσεληλυθότων. 
¢ ΄ 
23. Ὅταν τοίνυν μάλιστα θρασύνηται Δημοσθένης λέγων, ὡς 
Ν Ν » an aA 
διὰ τὴν ἐπίδοσιν οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπεύθυνος; ἐκεῖνο αὐτῷ ὑποβάλλετε: 
3 > lod a an na 
“οὐκ ow ἐχρῆν σε, ὦ Δημόσθενες, ἐᾶσαι τὸν τῶν λογιστῶν 
ΞΖ “ “ὦ ’ 
κήρυκα κηρῦξαι τὸ πάτριον καὶ ἔννομον κήρυγμα Τοῦτο, τίς 


4 


49 


112 


113 


50 AHMOS@ENOTS 





ar , 5 4, 5 A A QA 
ἐπέδωκα, ὦ συκοφάντα. ἀλλὰ Kal τειχοποιὸς 
3 Ν £ an > ~ > , ν 
ἦσθα. καὶ διά γε τοῦτο ὀρθῶς ἐπῃνούμην, ὅτι 
5 , » A 5 > τ , ε Ἀ 
τἀνηλωμένα ἔδωκα καὶ οὐκ ἐλογιζόμην. 6 μὲν 
γὰρ λογισμὸς εὐθυνῶν καὶ τῶν ἐξετασόντων 
προσδεῖται, ἡ δὲ δωρεὰ χάριτος 'καὶ ἐπαίνου 
δικαία ἐστὶ τυγχάνειν * διόπερ ταῦτ᾽ ἔγραψεν 
δδὲ Ἃ 5 lal ν δ᾽ 9 ἴων > ’ὔ 5 
11:4 ὁδὲ περὶ ἐμοῦ. ὅτι οὕτω ταῦτα οὐ μόνον ἐν 
A , > Ἀ Vi A ς , Ψ 
τοῖς νόμοις ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὑμετέροις ἤθεσιν 
9 > A ε δί XX 10 ὃ Le “A 
ὥρισται, ἐγὼ ῥᾳδίως πολλαχόθεν δείξω. πρῶτον 
A A ~ ~ 5 5 a 5 A ~ 
μὲν yap Ναυσικλῆς στρατηγῶν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἀπὸ τῶν 
ΕῚ , nw , 5 , 5 ε 3 ε “ 
ἰδίων προεῖτο, πολλάκις ἐστεφάνωται ὑφ ὑμων" 
εἶθ᾽ ὅτε τὰς ἀσπίδας Διότιμος ἔδωκε καὶ πάλιν 
Χαρίδημος, ἐστεφανοῦντο: εἶθ᾽ οὑτοσὶ Νεοπτό- 
λεμος πολλῶν ἔργων ἐπιστάτης ὦν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐπέ 
δωκε, τετίμηται. σχέτλιον γὰρ ἂν εἴη τοῦτό 
lal » xX “Ὁ 
γε, εἰ τῷ τινα ἀρχὴν ἄρχοντι ἢ διδόναι τῇ πό- 
qe A Ν N 5 δ ν 967 x A 
λει TA ἑαυτοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν μὴ ἐξέσται, ἣ τῶν 
δοθέντων ἀντὶ τοῦ κομίσασθαι χάριν εὐθύνας 
3 an 9 5 A , , Ἀ 
115 ὑφέξει. » Ὅτι τοίνυν ταῦτ᾽ ἀληθῆ λέγω, λέγε τὰ 
’,, » Ἁ 
ψηφίσματά μοι τὰ τούτοις γεγενημένα αὐτὰ 


λαβών. λέγε. 





βούλεται κατηγορεῖν ; ἔασον ἀμφισβητῆσαί σοι τὸν βουλόμενον 
τῶν πολιτῶν, ὡς οὐκ ἐπέδωκας, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ πολλῶν ὧν ἔχεις εἰς 
τὴν τῶν τειχῶν οἰκοδομίαν μικρὰ κατέθηκας, δέκα τάλαντα εἰς 
ταῦτα ἐκ τῆς πόλεως εἰληφώς. μὴ ἅρπαζε τὴν φιλοτιμίαν, μηδὲ 
ἐξαιροῦ τῶν δικαστῶν τὰς ψήφους ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν, μηδ᾽ ἔμπρο- 
σθεν τῶν νόμων, ἀλλ᾽ ὕστερος πολιτεύου. ταῦτα γὰρ ὀρθοῖ τὴν 
δημοκρατίαν." 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑΤΑ. 


[Ἄρχων Δημόνικος Φλυεύς, βοηδρομιῶνος ἕκτῃ μετ᾽ εἰκάδα, 

“ ,ὔ ~ ~ 

γνώμῃ βουλῆς καὶ δήμου, Καλλίας Φρεάρριος εἶπεν ὅτι δοκεῖ τῇ 

βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ στεφανῶσαι Ναυσικλέα τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων, 

“ / μι 

ὅτι ᾿Αθηναίων ὁπλιτῶν δισχιλίων ὄντων ἐν Ἴμβρῳ καὶ βοηθούν- 
nw nw > , Ἀ na 3 ͵ , 

των τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ᾿Αθηναίων τὴν νῆσον, ov δυναμένου Φίλω- 
lal “ ’ “ 

νος τοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως κεχειροτονημένου διὰ τοὺς χειμῶνας 
a) Ν a Ν ε ΄ > a 9. 5 3 τ Κα 

πλεῦσαι καὶ μισθοδοτῆσαι τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας 

ἔδωκε καὶ οὐκ εἰσέπραξε τὸν δῆμον, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι τὸν στέ- 


φανον Διονυσίοις τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς.] 


ETEPON ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


“Ὁ. 4, 
[Etre Καλλίας Φρεάρριος, πρυτάνεων λεγόντων βουλῆς γνώ- 
Ἀ yas “ 
μῃ; ἐπειδὴ Χαρίδημος ὃ ἐπὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, ἀποσταλεὶς εἰς Σαλα- 
μῖνα, καὶ Διότιμος ὃ ἐπὶ τῶν ἱππέων, ἐν τῇ ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
͵ -» na a“ ε \ “ ’, ,ὔ 
μάχῃ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τινῶν ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων σκυλευθέντων, 
3 a 297 > , , \ / 3 / 
ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἀναλωμάτων καθώπλισαν τοὺς νεανίσκους ἀσπίσιν 
5 ‘4 ’ “ “ fot a ’ὔ 
ὀκτακοσίαις, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ στεφανῶσαι Χαρί- 
Ν / nm “ 
δημον καὶ Διότιμον χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι Πανα- 
’ a 7 ΕἸ a“ A. εν A \ / 
Onvaiots τοῖς μεγάλοις ἐν τῷ γυμνικῷ ἀγῶνι καὶ Διονυσίοις τρα- 
dot is* τῆς δὲ a j ἐπιμεληθῆναι 6 θέ 
γῳὸοῖς καινοῖς - τῆς δὲ ἀναγορεύσεως ἐπιμεληθῆναι θεσμοθέτας, 
πρυτάνεις, ἀγωνοθέτας. 


Τούτων ἕκαστος, Αἰσχίνη, τῆς μὲν ἀρχῆς ἧς 
“Ὃ ε , > 515 - > ἃ a 3 
ἦρχεν ὑπεύθυνος ἦν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς δ᾽ ἐστεφανοῦτο, οὐχ 
ς , 3 A 509 9 , S55 Ν , 
ὑπεύθυνος. οὐκοῦν οὐδ᾽ ἐγώ: ταὐτὰ yap δί- 

’ > ’ὕ 4 ~ 3 “ ~ » ’ὔ 
καιά ἐστί μοι περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις δήπου. 
ἐπέδωκα; ἐπαινοῦμαι διὰ ταῦτα, οὐκ ὧν ὧν 
£5 ε , > Ν , , 3 
ἔδωκα ὑπεύθυνος. ἦρχον ; καὶ δέδωκά γε εὖ- 

5 
θύνας ἐκείνων, οὐχ ὧν ἐπέδωκα. νὴ Δί᾽, ἀλλ 


51 


116 


52 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





LOL > > 4 7 5 nw ¢ 
ἀδίκως ἦρξα; εἶτα παρών, ὅτε με εἰσῆγον οἱ 
λογισταΐ, οὐ κατηγόρεις ; | 
σ ΄ ΕΝ Ψ ΕΝ ἃν. 4 a 
18 Ἵνα τοίνυν ἴδητε ὅτι αὐτὸς οὗτός μοι μαρτυρεῖ 
3 “' “ 
ἐφ᾽ οἷς οὐχ ὑπεύθυνος Hv ἐστεφανῶσθαι, λαβὼν 
΄ Ω 
ἀνάγνωθι τὸ ψήφισμα ὅλον τὸ γραφέν μοι. οἷς 
Ν 3 4 ~ 
yap οὐκ ἐγράψατο τοῦ προβουλεύματος, τούτοις, 
ἃ ’ ~ ’ ’ 
ἃ διώκει, συκοφαντῶν φανήσεται. λέγε. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


Ν »” , a 
[Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Εὐθυκλέους, πυανεψιῶνος ἐνάτῃ ἀπιόντος, 
φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Oivyidos, Κτησιφῶν Λεωσθένους ᾽Ανα- 
4, > ‘\ 
φλύστιος εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς 
γενόμενος ἐπιμελητὴς τῆς τῶν τειχῶν ἐπισκευῆς καὶ προσανα- 
λώσας εἰς τὰ ἔργα ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας τρία τάλαντα ἐπέδωκε 
A a , ae ee A 6 a Ν > /S “ 
ταῦτα τῷ δήμῳ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θεωρικοῦ κατασταθεὶς ἐπέδωκε τοῖς 
ἐκ πασῶν τῶν φυλῶν θεωρικοῖς ἑκατὸν μνᾶς εἰς θυσίας, δεδόχθαι 
“~ “~ n a~ 3? , 
τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθηναίων ἐπαινέσαι Δημοσθένην 
a Ν 
Δημοσθένους ΠΠαιανιᾶ ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα καὶ καλοκαγαθίας ἧς ἔχων 
n~ 3 7 tal 5 A n . 3 , A 
διατελεῖ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ εἰς τὸν δῆμον τὸν ᾿Αθηναίων, καὶ στεφα- 
“ “~ φ Ν 3 ”~ Ν / > lal 
νῶσαι χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι τὸν στέφανον ἐν τῷ 
’ ’ “ Wee a” Ν > # 
θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς" τῆς δὲ ἀναγορεύσεως 


ἐπιμεληθῆναι τὸν ἀγωνοθέτην. | 


το Οὐκοῦν ἃ μὲν ἐπέδωκα, ταῦτ᾽ ἐστίν, ὧν οὐδὲν 
σὺ γέγραψαι: ἃ δέ φησιν ἡ βουλὴ δεῖν ἀντὶ 

’ὔ ’ Ὄπ 9 » > a ’ Ν 
τούτων γενέσθαι μοι, ταῦτ᾽ ἔσθ᾽ ἃ διώκεις. τὸ 
λαβεῖν οὖν τὰ διδόμενα ὁμολογῶν ἔννομον εἶναι, 
τὸ χάριν τούτων ἀποδοῦναι παρανόμων γράφῃ. 

- Ν ’ 5», Ν “ 5 Ν \ 

ὁ δὲ παμπόνηρος ἄνθρωπος Kat θεοῖς ἐχθρὸς Kat 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





, ¥ ΟΥ͂ x ¥ ‘ A 
βάσκανος ὄντως ποῖός Tis ἂν εἴη πρὸς θεῶν ; 
οὐχ ὁ τοιοῦτος ; 

K Ν Ν Ἁ “ 3 3 “A θ ’ ’ re 

al μὴν περὶ τοῦ γ᾽ ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ κηρύττε 
σθαι, τὸ μὲν μυριάκις μυρίους κεκηρῦχθαι παρα- 
λείπω καὶ τὸ πολλάκις αὐτὸς ἐστεφανῶσθαι πρό- 





32. Ὥς τοίνυν καὶ τὴν ἀνάρρησιν τοῦ στεφάνου παρανόμως 
ἴω asf? -“ 
ἐν τῷ ψηφίσματι κελεύει γίγνεσθαι, καὶ τοῦθ᾽ ὑμᾶς διδάξω. 
ε Ν ’ / ’ 38 , a Φ λ la 
"ὃ yap νόμος διαρρήδην κελεύει, ἐὰν μέν τινα στεφανοῖ ἡ βουλή, 
ἐν τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ ἀνακηρύττεσθαι, ἐὰν δὲ ὁ δῆμος, ἐν τῇ ἐκκλη- 
“a Ν , 

σίᾳ, ἄλλοθι δὲ μηδαμοῦ. καί μοι λέγε τὸν νόμον. 


ΝΟΜΟΣ. 


33. Οὗτος ὃ νόμος, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ μάλα καλῶς ἔχει. οὐ 
γάρ, οἶμαι, ᾧετο δεῖν ὃ νομοθέτης τὸν ῥήτορα σεμνύνεσθαι πρὸς 
Ν ἔξ θ 3 > ἂν al 3 In a Xx. , ok ἣν 
τοὺς ἔξωθεν, GAA ἀγαπᾶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει τιμώμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ 
δήμου καὶ μὴ ἐργολαβεῖν ἐν τοῖς κηρύγμασιν. ὃ μὲν οὖν νομο- 
, Ψ ε Oy a a 9 , ν , 
θέτης οὕτως - 6 δὲ Κτησιφῶν πῶς ; ἀναγίγνωσκε τὸ ψήφισμα. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


3 - » φ es 
34. Axovere, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ὅτι 6 μὲν νομοθέτης κελεύει ἐν TE 
,ὔ ΩΣ cal 
δήμῳ ἐν Πυκνὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀνακηρύττειν τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου στε- 
᾽’ »” Ν aA . Nae »“Ἥ / > 
φανούμενον, ἄλλοθι δὲ μηδαμοῦ, Κτησιφῶν δὲ ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ, οὐ 
\ ΄ , ε , 9 N MEL , , ION 
τοὺς νόμους μόνον ὑπερβάς, ἀλλὰ Kal TOV τόπον μετενεγκών, οὐδὲ 
/ 3 ’ a “ 
ἐκκλησιαζόντων ᾿Αθηναίων, ἀλλὰ τραγῳδῶν ἀγωνιζομένων καινῶν, 
959 ’ “A > ’ - ε 3 ἴω 
οὐδ᾽ ἐναντίον τοῦ δήμου, ἀλλ᾽ ἐναντίον τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἵν᾽ ἡμῖν συν- 
nip e ~ ΄“ 
εἰδῶσιν, οἷον ἄνδρα τιμῶμεν. 35. οὕτω τοίνυν περιφανῶς παρά- 
νομα γεγραφώς, παραταχθεὶς μετὰ Δημοσθένους ἐποίσει τέχνας 
3 , δον ἩΡΑ ὃ ΄, Ν "δ ἀφο δα Ὁ \ λ 10 2 
τοῖς νόμοις " ἃς ἐγὼ δηλώσω καὶ προερῶ ὑμῖν, iva μὴ λάθητε ἐξα- 
’ὔ 
πατηθέντες. Οὗτοι γάρ, ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀπαγορεύουσιν οἱ νόμοι τὸν 
ε Ν a »” nw ͵ 
ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου στεφανούμενον μὴ κηρύττειν ἔξω τῆς ἐκκλησίας, 
> 9 ὶ 4 δι A > Ν > ’ Ν ‘ 
οὐχ ἕξουσι λέγειν, οἴσουσι δὲ εἰς τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὸν Διονυσιακὸν 
/ a ,ὔ τς ’ 
νόμον, καὶ χρήσονται τοῦ νόμου μέρει τινὶ κλέπτοντες τὴν ἀκρόασιν 


120 


54 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





τερον. ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεῶν οὕτω σκαιὸς εἶ καὶ 
> , > ’ ν 3 5 ’ὔ , 

ἀναίσθητος, Αἰσχίνη, ὥστ᾽ ov δύνασαι λογίσα- 
σθαι ὅτι τῷ μὲν στεφανουμένῳ τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχει 
A ε / 7 x > ἐν aA \ 
ζῆλον ὁ στέφανος, ὅπου ἂν ἀναρρηθῇῃ, τοῦ δὲ 
τῶν στεφανούντων ἕνεκα συμφέροντος ἐν τῷ 





ὑμῶν, 46. καὶ παρέξονται νόμον οὐδὲ ἥ ἣδε τῇ 
μῶν, 56. ρ μον οὐδὲν προσήκοντα τῇδε τῇ 
“- \ Xr / ε 2% “ / ὃ / / / Ν 
γραφῇ, καὶ λέξουσιν ὡς εἰσὶ τῇ πόλει δύο νόμοι κείμενοι περὶ 
~ , Δ Δ a 
TOV κηρυγμάτων, εἷς μὲν OV Viv ἐγὼ παρέχομαι διαρρήδην ἀπα- 
’ Ν «ε \ “a / 
yopevovta τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου στεφανούμενον μὴ κηρύττεσθαι 
4 “ ,ὔ “ > ’ὔ’ , 
ἔξω τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἕτερον δ᾽ εἶναι νόμον φήσουσιν ἐναντίον 
’ Ν 4 ’, “ lal 
τούτῳ, Tov δεδωκότα ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀνάρρησιν τοῦ στε- 
/ “ > ΄“ / 5 / ε A 
φάνου τραγῳδοῖς ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ, ἐὰν ψηφίσηται ὃ δῆμος - κατὰ 
Ν “ Ν ’ ΄“ 
δὴ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον φήσουσι γεγραφέναι τὸν Κτησιφῶντα. 
,ὔ > Ὁ a : 
40. Ei τοίνυν, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀληθὴς qv ὃ παρὰ τούτων λόγος 
, ΄“ 
καὶ ἦσαν δύο κείμενοι νόμοι περὶ τῶν κηρυγμάτων, ἐξ ἀνάγκης, 
οἶμαι, τῶν μὲν θεσμοθετῶν ἐξευρόντων, τῶν δὲ πρυτάνεων ἀπο- 
a , eR a 
δόντων τοῖς νομοθέταις avypyt ἂν ὃ ἕτερος τῶν νόμων, ἤτοι ὃ 
Ν 3 ΄ Ν 3 a a, aaa ΄ ε , Ν Ν 
τὴν ἐξουσίαν δεδωκὼς ἀνειπεῖν ἢ ὃ ἀπαγορεύων - ὅπότε δὲ μηδὲν 
’ [4 a“ ’ > / 3 ΄ cal 
τούτων γεγένηται, φανερῶς δή που ἐξελέγχονται οὐ μόνον ψευδῆ 
΄“ la 
λέγοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ παντελῶς ἀδύνατα γενέσθαι. 44. Zvvidov 
δή τις ταῦτα νομοθέτης τίθησι νόμον οὐδὲν ἐπικοινωνοῦντα τῷ 
περὶ τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου στεφανουμένων νόμῳ, οὔτε λύσας ἐκεῖ- 
“ Ν 3 
νον (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ ἐκκλησία ἠνωχλεῖτο, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέατρον), οὔτ 
a 7 μὴ 
ἐναντίον τοῖς πρότερον κειμένοις νόμοις τιθείς (οὐ γὰρ ἔξεστιν), 
ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν ἄνευ ψηφίσματος ὑμετέρου στεφανουμένων ὑπὸ 
ΩΝ “- “ “ ΄ 
τῶν φυλετῶν καὶ δημοτῶν καὶ περὶ τῶν τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀπελευθε- 
ρούντων καὶ περὶ τῶν ἕενικῶν στεφάνων, καὶ διαρρήδην ἀπαγο- 
΄ εν 4 > 4) a 2 a“ , , θ᾽ €.==X a 
pever μήτ᾽ οἰκέτην ἀπελευθεροῦν ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ μήθ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν 
΄“΄ - > ἅδε νῷ 
φυλετῶν ἢ δημοτῶν ἀναγορεύεσθαι στεφανούμενον, μήθ᾽ ὑπ 
\ “ 
ἄλλου, φησί, μηδενός, ἢ ἄτιμον εἶναι τὸν κήρυκα. 45. Ὅταν 
οὖν ἀποδείξῃ τοῖς μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς βουλῆς στεφανουμένοις εἰς τὸ 
: & eis casa 
, 5 n an Ἀ nn , 
βουλευτήριον ἀναρρηθῆναι, τοῖς δ᾽ ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου στεφανου- 
la > ΄ ΄“ 
μένοις εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, τοῖς δ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν δημοτῶν στεφανουμέ- 


ee a σον ἘΠ ὙΒΝ 1 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





θεάτρῳ γίγνεται τὸ κήρυγμα; οἱ γὰρ ἀκούσαντες 
ἅπαντες εἰς τὸ ποιεῖν εὖ τὴν πόλιν προτρέπονται, 

ἈΝ Ν > / ‘\ ld “ > nw 
καὶ τοὺς ἀποδιδόντας τὴν χάριν μᾶλλον ἐπαινοῦσι 
τοῦ στεφανουμένου: διόπερ τὸν νόμον τοῦτον ἡ 

/ 4 ld > 5 ’ὔ ‘\ 4 
πόλις γέγραφεν. Λέγε δ᾽ αὐτόν μοι τὸν νόμον 
λαβών. 

ΝΌΜΟΣ. 


- 


of, Ὁ. 4 a ὃ , Ν > ΄ a 
[Ὅσους στεφανοῦσί τινες τῶν δήμων, τὰς ἀναγορεύσεις τῶν 

- “-“ “a 297 4 
στεφάνων ποιεῖσθαι ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑκάστους τοῖς ἰδίοις δήμοις, ἐὰν 
A -“ > / aA ε Ἁ “ la 
μή twas ὃ δῆμος ὃ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἢ ἣ βουλὴ στεφανοῖ - τού- 


τους δ᾽ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις ἀναγορεύεσθαι.] 


᾿Ακούεις, Αἰσχίνη, τοῦ νόμου λέγοντος σαφῶς, 
nw A A ’ 

πλὴν ἐάν τινας ὁ δῆμος ἢ ἡ βουλὴ ψηφίσηται" 
τούτους δὲ ἀναγορευέτω. τί οὖν, ὦ ταλαίπωρε, 
~ 4 , ’ ’ Α, 
συκοφαντεῖς ; τί λόγους πλάττεις ; τί σαυτὸν 

5 > ’ ΧΑ" ’ 9 3 50.» 5 , 
οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐπὶ τούτοις ; GAN οὐδ᾽ αἰσχύνῃ 


Ξε τ τς 





Ἀ : rv a > / ‘ 4 a] “-“ ὃ a 7 
νοις καὶ φυλετῶν ἀπείπῃ μὴ κηρύττεσθαι τοῖς τραγῳδοῖς, ἵνα 
μηδεὶς ἐρανίζων στεφάνους καὶ κηρύγματα ψευδῆ φιλοτιμίαν 
KT εἴπῃ δ᾽ ἐν τῷ VO δ᾽ ὑπὸ ἄλλ δενὸ 
τᾶται, προσαπείπῃ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ μηδ᾽ ὑπὸ ov μηδενὸς 
3 A 3 4 “ Ν ’ ‘\ ΄“΄ XN 
ἀνακηρύττεσθαι ἀπούσης βουλῆς καὶ δήμου καὶ φυλετῶν καὶ 
ὃ a D4 ΄ a > , tapes | / 4 3 
ἡμοτῶν, ---- ὅταν δέ τις ταῦτα ἀφέλῃ, τί τὸ καταλειπόμενόν ἐστι 
πλὴν οἱ ἕενικοὶ στέφανοι; 48. Ἐπειδὰν τοίνυν ἐξαπατῶντες 
ὑμᾶς λέγωσιν, ὡς προσγέγραπται ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ἐξεῖναι στεφανοῦν, 
ἐὰν ψηφίσηται ὃ δῆμος, ἀπομνημονεύετε αὐτοῖς ὑποβάλλειν - 

“ nw > 
val, εἴ γέ σέ τις ἄλλη πόλις στεφανοῖ" εἰ δὲ 6 δῆμος ὁ “APy- 
a a“ / 
ναίων, ἀποδέδεικταί σοι τόπος, ὅπου δεῖ τοῦτο γενέσθαι, ἀπεί- 
ρηταί σοι ἔξω τῆς ἐκκλησίας μὴ κηρύττεσθαι. τὸ γὰρ “ ἄλλοθι 


DD 


121 


δὲ μηδαμοῦ" ὅ τι ἔστιν, ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν λέγε: οὐ γὰρ ἀπο- ᾿ 


Se ε μ, , 
δείξεις, ὡς ἔννομα γέγραφας. 


56 


122 


AHMOS@ENOTS 





4 7 > 4 3 3 7 5 ’ 
φθόνου δίκην εἰσάγειν, οὐκ ἀδικήματος οὐδενός, 
καὶ νόμους μεταποιῶν, τῶν δ᾽ ἀφαιρῶν μέρη, οὺς 
ὅλους δίκαιον ἦν ἀναγιγνώσκεσθαι τοῖς γε ὀμω- 

΄" Ν \ , A ἣν, 
μοκόσι κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ψηφιεῖσθαι. ἔπειτα 
τοιαῦτα ποιῶν λέγεις ἃ δεῖ προσεῖναι τῷ δημοτι- 
κῷ, ὥσπερ ἀνδριάντα ἐκδεδωκὼς κατὰ συγγρα- 
φήν, εἶτ᾽ οὐκ ἔχοντα ἃ προσῆκεν ἐκ τῆς συγγρα- 





’ , 
168. Nai, ἀλλὰ δημοτικός ἐστιν. ἐὰν μὲν τοίνυν πρὸς τὴν 
3 “ ’ > ae ’, > , 7 
εὐφημίαν τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ ἀποβλέπητε, ἐξαπατηθήσεσθε, ὥσπερ 
Ν , 2s δ᾽ 3 ἈΝ ΄ Ἁ Ν 3 6 3 2¢ 
Kal πρότερον, ἐὰν δ᾽ εἰς τὴν φύσιν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὐκ ἐξαπα- 
6 ΄ θ 3 is δὲ 3 / > 3 a ‘ , ar -N 
τηθήσεσθε. ἐκείνως δὲ ἀπολάβετε Tap αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον. ἐγὼ 
Ν θ᾽ ε a“ λ ὅν ἃ ὃ a ¢ ΄ > a“ , n ὃ 
μὲν μεθ΄ ὑμῶν λογιοῦμαι, ἃ δεῖ ὑπάρξαι ἔν τῇ φύσει τῷ δημο- 
-~ 93> \ Ν / Ν , > , as a κα 
τικῷ ἀνδρὶ καὶ σώφρονι, καὶ πάλιν ἀντιθήσω, ποῖόν τινα εἶκός 
> > \ > τι τῷ \ a φ' iw v's 
ἐστιν εἶναι τὸν ὀλιγαρχικὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ φαῦλον - ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἀντι- 
> Ν a 
θέντες ἑκάτερα τούτων θεωρήσατ᾽ αὐτόν, μὴ ὁποτέρου Tod λόγου, 
a > 5 
GAN ὁποτέρου τοῦ βίου ἐστίν. 169. οἶμαι τοίνυν ἅπαντας ἂν ὃμο- 
ὥς , a ε , “ “ - Ἀ > ΄ 
λογήσειν ὑμᾶς τάδε δεῖν ὑπάρξαι τῷ δημοτικῷ, πρῶτον μὲν ἐλεύ- 
Ν Ἁ Ν Ἀ / 9 Ἀ ἧς ‘ 
Ocpov αὐτὸν εἶναι καὶ πρὸς πατρὸς Kai πρὸς μητρός, ἵνα μὴ διὰ τὴν 
x Ν ’, > ’ Ν te = “ / a , Ἀ 
περὶ τὸ γένος ἀτυχίαν δυσμενὴς 7) τοῖς νόμοις, οἱ σώζουσι τὴν δη- 
lal ’ > ’ Ν rad 
μοκρατίαν, δεύτερον δ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν προγόνων εὐεργεσίαν τινὰ αὐτῷ 
n a 3 , ) eee 
πρὸς Tov δῆμον ὑπάρχειν, ἢ τό γ᾽ ἀναγκαιότατον μηδεμίαν ἔχθραν, 
cal “ ΄“ ’ὔ 9 [4 a ΕἸ “ 
ἵνα μὴ βοηθῶν τοῖς τῶν προγόνων ἀτυχήμασι κακῶς ἐπιχειρῇ 
-“ ΄ὔ , Ν ΄ ‘ 
ποιεῖν τὴν πόλιν. 170. τρίτον σώφρονα Kal μέτριον χρὴ πεφυ- 
, Ἅ τον Ἀ Ν θ᾽ ἣν, Εν δώ Ψ Ν ὃ Ν Ν 
κέναι αὐτὸν πρὸς τὴν καθ᾽ ἡμέραν δίαιταν, ὁπως μὴ διὰ τὴν 
a a \ “A ’ , 3 
ἀσέλγειαν τῆς δαπάνης δωροδοκῇ κατὰ τοῦ δήμου, τέταρτον εὐ- 
an Ν Ἁ Ν 4 
γνώμονα καὶ δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν - καλὸν γὰρ THY μὲν διάνοιαν προαι- 
-“ Ν 7, ἈΝ Ν ὃ / ‘ Ni SOP \ \ 
ρεῖσθαι τὰ βέλτιστα, τὴν δὲ παιδείαν THY TOV ῥήτορος καὶ τὸν 
Ν ἃ 4, > > 7 
λόγον πείθειν τοὺς ἀκούοντας - εἰ δὲ pH, THY y εὐγνωμοσύνην 
cal a 93 ‘\ , 
ἀεὶ προτακτέον τοῦ λόγου. πέμπτον ἀνδρεῖον εἶναι τὴν ψυχήν, 
’ Ἀ lal 
iva μὴ Tapa τὰ δεινὰ Kal τοὺς πολέμους ἐγκαταλείπῃ TOV δῆμον. 
“ ’ 4 +” ’ Ν “ 
τὸν δ᾽ ὀλιγαρχικὸν πάντα δεῖ τἀναντία τούτων ἔχειν - τί γὰρ δεῖ 
a 4 4 ec , , 
πάλιν διεξιέναι; σκέψασθε δή, τί τούτων ὑπάρχει Δημοσθένει " 
- an ΄ 
6 δὲ λογισμὸς ἔστω ἐπὶ πᾶσι δικαίοις. 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





aA ΄ x is Ἀ Ν 9 5 
φῆς κομιζόμενος, ἢ λόγῳ τοὺς δημοτικοὺς ἀλλ 
οὐ τοῖς πράγμασι καὶ τοῖς πολιτεύμασι γιγνω- 
σκομένους. καὶ βοᾳς ῥητὰ καὶ ἄρρητα ὀνομάζων, 
ν 5 ε Fg ἃ Ν \ “Ὁ “ 4 4 
ὥσπερ ἐξ ἁμάξης, ἃ σοὶ καὶ τῷ σῷ γένει πρόσ- 
εστιν, οὐκ ἐμοί. καίτοι καὶ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνδρες 
"AO a a...) %) λ ὃ ΄ , , ὃ 

ηναῖοι. ἐγὼ λοιδορίαν κατηγορίας τούτῳ δια- 
φέρειν ἡγοῦμαι, τῷ τὴν μὲν κατηγορίαν ἀδικήματ᾽ 
ἔχειν, ὧν ἐν τοῖς νόμοις εἰσὶν at τιμωρίαι, τὴν δὲ 
λοιδορίαν βλασφημίας, ἃς κατὰ τὴν αὑτῶν φύσιν 
τοῖς ἐχθροῖς περὶ ἀλλήλων συμβαίνει λέγειν. 
οἰκοδομῆσαι δὲ τοὺς προγόνους ταυτὶ τὰ δικα- 

’ ε ’ 5 ν ’ ε la) > 
στήρια ὑπείληφα οὐχ ἵνα συλλέξαντες ὑμᾶς εἰς 
ταῦτα ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων κακῶς τὰ ἀπόρρητα λέγωμεν 


57 


123 


ἀλλήλους, ἀλλ᾽ wa ἐξελέγχωμεν, ἐάν Tis ἠδικη-. 


’ ’ Ἁ ’ ‘a ’ 50.» 
κώς τι τυγχάνῃ τὴν πόλιν. ταῦτα τοίνυν εἰδὼς 
3 ΄ ὑδὲ ἣν 3 A , > Ν A 
Αἰσχίνης οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐμοῦ πομπεύειν ἀντὶ τοῦ 
“ ν 3 ον >Q> 9 ‘al » 
κατηγορεῖν εἵλετο. οὐ μὴν οὐδ᾽ ἐνταῦθα ἔλαττον 
» ’ ’ 3 > ~ ¥ 5 - =! “A 
ἔχων δίκαιός ἐστιν ἀπελθεῖν. ἤδη δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταῦτα 
πορεύσομαι, τοσοῦτον αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσας. πότερόν 
, > , “ 4 3 Ν eae SN 4 
σέ τις, Αἰσχίνη, τῆς πόλεως ἐχθρὸν ἣ ἐμὸν εἶναι 
gn; ἐμὸν δῆλον ὅτι. εἶτα οὗ μὲν ἦν Tap ἐμοῦ 
δί ἈΝ Ἁ 4 ΒΡ! , Ms x 
\KNV κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ὑπὲρ τούτων haPeELY, EL 
2Q7 507 5 A 27 > les 
περ ἠδίκουν, ἐξέλειπες, ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις, ἐν ταῖς 
A 9 ~ » , @Oars A \ 
γραφαῖς, ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις κρίσεσιν: ov δ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν 
9 La) 9 nw , Qf , nw 
ἀθῷος ἅπασι, τοῖς νόμοις, TO χρόνῳ, TH προθε- 
σμίᾳ, τῷ κεκρίσθαι περὶ πάντων πολλάκις πρό- 
‘ aN , > κι ε κα 
τερον, τῷ μηδεπώποτε ἐξελεγχθῆναι μηδὲν ὑμᾶς 


124 


125 


58 


126 


AHMOS6ENOTS 





A κι 
ἀδικῶν, TH πόλει δ᾽ ἢ πλέον ἢ ἔλαττον ἀνάγκ 
τῶν γε δημοσίᾳ πεπραγμένων μετεῖναι τῆς δόξης, 
ἐνταῦθα ἀπήντηκας ; ὅρα μὴ τούτων μὲν ἐχθρὸς 
Ss : an 
ἧς, ἐμοὶ δὲ προσποιῇ. 
᾿Επειδὴ τοίνυν ἡ μὲν εὐσεβὴς καὶ δικαία ψῆφος 
9 ὃ “ὃ ὃ ἜΝ δέ ε » ΄, > 
ἅπασι δέδεικται, det δέ με, ὡς ἔοικε, καίπερ οὐ 
φιλολοίδορον ὄντα, διὰ τὰς ὑπὸ τούτου βλασφη- 
“4 > la > ᾿ς ~ Ν “ > Ν 
μίας εἰρημένας ἀντὶ πολλῶν καὶ ψευδῶν αὐτὰ 
τἀναγκαιότατ᾽ εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δεῖξαι τίς 
Δ \ ΄ ε Si ΄ " A a > 
ὧν καὶ τίνων ῥᾳδίως οὕτως ἄρχει τοῦ κακῶς λέ-: 
Ἀ λό ’ ὃ ’ B= "Ἂς 3 Ν ἃ 
γειν, καὶ λόγους τίνας διασύρει, αὐτὸς εἰρηκὼς ἃ 


’ 3 “ἡ 3 a ’ 5 4 4 
τίς οὐκ ἂν ὥκνησε τῶν μετρίων ἀνθρώπων φθέγ- 


127 ἕασθαι ; ---- εἰ γὰρ Αἰακὸς ἢ Ῥαδάμανθυς ἢ ΜΙ 


> ῃ A 9 N N ΄ 
vos ἣν ὃ κατηγορῶν, ἀλλὰ μὴ σπερμολόγος, 
περίτριμμα ἀγορᾶς, ὄλεθρος γραμματεύς, οὐκ ἂν 
αὐτὸν οἶμαι ταῦτ᾽ εἰπεῖν οὐδ᾽ ἂν οὕτως ἐπαχθεῖς 
λόγους πορίσασθαι, ὥσπερ ἐν τραγῳδίᾳ βοῶντο 
> A δι ¢ Ry nag κ κ δ a \ 
ὦ yn Kal ἥλιε Kal ἀρετὴ Kal τὰ τοιαῦτα, Kal 





3 / θ 3 a Ν Ν τι ΕΠ δ᾿ ἃ 
166. Οὐ μέμνησθε αὐτοῦ τὰ μιαρὰ καὶ ἀπίθανα ῥήματα, ἃ 
an Φ4“.. n > , > ΄“ 5 ’ 7 > » 
πῶς ποθ᾽ ὑμεῖς, ὦ σιδήρεοι, ἐκαρτερεῖτε ἀκροώμενοι; “Or ἔφη 
a 4, 
παρελθὼν “ ἀμπελουργοῦσί τινες τὴν πόλιν, ἀνατετμήκασί τινες 
τὰ κλήματα τοῦ δήμου, ὑποτέτμηται τὰ νεῦρα τῶν πραγμάτων, 
, cal A ’ὔ 
φορμορραφούμεθα ἐπὶ τὰ στενά, τινὲς πρῶτον ὥσπερ τὰς βελόνας 
a > / ’ x 
Steipover.” 167. Tatra δὲ τί ἐστιν, ὦ κίναδος; ῥήματα ἢ 
΄ Ν / φ ΄ “- Ν 2 NX “ ΄ 
θαύματα; καὶ πάλιν ὅτε κύκλῳ περιδινῶν σεαυτὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ βή- 
ἔλ ὡς ἀἁ Ἵ ᾿Αλεξάνδ , 
ματος ἐλέεγες ὡς ἀντιπράττων εξανὸρῳ. 
> Ν Ν > an “ \ & AS xX ‘\ 4 \ 
260. Eyo μὲν οὖν, ὦ γῆ καὶ ἥλιε καὶ ἀρετὴ καὶ σύνεσις καὶ 
΄ ἍΝ, , Ν Ν Ν BS 3 Ν 0 
παιδεία, ἧ διαγιγνώσκομεν τὰ καλὰ Kal τὰ αἰσχρὰ, βεβοήθηκα 
καὶ εἴρηκα. 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT STE®ANOT. 





’ , Ν ’ 5 ’ὔ ἥν ι 
πάλιν σύνεσιν καὶ παιδείαν ἐπικαλούμενον, ἣ τὰ 
καλὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσχρὰ διαγιγνώσκεται: ταῦτα γὰρ 

΄ 5 | ee > A » Ν δὲ 3 “ 
δήπουθεν ἠκούετ᾽ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος. σοὶ δὲ ἀρετῆς, 

om “A “ἃ “ 
ὦ κάθαρμα, ἣ τοῖς σοῖς τίς μετουσία; ἢ καλῶν 
x ΄“ 
ἢ μὴ τοιούτων τίς διάγνωσις; πόθεν ἢ πῶς 
ἀξιωθέντι; ποῦ δὲ παιδείας σοι θέμις μνησθῆς- 
4Ὅ an Ν ε 3 “ , δ᾽ x 
ναι, NS τῶν μὲν ws ἀληθῶς τετυχηκότων οὐὸ ἂν 
ἐκ +. Ν ε a) A OE IAAG x 
εἷς εἴποι περὶ αὑτοῦ τοιοῦτον οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ κἂν 
ἴω 3 3 
ἑτέρου λέγοντος ἐρυθριάσειεν, τοῖς δ᾽ ἀπολει- 
“ 3 ees, 
φθεῖσι μὲν ὥσπερ σύ, προσποιουμένοις δ᾽ ὑπ 
ἀναισθησίας τὸ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἀλγεῖν ποιεῖν, 
ὅταν λέγωσιν, οὐ τὸ δοκεῖν τοιούτοις εἶναι περί- 
εστιν. . 
3 > “ ἥν \ ‘\ “ Ἃ A = 

Οὐκ ἀπορῶν δ᾽ ὅ τι χρὴ περὶ σοῦ Kal τῶν σῶν 
εἰπεῖν, ἀπορῶ τοῦ πρώτου μνησθῶ, πότερ᾽ ὡς ὃ 
πατήρ σου Τρό ἐδούλε ᾿ Ἐλπίᾳ τῷ πρὸ 

τήρ ρόμης ve παρ᾽ ᾿Ἑλπίᾳ τῷ πρὸς 
τῷ Θησείῳ διδάσκοντι γράμματα, χοίνικας πα- 

’ » Ν 4 “ἡ ε ε 4 A 
χείας ἔχων καὶ ξύλον, ἢ ὡς ἡ μήτηρ τοῖς μεθη- 
μερινοῖς γάμοις ἐν τῷ κλεισίῳ τῷ πρὸς τῷ Καλα- 

Y 
μίτῃ ἥρωι χρωμένη τὸν καλὸν ἀνδριάντα καὶ 
τριταγωνιστὴν ἄκρον ἐξέθρεψέ σε; ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ὁ 
τριηραύλης Φορμίων, 6 Δίωνος τοῦ Φρεαρρίου 
δοῦλος, ἀνέστησεν αὐτὴν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς καλῆς 
ἐργασίας; ἀλλὰ νὴ τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς 
ὀκνῶ μὴ περὶ σοῦ τὰ προσήκοντα λέγων αὐτὸς 


οὐ προσήκοντας ἐμαυτῷ δόξω προῃρῆσθαι λό- 


59 


128 


129 


A a > 7 A Ἂν & 
yous. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐάσω, ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν δὲ ὧν 130 


60 το AHMOS@ENOTS 





Ν 4 wa 
αὐτὸς βεβίωκεν ἄρξομαι. οὐδὲ yap ὧν ἔτυχεν 
> 5 3 - ε nw » 
ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ὁ δῆμος καταρᾶται. ὀψὲ γάρ ποτε 
ΓΝ 5. , \ Ν > 
—, ope λέγω; χθὲς μὲν οὖν Kal πρῴην ap 
3 ΄“ A 
Αθηναῖος Kat ῥήτωρ γέγονε, καὶ δύο συλλαβὰς 
προσθεὶς τὸν μὲν πατέρα ἀντὶ Τρόμητος ἐποίησεν 
ie ¥ 4 δὲ δὲ / “ ’, 
“ATpopytov, τὴν δὲ μητέρα σεμνῶς πάνυ Γλαυκο- 
Δ » ν 
θέαν, ἣν “Epmovoay ἅπαντες ἴσασι καλουμένην, 
ἐκ τοῦ πάντα ποιεῖν καὶ πάσχειν καὶ γίγνεσθαι 
/ 4 ΄“ ἴω 
δηλονότι ταύτης τῆς ἐπωνυμίας τυχοῦσαν" πόθεν 
Ν Y 
131 yap ἄλλοθεν; GAN ὅμως οὕτως ἀχάριστος εἶ 
\ Ν ’ ν > > ’ 5 ’ 
καὶ πονηρὸς φύσει, ὥστ᾽ ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου 
καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ διὰ τουτουσὶ γεγονὼς 
3 9 , - OS ἐς » ; 3 Ν , 
οὐχ ὅπως χάριν autos ἔχεις, ἀλλὰ μισθώσας 
σαυτὸν κατὰ τουτωνὶ πολιτεύῃ. καὶ περὶ ὧν μέν 
> ’ὔ > ’ὔ ε >» ε A wn , 
ἐστί τις ἀμφισβήτησις, ὡς apa ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως 
» on? ἃ δ᾽ ε Ἀ ΄“ > θ “. σι: 
εἴρηκεν, ἐάσω: ἃ δ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν φανερῶς 
ay > ’ὔ 
ἀπεδείχθη πράττων, ταυτα ἀναμνήσω. 
132 Τίς γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐκ οἶδε τὸν ἀποψηφισθέντα 
~ , ’ Ν 7 
᾿Αντιφῶντα, ὃς ἐπαγγειλάμενος Φιλίππῳ τὰ νεώ- 
> ἃ 4 
pla ἐμπρήσειν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἦλθεν ; ὃν λαβόν- 
΄“ a Ν 
τος ἐμοῦ κεκρυμμένον ἐν Πειραιεῖ καὶ κατα- 
’, 3 Ν 39 ’ὔ a) ε ’ 
στήσαντος εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν βοῶν ὁ βάσκανος 
’ \ 
οὗτος καὶ κεκραγώς, ws ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ δεινὰ 
~ ~ ~ / Ν 
ποιῶ τοὺς ἠτυχηκότας τῶν πολιτῶν ὑβρίζων καὶ 
ἐπ᾿ οἰκίας βαδίζων ἄνευ ψηφίσματος, ἀφεθῆναι 
’ 
133 ἐποίησεν. καὶ εἰ μὴ ἡ βουλὴ ἡ ἐξ ᾿Αρείου 
πάγου τὸ πρᾶγμα αἰσθομένη καὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





» > > 4 “~ > ~ 5 
ἄγνοιαν ἐν οὐ δέοντι συμβεβηκυῖαν ἰδοῦσα ἐπε- 
΄ Ν = Ν ΑἹ > ΄ 
ζήτησε τὸν avOpwrov καὶ συλλαβοῦσα ἐπανή.- 
γαγεν ὡς ὑμᾶς, ἐξήρπαστ᾽ ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος καὶ τὸ 
΄ “ ὃ δὺ > δ > ἃ | Aa Η͂Ν 
δίκην δοῦναι διαδὺς ἐξεπέμπετ᾽ ἂν ὑπὸ τοῦ σε- 
᾽ὔ ’ὔ A > ε is ’ 
μνολόγου τουτουί" νῦν δ᾽ ὑμεῖς στρεβλώσαντες 
αὐτὸν ἀπεκτείνατε, ὡς ἔδει γε καὶ τοῦτον. ToL 
nw Ε] “ἢ ~ ε Ἀ ε 5 3 ’ , 
γαροῦν εἰδυῖα ταῦτα ἡ βουλὴ ἡ ἐξ ᾿Αρείου πάγου 
τότε τούτῳ πεπραγμένα, χειροτονησάντων αὐτὸν 
ε ἰω , ε Ν  2£ A “A > ’ > Ν 
ὑμῶν. σύνδικον ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ ἐν Δήλῳ ἀπὸ 
A κι oh Ἂν 
τῆς αὐτῆς ἀγνοίας ἧσπερ πολλὰ προΐεσθε τῶν 
κοινῶν, ὡς προσείλεσθε κἀκείνην καὶ τοῦ πράγ- 
ματος κυρίαν ἐποιήσατε, τοῦτον μὲν εὐθὺς ἀπή- 
λασεν ὡς προδότην Ὑπερείδῃ δὲ λέγειν προσέ 
Tagev* καὶ ταῦτα ἀπὸ τοῦ βωμοῦ φέρουσα τὴν 
Aw » A A an 
ψῆφον ἔπραξε, καὶ οὐδεμία ψῆφος ἠνέχθη τῷ 
μιαρῷ τούτῳ. Kai ὅτι ταῦτ᾽ ἀληθῆ λέγω, κάλει 
τούτων τοὺς μάρτυρας. 
MAPTYPES. 


[Μαρτυροῦσι Δημοσθένει ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων οἵδε, Καλλίας Sovv- 
evs, Ζήνων Φλυεύς, Κλέων Φαληρεύς, Δημόνικος Μαραθώνιος, 
ὅτι τοῦ δήμου ποτὲ χειροτονήσαντος Αἰσχίνην σύνδικον ὑπὲρ τοῦ 
ἱεροῦ τοῦ ἐν Δήλῳ εἰς τοὺς ᾿Αμφικτύονας συνεδρεύσαντες ἡμεῖς 
ἐκρίναμεν Ὑπερείδην ἄξιον εἶναι μᾶλλον ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως λέγειν, 


καὶ ἀπεστάλη Ὑπερείδης. 
5 lal ΕῚ 
Οὐκοῦν ὅτε τούτου μέλλοντος λέγειν ἀπήλασεν 
ε ‘ \ , SF ἊΨ Ν ’ 
ἢ βουλὴ καὶ προσέταξεν ἑτέρῳ, τότε καὶ προδό- 
τὴν εἶναι καὶ κακόνουν ὑμῖν ἀπέφηνεν. 


6Ι 


134 


135 


62 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





ὰ Ἂς / ay A , “ 

136 “Ev μὲν τοίνυν τοῦτο τοιοῦτο πολίτευμα τοῦ 
νεανίου τούτου, ὅμοιόν γε, οὐ γάρ; οἷς ἐμοῦ 

A 9 κ᾿ 
κατηγορεῖ" ἕτερον δὲ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθε. ὅτε γὰρ 
Πύθωνα Φίλιππος ἔπεμψε τὸν Βυζάντιον καὶ 
Q ~ “a , /, 
Tapa τῶν αὕὑτου συμμάχων πάντων συνέπεμψε 
> ’ ’ 

πρέσβεις, ὡς ἐν αἰσχύνῃ ποιήσων τὴν πόλιν καὶ 

,ὔ > “Ὁ ΄ ee | Ν ΜᾺ ’ 
δείξων ἀδικοῦσαν, τότε ἐγὼ μὲν τῷ Πύθωνι θρα- 

4 A NAW ts θ᾽ ε lal > ε 
συνομένῳ καὶ πολλῳ ῥέοντι Kal” ὑμῶν οὐχ tre 

’ 5 > > Ν 5 ~ \ Ἂς la 
χώρησα, ἀλλ ἀναστὰς ἀντεῖπον καὶ τὰ τῆς 

, A » ~ 
πόλεως δίκαια οὐχὶ προὔδωκα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀδικοῦντα 
a Y 
Φίλιππον ἐξήλεγξα φανερῶς οὕτως ὥστε τοὺς 
/ ’ὔ 
ἐκείνου συμμάχους αὐτοὺς ἀνισταμένους ὁμολο- 
A - ; 
γεῖν ovtos δὲ συνηγωνίζετο καὶ τἀναντία ἐμαρ- 
la Ν μῶν fa 
TUPEL TH πατρίδι, Kal ταῦτα ψευδῆ. 
ἴω Af)? 
13) Kal οὐκ ἀπέχρη ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ πάλιν μετὰ ταῦθ 
σ' , we 
ὕστερον ᾿Αναξίνῳ τῷ κατασκόπῳ συνιὼν εἰς τὴν 
/ 4 ~ ε ἈΝ 
Θράσωνος οἰκίαν ἐλήφθη. καίτοι ὅστις τῷ ὑπὸ 
nw ’ ’ ’ Ν 
τῶν πολεμίων πεμφθέντι μόνος μόνῳ συνῇει καὶ 
A - ΕΒ. ε “ ~ ’ 
ἐκοινολογεῖτο, οὗτος αὐτὸς ὑπῆρχε τῇ φύσει 
’, Ν , A (ὃ Κ νι... 
κατάσκοπος καὶ πολέμιος τῇ πατρίδι. Καὶ οτι 

A A 4 Ν ’ὔ’ 
ταῦτ᾽ ἀληθῆ λέγω, κάλει μοι τούτων τοὺς μάρ- 
τυρας. 

ΜΑΡΤΥΡΕΣ. 

[Τελέδημος Κλέωνος, Ὑπερείδης Καλλαίσχρου, Νικόμαχος 
Διοφάντου μαρτυροῦσι Δημοσθένει καὶ ἐπωμόσαντο ἐπὶ τῶν 
στρατηγῶν εἰδέναι Αἰσχίνην ᾿Ατρομήτου Κοθωκίδην συνερχό- 
μενον νυκτὸς εἰς τὴν Θράσωνος οἰκίαν καὶ κοινολογούμενον 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





> ’; aA / > 

Avagive, ὃς ἐκρίθη εἶναι κατάσκοπος παρὰ Φιλίππου. αὗται 
> ,ὔ ε ’, ἄγον ,ὔ ε “ , ε 
ἀπεδόθησαν αἱ μαρτυρίαι ἐπὶ Νικίου, ἑκατομβαιῶνος τρίτῃ iora- 


pevov. | ; 


Μυρία τοίνυν ἕτερ᾽ εἰπεῖν ἔχων περὶ αὐτοῦ 
, QA A 9 ¥ ὌΝ 
παραλείπω. καὶ γὰρ οὕτω πως EXEL. πολλὰ ἂν 
Se eee , ¥ A - a ee ae 
ἐγὼ ἔτι τούτων ἔχοιμι δεῖξαι, ὧν οὗτος κατ᾽ ἐκεί- 
νους τοὺς χρόνους τοῖς μὲν ἐχθροῖς ὑπηρετῶν ἐμοὶ 
> 5 , ε 4 J 5» 5 , “ 3 
δ᾽ ἐπηρεάζων εὑρέθη. ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τίθεται ταῦτα παρ 
ὑμῖν εἰς ἀκριβῆ μνήμην οὐδ᾽ ἣν προσῆκεν ὀργήν, 
ἀλλὰ δεδώκατε ἔθει τινὶ φαύλῳ πολλὴν ἐξουσίαν 
τῷ βουλομέ ὃν λέ Ἵ ὧν ὑμῖν συμφερόν- 
ῷ βουλομένῳ τὸν λέγοντά τι τῶν VAL μφερό 
των ὑποσκελίζειν καὶ συκοφαντεῖν, τῆς ἐπὶ ταῖς 
λοιδορίαις ἡδονῆς καὶ χάριτος τὸ τῆς πόλεως 
’ὕ 5» - 4 4 wee A 5 
συμφέρον ἀνταλλαττόμενοι" διόπερ ῥᾷόν ἐστι 
καὶ ἀσφαλέστερον ἀεὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑπηρετοῦντα 
᾿ ~ “ἡ A e A ε “ ε , ’ 
μισθαρνεῖν ἢ τὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἑλόμενον τάξιν 
πολιτεύεσθαι. 
Καὶ τὸ μὲν δὴ πρὸ τοῦ πολεμεῖν φανερῶς συν- 
αγωνίζεσθαι Φιλίππῳ δεινὸν μέν, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί, 
lal A » Ν A / 4, > > 
πῶς yap οὖ; κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος: δότε δ᾽, εἶ 
βούλεσθε, δότε αὐτῷ τοῦτο. ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ φανερῶς 
Ἂν Ν A 9 , , . ὅ A 
ἤδη τὰ πλοῖα ἐσεσύλητο, Χερρόνησος ἐπορθεῖτο, 
5 A A 5 QA ΡῚ 4 > σ 5 43 5 
ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν ἐπορεύεθ ἄνθρωπος, οὐκέτ᾽ ἐν 
3 4, Ἀ ’ > 5 be , 
ἀμφισβητησίμῳ τὰ πράγματα ἣν ἀλλ᾽ ἐνεστήκει 
πόλεμος, ὅ τι μὲν πώποτ᾽ ἔπραξεν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ὁ 
, ε δ, > , 5 “ἡ » ὃ Ὁ“ 
βάσκανος οὑτοσὶ ἰαμβειογράφος, οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι OE 
29> ¥ » A ¥ > »¥ , 
Eat, οὐδ᾽ ἔστιν οὔτε μεῖζον ovT ἔλαττον ψήφισμα 


63 


μι 


48 


139 


64 


140 


AHMOS®ENOTS 





OX 3 4 ε ~ la 
οὐδὲν Αἰσχίνῃ ὑπὲρ τῶν συμφερόντων τῇ πόλει" 
> “ ~~ + “ 
εἰ δέ φησι, νῦν δειξάτω ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ὕδατι. ἀλλ᾽ 
4 τὰν 2Q7 ΄ κε Ὡς ἜΑ ὦ , 
οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδέν. καίτοι δυοῖν αὐτὸν ἀνάγκη θά- 
x A κι 

τερον ἢ μηδὲν τοῖς πραττομένοις ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ τότ᾽ 
» > > ~A Ν YA Ν Ay? ν 
ἔχοντ ἐγκαλεῖν μὴ γράφειν παρὰ ταῦθ᾽ ἕτερα, 
“ἡ Ν “A > A la “ Ἀ 4 
ἢ τὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν συμφέρον ζητοῦντα μὴ φέρειν 
εἰς μέσον τὰ τούτων ἀμείνω. 

Φ to 

Ap οὖν οὐδ᾽ ἔλεγεν, ὥσπερ οὐδ᾽ ἔγραφεν, 
Ἐπὰν 3 , , / 4 > \ > 
ἡνίκα ἐργάσασθαΐ τι δέοι κακόν; ov μὲν οὖν 
> > ~~ δὶς ὦ Ἁ 4, Ν »¥ Ν , 
ἣν εἴπειν ἑτέρῳ. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα καὶ φέρειν 
ro ’ θ᾽ ε » ε ’ Ν ΤΑ ΞΟ, ΑΝ 
novvall , ὡς ἔοικεν, ἢ πόλις καὶ ποιῶν οὗτος λαν- 

’ὔ ἃ > > ἥν: 3, 3 Aw 
θάνειν: ἕν δ᾽ ἐπεξειργάσατο, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 
τοιοῦτον, ὃ πᾶσι τοῖς προτέροις ἐπέθηκε τέλος - 





“ a bd 4 “ 
113. Ταύτης τῆς ἀρᾶς καὶ τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῆς μαντείας γενο- 
, 3 ΄ μ᾿ Ν A ε Ν i, “ 
μένης, ἀναγεγραμμένων ἔτι Kat νῦν, ot Λοκροὶ ot ᾿Αμφισσεῖς, 
/ “ » 
μᾶλλον δὲ of προεστηκότες αὐτῶν, ἄνδρες παρανομώτατοι, ἐπειρ- 
΄ Ν ’ Ἀ Ν [4 Ν > 4 ‘ > ’ 
γάζοντο τὸ πεδίον, καὶ τὸν λιμένα τὸν ἐξάγιστον καὶ ἐπάρατον 
/ > / \ ΄ Ἀ [4 Ν / 5 " 
πάλιν ἐτείχισαν καὶ συνῴκισαν, καὶ τέλη τοὺς καταπλέοντας ἐξέ- 
a / 
λεγον, καὶ τῶν ἀφικνουμένων εἰς Δελφοὺς πυλαγόρων ἐνίους χρή- 
μασι διέφθειραν, ὧν εἷς ἦν Δημοσθένης. 114. χειρυτονηθεὶς 
Ν © a? Ca / ΄ ’, ὃ ‘ Ν “ 
γὰρ id ὑμῶν πυλαγόρας λαμβάνει δισχιλίας δραχμὰς παρὰ τῶν 
3 , gree a ld , ἈΝ ΠΕΣ ἡ > an 3? 
Αμφισσέων ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδεμίαν μνείαν περὶ αὑτῶν ἐν τοῖς ᾿Αμφι- 
κτύοσι ποιήσασθαι. διωμολογήθη δ᾽ αὐτῷ καὶ εἰς τὸν λοιπὸν 
ε 
’, 5 > ’ “~ 3 ων , al » 
χρόνον ἀποσταλήσεσθαι ᾿Αθήναζε τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἑκάστου μνᾶς εἴκο- 
- ΄ - A 
σι τῶν ἐξαγίστων Kal ἐπαράτων χρημάτων, ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε βοηθήσειν τοῖς 
“ > 
᾿Αμφισσεῦσιν ᾿Αθήνησι κατὰ πάντα τρόπον: 116. ᾿Εξηγγέλλετο 
δ᾽ ceca Ν ra , » > ὃ ΄ tal aN 4 
ἡμῖν παρὰ τῶν βουλομένων εὔνοιαν ἐνδείκνυσθαι τῇ πόλει, ὅτι 
“a lad Ν 
οἱ ᾿Αμφισσεῖς ὑποπεπτωκότες τότε καὶ δεινῶς θεραπεύοντες τοὺς 
Θηβαίους εἰσέφερον δόγμα κατὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας πόλεως, πεντή- 
“-“ nw ΄“ > a 
κοντα ταλάντοις ζημιῶσαι τὸν δῆμον τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων, ὅτι χρυσᾶς 
5 4 3 ,ὔ Ν Ν Ν Ά, % > ’ Ν 
ἀσπίδας ἀνέθεμεν πρὸς τὸν καινὸν νεὼν πρὶν ἐξειργάσθαι, καὶ 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





Ν a Ν ‘ 5 ’ὔ ’ὔ Ν ~ 
περὶ ov τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀνάλωσε λόγους, τὰ τῶν 
᾿Αμφισσέων τῶν Λοκρῶν διεξιὼν δόγματα, ὡς 

4 > ν ’ὕ Ἂν > > “ ’ 5 
διαστρέψων τἀληθές. τὸ δ᾽ οὐ τοιοῦτόν ἐστι" 
’ 3 7 > > ΓΑ \ > “Ὁ 4 
πόθεν; οὐδέποτ᾽ ἐκνίψῃ σὺ τἀκεῖ πεπραγμένα 

σαυτῷ" οὐχ οὕτω πολλὰ ἐρεῖς. 

Καλῶ δ᾽ ἐναντίον ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 

Ψ 
τοὺς θεοὺς ἅπαντας καὶ πάσας, ὅσοι τὴν χώραν 
ἔχουσι τὴν ᾿Αττικήν, καὶ τὸν ᾿Απόλλω τὸν Πύ- 
θιον, ὃς πατρῴῳός ἐστι τῇ πόλει, καὶ ἐπεύχομαι 
κι A a ΕΝ 
πᾶσι τούτοις, εἰ μὲν ἀληθῆ πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἴποιμι 

ἊΨ, ΤῊΝ Ν 43> 24% > om , 9 A 
καὶ εἶπον καὶ τότ᾽ εὐθὺς ἐν τῷ δήμῳ, OTE πρῶτον 
εἶδον τουτονὶ τὸν μιαρὸν τούτου τοῦ πράγματος 


ἄπ ἢ » , 522 ΕἾ > , 
ἁπτόμενον (ἔγνων yap, εὐθέως ἔγνων), εὐτυχίαν 





3 Ψ' Ν a oF ςς 3 a ro / ‘ 

ἐπεγράψαμεν TO προσῆκον ἐπίγραμμα “᾿Αθηναῖοι ἀπὸ Μήδων καὶ 
΄, “ 9 ΄ “0 ; 27 ᾽) , 

Θηβαίων ὅτε τἀναντία τοῖς “EXAnow ἐμάχοντο." Μεταπεμψά- 

δὲ ον, ξύν ΄ 5 ἐ7 3 NO A > Ν ὃ Ν 

μενος δ᾽ ἐμὲ ὁ ἱερομνήμων ἠξίου εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον καὶ 
> -“ 4 > 7 ε A “ ’ὔ Ἀ 4. Ss 

εἰπεῖν τι πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αμφικτύονας ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ αὐτὸν 

7 “4 I I "A / ὃ ,ὔ x , Ν θ ες 
οὕτω προῃρημένον. 7. Ἀρχομένου δέ μου λέγειν καὶ προθυ 
7 , 9 , > Ν ,ὔ ral »” , 

μότερόν πως εἰσεληλυθότος εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, τῶν ἄλλων πυλαγό- 

τ ὧν “ 
ρων μεθεστηκότων, ἀναβοήσας τις τῶν ᾿Αμφισσέων, ἄνθρωπος 
lal ’ὔ 
ἀσελγέστατος καΐ, ὡς ἐμοὶ ἐφαίνετο, οὐδεμιᾶς παιδείας μετεσχη- 
/ [4 

Kos, ἴσως δὲ καὶ δαιμονίου τινὸς ἐξαμαρτάνειν αὐτὸν προαγομένου, 
4 a 951 

“ ἀρχὴν δέ ye,” ἔφη, “ ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, εἰ ἐσωφρονεῖτε, οὐδ᾽ ἂν 

nw nr ao ~ , 

ὠνομάζετε τοὔνομα τοῦ δήμου τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἐν ταῖσδε ταῖς ἡμέ- 

> nw « π΄. an ΄ 
pais, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐναγεῖς ἐξείργετ᾽ ἂν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ." 118. “Apa δὲ 
δι Ὁ a a / 4 a ε , δ ὍΝ 

ἐμέμνητο τῆς τῶν Φωκέων συμμαχίας, ἣν ὃ Κρώβυλος ἐκεῖνος 
+ a n / “7s 

ἔγραψε, καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ καὶ δυσχερῆ κατὰ τῆς πόλεως διεξήει 

4 > » an , 7 

λέγων, ἃ ἐγὼ οὔτε τότ᾽ ἐκαρτέρουν ἀκούων οὔτε νῦν ἡδέως μέμνη- 

Lal , > ΄“ 

μαι αὐτῶν. ἀκούσας δὲ οὕτω παρωξύνθην ὡς οὐδεπώποτ᾽ ἐν τῷ 

ἐμαυτοῦ βίῳ. καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους λόγους ὑπερβήσομαι: ἐπῆλθε 

n n ἴω > / Ν 

δ᾽ οὖν μοι ἐπὶ τὴν γνώμην μνησθῆναι τῆς τῶν ᾿Αμφισσέων περὶ 

5 


65 


ἧς 
141 


66 


142 


AHMOS®ENOTS 





ὃ la Ἀ ’ 5 " Ν » aK 
μοι δοῦναι Kal σωτηρίαν, εἰ δὲ πρὸς ἔχθραν ἣ 
’ 2Q7 9 > ee > / ’ ἴω 
φιλονεικίας ἰδίας ἕνεκ᾽ αἰτίαν ἐπάγω τούτῳ ψευδῆ, 
πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνόνητόν με ποιῆσαι. 
Τί οὖν ταῦτ᾽ ἐπήραμαι καὶ διετεινάμην οὑτωσὶ 
ὃ nw 9 4 > 3» > ΄“ ’ὕ 
σφοδρῶς; ὅτι γράμματ᾽ ἔχων ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ 
΄ > a ee eT , A εν δὲ ΤΗΝ 
κείμενα, ἐξ ὧν ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιδείξω σαφῶς, καὶ ὑμᾶς 
εἰδὼς τὰ πεπραγμένα μνημονεύσοντας, ἐκεῖνο φο- 
βοῦμαι, μὴ τῶν εἰργασμένων αὐτῷ κακῶν ὑπολη- 
φθῃ οὗτος ἐλάττων: ὅπερ πρότερον συνέβη, ὅτε 
\ “a 4, 3 ’ 3 ’ὔ 
τοὺς ταλαιπώρους Φωκέας ἐποίησεν ἀπολέσθαι 





Ν a ὃ: ε SS 3 ’, Ν > 40 ε Ν 3 ΄, a 
τὴν γὴν τὴν ἱερὰν ἀσεβείας, καὶ αὐτόθεν ἑστηκὼς ἐδείκνυον τοῖς 
3 , ε ΄ Ν \ κω) / Oe ad Ἂς 
Αμφικτύοσιν (ὑπόκειται γὰρ τὸ Κιρραῖον πεδίον τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ 
μὴ > ΄ TH δὲ 3 ’ ς , Ko ε Ν 
ἔστιν εὐσύνοπτον). 124. Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ Κόττυφος ὃ τὰς 

΄ lal 3 
γνώμας ἐπιψηφίζων ἐκκλησίαν ἐποίει τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων - ἐκκλη- 
Ν Ν 
σίαν γὰρ ὀνομάζουσιν, ὅταν μὴ μόνον τοὺς πυλαγόρους καὶ τοὺς 
Ν 
ἱερομνήμονας συγκαλέσωσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς συνθύοντας καὶ χρω- 

7 Qn ~~ ΕἸ asf? ΕἿΣ Ν ἈΝ > 7&7 a > 

μένους TO Oecd. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἤδη πολλαὶ μὲν ἐγίγνοντο τῶν “Ap- 
> > “ 
φισσέων κατηγορίαι, πολὺς δ᾽ ἔπαινος ἦν κατὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας 

/ ’ὔ Ν ἣ a ’ὔ’ ’ 9 Ν ε 

πόλεως - τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λόγου ψηφίζονται ἥκειν τοὺς ἱερο- 
“ a ’ 

μνήμονας πρὸ τῆς ἐπιούσης πυλαίας ἐν ῥητῷ χρόνῳ εἰς Πύλας, 

+ ’ 7 4 , e? a ε Ν - 

ἔχοντας δόγμα, καθ᾽ ὅ τι δίκην δώσουσιν οἱ ᾿Αμφισσεῖς ὑπὲρ ὧν 

3 Ν x Ν Ν a Ν ε Ἀ Ν Ν 3 , 5. 7 
εἰς τὸν θεὸν καὶ THY γῆν τὴν ἱερὰν καὶ τοὺς Apdixrvovas ἐξή- 

bid ee io / 5 ’ (δ... ΑΝ ε Ν Ἁ 
μαρτον. ὅτι δὲ ἀληθῆ λέγω, ἀναγνώσεται ὑμῖν ὃ γραμματεὺς τὸ 

’ 
ψήφισμα. 

ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


125. Τοῦ δόγματος τούτου ἀποδοθέντος ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ βουλῇ 
καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ τὰς πράξεις ἡ ἡμῶν ἀποδεξαμένου 
τοῦ δήμου καὶ τῆς πόλεως πάσης προαιρουμένης εὐσεβεῖν, καὶ 
Δημοσθένους ὑπὲρ τοῦ μεσεγγυήματος τοῦ ἐξ ᾿Αμφίσσης ἀντι- 
λέγοντος καὶ ἐμοῦ φανερῶς ἐναντίον ὑμῶν ἐξελέγχοντος, ἐπειδὴ 
- nw a Ν Ψ' ΄ 3 > 4 [οἱ 5 
ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ τὴν πόλιν ἅνθρωπος οὐκ ἐδύνατο σφῆλαι, εἰσελ- 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 67 





ἴω ΥΣ, ᾿ 3 
τὰ ψευδῆ δεῦρ᾽ ἀπαγγείλας. τὸν yap ἐν ᾽Αμ- 143 
ἣν 
φίσσῃ πόλεμον, δὲ ὃν εἰς ᾿Ελάτειαν ἦλθε Φίλιπ- 
Ν + ἃ ε / “a > / e 4, 
πος καὶ Ov ὃν ἠρέθη τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων ἡγεμών, 
aA © 
ds ἅπαντ᾽ ἀνέτρεψε τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, οὗτός ἐστιν 
ἣν , a ee aA 
ὁ συγκατασκευάσας Kal πάντων εἷς ἀνὴρ τῶν 
μεγίστων αἴτιος κακῶν. καὶ τότ᾽ εὐθὺς ἐμοῦ δια- 
“A a Φ 7 
μαρτυρομένου καὶ βοῶντος ἐν TH ἐκκλησίᾳ 
5 ’ ’ 
λεμον εἰς τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν εἰσάγεις, Αἰσχίνη, πόλε- 
3 ’, 3) ε Ν 3 λ ’ 
μον ᾿Αμφικτυονικὸν ᾿ οἱ μὲν ἐκ παρακλήσεως 
, > 5 λέ ε δ᾽ 20 4 
συγκαθήμενοι οὐκ εἴων με λέγειν, οἱ ἐθαύ- 


ce 


, 
ΤΟ- 





θὲ > Ἂς ’ Ν , ‘\ id , > , 
wv εἰς TO βουλευτήριον καὶ μεταστησάμενος τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἐκφέ- 
4 > Ἀ 3 ’ὔ Ν Ἁ “ / 
ρεται προβούλευμα eis τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, προσλαβὼν τὴν τοῦ ypd- 
ψαντος ἀπειρίαν: 126. τὸ δ᾽ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 
'διεπράξατο ἐπιψηφισθῆναι καὶ γενέσθαι δήμου ψήφισμα ἤδη 
ἐπαναστάσης τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἀπεληλυθότος ἐμοῦ, οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε 
4 Ν la a 
ἐπέτρεψα, Kal τῶν πολλῶν δὲ ἀφειμένων - οὗ τὸ κεφάλαιόν ἐστι 
Wee ΄ ” , ene , 
“ τὸν ἱερομνήμονα,᾽ φησί, “ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων καὶ τοὺς πυλαγόρους 
Ν Ν “ ’ 
τοὺς ἀεὶ πυλαγοροῦντας πορεύεσθαι εἰς Πύλας καὶ εἰς Δελφοὺς 
> a / , ε Ν na 5 , 3) » a a 
ἐν τοῖς τεταγμένοις χρόνοις ὑπὸ τῶν προγόνων,᾽" εὐπρεπῶς γε TO 
3. 3 Ν ἊΝ 5 ΡΞ , Ν > Ν ΄ 
ὀνόματι, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἔργῳ αἰσχρῶς - κωλύει γὰρ εἰς τὸν σύλλογον 
‘\ , a ‘\ , a 
τὸν ἐν ἸΠύλαις ἀπαντᾶν, ὃς ἐξ ἀνάγκης πρὸ τοῦ καθήκοντος ἔμελλε 
/ ‘a A lal 
χρόνου γίγνεσθαι. 127. καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ψηφίσματι πολὺ 
Ν Ψ \ 
Kal σαφέστερον καὶ πικρότερον σύγγραμμα γράφει “TOY LEpo- 
, ᾽ν , “ " 
μνήμονα,᾽" φησί, “ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων καὶ τοὺς πυλαγόρους τοὺς ἀεὶ 
~ δ al lal 
πυλαγοροῦντας μὴ μετέχειν τοῖς ἐκεῖ συλλεγομένοις μήτε λόγων 
’ + Va na Ν 
μήτε ἔργων μήτε δογμάτων μήτε πράξεως μηδεμιᾶς." τὸ δὲ μὴ 
μετέχειν τί ἐστι; πότερα τἀληθὲς εἴπω ἢ τὸ ἥδιστον ἀκοῦσαι ; 
\ 9 λ θὲ τ σὰ τα Ν Ν PAN \ ε ὃ Ν X / ε Ν Ν 
τὸ ἀληθὲς ἐρῶ: τὸ γὰρ ἀεὶ πρὸς ἡδονὴν λεγόμενον οὑτωσὶ τὴν 
7 7 na to nr 2 \ « lal ε 
πόλιν διατέθεικεν. οὐκ ἐᾷ μεμνῆσθαι τῶν ὅρκων, OVS ἡμῶν οἱ 
/ “ “ “ “a “ 
πρόγονοι ὥμοσαν, οὐδὲ τῆς ἀρᾶς οὐδὲ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ μαντείας. 
128. Ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, κατεμείναμεν διὰ τοῦτο τὸ 


68 AHMOS@OENOTS 





Ν Ν Φ' τῷ Ν Ἁ 3Q7 » 
μαζον καὶ κενὴν αἰτίαν διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἔχθραν 
3 ’ ε / > “A 4 a - 4 
144 ἐπάγειν με ὑπελάμβανον αὐτῷ. ἥτις δ᾽ ἡ φύσις, 
ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, γέγονε τούτων τῶν πραγμά- 
των, καὶ τίνος εἵνεκα ταῦτα συνεσκευάσθη καὶ 
πῶς ἐπράχθη, νῦν ὑπακούσατε, ἐπειδὴ τότε ἐκω- 
Ν Ν oy “ 
λύθητε: καὶ γὰρ εὖ πρᾶγμα συντεθὲν ὄψεσθε, καὶ 
’ 5 4 θ Ν ε , “ nw 
μεγάλα ὠφελήσεσθε πρὸς ἱστορίαν τῶν κοινῶν, 
Ἂ τὰ y, > > os ’ 4 
καὶ ὅση δεινότης ἦν ἐν τῷ Φιλίππῳ, θεάσεσθε. 
> A Ν A 
145 Οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πρὸς ὑμᾶς πολέμου πέρας οὐδ᾽ 
Ν 4 
ἀπαλλαγὴ Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους καὶ Θεττα- 
‘\ 3 Ἀ ’ὔ “~ ’ > Ν ’ 
λοὺς ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει: ἀλλὰ καίπερ 
/ Ν »ὉἉἍ ἴω “A ἴω 
ἀθλίως καὶ κακῶς τῶν στρατηγῶν τῶν ὑμετέρων 
πολεμούντων αὐτῷ ὅμως ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πολέμου 
καὶ τῶν λῃστῶν μυρία ἔπασχε κακά. οὔτε γὰρ 
5 / ~~ ‘gf ~ 4 ’ 5 ,ὕ » 5 
ἐξήγετο τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας γιγνομένων οὐδέν, οὔτ 
Sal a Ὁ κ᾽ yay. > 5 as A , 
146 εἰσήγετο ὧν ἐδεῖτ᾽ αὐτῷ - Hv δὲ οὔτ᾽ ἐν TH θαλάτ- 
/ , ε “ ¥ 3 > Ν 3 ‘\ > 
τῇ τότε κρείττων ὑμῶν, OUT εἰς τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν ἐλ- 
sie Ν , ~ > ἔς ᾽’ 
θεῖν δυνατὸς μήτε Θετταλῶν ἀκολουθούντων μήτε 





ψήφισμα, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ᾿Αμφικτύονες συνελέγησαν εἰς Πύλας 
Ν a / ζω πιο » γϑ ἃ » »” 44)? ε 

πλὴν μιᾶς πόλεως, ἧς ἐγὼ οὔτ᾽ ἂν τοὔνομα εἴποιμι, μήθ᾽ αἱ συμ- 
φοραὶ παραπλήσιοι γένοιντο αὐτῆς μηδενὶ τῶν “Ἑλλήνων. καὶ 
, 3 ’ > , ree Ν 3 / ‘ 
συνελθόντες ἐψηφίσαντο ἐπιστρατεύειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ᾿Αμφισσέας, καὶ 
κ 9 , \ ΄, κ ΄ N ΄ 
στρατηγὸν εἵλοντο Kotrudov τὸν Φαρσάλιον τὸν τοτε τὰς γνώ- 
μας ἐπιψηφίζοντα, οὐκ ἐπιδημοῦντος ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ Φιλίππου, 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι παρόντος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν Σκύθαις οὕτω μακρὰν 
4. ΔΛ ἃ a=. , , , , ε > N 
GmovTos* ὃν αὐτίκα μάλα τολμήσει λέγειν Δημοσθένης ws ἐγὼ 
ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπήγαγον. 129. Καὶ παρελθόντες τῇ πρώτῃ 


’ὔ Ν / / > [4 »“ 9 a > A 
στρατείᾳ καὶ μάλα μετρίως ἐχρήσαντο τοῖς Αμφισσεῦσιν - ἀντὶ 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





Θηβαίων διιέντων: συνέβαινε δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ πο- 
’ ~ ‘ ε ’ 3 ε ΄ἮΝ, 3 
λέμῳ κρατοῦντι τοὺς ὁποιουσδήποθ᾽ ὑμεῖς ἐξε- 
πέμπετε στρατηγούς (ἐῶ γὰρ τοῦτό γε) αὐτῇ τῇ 
φύσει τοῦ τόπου καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἑκατέροις 

ma > Ν > “ ἰδί A > ¥ θ x 
κακοπαθεῖν. εἰ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκ᾽ ἔχθρας ἢ 
τοὺς Θετταλοὺς ἢ τοὺς Θηβαίους συμπείθοι βαδί- 

972 ¢ A 90739 ἃ e va ΄, Sy: 
few ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, οὐδέν᾽ ἂν ἡγεῖτο προσέξειν αὑτῷ 
Ἂς ~ XN Ν Ν 3 ,’ Ν ’ 
τὸν νοῦν" ἐὰν δὲ τὰς ἐκείνων κοινὰς προφάσεις 
ν ε Ν ε 2 2 » Ν ν 
λαβὼν ἡγεμὼν αἱρεθῇ, ῥᾷον ἤλπιζε τὰ μὲν παρα- 
iy “~ 
κρούσεσθαι Ta δὲ πείσειν. τί οὖν ; EMLXELPEL, 
θεάσασθ᾽ ὡς εὖ, πόλεμον ποιῆσαι τοῖς ᾿Αμφι- 
’ Ν Ν Ν, ’ 4 > Ν 
κτύοσι καὶ περὶ τὴν Πυλαίαν ταραχήν" εἰς γὰρ 
Af)? > \ > Ν εὖ ’ὔ ε A , 
ταῦθ᾽ εὐθὺς αὐτοὺς ὑπελάμβανεν αὑτοῦ δεήσε- 
σθαι. εἰ μὲν τοίνυν τοῦτο ἢ τῶν παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ 
πεμπομένων ἱερομνημόνων ἢ τῶν ἐκείνου συμ- 
μάχων εἰσηγοῖτό τις, ὑπόψεσθαι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐνό- 
μιζε καὶ τοὺς Θηβαίους καὶ τοὺς Θετταλοὺς καὶ 
πάντας φυλάξεσθαι, ἂν δ᾽ ᾿Αθηναῖος ἢ καὶ παρ᾽ 





γὰρ τῶν μεγίστων ἀδικημάτων χρήμασιν αὐτοὺς ἐζημίωσαν, καὶ 
ταῦτ᾽ ἐν ῥητῷ χρόνῳ προεῖπον τῷ θεῷ καταθεῖναι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν 
ἐναγεῖς καὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων αἰτίους μετεστήσαντο, τοὺς δὲ Su 
εὐσέβειαν φυγόντας κατήγαγον. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὔτε τὰ χρήματα 
ἐξέτινον τῷ θεῷ τούς τ᾽ ἐναγεῖς κατήγαγον καὶ τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς 
κατελθόντας διὰ τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων ἐξέβαλον, οὕτως ἤδη τὴν δευ- 
τέραν ἐπὶ τοὺς ᾿Αμφισσέας στρατείαν ἐποιήσαντο, πολλῷ χρόνῳ 
ὕστερον, ἐπανεληλυθότος Φιλίππου ἐκ τῆς ἐπὶ τοὺς Σκύθας στρα- 
τείας, τῶν μὲν θεῶν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τῆς εὐσεβείας ἡμῖν παραδεδω- 
κότων, τῆς δὲ Δημοσθένους δωροδοκίας ἐμποδὼν γεγενημένης. 


69 


147 μα, 


148 


70 AHMOS®@ENOTS 





ὑμῶν τῶν ὑπεναντίων ὁ τοῦτο ποιῶν, εὐπόρως λή- 
σειν" ὅπερ συνέβη. πῶς οὖν ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίησεν ; 
149 μισθοῦται τουτονί. οὐδενὸς δὲ προειδότος, οἶμαι, 
Ν an 2Q\ , 9 ¥ ζ 
τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐδὲ φυλάττοντος, ὥσπερ εἴωθε τὰ 
lal > resp 7 Ν / 
τοιαῦτα Tap ὕμιν γίγνεσθαι, προβληθεὶς πυλά- 
a ee 
yopos οὗτος Kal τριῶν ἢ τεττάρων χειροτονη- 
’ > Ν > 4 ε XA A ~ , 
σάντων αὐτὸν ἀνερρήθη. ὡς δὲ τὸ τῆς πόλεως 
ἀξίωμα λαβὼν ἀφίκετο εἰς τοὺς ᾿Αμφικτύονας, 
’ Ss S43 Ν Ν Ν ἄξονα 4.1.9 - 
πάντα τἄλλ᾽ ἀφεὶς καὶ παριδὼν ἐπέραινεν ἐφ᾽ οἷς 
3 ’ XN /, > 7 Ν 7 
ἐμισθώθη, καὶ λόγους εὐπροσώπους καὶ μύθους, 
ὅθεν ἡ Κιρραία χώρα καθιερώθη, συνθεὶς καὶ 
Ν 3 ’ 3 ’ὔ’ ’ \ Ν / 
διεξελθὼν ἀνθρώπους ἀπείρους λόγων καὶ TO μέλ- 
150 λον οὐ προορωμένους, τοὺς ἱερομνήμονας, πείθει 
’ ΄ \ ’ ἃ ε Ν 3 
ψηφίσασθαι περιελθεῖν τὴν χώραν ἣν οἱ μὲν ᾿Αμ- 
φισσεῖς σφῶν αὐτῶν οὖσαν γεωργεῖν ἔφασαν, 
οὗτος δὲ τῆς ἱερᾶς χώρας ἠτιᾶτο εἶναι, οὐδεμίαν 
δίκην τῶν Λοκρῶν ἐπαγόντων ἡμῖν, οὐδ᾽ ἃ νῦν 
a J ’ὔ , > 3 “ , 
οὗτος προφασίζεται, λέγων οὐκ ἀληθῆ. γνώ- 
es | a 39 7, A ΕἾ lanl , 
σεσθε δ᾽ ἐκεῖθεν. οὐκ ἐνὴν ἄνευ Tov προσκαλέ- 
, lal A 4 Ν “ ’ 
σασθαι δήπου τοῖς Λοκροῖς δίκην κατὰ τῆς πό- 
λεως τελέσασθαι. τίς οὖν ἐκλήτευσεν ἡμᾶς ; 
we , > a ee Ν 3. ὃ aA > > 
ἀπὸ ποίας ἀρχῆς ; εἰπὲ τὸν εἰδότα, δεῖξον. ἀλλ 
> x » 5 Ἀ “~ ’ ’ 
οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις, ἀλλὰ κενῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ κατε- 
I5I χρῷ καὶ ψευδεῖ. περιιόντων τοίνυν τὴν χώραν 
A 5 , \ N ε , \ Σ , 
τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων κατὰ τὴν ὑφήγησιν τὴν \rov- 
του, προσπεσόντες οἱ Λοκροὶ μικροῦ κατηκόν- 
τισαν ἅπαντας, τινὰς δὲ καὶ συνήρπασαν τῶν 


ee, 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ STE®ANOT. 71 





ε ’ ε 3 ν 5 ’ὔ 9 ’ὔ 
ἱερομνημόνων. ὡς δ᾽ ἅπαξ ἐκ τούτων ἐγκλή- 
ἐν τ: 5! , Ν ἣν οἷν A 3 
ματα καὶ πολεβοὶ πρὸς τοὺς PETE ray 
ράχθη, τὸ ie πρῶτον ὃ Εάβξυθαν αὐτῶν τῶν 
᾿Αμφικτυόνων ἤγαγε δηραννάν, ὡς δ᾽ οἱ μὲν οὐκ 
ἦλθον, οἱ δ᾽ ἐλθόντες οὐδὲν ἐποίουν, εἰς τὴν ἐπι- 
οὔσαν Πυλαίαν ἐπὶ τὸν Φίλιππον εὐθὺς ἡγεμόνα 
ἦγον οἱ κατεσκευασμένοι καὶ πάλαι πονηροὶ τῶν 
Θετταλῶν καὶ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν. καὶ 152 
’ὔ 3 ’ > , “ἡ Ν 5 Ν 
προφάσεις εὐλόγους εἰλήφεσαν: ἢ yap αὑτοὺς 
3 ΄, Ν rg 4 » ὃ oO ἊΝ 
εἰσφέρειν καὶ ξένους τρέφειν ἔφασαν δεῖν. καὶ 
ζημιοῦν τοὺς μὴ ταῦτα ποιοῦντας, ἢ ἐκεῖνον al- 
ρεῖσθαι. τί δεῖ τὰ πολλὰ λέγειν; ἡρέθη γὰρ 
3 4 ε 4 Ν Ν cee J > , ’ 
ἐκ τούτων ἡγεμών. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ εὐθέως δύ- 
ναμιν συλλέξας καὶ παρελθὼν ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν Κιρ- 
’ 5 “Ὁ ’, Ν 2 Ν 
ραΐαν, ἐρρῶσθαι φράσας πολλὰ Κιρραίοις καὶ 
Λοκροῖς, τὴν ᾿Ελάτειαν καταλαμβάνει. εἰ μὲν 153 
οὖν μὴ μετέγνωσαν εὐθέως, ὡς τοῦτ᾽ εἶδον, οἱ 
Θηβαῖοι καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐγένοντο, ὥσπερ χειμάρ- 
ρους ἂν ἅπαν τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα εἰς τὴν πόλιν 
3 ’ ~ \ 4 > > ’, 3 ’ 3 
εἰσέπεσεν: νῦν δὲ τό γ᾽ ἐξαίφνης ἐπέσχον \av- 
be > a) \ ’, , 3" » > “ 
τὸν ἐκεῖνοι, μάλιστα μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 
θεῶν τινὸς εὐνοίᾳ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, εἶτα μέντοι, καὶ 
9 
ὅσον καθ᾽ ἕνα avdpa, καὶ dv ἐμέ. Δὸς δέ μοι 
τὰ δόγματα ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς χρόνους ἐν οἷς EKa- 
στα πέπρανεται, ἵν ν ἰδῆτε ἡλίκα φράγματα ζ) 
μιαρὰ κεράλη ταράξασα αὕτη δίκην οὐκ ἔδωκεν. 
λέγε μοι τὰ δόγματα. 


72 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΈΝΟΥΣ 





AOTMATA ΑΜΦΙΚΤΎΟΝΩΝ, 


δ , , a “ 

154 [Ἐπὶ ἱερέως Κλειναγόρου, ἐαρινῆς Πυλαίας, ἔδοξε τοῖς πυλα- 
, Ν a ΄ a > “ a a 
γόροις καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων Kal τῷ κοινῷ τῶν 

3 ’ Ν > a 

Αμφικτυόνων, ἐπειδὴ ᾿Αμφισσεῖς ἐπιβαίνουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἱερὰν 
΄ Ἀ / Ἁ / nw 

χώραν καὶ σπείρουσι καὶ βοσκήμασι κατανέμουσιν, ἐπελθεῖν 
Ν / \ Ν / a 

τοὺς πυλαγόρους καὶ τοὺς συνέδρους, καὶ στήλαις διαλαβεῖν 
Ἀ o Ν 3 “ “ > ne. a “ Ν 

τοὺς ὄρους, καὶ ἀπειπεῖν τοις Αμφισσεῦσι τοῦ λοιποῦ μὴ 


4 
ἐπιβαίνειν. | 


ETEPON AOTMA. 


Se /, / a “- 

155 [Ἐπὶ ἱερέως Κλειναγόρου, ἐαρινῆς Πυλαίας, ἔδοξε τοῖς πυλα- 
’ὔ \ ΄- / lal > a ΄ “ 
γόροις καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων καὶ τῷ κοινῷ τῶν 

3 Ψ ΄ 

Αμφικτυόνων, ἐπειδὴ οἱ ἐξ ᾿Αμφίσσης τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν κατα- 

νειμάμενοι γεωργοῦσι καὶ βοσκήματα νέμουσι, καὶ κωλυόμενοι 
a nn ΕἸ “ 7 ’ Ν Ν a ε 

τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις παραγενόμενοι, τὸ κοινὸν τῶν Ελ- 

4 
λήνων συνέδριον κεκωλύκασι μετὰ Bias, τινὰς δὲ καὶ TeTpav- 
’ Ν Ν Ν ε / lal > / ’ὔ 
ματίκασιν, τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν ῃρημένον τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων Κότ- 
“ ’ὔ Ν 

τυφον τὸν ᾿Αρκάδα πρεσβεῦσαι πρὸς Φίλιππον τὸν Μακεδόνα, 
A 5 ἑ a ΄ , a > / Ν “ > 4 ἐν 

καὶ ἀξιοῦν ἵνα βοηθήσῃ τῷ τε ᾿Απόλλωνι καὶ τοῖς Αμφικτύο 

/ -“ “- > 

σιν, ὅπως μὴ περιίδῃ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ᾿Αμφισσέων τὸν θεὸν 

πλημμελούμενον - καὶ διότι αὐτὸν στρατηγὸν αὐτοκράτορα ai- 
n ε ΄ ε ,ὔ “ ’ὔ ΄“ > 

ροῦνται ot Ἕλληνες of μετέχοντες τοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν “Ap- 


φικτυόνων.] 


Λέγε δὴ καὶ τοὺς Wee ἐν οἷς ταῦτ᾽ ἐγί- 
γνετο" εἰσὶ γὰρ καθ᾽ οὗς ἐπυχαγόρησεν, οὗτος. 
λέγε. — 
XPONOI. 

[Ἄρχων Μνησιθείδης, μηνὸς ἀνθεστηριῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δε- 
κάτῃ.] 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





\ Ν \ 3 Ν Ψ ε 3 ε , 
Ads δὴ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἣν, ὡς οὐχ ὑπήκουον 
ε ass ἜΡΙΣ ΕΣ τῇ \ δ > , 
ot Θηβαῖοι, πέμπει πρὸς τοὺς ev Πελοποννήσῳ 
, ε ΄,ὕ “49 9 50 αὶ ἀπ vA 
συμμάχους ὁ Φίλιππος, ἵν εἰδῆτε καὶ ἐκ ταύτης 
A Ψ Ν 4 > σι , “ , 
‘cadas ὅτι THY μὲν ἀληθῆ πρόφασιν τῶν πραγμά- 
eben a) oo Ν Ν ς , 
TOV, τὸ ταῦτ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν “Ἑλλάδα καὶ τοὺς Θηβαίους 
ἴω x Ν Ν 
καὶ ὑμᾶς πράττειν, ἀπεκρύπτετο, κοινὰ δὲ καὶ 
A > vA / τὰ lal 
τοῖς ᾿Αμφικτύοσι δόξαντα ποιεῖν προσεποιεῖτο " 
ε Ν Ν 5 A , Ἂν Ν ’ 
ὁ δὲ τὰς ἀφορμὰς ταύτας καὶ τὰς προφάσεις 


Ὅν Ὁ ~/ Ν “Ὁ > 4 
αὐτῷ παρασχὼν οὗτος ἢν. λέγε. 


ἘΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ. 


[Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος Πελοποννησίων τῶν ἐν τῇ 
, “ ὃ an \ “ ἐδ \ cal »” 
συμμαχίᾳ τοῖς δημιουργοῖς καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 
, “ ’ ΕΣ Ν Ἁ ε 4 > or 
συμμάχοις πᾶσι χαίρειν. ἐπειδὴ Λοκροὶ οἱ καλούμενοι Οζό- 
lal > , “ Ν lal 
Aa, κατοικοῦντες ἐν Αμφίσσῃ, πλημμελοῦσιν εἰς TO ἱερὸν τοῦ 
> “~ A 
Απόλλωνος τοῦ ἐν Δελφοῖς καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν ἐρχόμενοι μεθ᾽ 
[7 -“ 4 n “a” > nan nw 
ὅπλων λεηλατοῦσι, βούλομαι τῷ θεῷ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν βοηθεῖν καὶ 
3 , Ν ’, , a 3 > , > lal 
ἀμύνασθαι τοὺς παραβαίνοντάς τι τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐσεβῶν - 
Ψ a Ν a Lid > Ν / + 3 
ὥστε συναντᾶτε μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων εἰς τὴν Φωκίδα, ἔχοντες ἐπισι- 
Ν “ ΄, lal a ΄ 
τισμὸν ἡμερῶν τεσσαράκοντα, τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος μηνὸς λῴου, ὡς 
ε “ » > “ Qn , 
ἡμεῖς ἄγομεν, ὡς δὲ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, βοηδρομιῶνος, ὡς δὲ Κορώϑθιοι, 
/ “ lal 
πανέμου. τοῖς δὲ μὴ συναντήσασι πανδημεὶ χρησόμεθα, τοῖς 


δὲ συμβούλοις ἡμῖν κειμένοις ἐπιζημίοις. εὐτυχεῖτε.] 


Ὁρᾶθ᾽ ὅτι φεύγει τὰς ἰδίας προφάσεις, εἰς δὲ 
τὰς ᾿Αμφικτυονικὰς καταφεύγει. τίς οὖν ὁ ταῦτα 
συμπαρασκευάσας αὐτῷ; τίς ὁ τὰς προφάσεις 
ταύτας ἐνδούς; τίς ὁ τῶν κακῶν τῶν γεγενημέ- 
νων μάλιστα αἴτιος; οὐχ οὗτος; μὴ τοίνυν 


73 


156 


157 


158 


74 τ AHMOS@ENOTS 





λέγετε, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, περιιόντες ὡς ὑφ᾽ 
pees on , ee \ 9 , > 
ἑνὸς τοιαῦτα πέπονθεν ἡ “Ἑλλὰς ἀνθρώπου. οὐχ 
up ἑνός, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ πολλῶν καὶ πονηρῶν παρ᾽ 
εἰ τ» > A N , a a ec , ¢ 5 
I59 EKAOTOLS, ὦ YY και θεοί: ὧν εἰς OUVTOGL, OV, εἰ 
μηδὲν εὐλαβηθέντα τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν δέοι, οὐκ ἂν’ 
ὀκνήσαιμι ἔγωγε κοινὸν ἀλιτήριον τῶν μετὰ 
ταῦτα ἀπολωλότων ἁπάντων εἰπεῖν, ἀνθρώπων, 
τόπων, πόλεων: ὁ γὰρ τὸ σπέρμα παρασχών, 
οὗτος τῶν φύντων κακῶν αἴτιος. ὃν ὅπως ποτὲ 
οὐκ εὐθὺς ἰδόντες ἀπεστράφητε, θαυμάζω: πλὴν 
πολύ τι σκότος, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐστὶ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν πρὸ 
» 5 A 
τῆς ἀληθείας. 
160 Συμβέβηκε τοίνυν μοι τῶν κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος 
τούτῳ πεπραγμένων ἁψαμένῳ εἰς ἃ τούτοις ἐναν- 
, Ἐς. ’ὔ aE ha, ἃ 
τιούμενος αὐτὸς πεπολίτευμαι ἀφιχθαι: ἃ πολ- 
λῶν μὲν ἕνεκ᾽ ἂν εἰκότως ἀκούσαιτέ μου, μά- 
λιστα δ᾽ ὅτι αἰσχρόν ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 
εἰ ἐγὼ μὲν τὰ ἔργα τῶν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν πόνων ὑπέ 
ς ἴω δὲ δὲ Ν ’ὔ 5 “ > , 
μεινα, ὑμεῖς δὲ μηδὲ τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν ἀνέξεσθε. 
ε nw A 5 XA 4 A ἈΝ A ε lanl 
τό: ὁρῶν yap ἐγὼ Θηβαίους, σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς 
wn Ἀ 
ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ Φιλίππου φρονούντων καὶ διεφθαρ- 
’ 5 ε ͵ὕὔ a Ἀ > 5 ͵ὔ 
μένων παρ᾽ ἑκατέροις ὃ μὲν ἦν ἀμφοτέροις φοβε- 
ρὸν καὶ φυλακῆς πολλῆς δεόμενον, τὸ τὸν Φίλιπ- 
sa“ > , aw A 5 A 5 
πον ἐᾶν αὐξάνεσθαι, παρορῶντας καὶ οὐδὲ καθ 
A 4 5 » A A A 
ev φυλαττομένους, εἰς ἔχθραν δὲ καὶ τὸ προσ- 
4 5 ᾽ὔ ε ? 5» σ wn 
κρούειν ἀλλήλοις ἑτοίμως ἔχοντας, ὅπως τοῦτο 
nw \ » 
μὴ γένοιτο παρατηρῶν διετέλουν, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ͂. 





75 


ἐμαυτοῦ γνώμης μόνον ταῦτα συμφέρειν ὕὑπολαμ- 


βάνων, ἀλλ᾽ εἰδὼς ᾿Αριστοφῶντα καὶ πάλιν Ev- 
, Ν , / ἴω 

βουλον πάντα τὸν χρόνον βουλομένους πρᾶξαι 
ταύτην τὴν φιλίαν, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολλάκις 
ἀντιλέγοντας τοῦθ᾽ ὁμογνωμονοῦντας ἀεί. οὗς 
σὺ ζῶντας μέν, ὦ κίναδος, κολακεύων TApyKo- 
hovers, τεθνεώτων δ᾽ οὐκ αἰσθάνει κατηγορῶν " 
ἃ ‘\ \ / > ~ > / > / Ἀ 
ἃ γὰρ περὶ Θηβαίων ἐπιτιμᾷς ἐμοί, ἐκείνων πολὺ 
μᾶλλον ἢ ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖς, τῶν πρότερον ἢ ἐγὼ 
ταύτην τὴν συμμαχίαν δοκιμασάντων. ἀλλ᾽ 
3 A > 4 A Ν 5 > ’ὔ / 
ἐκεῖσε ἐπάνειμι, ὅτι τὸν ἐν ᾿Αμφίσσῃ πόλεμον 
τούτου μὲν ποιήσαντος, συμπεραναμένων δὲ τῶν 
»” wn ~ 5 ἴω Ν Ν / 
ἄλλων τῶν συνεργῶν αὐτῷ THY mpos Θηβαίους 
ἔχθραν, συνέβη τὸν Φίλιππον ἐλθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, 
οὗπερ ἕνεκα τὰς πόλεις οὗτοι συνέκρουον, καὶ 
3 ἣν , 4 > 5 “ ~ “ἡ 
εἰ μὴ προεξανέστημεν μικρόν, οὐδ᾽ ἀναλαβεῖν ἂν 
ἠδυνήθημεν " οὕτω μέχρι πόρρω προήγαγον οὗτοι 
ἌΡ Ως ἢ » θ > @ δ᾽ εὺ y+ Ν Ν 5 / 
τὴν ἔχθραν. ἐν ois ἦτε ἤδη τὰ πρὸς ἀλλή- 
λους, τουτωνὶ τῶν ψηφισμάτων ἀκούσαντες καὶ 

~ » ᾿ nw 
τῶν ἀποκρίσεων εἴσεσθε. Καί μοι λέγε ταῦτα 
λαβών. 

2 VHOISMATA. 

[Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Ἣ ροπύθου, μηνὸς ἐλαφηβολιῶνος ἕκτῃ φθί- 
νοντος, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης ᾿Ερεχθηίδος, βουλῆς καὶ στρατη- 
γῶν γνώμῃ, ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος ἃς μὲν κατείληφε πόλεις τῶν 
ἀστυγειτόνων, τινὰς δὲ πορθεῖ, κεφαλαίῳ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν 
παρασκευάζεται παραγίγνεσθαι, παρ᾽ οὐδὲν ἡγούμενος τὰς TLE 


/, Ν 
τέρας συνθήκας, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους λύειν ἐπιβάλλεται καὶ τὴν 


62 


μι 


163 


164 


76 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





ν. ὦ ’ Ν Ν / ’, “ “ \ 
εἰρήνην, παραβαίνων τὰς κοινὰς πίστεις, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ 
τῷ ὃ , -- / € ὸ a: oN / B 7 > ΄“ ὃ λέξ 

» δήμῳ πέμπειν πρὸς αὑτὸν πρέσβεις, οἵτινες αὐτῷ διαλέξονται 
καὶ παρακαλέσουσιν αὐτὸν μάλιστα μὲν τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὁμό- 

ὃ lal Ν Ν θ ΄ > δὲ 4 Ν Ν ’ 
νοιαν διατηρεῖν καὶ τὰς συνθήκας, εἰ δὲ μή, πρὸς τὸ βουλεύ- 
σασθαι δοῦναι χρόνον τῇ πόλει καὶ τὰς ἀνοχὰς ποιήσασθαι 
μέχρι τοῦ θαργηλιῶνος μηνός. ἡρέθησαν. ἐκ βουλῆς Σῖμος 
᾿Αναγυράσιος, Εὐθύδημος Φλυάσιος, Βουλαγόρας ᾿Αλωπεκῆθεν.] 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


Ν 5᾿ ε ΞΖ Ν cal [2 \ , 
165 [Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Ἡροπύθου, μῆνος μουνυχίῶνος EVN καὶ νέᾳ, 


166 


πολεμάρχου γνώμῃ, ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος εἰς ἀλλοτριότητα OnBai- 
ovs πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐπιβάλλεται καταστῆσαι, παρεσκεύασται δὲ καὶ 
παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς τοὺς ἔγγιστα τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς παρα- 
’ ’ “ a 
γίγνεσθαι τόπους, παραβαίνων τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὑπαρχούσας αὐτῷ 
συνθήκας, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ πέμψαι πρὸς αὐτὸν 
κήρυκα καὶ πρέσβεις, οἵτινες ἀξιώσουσι καὶ παρακαλέσουσιν 
a ἃ 4 Ν 3 4 4 > / ε lol 
αὐτὸν ποιήσασθαι τὰς ἀνοχάς, ὅπως ἐνδεχομένως ὁ δῆμος Bov- 
λεύσηται: καὶ γὰρ νῦν οὐ κέκρικε βοηθεῖν ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν με- 
τρίων. ἡρέθησαν ἐκ βουλῆς Νέαρχος Σωσινόμου, ἸΤολυκράτης 
Ἐπίφρονος, καὶ κῆρυξ Εὔνομος ᾿Αναφλύστιος ἐκ τοῦ δήμου. 


Λέγε δὴ καὶ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις. 


ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙῚΣ ΑΘΗΝΑΙΟΙ͂Σ. 


ῖ ’ a “ Ν ΄-“ 
[Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος ᾿Αθηναίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ 
a Ν “ ν 
δήμῳ χαίρειν. ἣν μὲν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς εἴχετε πρὸς ἡμᾶς αἵρεσιν, οὐκ 
A “ / / 
ἀγνοῶ, καὶ τίνα σπουδὴν ποιεῖσθε προσκαλέσασθαι βουλόμενοι 
7 > ΄“ 
Θετταλοὺς καὶ Θηβαίους, ἔτι δὲ καὶ Βοιωτούς - βέλτιον δ᾽ αὐτῶν 
ηβαίους, 

, \ ἈΝ ᾽ὔ $29 ee , a) Ν ε a 
φρονούντων Kat μὴ βουλομένων ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν ποιήσασθαι THY ἑαυτῶν 
/ / “ nm 
αἵρεσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ συμφέρον ἱσταμένων, viv ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς 


9 ΄ eee , 7, \ , 6 a 
ἀποστείλαντες UPELS προς με πρέσβεις και κήρυκα συννήηκων 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 77 





, Ν Ν 3 Ν CHE 6 3 OX Ὁ, ἀφ΄ τὸς 
μνημονεύετε καὶ τὰς ἀνοχὰς αἰτεῖσθε, κατ᾽ οὐδὲν ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν πε- 
/ / , a 
πλημμελημένοι. ἐγὼ μέντοι ἀκούσας τῶν πρεσβευτῶν συγκατα- 

a) / a ν , 
τίθεμαι τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις Kal ἕτοιμός εἶμι ποιεῖσθαι τὰς 
3 - ἢ »” Ν 3 3 θῶς λ / e a / 
ἀνοχάς, ἄν περ τοὺς οὐκ ὀρθῶς συμβουλεύοντας ὑμῖν παραπέμ- 


ψαντες τῆς προσηκούσης ἀτιμίας ἀξιώσητε. ἔρρωσθε. 


ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙῚΣ ΘΗΒΑΙΟΙ͂Σ. 
[Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος Θηβαίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ 167 


δήμῳ χαίρειν. ἐκομισάμην τὴν Tap ὑμῶν ἐπιστολήν, dU ἧς μοι 
τὴν ὁμόνοιαν καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην ἀνανεοῦσθε. πυνθάνομαι μέντοι 
διότι πᾶσαν ὑμῖν ᾿Αθηναῖοι προσφέρονται φιλοτιμίαν βουλό- 
μενοι ὑμᾶς συγκαταίνους γενέσθαι τοῖς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν παρακαλουμέ- 
vols. πρότερον μὲν οὖν ὑμῶν κατεγίγνωσκον ἐπὶ τῷ μέλλειν 
πείθεσθαι ταῖς ἐκείνων ἐλπίσι καὶ ἐπακολουθεῖν αὐτῶν τῇ προ- 
αἱρέσει. νῦν δ᾽ ἐπιγνοὺς ὑμᾶς τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐζητηκότας ἔχειν 
εἰρήνην μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς ἑτέρων ἐπακολουθεῖν γνώμαις, ἥσθην καὶ 
μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ κατὰ πολλά, μάλιστα δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ βουλεύ- 
σασθαι περὶ τούτων ἀσφαλέστερον καὶ τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔχειν ἐν 
εὐνοίᾳ - ὅπερ οὐ μικρὰν ὑμῖν οἴσειν ἐλπίζω ῥοπήν, ἐάν περ ἐπὶ 


ταύτης μένητε τῆς προθέσεως. ἔρρωσθε. 


ι[“ΖΟὕτω διαθεὶς ὁ Φίλιππος τὰς πόλεις πρὸς ἀλ- 168 
λήλας διὰ τούτων, καὶ τούτοις ἐπαρθεὶς τοῖς ψη- 
φίσμασι καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν, ἧκεν ἔχων τὴν 
δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ᾿Ελάτειαν κατέλαβεν, ὡς οὐδ᾽ 
ἂν εἴ τι γένοιτο ἔτι συμπνευσάντων ἂν ἡμῶν καὶ 
τῶν Θηβαίων. ἀλλὰ μὴν τὸν τότε συμβάντα ἐν 
τῇ πόλει θόρυβον ἴστε μὲν ἅπαντες, μικρὰ δ᾽ 
ἀκούσατε ὅμως αὐτὰ τἀναγκαιότατα. 

Ἑσπέρα μὲν γὰρ ἦν, ἧκε δ᾽ ἀγγέλλων τις ὡς τόρ 


78 AHMOX@ENOTS 





Q , e > , Ἁ 
τοὺς πρυτάνεις ὡς “Edareva κατείληπται. καὶ 
A a ε ἈΝ 5 \ > ’ \ 
μετὰ ταῦτα οἱ μὲν εὐθὺς ἐξαναστάντες μεταξὺ 
nw al can) Use A sy 
δειπνοῦντες TOUS T EK TOV σκηνῶν τῶν κατὰ τὴν 
oo > 4 e 
ἀγορὰν ἐξεῖργον καὶ τὰ γέρρα ἐνεπίμπρασαν, οἱ 
δὲ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς μετεπέμποντο καὶ τὸν σαλ- 
4 5 e 
πιγκτὴν ἐκάλουν, καὶ θορύβου TANS ἣν ἡ πόλις. 
an > ε 4 9 aw e 4 ε A 
Τῇ ὃ ὑστεραίᾳ Apa τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οἱ μὲν πρυτάνεις 
τὴν βουλὴν ἐκάλουν εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον, ὑμεῖς δ᾽ 
> A 5» 4 5 ᾽ὔ ἈΝ A 5 4 
εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐπορεύεσθε, Kal πρὶν ἐκείνην 
χρηματίσαι καὶ προβουλεῦσαι πᾶς ὁ δῆμος ἄνω 
-70 καθῆτο. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ὡς ἦλθεν ἡ βουλὴ καὶ 
ἀπήγγειλαν οἱ πρυτάνεις τὰ προσηγγελμένα ἕαυ- 
τοῖς καὶ τὸν ἥκοντα παρήγαγον κἀκεῖνος εἶπεν, 
δ \ ε A ee, > ΄ ΄ ” 
ἠρώτα μὲν ὁ κῆρυξ τίς ἀγορεύειν βούλεται ; 
4 5 5 , 4 A n - 5» 
παρῇει δ᾽ οὐδείς. πολλάκις δὲ τοῦ κήρυκος ἐρω- 
A 5 Ν [οἱ | ee ol ᾿] 5 Ψ ε , 
τῶντος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἀνίστατ᾽ οὐδείς, ἁπάντων 
μὲν τῶν στρατηγῶν παρόντων, ἁπάντων δὲ τῶν 
ῥητόρων, καλούσης δὲ τῆς κοινῆς πατρίδος φωνῆς 
+ 5 cant 5 ε A 4 A , ε nw 
τὸν ἐροῦνθ᾽ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας: ἣν yap ὃ κῆρυξ 
κατὰ τοὺς νόμους φωνὴν ἀφίησι, ταύτην κοινὴν 
~ 4 ,ὕὔ 4 5» ε »“ 4 5 
171 τῆς πατρίδος δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἡγεῖσθαι. καίτοι εἰ 
\ A Lal \ ὔ x 
μὲν τοὺς σωθῆναι τὴν πόλιν βουλομένους παρελ- 
θεῖν ἔδει, πάντες ἂν ὑμεῖς καὶ ot ἄλλοι ᾿Αθη- 
“ 5 , 5 A Ν ~ 5 7 4 
ναῖοι ἀναστάντες ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα ἐβαδίζετε: πάντες 
yap old ὅτι σωθῆναι αὐτὴν ἐβούλεσθε: εἰ δὲ 
τοὺς πλουσιωτάτους, οἱ τριακόσιοι: εἰ δὲ τοὺς 
> , wn A ὟΝ» ἴω / A 
9. ἀμφότερα ταῦτα, καὶ εὔνους τῇ πόλει καὶ πλου" 


7 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





͵7 e A “~ A ’ὔ 5 ’ 3 
σίους, οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα τὰς μεγάλας ἐπιδόσεις ἐπι- 
, ἣν Ν 5 ’ὕ Ἀ 4 ~ > 3 ’ὔ 
δόντες ‘| καὶ γὰρ εὐνοίᾳ καὶ πλούτῳ τοῦτ᾽ ἐποίη- 

Ἂς > e »Ὰ 5 “a ε Ν A e 

σαν. ἀλλ᾽ ws ἔοικεν, ἐκεῖνος ὁ καιρὸς .καὶ ἡ 
e ’ὔ’ 5 7 5 / + A 4 » 

ἡμέρα ἐκείνη οὐ μόνον εὔνουν καὶ πλούσιον av- 
9 β > Ν Ν , wn 

dpa ἐκάλει, ἀλλὰ Kal παρηκολουθηκότα τοῖς 
’ὔ > 5 “~ Ν ’ὕ 5 ~ 

πράγμασιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ συλλελογισμένον ὀρθῶς 

, Ψ a ΦΨ ε ’ Ἀ 4 
Tivos ἕνεκα ταῦτ᾽ ἔπραττεν ὃ Φίλιππος Kat τί Bov- 
hopevos: ὁ γὰρ μὴ ταῦτ᾽ εἰδὼς μηδ᾽ ἐξητακὼς 


΄ Bg ee > ¥> 93 , a 
πόρρωθεν, οὔτ᾽ εἰ εὔνους ἣν OUT εἰ πλούσιος, Ov- 
“Sev μᾶλλον ἤμελλεν ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν εἴσεσθαι οὐδ᾽ 


A 9 , Δ 
ὑμῖν ἕξειν συμβουλεύειν. ἐφάνην τοίνυν οὗτος 
3 3 ΄ ἊΝ ἃ ΄, =e hg Ν Ν V2 > 
ἐν ἐκείνῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ ἐγώ, καὶ παρελθὼν εἶπον εἰς 

“ 9 a“ YY > 
ὑμᾶς, ἅ μου δυοῖν ἕνεκ᾽ ἀκούσατε προσσχόντες 
Ν A εν ΄, 97> 320A Ψ ΄, A , 
τὸν νοῦν, ἑνὸς μέν, ἵν᾿ εἰδῆτε ὅτι μόνος τῶν λεγόν- 


Ν / 2. . NS Ν aA > / / 
των καὶ πολιτευομένων ἐγὼ τὴν τῆς εὐνοίας τάξιν 


79 


172 


173 


ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς οὐκ ἔλιπον, ἀλλὰ Kal λέγων καὶ 


γράφων ἐξηταζόμην τὰ δέονθ᾽ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν αὐ- 


nw ~ lal ε 4 4 Y ἧς 5 , 
τοῖς τοῖς φοβεροῖς, ἑτέρου δέ, ὅτι μικρὸν avadd- 
σαντες χρόνον πολλῷ πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς πάσης 
πολιτείας ἔσεσθ᾽ ἐμπειρότεροι. εἶπον τοίνυν ὅτι 
“ τοὺς μὲν ὡς ὑπαρχόντων Θηβαίων Φιλίππῳ λίαν 
θορυβουμένους ἀγνοεῖν τὰ παρόντα πράγμαθ᾽ 
ε A = \ 30.» ὦ 9 nn? Y > 7 
ἡγοῦμαι: εὖ yap οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, εἰ τοῦθ᾽ οὕτως ἐτύγ- 

+ 3 ΓΝ ees 3 ’ 3 3 / 
χανεν ἔχον, οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν ἠκούομεν ἐν ᾿᾿λατείᾳ 
»» 3 3 + ὕΨῸΣ ΄ ε la ε ’ὔ ν 4 
οντα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις OPLOLS. OTL μέντοι 
at: BI ὦ la Ν > 4 4 ~ 
ἵν᾿ ἕτοιμα ποιήσηται Ta ἐν Θήβαις ἥκει, σαφῶς 


πο Le eit A > ΄ ΄ 
ἐπίσταμαι. ὡς δ᾽ exe, ἔφην, “ταῦτα, ἀκούσατέ 


174 


175 


80 


176 


AHMOSOENOTS 





> wn ° “ἡ nw , 4 
μου. ἐκεῖνος ὁσους ἢ πεῖσαι χρήμασι Θηβαίων 
aR A “A ν 
ἢ ἐξαπατῆσαι ἐνῆν, ἅπαντας εὐτρέπισται, τοὺς δ᾽ 
ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ἀνθεστηκότας αὐτῳ καὶ νῦν ἐναντιου- 

, 5 nw “ ’ὔ ’ > , 
μένους οὐδαμῶς πεῖσαι δύναται. τί οὖν βούλε- 

A 4. ν᾽ ΝῚ 5 ,ὕἅ 4 
Tal, καὶ τίνος EVEKA τὴν Ἐλάτειαν κατείληφεν ; 

’ὔ δύ ὃ / Ν , Ν 7 
πλησίον δύναμιν εἴξας καὶ παραστῆσας τὰ ὅπλα 

Ἀ an σι A An 
τοὺς μὲν ἑαυτοῦ φίλους ἐπᾶραι Kal θρασεῖς ποιῆ- 

A δ᾽ 5 4 ἴω ΘΑ Ὁ “ἃ 
σαι, τοὺς ἐναντιουμένους καταπλῆξαι, ἵν᾽ ἢ 
4 4 A w~ 5 5 4 
συγχωρήσωσι φοβηθέντες ἃ νῦν οὐκ ἐθέλουσιν, 
“ἃ θῶ > >" , , > 
ἢ βιασθῶσιν. εἰ μὲν τοίνυν προαιρησόμεθ 
δ τὰν ὩΣ ον Ἵν τ κ᾿ , x , 
ἡμεῖς,". ἔφην, “ἐν τῷ παρόντι, εἴ TL δύσκολον 
πέπρακται Θηβαίοις πρὸς ἡμᾶς, τούτου μεμνῆ- 
A A A na An a 
σθαι Kat ἀπιστεῖν αὐτοῖς ὡς ἐν TH TOV ἐχθρῶν 
> , ἴων 5 Ν A x » / 
οὖσι μερίδι, πρῶτον μὲν ἃ ἂν εὔξαιτο Φίλιππος 
, > A Ν ’, 
ποιήσομεν, εἶτα φοβοῦμαι μὴ προσδεξαμένων 
τῶν νῦν ἀνθεστηκότων αὐτῳ καὶ μιᾷ, γνώμῃ πάν- 
Σ -» 5 ἈΝ 3 \ » 
των φιλιππισἄντων εἰς τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν ἐλθωσιν 
5 ’ὔὕ “ἡ ’ὕ a 3 > Ν A Ν 
ἀμφότεροι. ἂν μέντοι πεισθῆτ᾽ ἐμοὶ καὶ πρὸς 
A - 9 \ εἶ a ΝΟ ΝΣ x 
τῷ σκοπεῖν ἀλλὰ μὴ φιλονεικεῖν περὶ ὧν ἂν 
iis 
λέγω γένησθε, οἶμαι καὶ τὰ δέοντα λέγειν δό- 


Ν Ν 5 ’, ’ “Ὁ ,ὕ ὃ 
ἕειν και τον ἐφεστηκότα κίνδυνον ΤΊ) πόλει ὃια- 


’ ’ὔ > “A A \ Ν 
177 λύσειν. τί οὖν φημι δεῖν; πρῶτον μὲν τὸν 


παρόντα ἐπανεῖναί φόβον, εἶτα μεταθέσθαι καὶ 
φοβεῖσθαι πάντας ὑπὲρ Θηβαίων. πολὺ γὰρ 
τῶν δεινῶν εἰσιν ἡμῶν ἐγγυτέρω, καὶ προτέροις 
αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ὃ κίνδυνος " ἔπειτ᾽ ἐξελθόντας ᾿Ἐλευ- 


ade ὦ Ν 3 ε , Ν Ν ε , ὃ “ 
σϊνάδε Τους εν ἡλικίᾳ KQt τους LITTEAS εἴξαι 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





la ε “ > Ἀ 5 ν »» ν ἴω 
πᾶσιν ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὄντας, ἵνα τοῖς 
3 ΄ A δ κι τ ome Ε 
ἐν Θήβαις φρονοῦσι τὰ ὑμέτερα ἐξ ἴσου γένηται 
τὸ παρρησιάζεσθαι περὶ τῶν δικαίων, ἰδοῦσιν 
Ψ σ “ “ ’ὔ \ ’ὔ 
ὅτι, ὥσπερ τοῖς πωλοῦσι Φιλίππῳ τὴν πατρίδα 
πάρεσθ᾽ ἡ βοηθήσουσα δύναμις ἐν ᾿Ελατείᾳ, 
ν La) ε % “~ 5 , 5 4 
οὕτω τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι Bov- 
λομένοις ὑπάρχεθ᾽ ὑμεῖς ἕτοιμοι καὶ βοηθήσετ᾽, 
ἐάν τις ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς in. μετὰ ταῦτα χειροτονῆσαι 
κελεύω δέκα πρέσβεις, καὶ ποιῆσαι τούτους κυ- 


aA A Q an 
piovs μετὰ τῶν στρατηγῶν καὶ τοῦ πότε δεῖ 


“ al A 
βαδίζειν ἐκεῖσε καὶ τῆς ἐξόδου. ἐπειδὰν δ᾽ ἔλ- 
ε 4 > 4 “a ’ὔ 
θωσιν οἱ πρέσβεις εἰς Θήβας, πῶς χρήσασθαι 
τῷ πράγματι παραινῶ; τούτῳ πάνυ μοι προσέ- 
χετε τὸν νοῦν. μὴ δεῖσθαι Θηβαίων μηδέν (ai- 
σχρὸς γὰρ ὃ καιρός) ἀλλ᾽ ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι βοη- 
θήσειν, ἐὰν κελεύωσιν, ὡς ἐκείνων ὄντων ἐν τοῖς 
> ’, ε ~ \ », 5 A 
ἐσχάτοις, ἡμῶν δὲ ἄμεινον ἢ ᾿κεῖνοι προορωμέ- 
a) 3N\ \ ὃ , nA \ wn 
νων, ἵν ἐὰν μὲν δέξωνται ταῦτα Kat πεισθῶσιν 
ἡμῖν, καὶ ἃ βουλόμεθα ὦμεν διῳκημένοι καὶ μετὰ 
τροῦχήμοτὸξ ἀξίου τῆς πόλεως ταῦτα Ἡράφοημεν, 
ἐὰν δ᾽ ἄρα μὴ συμβῇ Ἐατατυχει, ἐκεῖνοι μὲν 
ἑαυτοῖς ἐγκαλῶσι», ἄν τι νῦν ἐξλμαρτάνωσης 
ἡμῖν δὲ μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν μηδὲ ταπεινὸν ἢ πεπραγ- 
’ ” A 
μένον. Ταῦτα καὶ παραπλήσια τούτοις εἰπὼν 
4 
κατέβην. συνεπαινεσάντων δὲ πάντων Kal οὐδε- 
Ν > ἴω 
νὸς εἰπόντος ἐναντίον οὐδὲν οὐκ εἶπον μὲν ταῦτα, 
> 
οὐκ ἔγραψα δέ, οὐδ᾽ ἔγραψα μέν, οὐκ ἐπρέσβευσα 
6 


SI 


178 


179 


$2 


AHMOS@ENOTS 





δέ, οὐδ᾽ ἐπρέσβευσα μέν, οὐκ ἔπεισα δὲ Θηβαί- 
> > > Ν a > “ ᾿Ξ, “A n 
ous: ἀλλ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τῆς τελευτῆς 
lal Ν 3», > 5» Ν ε “A ε Lal > 
διεξῆλθον, καὶ ἔδωκ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἁπλῶς εἰς 
\ ’ “~ 4 Ud A 
τοὺς περιεστηκότας TH πόλει κινδύνους. Kat 
4 ἊΝ 4 Ν , ’ 
μοι φέρε τὸ ψήφισμα τὸ τότε γενόμενον. 


, " 
180 Καίτοι τίνα βούλει σέ, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ τίνα ἐμαυ- 


Ν > ’ \ ε ΄ > ΄ ’ 3 
τὸν ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν εἶναι θῶ; βούλει ἐμαυ- 


ὝΕΣ, / a x Ν ὃ 4 Ν ὃ , 
δ᾽ 'τὸν μέν, ov ἂν σὺ λοιδορούμενος καὶ διασύρων 


Y | 


181 


’ὔ 3 ν Ν 
καλέσαις, Βάτταλον, σὲ δὲ μηδ᾽ ἥρωα τὸν τυ- 
/ > Ν 4 Ν ΄“ Ν “ la 
χόντα ἀλλὰ τούτων τινὰ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς, 
f x ΄ aA A > a 
Κρεσφόντην ἢ Κρέοντα ἢ ὃν ἐν Κολλυτῷ ποτε 

’ a ’ὔ / > 
Οἰνόμαον κακῶς ἐπέτριψας; τότε τοίνυν κατ 
3 ‘Gee Ν Ν ε Ἀ > Ν 4 ’ 
ἔκεινον τὸν καιρὸν oO ἸΠαιανιεὺς ἐγὼ Βάτταλος 

~ an 4 » x 
Οἰνομάου τοῦ Κοθωκίδου σοῦ πλείονος ἄξιος ὧν 
5 ’ὔ “~ (ὃ Ν la ὑδὲ iT) an 
ἐφάνην ΤΊ) πατρὶ l. Ov μεν YE OVOEV OU αμου 
εχ Ν , Ψ κι 
χρήσιμος ἦσθα: ἐγὼ δὲ πάντα, ὅσα προσῆκε 
’ » » Ν ᾽’ 
τὸν ἀγαθὸν πολίτην, €7 PATTOV. Aeye TO ψήφι- 

’ 

σμαὰ μοι. 
WHOISMA AHMOSHENOYS. 

[Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Ναυσικλέους, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Αἰωντίδος, 
σκιροφοριῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δέκα, Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους ΠΠαι- 
ανιεὺς εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος ὃ Μακεδόνων βασιλεὺς ἔν τε τῷ 
παρεληλυθότι χρόνῳ παραβαίνων φαίνεται τὰς γεγενημένας αὑτῷ 
συνθήκας πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αθηναίων δῆμον περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης, ὑπεριδὼν 
τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰ παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι νομιζόμενα εἶναι 
δίκαια, καὶ πόλεις παραιρεῖται οὐδὲν αὑτῷ προσηκούσας, τινὰς δὲ 
καὶ ᾿Αθηναίων οὔσας δοριαλώτους πεποίηκεν οὐδὲν προαδικηθεὶς 


a an ld ” - Ld eecA Ν 
ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου τοῦ ᾿Αθηναίων, ἔν τε τῷ παρόντι ἐπὶ πολὺ προ- 








ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ͂. 





83 


“ “ » / 
aye τῇ τε Bia καὶ τῇ ὠμότητι" καὶ yap “EAAnvidas πόλεις ἃς 182 


μὲν ἐμφρούρους ποιεῖ καὶ τὰς πολιτείας καταλύει, τινὰς δὲ καὶ 
ε 
ἐξανδραποδιζόμενος κατασκάπτει, εἰς ἐνίας δὲ καὶ ἀντὶ “ξλλήνων 
βαρβάρους κατοικίζει ἐπὶ τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τοὺς τάφους ἐπάγων, οὐδὲν 
> / “ + “ ε a , ΕΥ̓ “- , Ἀ 
ἀλλότριον ποιῶν οὔτε τῆς ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδος οὔτε τοῦ τρόπου, καὶ 
“-“ ἴω - / ’ὔ Δ 
τῇ νῦν αὑτῷ παρούσῃ τύχῃ κατακόρως χρώμενος, ἐπιλελησμένος 
“ lal / / / 
ἑαυτοῦ ὅτι ἐκ μικροῦ καὶ τοῦ τυχόντος γέγονεν ἀνελπίστως μέγας. 
ὶ ἕ ἐν πόλεις ἑώ ἥμενον αὐτὸν βαρβάρους καὶ 
καὶ ἕως μὲν πόλεις ἑώρα παραιρούμ, ρβάρ 
a > , Ν 
ἰδίας, ὑπελάμβανεν ἔλαττον εἶναι ὃ δῆμος 6 ᾿Αθηναίων τὸ εἰς 
“ a a ε / Ἀ Ν 
αὑτὸν πλημμελεῖσθαι - νῦν δὲ ὁρῶν “Ἑλληνίδας πόλεις τὰς μὲν 
ε ‘ / Ν » ee. 2 ‘ / ὃ Ν ε ~ Φ 
ὑβριζεμένας τὰς δὲ ἀναστάτους γιγνομένας, δεινὸν ἡγεῖται εἶναι 
bk “ lal , / Ν “ NY 9 
καὶ ἀνάξιον τῆς τῶν προγόνων δόξης τὸ περιορᾶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας 
/ Ν / a a Ν a / a? 
καταδουλουμένους. διὸ δέδοκται TH βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθη- 
ναΐων, εὐξαμένους καὶ θύσαντας τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ ἥρωσι τοῖς κατέ- 
\ , Sha him eS ΄ δ 26 θέ 
χουσι τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν τὴν ᾿Αθηναίων, καὶ ἐνθυμηθέντας 
a rn / “ a a 
τῆς TOV προγόνων ἀρετῆς, διότι περὶ πλείονος ἐποιοῦντο τὴν TOV 
adie 
Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίαν διατηρεῖν 7) τὴν ἰδίαν πατρίδα, διακοσίας 
lal 6 / ᾽ Ν θ ΄ . Ν Ν , 3 a“ 
ναῦς καθέλκειν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν καὶ τὸν ναύαρχον ἀναπλεῖν 
ς. κ᾿ a \ \ \ \ \ ” κ᾿ \ 
ἐντὸς Πυλῶν, καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ τὸν ἵππαρχον τὰς πεζὰς 
> a“ 
καὶ τὰς ἱππικὰς δυνάμεις ᾿Ελευσϊνάδε ἐξάγειν, πέμψαι δὲ καὶ 
3 ψ a 
πρέσβεις πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας, πρῶτον δὲ πάντων πρὸς 
la Ν ΔΝ bg > Ν ’ “ 3 / / 
Θηβαίους διὰ τὸ ἐγγυτάτω εἶναι τὸν Φίλιππον τῆς ἐκείνων χώρας, 
παρακαλεῖν δὲ αὐτοὺς μηδὲν καταπλαγέντας τὸν Φίλιππον ἀντέ- 
χεσθαι τῆς ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας, καὶ 
“ «eo. ’ὔ “ SOA a δ / / 
ὅτι ὁ ᾿Αθηναίων δῆμος, οὐδὲν μνησικακῶν εἴ τι πρότερον γέγονεν 
ἀλλότριον ταῖς πόλεσι πρὸς ἀλλήλας, βοηθήσει καὶ δυνάμεσι καὶ 
χρήμασι καὶ βέλεσι καὶ ὅπλοις, εἰδὼς ὅτι αὐτοῖς μὲν πρὸς ἀλλή- 
λους διαμφισβητεῖν περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας οὖσιν “Ἕλλησι καλόν, 
Ν an 
ὑπὸ δὲ ἀλλοφύλου ἀνθρώπου ἄρχεσθαι Kal τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀπο- 
a > an “ [ a 
στερεῖσθαι ἀνάξιον εἶναι καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἕ λλήνων δόξης καὶ τῆς 
τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς. ἔτι δὲ οὐδὲ ἀλλότριον ἡγεῖται εἶναι ὁ 


᾿Αθηναίων δῆμος τὸν Θηβαίων δῆμον οὔτε τῇ συγγενείᾳ οὔτε τῷ 


μὴ 


83 


184 


185 


186 


84 


AHMOZSOENOTS 





ε “λ 39 ’ δὲ Ν 3, lal ’ rat ε - 
ὁμοφύλῳ. ἀναμιμνήσκεται δὲ καὶ τὰς τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἑαυτοῦ 
3 Ν 4 ΄ 3 ΄ \ Ν Ν ε ΄ 
εἰς τοὺς Θηβαίων προγόνους εὐεργεσίας - καὶ γὰρ τοὺς Ἡ ρακλέ- 
Lal 3 4 ε Ν ’ “ la 
ovs παῖδας ἀποστερουμένους ὑπὸ Πελοποννησίων τῆς πατρῴας 
ἀρχῆς κατήγαγον, τοῖς ὅπλοις κρατήσαντες τοὺς ἀντιβαίνειν πει- 
, ~ ε 7 5 / Ν Ἀ 3907 \ Ν 
ρωμένους τοῖς Ἡρακλέους ἐκγόνοις, καὶ τὸν Οἰδίπουν καὶ τοὺς 


> wn 
μετ᾽ ἐκείνου ἐκπεσόντας ὑπεδεξάμεθα, καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ ἡμῖν 


187 ὑπάρχει φιλάνθρωπα καὶ ἔνδοξα πρὸς Θηβαίους - διόπερ οὐδὲ νῦν 


188 


ἀποστήσεται ὃ ᾿Αθηναίων δῆμος τῶν Θηβαίοις τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 
Ἕλλησι συμφερόντων. συνθέσθαι δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ συμ- 
μαχίαν καὶ ἐπιγαμίαν ποιήσασθαι καὶ ὅρκους δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν. 
πρέσβεις Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεύς, Ὑπερείδης Κλε- 
ἄνδρου Σφήττιος, Μνησιθείδης ᾿Αντιφάνους Φρεάρριος, Δημο- 
κράτης Σωφίλου Φλυεύς, Κάλλαισχρος Διοτίμου Κοθωκίδης.] 


“ Ν 
Αὕτη τῶν περὶ Θήβας ἐγίγνετο πραγμάτων 
> ἈΝ Ν ’ Ν Ν : > 
ἀρχὴ Kal κατάστασις πρώτη, TA πρὸ τούτων εἰς * 
A Ν “A ἈΝ > , “ 
ἔχθραν καὶ μῖσος καὶ ἀπιστίαν τῶν πόλεων ὑπη- 


’ ε Ν A “~ x 4 Ν ’ὔ’ 
γμένων UTO Τούῦτων. TOUTO TO ψήφισμα TOV ΤΟΤΕ 





ε > an ’ 
141. Ὁ δ᾽ εἰσάγων ἦν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς Θήβας καιρὸς καὶ φόβος 
Ἀ ’ 4 5 > » 4 > Ν 4 , 
καὶ χρεία συμμαχίας, ἀλλ᾽ ov Δημοσθένης, ἐπεὶ περί ye ταύτας 
Ν , ΄ Ν 7 ΄ , > ec a 3 
τὰς πράξεις τρία τὰ πάντων μέγιστα Δημοσθένης εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐξη- 
μάρτηκε, πρῶτον μέν, ὅτι Φιλίππου τῷ μὲν ὀνόματι πολεμοῦντος 
ὑμῖν, τῷ δ᾽ ἔ λὺ μᾶλλον μισοῦντος Θηβαίους, ὡς αὐτὰ τὰ 
μῖν, τῷ ργῳ πολὺ μᾶλλον μισοῦντος ς, ὡς 
’ / Ν / “ Ν ’ὔ / δῆς Ἂς ‘ 
πράγματα δεδήλωκε, καὶ τί δεῖ τὰ πλείω λέγειν; ταῦτα μὲν τὰ 
a a Ν 4 6 3 ’ ΄ δὲ λλ 
τηλικαῦτα τὸ μέγεθος ἀπεκρύψατο, προσποιησάμενος δὲ μέλλειν 
Ν 7 /, a) 3 Ν Ν ΄’΄ ἀλλὰ ὃ Ν Ν 
τὴν συμμαχίαν γενήσεσθαι οὐ διὰ τοὺς καιρούς, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὰς 
αὑτοῦ πρεσβείας πρῶτον μὲν συνέπεισε τὸν δῆμον 'μηκέτι βου- 
lal nn Ν / > 
Never Gar, 142. ἐπὶ τίσι det ποιεῖσθαι THY συμμαχίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγα- 
a 4 3 ΄, a Ν Ν μὴ Ν Ν 
πᾶν μόνον, εἰ γίγνεται, τοῦτο δὲ προλαβὼν ἔκδοτον μὲν τὴν Βοι- 
» “ > 4 / , > - ig 37 
ὠτίαν πᾶσαν ἐποίησε Θηβαίοις, γράψας ἐν τῷ ψηφίσματι, ἐάν τις 
“ ~ 9 “ “ 
ἀφιστῆται πόλις ἀπὸ Θηβαίων, βοηθεῖν ᾿Αθηναίους Βοιωτοῖς τοῖς 


3 


’ lad Ν [4 
ἐν Θήβαις, τοῖς ὀνόμασι κλέπτων καὶ μεταφέρων τὰ πράγματα, 


— oe 


Ἢ 
a 
ἢ 
; 
i 
μὲ 
ε 
© 





ΠΕΡῚ TOT YTEPANOT. 





lal 4, , ’ ~ 3 , 
τῇ πόλει περιστάντα κίνδυνον παρελθεῖν ἐποίη- 
σεν ὥσπερ νέφοςς ἦν μὲν τοίνυν τοῦ δικαίου 
πολίτου τότε δεῖξαι πᾶσιν, εἴ τι τούτων εἶχεν 
ΕΥ̓ Α nw > A ε Ν 4 N 
ἄμεινον, μὴ νῦν eTUTULAY.. ὁ yap σύμβουλος Kat 
ε ’ πον > Ν “ ¥ > Ν > ’ 

ὁ συκοφάντης, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲν ἐοικότες, 
ἐν τούτῳ πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων διαφέρουσιν: ὁ μέν 
γε πρὸ τῶν πραγμάτων γνώμην ἀποφαίνεται, καὶ 
δίδωσιν αὑτὸν ὑπεύθυνον τοῖς πεισθεῖσι, τῇ τύχῃ, 

“ A“ “~ B »ἕ 4 a ε δὲ 4 ε 22 
τῷ καιρῷ, τῷ βουλομένῳ: ὁ δὲ σιγήσας ἡνίκ 
ἔδει λέγειν, ἄν τι δύσκολον συμβῇ, τοῦτο βα- 
σκαίνει. ἦν μὲν οὖν, ὅπερ εἶπον, ἐκεῖνος ὁ και- 

Ν a , > Ν lal / \ 
pos Tod ye φροντίζοντος ἀνδρὸς τῆς πόλεως Kat 

~ / / > Ν Ν 4 ε \ 
τῶν δικαίων λόγων - ἐγὼ δὲ τοσαύτην ὑπερβολὴν 

lal σ “ἡ ἴω » “ γ- 4 
ποιοῦμαι, ὥστε ἂν νῦν ἔχῃ τις δεῖξαί τι βέλτιον, 





[2 Ἁ lal na 
ὥσπερ εἴωθεν, ὡς τοὺς Βοιωτοὺς ἔργῳ κακῶς πάσχοντας τὴν TOV 
ὀνομάτων σύνθεσιν τῶν Δημοσθένους ἀγαπήσοντας, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μᾶλ- 
3 e “ ’ 
λον ἐφ᾽ οἷς κακῶς πεπόνθεσαν ἀγανακτήσοντας - 143. δεύτερον 
δὲ cal > Ν aN > λ 4 Ν Ν ὃ ’ Cy δὲ εξ 
€ τῶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἀναλωμάτων τὰ μὲν δύο μέρη ὑμῖν ἀνέθη- 
ἐγ χ- 3 ΄ ε , ‘ Ν is / ΄, 
κεν, οἷς ἦσαν ἀπωτέρω οἱ κίνδυνοι, τὸ δὲ τρίτον μέρος Θηβαίοις, 
rt > 
δωροδοκῶν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστοις τούτων, Kal τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τὴν μὲν κατὰ 
/ 4 3 
θάλατταν ἐποίησε κοινήν, τὸ δ᾽ ἀνάλωμα ἴδιον ὑμέτερον, τὴν δὲ 
Ν “ 3 \ ~ ~ »* 
κατὰ γῆν, εἰ μὴ δεῖ ληρεῖν, ἄρδην φέρων ἀνέθηκε Θηβαίοις, ὥστε 
Ν ιν .κ / / 
παρὰ TOV γενόμενον πόλεμον μὴ κύριον γενέσθαι ΣΣτρατοκλέα TOV 
ε ,ὔὕ Ν a a “- 
ἡμέτερον στρατηγὸν βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῆς τῶν στρατιωτῶν σω- 
’ὔ Ν a? a 
Typias. 144. καὶ ταῦτ᾽ οὐκ ἐγὼ μὲν κατηγορῶ, ἕτεροι δὲ παρα- 
/ A rn A 
λείπουσιν, ἀλλὰ κἀγὼ λέγω καὶ πάντες ἐπιτιμῶσι Kal ὑμεῖς σύν- 
Ν 5 3 4g ΕἸ i μ᾿ / Ν , 
ιστε Kal οὐκ ὀργίζεσθε. ἐκεῖνο yap πεπόνθατε πρὸς Δημοσθένην" 
, EA 
συνείθισθε ἤδη τἀδικήματα τὰ τούτου ἀκούειν, ὥστε οὐ θαυμά- 
ζ δεῖ δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ᾽ ἀ iv καὶ ἴσθαι, εἰ χρὴ 
ετε. δεῖ δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγανακτεῖν καὶ τιμωρεῖσθαι, εἰ χρὴ 
ἣν XN “ ’ὔ a 3 
τὰ λοιπὰ τῇ πόλει καλῶς ἔχειν. 


190 


86 


191 


192 


193 


AHMOS@OENOTS 





x 9 » » 5 κα 4 @ 3 Ν ’,ὔ 

ἢ ὅλως εἰ τι ἀλλο ἐνῆν πλὴν ὧν ἐγὼ προειλόμην, 

" ~ ε ἴων 3 Ν » 3 ν “ a Δ 
ἀδικεῖν ὁμολογῶ. εἰ yap ἔσθ᾽ 6 τι τις νῦν ἑώρα- 
κεν, ὃ συνήνεγκεν ἂν τότε πραχθέν, τοῦτ᾽ ἐγώ 

“A > \ Ν a“ > \ 1 Ἦν» ’ὔ 
φημι δεῖν ἐμὲ μὴ λαθεῖν. εἰ δὲ μήτ᾽ ἔστι μήτε 
ἦν μήτ᾽ ἂν εἴπειν ἔχοι μηδεὶς μηδέπω καὶ τήμε- 
ρον, τί τὸν σύμβουλον ἐχρὴν ποιεῖν; οὐ τῶν 
φαινομένων καὶ ἐνόντων τὰ κράτιστα ἑλέσθαι ; 
τοῦτο τοίνυν ἐποίησα, τοῦ κήρυκος ἐρωτῶντος, 
Αἰσχίνη, “tis ἀγορεύειν βούλεται ;" οὐ “τίς 
αἰτιᾶσθαι περὶ τῶν παρεληλυθότων," οὐδὲ “τίς 
ἐγγυᾶσθαι τὰ μέλλοντ᾽ ἔσεσθαι." σοῦ δ᾽ ἀφώ- 
νου κατ᾽ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις 
΄ SMS \ » - 3 \ 3 > 
καθημένου ἐγὼ παριὼν ἔλεγον. ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ ov 
/ > \ “A A 3. ὃς , Δ 4 Ψ 3 
τότε, ἀλλὰ νῦν δεῖξον. εἰπὲ τίς ἢ λόγος, ὅντιν 
ἐχρὴν εὐπορεῖν, ἢ καιρὸς συμφέρων ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ 
͵ὕ ‘pig 7 / δὲ ’ ’ 
παρελείφθη τῇ πόλει; τίς δὲ συμμαχία, τίς 
πρᾶξις, ep ἣν μᾶλλον ἔδει με ἀγαγεῖν τουτουσί; 
᾿Αλλὰ μὴν τὸ μὲν παρεληλυθὸς ἀεὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν 

> a Ν tT) Ν Ν ’ (0 3 
ἀφεῖται, καὶ οὐδεὶς περὶ τούτου προτίθησιν οὐ- 
ἊΝ Ἄν ΤῈ ἑδ A 
δαμοῦ Bovryjv:/ τὸ δὲ μέλλον ἢ TO παρὸν THY τοῦ 
, “ 9 a , , N \ 
συμβούλου τάξιν ἀπαιτεῖ. τότε τοίνυν τὰ μὲν 
a a \ > » A 
ἤμελλεν, ὡς ἐδόκει, τῶν δεινῶν, τὰ ὃ ἤδη παρὴν, 

a ἴω ’ 
ἐν οἷς τὴν προαίρεσίν μου σκόπει τῆς πολιτείας, 

Ν \ Ν 
μὴ τὰ συμβάντα συκοφάντει. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πέρας, 
as ἂν ὃ δαί βουληθῇ, πάντων γίγνεται" ἡ 
ὡς ἂν. ὁ δαίμων βουληθῃ, γίγ ἢ 
“ 4 

δὲ προαίρεσις αὐτὴ THY τοῦ συμβούλου διάνοιαν 
ΝᾺ Ν \ la ε LOU > Ν An 53 
δηλοῖ. μὴ δὴ τοῦτο᾽ ὡς ἀδίκημα ἐμὸν θῇς, εἰ 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





κρατῆσαι συνέβη, Φιλίππῳ, τῇ μάχῃ ἐν γὰρ τῷ 
nee. , ΄ re ee. YM Rs 2\\> © > 
θεῷ τὸ τούτου τέλος HY, οὐκ ἐμοί. ἀλλ᾽ ὡς οὐχ 
΄σ [2 ἂν κα, ιν 8 ’ Ν ε ’ 
ἅπαντα ὅσα ἐνῆν κατ᾽ ἀνθρώπινον λογισμὸν εἷλό- 
μην, καὶ δικαΐως ταῦτα καὶ ἐπιμελῶς ἔπραξα καὶ 
, ei ὃ , » ¢ > Ν \ A 
φιλοπόνως ὑπὲρ δύναμιν, ἢ ὡς οὐ καλὰ Kal τῆς 
πόλεως ἄξια πράγματα ἐνεστησάμην καὶ ἀναγ- 
rn A A ; » 
Kata, ταῦτά μοι δεῖξον, Kal τότ᾽ ἤδη κατηγόρει 
μου. εἰ δ᾽ ὁ συμβὰς σκηπτὸς μὴ μόνον ἡμῶν 
ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων μείζων 
A ¥ 
γέγονε, τί χρὴ ποιεῖν; ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ναύκλη- 
ρον πάντ᾽ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ πράξαντα καὶ κατασκευά- 
σαντα τὸ πλοῖον ἀφ᾽ ὧν ὑπελάμβανε σωθήσε- 
σθαι, εἶτα χειμῶνι χρησάμενον καὶ πονησάντων 
αὐτῷ τῶν σκευῶν ἢ καὶ συντριβέντων ὅλως, τῆς 
er a, Lt eo ἡὴῳ , \ A 
ναυαγίας αἰτιῷτο. ἀλλ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἐκυβέρνων τὴν ναῦν, 
’ + ν > > > ’ ~ τ εν A 
φήσειεν av, ὥσπερ οὐδ᾽ ἐστρατήγουν ἐγώ, οὔτε 
τῆς τύχης κύριος ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ wierd τῶν πάντων. 


2 ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο λογίζου καὶ ὅρα: εἰ μετὰ ἀν εναμα 


ἡμῖν ἀγών ἐεομένοία οὕτως ἐπραρτο. πρᾶξαι, τί 
χρῆν προσδοκᾶν, εἰ μηδὲ τούτους ἔσχομεν συμ- 
μάχους ἀλλὰ Φιλίππῳ προσέθεντο, ὑπὲρ οὗ τότ᾽ 
ἐκεῖνος πάσας ἀφῆκε φωνάς ; καὶ εἰ νῦν τριῶν 
ἡμερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς ὁδὸν [τῆς μάχης γενο- 
μένης τοσοῦτος κίνδυνος καὶ φόβος περιέστη τὴν 
πόλιν, τί ἄν, εἴ που τῆς χώρας ταὐτὸ τοῦτο πάθος 
συνέβη, προσδοκῆσαι χρῆν; ἄρ᾽ οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι νῦν 
μὲν στῆναι, συνελθεῖν, ἀναπνεῦσαι, πολλὰ μία 


87 


194 


195 


δὸ 


196 


AHMOS®ENOTS 





ἡμέρα Kat δύο καὶ τρεῖς ἔδοσαν τῶν εἰς σωτη- 
΄ς“ ὌΡΝΙΝ aw 
ρίαν τῇ πόλει, τότε δ᾽, --- οὐκ ἄξιον εἰπεῖν, a γε 
μηδὲ πεῖραν ἔδωκε θεῶν τινος εὐνοίᾳ καὶ τῷ προ- 
΄ Ν 4 ΄ Ν ΄ὕ lon 
βάλλεσθαι τὴν πόλιν ταύτην THY συμμαχίαν, ἧς 
σὺ κατηγορεῖς. 
» lal 
ἔστι δὲ ταυτὶ πάντα μοι TA πολλὰ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 
5, ὃ ὃ ! ) Ν Ν / » 
ἀνὸρες δικασταί, καὶ τοὺς περιεστηκότας ἔξωθεν 
Ν ) A 
Kal ἀκροωμένους, ἐπεὶ πρός γε τοῦτον τὸν κατά- 
πτυστον βραχὺς καὶ σαφὴς ἐξήρκει λόγος. εἰ 
Ν Ν Ἔκ , Ν ΄ 3 ΄ 
μὲν γὰρ ἣν σοι πρόδηλα τὰ μέλλοντα, Αἰσχίνη, 
’ A ¥ 
μόνῳ τῶν ἄλλων, ot ἐβουλεύεθ᾽ ἡ πόλις περὶ 
’ὔ 7 3 »»Ἤ 4 > Ν \ , 
τούτων, TOT ἔδει προλέγειν. εἰ δὲ μὴ προΐδεις, 
A ἂν; δὰ > , ε ΄ ΩΝ A ΕἾ Ψ 
τῆς αὐτῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεύθυνος εἶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὥστε 


τί μᾶλλον ἐμοῦ σὺ ταῦτα κατηγορεῖς ἢ ἐγὼ σοῦ; 


1907 τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἀμείνων ἐγὼ σοῦ πολίτης γέγονα 


εἰς αὐτὰ ταῦθ᾽ ἃ λέγω (καὶ οὕπω περὶ τῶν ἄλλων 
΄ Ψ > ΠΝ Say > \ > δ 
διαλέγομαι), ὅσον ἐγὼ μὲν ἔδωκα ἐμαυτὸν εἰς τὰ 
nw nw 4 5 id / 5 a 
πᾶσι δοκοῦντα συμφέρειν, οὐδένα κίνδυνον ὀκνή- 
Ψ» 5 2.8 ’ὔ Ν δὲ »23 Ὁ 
σας ἴδιον οὐδ᾽ ὑπολογισάμενος, σὺ δὲ οὔθ᾽ ἕτερα 
> , ΄ 3 Ν + , > “ 
εἶπες βελτίω. τούτων (οὐ γὰρ ἂν τούτοις ἐχρῶντο) 
οὔτ᾽ εἰς ταῦτα χρήσιμον οὐδὲν σαυτὸν παρέσχες, 
7 3 «ἃ ε / ‘\ ’ + 
ὅπερ δ᾽ ἂν ὁ φαυλότατος καὶ δυσμενέστατος av- 
“ nw Ν “a 
θρωπος TH πόλει, τοῦτο πεποιηκὼς ἐπὶ τοῖς συμ- 
~ > ’ Ν ν 3 5 ’ὔ 
βᾶσιν ἐξήτασαι, καὶ ἅμα ᾿Αρίστρατος ἐν Νάξῳ 
Ν 
καὶ ᾿Αριστόλεως ἐν Θάσῳ, οἱ καθάπαξ ἐχθροὶ 
ἴω / 
τῆς πόλεως, τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίων κρίνουσι φίλους 
καὶ ᾿Αθήνησιν Αἰσχίνης Δημοσθένους κατηγορεῖ. 


IIEPI ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ͂. 





89 


, 9 Ν lal Ἕλλ σ΄ > , 9 ὃ ᾿ 8 
καίτοι ὁτῳ TA τῶν νων ἀτυχήματα ἐνευδο- 19 


»ῪΝ 5» 7 5 4 ~ a , 5 
κιμεῖν ἀπέκειτο, ἀπολωλέναι μᾶλλον οὗτός ἐστι 
δίκαιος ἢ κατηγορεῖν ἑτέρου: καὶ ὅτῳ συνενη- 
νόχασιν Ol αὐτοὶ καιροὶ καὶ τοῖς τῆς πόλεως 
ἐχθροῖς, οὐκ ἔνι τοῦτον εὔνουν εἶναι τῇ πατρίδι. 

wn δὲ ᾧ 7° 5 lanl ἈΝ A Ν 4 
δηλοῖς δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὧν (ys καὶ ποιεῖς καὶ πολιτεύῃ 
καὶ πάλιν οὐ πολιτεύῃ. πράττεταΐ τι τῶν ὑμῖν 

4 4 » 5 ’ὔὕ 5 - 
δοκούντων συμφέρειν ; ἄφωνος Αἰσχίνης. ἀντέ- 
κρουσέ τι καὶ γέγονεν οἷον οὐκ ἔδει; πάρεστιν 
Αἰσχίνης, ὥσπερ τὰ ῥήγματα καὶ τὰ σπάσματα, 
ὅταν τι κακὸν τὸ σῶμα λάβῃ, τότε κινεῖται. 

᾿Επειδὴ δὲ πολὺς τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται, 

,ὔὕ 4 A , 3 5» “ 4 A 
βούλομαί τι καὶ παράδοξον εἰπεῖν. καί μου πρὸς 
Διὸς καὶ θεῶν μηδεὶς τὴν ὑπερβολὴν θαυμάσῃ, 
5 Ν 3 5 4 ἃ 4 4 5» A > 
ἀλλὰ μετ᾽ εὐνοίας ὃ λέγω θεωρησάτω. εἰ yap ἣν 
ν , Ν fy , A 
αἀπασι πρόδηλα τὰ μέλλοντα γενήσεσθαι, καὶ προ- 
͵ὕὔ ,ὕὔ Ἀ ἈΝ » > 4 Ἀ 
ἥδεσαν πάντες, καὶ σὺ προὔλεγες, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ 
ὃ ᾽ὕὔ Ὺ A , aA 5 5 5 4 

ιεμαρτύρου βοῶν καὶ κεκραγώς, ὃς οὐδ ἐφθέγξω, 
οὐδ᾽ οὕτως ἀποστατέον τῇ πόλει τούτων HY, εἴ περ 


x ὃ / xX , a a , ba > 
ἢ δόξης ἢ προγόνων ἢ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος εἶχε 


μι 


99 


λόγον. νῦν μέν γε ἀποτυχεῖν δοκεῖ τῶν πραγμά- 200 
Ύ Χ ραγμ 


a a , > > 7 Ψ A “ 
των, Ὁ πᾶσι κοινόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώποις, ὅταν τῷ θεῳ 
“ ὃ lal , 5 ς la , ~ 
ταῦτα δοκῇ τότε δ᾽ ἀξιοῦσα προεστάναι τῶν 

» es) δ a ¥' ΄ 
ἄλλων, εἶτ ἀποστᾶσα τούτου, Φιλίππῳ προδεδω- 
΄Ἱ , aN ¥ > 2 \ A 
κέναι TaVTasS ἂν ἔσχεν αἰτίαν. εἶ γὰρ ταῦτα 
‘as > , Ὁ 4 502 , 9 9 
προεῖτο ἀκονιτί, περὶ ὧν οὐδένα κίνδυνον ὅντιν 


5 ε 
οὐχ ὑπέμειναν Ob πρόγονοι, τίς οὐχὶ κατέπτυσεν 


90 - ΔΗΜΟΣΘΈΝΟΥΣ 





ἂν σοῦ; μὴ yap τῆς πόλεώς ye, μηδ᾽ ἐμοῦ. 


20 


"μ 


τίσι δ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖς πρὸς Διὸς ἑωρῶμεν ἂν τοὺς εἰς 
Ν ’ 5 , > 4 > Ἂς Ν 
τὴν πόλιν ἀνθρώπους ἀφικνουμένους, εἰ τὰ μὲν 
πράγματ᾽ εἰς ὅπερ νυνὶ περιέστη, ἡγεμὼν δὲ καὶ 
ὔ ε , ’ὔ ε ’ὔ’ Ν 3. sf \ “~ 
κύριος npeOn Φίλιππος ἁπάντων, τὸν δ᾽ ὑπὲρ τοῦ 
μὴ γενέσθαι ταῦτ᾽ ἀγῶνα ἕτεροι χωρὶς ἡμῶν 
ἦσαν πεποιημένοι, καὶ ταῦτα μηδεπώποτε τῆς 
/ > ~ ¥ ’ 5 /, 
πόλεως ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθε χρόνοις ἀσφάλειαν 
adofov μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν καλῶν κίνδυνον 
202 ἡρημένης ; τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν Ἑλλήνων, τίς δὲ 
’ὔ’ 7 A ‘ ’ Ἀ Ν 
βαρβάρων, ὅτι καὶ παρὰ Θηβαίων καὶ παρὰ 
τῶν ἔτι τούτων πρότερον ἰσχυρῶν γενομένων 
Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως 
Ν nw ’ὔ a > Ὁ > ’ 5 ’ ~ 
μετὰ πολλῆς χάριτος TOUT ἂν ἀσμένως ἐδόθη TH 
’ σ ’ ’ Ν Ν ε al 
πόλει, ὅ τι βούλεται λαβούσῃ καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῆς 
ἐχούσῃ τὸ κελευόμενον ποιεῖν καὶ ἐᾶν ἕτερον τῶν 
203 “Ἑλλήνων προεστάναι; ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἦν ταῦθ᾽, ὡς 
ἊΡ “A , > / , 50.» 3 Ν 
ἔοικε, τοῖς τότε ᾿Αθηναίοις πάτρια οὐδ᾽ ἀνεκτὰ 
οὐδ᾽ ἔμφυτα, οὐδ᾽ ἠδυνήθη πώποτε τὴν πόλιν 
οὐδεὶς ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου πεῖσαι τοῖς ἰσχύ- 
ουσι μὲν μὴ δίκαια δὲ πράττουσι προσθεμένην 
ἀσφαλῶς δουλεύειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγωνιζομένη περὶ πρω- 
τείων καὶ τιμῆς καὶ δόξης κινδυνεύουσα πάντα 
Ν 7A 4 ἃ “ 3 9 Ν 
204 τὸν αἰῶνα διατετέλεκεν. καὶ ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω σεμνὰ 
καὶ προσήκοντα τοῖς ὑμετέροις ἤθεσιν ὑμεῖς ὑπο- 
λαμβάνετ᾽ εἶναι, ὥστε καὶ τῶν προγόνων τοὺς 


A , , ae cas wy 
Τταυτα πράξαντας μάλιστ ET QALVELTE. E€LKOTWS * 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. οΙ 





7 ᾳ 5» x 5» ,ὔ ~ 5 ~ 5 - 
Tis yap οὐκ ἂν ἀγάσαιτο τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων 
ΝᾺ - 4 “A aA » . 4 A » , 5 
τῆς APETHS, OL καὶ THY χώραν Kal τὴν πόλιν ἐκλι- 
πεῖν ὑπέμειναν εἰς τὰς τριήρεις ἐμβάντες ὑπὲρ 
τοῦ μὴ τὸ κελευόμενον ποιῆσαι, τὸν μὲν ταῦτα 
᾽’ὔ ,ὕ Ν. ε , 
συμβουλεύσαντα Θεμιστοκλέα στρατηγὸν ἑλό- 
μενοι, τὸν δ᾽ ὑπακούειν ἀποφηνάμενον τοῖς ἐπι- 
4 ’ ᾽ὔὕ 5 ,ὔ 
ταττομένοις Κυρσίλον καταλιθώσαντες, οὐ μόνον 
5 4 5 Ν A ε ΄“ ε ε 4 A 
αὑτόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αἱ ὑμέτεραι τὴν γυ- 
~ 5» ~ 3 A > 4 e oh. Te “~ 
ναῖκα αὐτοῦ. οὐ yap ἐζήτουν οἱ τότ᾽ ᾿Αθηναῖοι 205 
“A CF »¥ Q > ὧΨ ξ , 
οὔτε ῥήτορα οὔτε στρατηγὸν δι ὅτου δουλεύσου- 
lal A 9 
σιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ζῆν ἠξίουν, εἰ μὴ μετ ἐλευθερίας 
ἐξέσται τοῦτο ποιεῖν. ἡγεῖτο γὰρ αὐτῶν ἕκαστος 
οὐχὶ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῇ μητρὶ μόνον γεγενῆσθαι, 
5 A A ~ 4 
ἀλλὰ καὶ TH πατρίδι. διαφέρει δὲ τί; ὅτι ὁ μὲν 
τοῖς γονεῦσι μόνον γεγενῆσθαι νομίζων τὸν τῆς 
εἱμαρμένης καὶ τὸν αὐτόματον θάνατον περιμένει, 
ὃ δὲ Ν ΄ῸὉ (ὃ ε A al A 4 ᾿Ὶ ὃ “a 
€ καὶ TH πατρίδι ὑπὲρ TOV μὴ ταύτην ἐπιδεῖν 
δουλεύουσαν ἀποθνήσκειν ἐθελήσει, καὶ φοβερω- 
4 e 4 A Ly J Ν Ν 5 ,ὕ aA 
τέρας ἡγήσεται Tas ὕβρεις Kal Tas ἀτιμίας, ἃς 
5 ’ὕ La 4 4 5 , w 
ἐν δουλευούσῃ τῇ πόλει φέρειν ἀνάγκη, τοῦ 
4, « 4 
θανάτου. ra 
> Lee if a > 5 ’ὕ , e 5 A 
Εἰ μὲν τοίνυν τοῦτ᾽ ἐπεχείρουν λέγειν, ὡς ἐγὼ 206 
προήγαγον ὑμᾶς ἀξια τῶν προγόνων φρονεῖν, οὐκ 
» 3 lal 
ἔσθ᾽ ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ἐπιτιμήσειέ μοι. νῦν 
δ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμετέρας τὰς τοιαύτας προαιρέσεις 
5 ya A 4 ν A Ν 9 ἴω ~ > 
ἀποφαίνω, καὶ δείκνυμι OTL καὶ πρὸ ἐμοῦ TOUT 


> Ν , ε , a , , 
ELVE TO φρόνημα ω) πολις, TNS μέντοι διακονίας 


= 
OF THE , 
ΓΓΝΤ ΤῊ7 Ἐ᾽ τ οΤιτσ 






92 AHMOS@ENOTS 





»-Ο ’ὕ ~ ra] 
τῆς ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστοις τῶν πεπραγμένων Kal ἐμαυτῷ 
207 μετεῖναί φημι, οὗτος δὲ τῶν ὅλων κατηγορῶν, καὶ 
di ε ΄ 3 Ἀ - » ε / \ 
κελεύων ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ πικρῶς ἔχειν ὡς φόβων Kal 
κινδύνων αἰτίῳ τῇ πόλει, τῆς μὲν εἰς τὸ παρὸν 
τιμῆς ἐμὲ ἀποστερῆσαι γλίχεται, τὰ δ᾽ εἰς ἅπαν- 
’ὔ “w “ 
Ta τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον ἐγκώμια ὑμῶν ἀφαιρεῖται. 
3 Ν ε > 2 ng 7 > Aw , 
εἰ yap ws ov τὰ βέλτιστα ἐμοῦ πολιτευσαμένου. 
Ν a “ 
τουδὶ καταψηφιεῖσθε, ἡμαρτηκέναι δόξετε, οὐ τῇ 
al 4 ‘ “ 
τῆς τύχης ἀγνωμοσύνῃ τὰ συμβάντα παθεῖν. 
208 ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἡμάρτετε, ἄνδρες 
> A Ν ε ἈΝ “ ε ’ 5 ’, Ν 
Αθηναῖοι, τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁπάντων ἐλευθερίας καὶ 
’ / 5 / Ν Ἁ “ 
σωτηρίας κίνδυνον ἀράμενοι, μὰ τοὺς Μαραθῶνι 
προκινδυνεύσαντας τῶν προγόνων καὶ τοὺς ἐν 
μα ΄ Ν Ν 3 s ω 
Πλαταιαῖς παραταξαμένους καὶ τοὺς ἐν Σαλαμῖνι 
ναυμαχήσαντας καὶ τοὺς ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αρτεμισίῳ καὶ 
“- , 
πολλοὺς ἑτέρους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς δημοσίοις μνήμασι 
Ν >» ἃ 9 ε / 
κειμένους ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας, ods ἅπαντας ὁμοίως 





a“ a / ε “ 4 
181. Ὅτι δὲ ὀρθῶς λέγω, ἔτι μικρῷ σαφέστερον ὑμᾶς βούλομαι 
΄ , phe 3 / app, > ὃ τὰς Θ λῃ ε 
διδάξαι. πότερον ὑμῖν ἀμείνων ἀνὴρ εἶναι δοκεῖ Θεμιστοκλῆς 6 
a a 4 A ’ὔ a 
στρατηγήσας, OT ἐν TH Σαλαμῖνι ναυμαχίᾳ τὸν Πέρσην ἐνικᾶτε, 
/ XN 6 ‘\ 
ἢ Δημοσθένης 6 τὴν τάξιν λιπών; Μιλτιάδης δὲ 6 τὴν ἐν Ma- 
06 , ‘\ , , ἍἋ & . 3 δ᾽ κα ρα 
ραθῶνι μάχην τοὺς βαρβάρους νικήσας, ἢ οὗτος; ἔτι δ΄ οἱ ἀπὸ 
a “-“ , 3 / ee , 
Φυλῆς φεύγοντα τὸν δῆμον καταγαγόντες; ᾿Αριστείδης δ᾽ 6 δί: 
/ / > > 
καίος, 6 τὴν ἀνόμοιον ἔχων ἐπωνυμίαν Δημοσθένει; 182. ἀλλ 
μ᾿ Ν \ Ν ἈΝ > / ὑδ᾽ > “ > ~ « / 
ἔγωγε μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς τοὺς ᾿Ολυμπίους οὐδ΄ ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς ἡμέραις 
las a “ Ν ’, ae > 
ἄξιον ἡγοῦμαι μεμνῆσθαι τοῦ θηρίου τούτου καὶ ἐκείνων τῶν ἀν- 
ω / , 3 “ ε a , ¥ 
δρῶν. ἐπιδειξάτω τοίνυν Δημοσθένης ἐν τῷ αὑτοῦ λόγῳ, εἴ που 
j “ na “” > / + > 
γέγραπταί τινὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων στεφανῶσαι. ἀχάριστος ap ἣν 


re a ’ ἈΝ 4 
ὁ δῆμος; οὔκ, ἀλλὰ μεγαλόφρων, κἀκεῖνοί γε οἱ μὴ τετιμημένοι 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 93 





e , A ἃς A 9 , A Ψ 
ἡ πόλις τῆς αὐτῆς ἀξιώσασα τιμῆς ἔθαψεν, 
Αἰσχίνη, οὐχὶ τοὺς κατορθώσαντας αὐτῶν οὐδὲ 
τοὺς κρατήσαντας μόνους. δικαίως ὃ μὲν γὰρ 
*” nw nw Y ἴω 
ἣν ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργον, ἅπασι πέπρακται, ΤΊ 
, Ἵ aA ε , » ε ’ 
τύχῃ δ᾽, ἣν ὁ δαίμων ἔνειμεν ἑκάστοις, ταύτῃ 
Rocke ‘ 
κέχρηνται. ἔπειτ᾽, ὦ κατάρατε Kal γραμματοκύ- 209 
A Ν fa ᾽ 
φων, σὺ μὲν τῆς παρὰ τουτωνὶ τιμῆς καὶ φιλαν- 
θρωπίας ἔμ’ ἀποστερῆσαι βουλόμενος τρόπαια 
Ν ’ὔ \ oR . » -' ᾽ὔ 
καὶ μάχας καὶ παλαιὰ ἔργα ἐλεγες, ὧν τίνος προσ- 
εδεῦτο ὁ παρὼν ἀγὼν οὑτοσί; ἐμὲ δέ, ὦ τριτα-" 
γωνιστά, τὸν περὶ τῶν πρωτείων σύμβουλον τῇ 
΄ ei; ἄγπι ¢ , γε at 2 ΄ 
πόλει παριόντα τὸ τίνος φρόνημα λαβοντ᾽ ἀναβαί- 
we Ν ἄν ἂν τον Ν A ΄ ae ae 
νειν ἐπὶ TO βῆμ᾽ ἔδει; τὸ Tov τούτων ἀνάξια 
> aw , / > “Δ 5 , 5 Ν 
ἐροῦντος ; δικαίως μέντ᾽ ἂν ἀπέθανον . ἐπεὶ 210 
5 > e ἴω » 5 “A > ἈΝ ἴω 5 lanl 
οὐδ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς δια- 
rs “ f 2Q7 ¢ Ν Ν ’ ’ 
νοίας͵ δεῖ τάς τε ἰδίας δίκας καὶ τὰς δημοσίας κρί- 
νειν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τοῦ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν βίου συμβό- 
λαια ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων νόμων καὶ ἔργων σκοποῦντας, 
τὰς δὲ κοινὰς προαιρέσεις εἰς τὰ τῶν προγόνων 


ἀξιώματα ἀποβλέποντας. καὶ παραλαμβάνειν γε 





a: (we »” > \ ” ΄Ν δ es / “ 
τῆς πόλεως ἄξιοι" οὐ γὰρ ᾧοντο δεῖν ἐν τοῖς γράμμασι τιμᾶσθαι, 
> “ , “ 5 A > /, “ 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῇ μνήμῃ τῶν εὖ πεπονθότων, ἣ ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνου τοῦ χρόνου 
/ a na 4 
μέχρι τῆσδε τῆς ἡμέρας ἀθάνατος οὖσα διαμένει. δωρεὰς δὲ τίνας 
7 eS nan 
ἐλάμβανον; ὧν ἄξιόν ἐστι μνησθῆναι. 259. Θεμιστοκλέα δὲ 
‘ ἅ τς A , . \ 9 las \ 
καὶ τοὺς ἐν Μαραθῶνι τελευτήσαντας καὶ τοὺς ἐν Πλαταιαῖς καὶ 
Ν Ν “ 
αὐτοὺς τοὺς τάφους τοὺς τῶν προγόνων οὐκ οἴεσθε στενάξειν, εἰ ὃ 
al nw n~ [2 
μετὰ τῶν βαρβάρων ὁμολογῶν τοῖς “Ἕλλησιν ἀντιπράττειν στε- 
φανωθήσεται; 


94 


211 


212 


ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





9 “ , Ν abe , Ν , 
ἅμα τῇ βακτηρίᾳ καὶ τῷ συμβόλῳ τὸ φρόνημα 
τὸ τῆς πόλεως νομίζειν ἕκαστον ὑμῶν δεῖ, ὅταν 
τὰ δημόσια εἰσίητε κρινοῦντες, εἴ περ ἄξια ἐκεί- 
νων πράττειν οἴεσθε χρῆναι. 
3 Ν ~ > Ν 3 Ἂς , “~ 
Αλλὰ yap ἐμπεσὼν εἰς Ta πεπραγμένα τοῖς 
προγόνοις ὑμῶν ἔστιν ἃ τῶν ψηφισμάτων παρέ. 
βην καὶ τῶν πραχθέντων. ἐπανελθεῖν οὖν, ὁπόθεν 
ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐξέβην, βούλομαι. 
ε Ν κι , > 
Os yap ἀφικόμεθ᾽ εἰς τὰς Θήβας, κατελαμβά- 
νομεν Φιλίππου καὶ Θετταλῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων 
συμμάχων παρόντας πρέσβεις, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἡμε- 
’ ’ ,ὔ Ν 3 
τέρους φίλους ἐν φόβῳ, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐκείνου θρασεῖς. 
σ 3 5 ΄“ a“ 4 ia) - 4 A 
ὅτι δ᾽ οὐ νῦν ταῦτα λέγω τοῦ συμφέροντος ἕνεκα 
᾿ an , ᾿ > A. «ae i? ae 
ἐμαυτῷ, λέγε μοι THY ἐπιστολὴν ἣν TOT ἐπέμψα- 
μεν εὐθὺς οἱ πρέσβεις. καίτοι τοσαύτῃ γ᾽ ὑπερ- 
a “8 
βολῇ συκοφαντίας οὗτος κέχρηται, ὥστ᾽ εἰ μέν 
τι τῶν δεόντων ἐπράχθη, τὸν καιρόν, οὐκ ἐμέ 
la a“ > 
φησιν αἴτιον γεγενῆσθαι, τῶν δ᾽ ws ἑτέρως συμ- 
Χ 
βάντων ἁπάντων ἐμὲ καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν τύχην αἰτίαν 
= A) 36 +” ε ΄ peg Τὴν 3298 
εἶναι. καὶ ws ἔοικεν, ὁ σύμβουλος καὶ ῥήτωρ ἐγὼ 
Ν 3 / Ν a , é 
τῶν μὲν ἐκ λόγου Kal τοῦ βουλεύσασθαι πρα- 





5» »¥ > . 

137. AAX οἶμαι, οὔτε Φρυνώνδας οὔτε EipvBaros οὔτ᾽ ἄλλος 

a a “- Ν ! 4 

οὐδεὶς πώποτε τῶν πάλαι πονηρῶν τοιοῦτος μάγος καὶ γόης ἐγέ- 

νετο, ὅς, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοὶ καὶ δαίμονες καὶ ἄνθρωποι ὅσοι βούλεσθε 

5 /, > “ rn / / > Ν / Ν ε / 

ἀκούειν τἀληθῆ, τολμᾷ λέγειν βλέπων εἰς TA πρόσωπα TA TE 

ε + 9" Ν , eae 3 , > Ν Ν 
τερα, ὧς ἄρα Θηβαῖοι τὴν συμμαχίαν ὑμῖν. ἐποιήσαντο οὐ διὰ τὸν 
’ 3 Ν Ἂ ’ \ / > ΄ > Ν \ 3 
καιρόν, ov διὰ TOV φόβον τὸν περιστάντα αὐτούς, οὐ διὰ τὴν ὕμε- 
/ , 

τέραν δόξαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὰς Δημοσθένους δημηγορίας. 


ΠΕΡῚ TOY ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 





, Oe Se VEN , > ὃ κι ~ 
χθέντων οὐδὲν αὐτῷ συναίτιος εἶναι δοκῶ, τῶν 
δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις καὶ κατὰ τὴν στρατηγίαν ἀτυχη- 

> ἄγον τὸ 
θέντων μόνος αἴτιος. εἶναι. πῶς ἂν ὠμότερος 
’ὔ ’ > «δὲ ’ 4 Ν 
συκοφάντης γένοιτ᾽ ἢ καταρατότερος; Λέγε τὴν 
ἐπιστολήν. 
ἘΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ. 


9 \ ΄ 5 ͵ \ >! ΄, 
Ἐπειδὴ TOLVUV ETOLNOAVTO ΤῊΝ ἐκκλησίαν, 


la Ν Ν ‘ “ 
προσῆγον ἐκείνους προτέρους διὰ TO τὴν τῶν 





’ὔ ’ 3 τ A Ἁ / 
συμμάχων τάξιν ἐκείνους ἔχειν. καὶ παρελθόν- 
/ , 
Tes ἐδημηγόρουν πὸλλὰ μὲν Φίλιππον ἐγκωμιά- 
“ la 4 ν 
ζοντες, πολλὰ δ᾽ ὑμῶν κατηγοροῦντες, πάνθ᾽ ὅσα 
’ὕ 3 > 4 > ’ ’ 3 ’ 
πώποτ᾽ ἐναντία ἐπράξατε Θηβαίοις ἀναμιμνής- 
Ν ΕῚ 53 , > 4 - \ 
oKovtes. TO δ᾽ οὖν κεφάλαιον, ἠξίουν ὧν μὲν 
᾿νε , ε ᾿ Ἶ ’ὔ ’ὔ > \ 5 
εὖ πεπόνθεσαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου χάριν αὐτοὺς ἀπο- 
δοῦναι, ὧν δ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἠδίκηντο. δίκην λαβεῖν, 
ε a “ 
ὁποτέρως βούλονται, ἢ διέντας αὑτοὺς ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς 
x , > Ν 3 ὦ 
ἢ συνεμβαλόντας εἰς τὴν ᾿Αττικήν, καὶ ἐδείκνυ- 
e 7 > Ν ea > \ ’ 
σαν, ὡς ῴοντο, ἐκ μὲν ὧν αὐτοὶ συνεβούλευον 
Ν > “ > A 
τὰ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς βοσκήματα Kal ἀνδράποδα 
Ν > > 5 Ν 
καὶ τἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθὰ εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἡξοντα, ἐκ δὲ 
“ ¢ oO” 5 ae a eal a , 
ὧν ἡμᾶς ἐρειν ἔφασαν τὰ ἐν TH Βοιωτίᾳ διαρπα- 
,ὔ 4 τ Ὰς κι ‘ 
σθησόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ πολέμου. καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ 
Ν ’΄ 3 > Ν Ἁ ’ , be 
πρὸς τούτοις, els ταὐτὰ δὲ πάντα συντείνοντ᾽ EXE 
ἃ “ὦ ἴω 9 
γον. ἃ δ᾽ ἡμεῖς πρὸς ταῦτα, τὰ μὲν Kal” ἕκαστα 
3 Ν Ν A lal 
ἐγὼ μὲν ἀντὶ παντὸς ἂν τιμησαίμην εἰπεῖν τοῦ 
Ἧ ε “A ~ 
βίου, ὑμᾶς δὲ δέδοικα, μὴ παρεληλυθότων τῶν 


95 


213 


214 


96 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





καιρῶν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ κατακλυσμὸν γεγενῆ- 
σθαι τῶν πραγμάτων ἡγούμενοι, μάταιον ὄχλον 
τοὺς περὶ τούτων λόγους νομίσητε: ὅ τι δ᾽ οὖν 
ἐπείσαμεν ἡμεῖς καὶ ἡμῖν ἀπεκρίναντο, ἀκούσατε. 
Λέγε ταυτὶ λαβών. 


ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙῚΣ ΘΗΒΑΊΩΝ. 


Ν ἴω ΄ 5 / e A ἈΝ 4 
215 Mera ταῦτα τοίνυν ἐκάλουν ὑμᾶς Kal μετεπέμ- 
95 δ 3 a 4 39 Ρ ΄ 
ποντο. ἐξῇτε, ἐβοηθεῖτε, ἵνα τὰν μέσῳ παρα- 
Y ΄ nq 
λείπω, οὕτως οἰκείως ὑμᾶς ἐδέχοντο, ὥστ᾽ ἔξω 
“. an Ἀ a 
TOV ὁπλιτῶν Kal τῶν ἱππέων ὄντων εἰς τὰς οἰκίας 
Ν Ν Ἂν ΄ Χ Ν > ἊΝ val 
καὶ τὸ ἄστυ δέχεσθαι THY στρατιὰν ἐπὶ παῖδας 
᾿ καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ τιμιώτατα. καίτοι τρία ἐν 
5» 7 -~ ε "4 “A 5 , Ἂ» » ᾽ὔ 
ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἔδειξαν ἐγκώ- 
~ ~ A 
μια Θηβαῖοι καθ᾽ ὑμῶν τὰ κάλλιστα, Ev μὲν ἀν- 
ty «, ἐπὰν 4 \ 
Splas, ἕτερον δὲ δικαιοσύνης, τρίτον δὲ σωφρο- 
~ lal ε “a 
σύνης. Kal yap τὸν ἀγώνα μᾶλλον μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν 
ἢ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἑλόμενοι ποιήσασθαι καὶ ἀμείνους 
= N 5 , 9 ᾿ξ aA ε κα » Φ λέ 
εἶναι καὶ δικαιότερ᾽ ἀξιοῦν ὑμᾶς ἔκριναν Φιλίπ- 
A \ ‘\ “A > 
που" Kal τὰ Tap αὑτοῖς Kal Tapa πᾶσι δ᾽ ἐν 
Ν ~ > > ε £m 
πλείστῃ φυλακῇ, παῖδας Kal γυναῖκας, ep ὑμῖν 
\ ε “ » 
ποιήσαντες σωφροσύνης πίστιν περὶ ὑμῶν ἔχον- 
{] a σι » ΕῚ ἴω , 
216 τες ἔδειξαν, ἐν ols πᾶσιν, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, κατά 
- ns ~ 5 θῶ > , 5 / 5» is > 
γ᾽ ὑμᾶς ὀρθῶς ἐφάνησαν ἐγνωκότες. οὔτε yap εἰς 
“ > \ 
τὴν πόλιν εἰσελθόντος τοῦ στρατοπέδου οὐδεὶς 
ς΄ἽΡ σ ’ 
οὐδὲν οὐδὲ ἀδίκως ὑμῖν ἐνεκάλεσεν: οὕτω σώ- 


φρονας παρέσχετε ὑμᾶς αὐτούς - δίς τε συμπαρα- 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 97 





ταξάμενοι τὰς πρώτας, τήν T ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
καὶ τὴν χειμερινήν, οὐκ ἀμέμπτους μόνον ὑμᾶς 
> Ν 5 Ν Ν ‘ 25 4 ag , 
αὐτοὺς ἀλλὰ καὶ θαυμαστοὺς ἐδείξατε THY κόσμῳ, 
A rat nw PY a 
ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, TH προθυμίᾳ. ἐφ᾽ οἷς παρὰ 
a! “ ᾿Ξ, διινΝ δι. » 3» Ν δ᾽ 
μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ὑμιν ἐγίγνοντο ἔπαινοι, παρὰ 
ὑμῶν θυσίαι καὶ πομπαὶ Tots θεοῖς. ““ καὶ ἔγωγε 217 
ε ’ὔ oN > 7 > 4 4 (a ἱ > , 
ἡδέως av ἐροίμην Αἰσχίνην, OTe ταῦτ᾽ ἐπράττετο 
κ ΄ κ a \ καὶ ΄ ε , > 
καὶ ζήλου καὶ χαρᾶς Kal ἐπαίνων ἡ πόλις ἣν 
μεστή, πότερον συνέθυε καὶ συνευφραίνετο τοῖς 
i n~ “ἡ ᾽ὕ 4 ’ \ 4 
πολλοῖς, ἢ λυπούμενος Kal στένων καὶ δυσμεναΐί- 
νων τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀγαθοῖς οἴκοι καθῆτο. εἰ μὲν 
\ au ‘\ ‘ om ¥ > ’ “ 
γὰρ παρὴν καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξητάζετο, πῶς 
οὐ δεινὰ ποιεῖ, μᾶλλον δ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ὅσια, εἰ ὧν ὡς 
ἀρίστων αὐτὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἐποιήσατο μάρτυρας, 
ταῦθ᾽ ὡς οὐκ ἄριστα νῦν ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῖ ψηφίσασθαι, 
Ν 5 Υ͂ \ 4 > . A “ 
ἃ ἰτοὺς ὀμωμοκότας τοὺς θεούς; εἰ δὲ μὴ παρῆν, 
πῶς οὐκ ἀπολωλέναι πολλάκις ἐστὶ δίκαιος, εἰ ἐφ᾽ 
“᾿ν ε«ὺ aA 5 a ec κα ΄Ἱ 
οἷς ἔχαιρον οἱ ἄλλοι, ταῦτα ἐλυπειτο ὁρῶν ; Λέγε 
A ἈΝ “~ \ 4 , 
δὴ Kal ταῦτα TA ψηφίσματά μοι. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑΤΑ ΘΥΣΙΩΝ. 


> A ε A Q ΄ + 
Οὐκοῦν ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐν θυσίαις ἦμεν τότε, On- 218 
Bat δ᾽ 3 “ ὃ Pe. ΜῈ as θ cl Ν 
tol ὃ᾽ ἐν τῷ OL ἡμᾶς σεσωσθαι νομίζειν, καὶ 
’ “~ ’ td ’ 
περιειστήκει τοῖς βοηθείας δεήσεσθαι νομίζουσιν 
37> @ Ψ & > \ ” τι νὰ 3 
ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔπραττον οὗτοι, αὐτοὺς βοηθεῖν ἑτέροις ἐξ 
e 9 , 2 5 ΄ > N \ 7 ,> 517 
᾿ς ὧν ἐπείσθητ᾽ ἐμοί. ἀλλὰ μὴν οἵας TOT ἠφίει φω- 
Ἀν (ie ΤΩ re Y x ag ἐς hy , 
vas ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ ἐν οιαις HY Tapaxais ἐπὶ TOV- 
7 


on AHMOS@ENOTS 





> ιν.) > “ ~ > ’ ’ 
τοις, ἐκ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τῶν ἐκείνου μαθήσεσθε 
Ὄ > , » “4 ΄ 
ὧν εἰς Πελοπόννησον ἔπεμπεν. καί μοι λέγε 
’ 7 97 5» > “~ ε > \ 7 Ν 
ταύτας λαβών, ἵν εἰδῆτε, ἡ ἐμὴ συνέχεια καὶ 
πλάνοι καὶ ταλαιπωρίαι καὶ τὰ πολλὰ ψηφί- 
σματα, ἃ νῦν οὗτος διέσυρε, τί ἀπειργάσατο. 
210 Καΐτοι πολλοὶ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, γε- 
, ad ¥ ὃ ‘ , Ν > a 
γόνασι ῥήτορες ἔνδοξοι καὶ μεγάλοι πρὸ ἐμοῦ, 
Καλλίστρατος ἐκεῖνος, ᾿Αριστοφῶν, Κέφαλος, 
Θρασύβουλος, ἕτεροι μυρίοι: ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδεὶς 
’ ’ Ν Ν 3» ε %. 5 
πώποτε τούτων διὰ παντὸς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς 
οὐδὲν τῇ πόλει, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν γράφων οὐκ ἂν ἐπρέ. 
ε Ἁ ’ 5 x » ε , 
σβευσεν, ὃ δὲ πρεσβεύων οὐκ ἂν ἔγραψεν. ὑπέ. 
λειπε γὰρ αὐτῶν ἕκαστος ἑαυτῷ ἅμα μὲν ῥᾳστώ-. 
9 > » ’ > > 4, , > 
220 nv, ἅμα δ᾽, εἴ TL γένοιτ᾽, ἀναφοράν. τί οὖν ; 
εἴποι τις ἄν, σὺ τοσοῦτον ὑπερῆρας ῥώμῃ Kal 
τόλμῃ ὥστε πάντα ποιεῖν αὐτός ; οὐ ταῦτα λέγω, 
> > 9 ΄ ’ th Ἃ 
ἀλλ᾽ οὕτως ἐπεπείσμην μέγαν εἶναι τὸν κατειλη- 
’ ’ \ , 9 > > 25 , 
dora κίνδυνον τὴν πόλιν, WOT οὐκ ἐδόκει μοι 
΄ 50ν , i>) , ‘a ἰδί 3 
χώραν οὐδὲ πρόνοιαν οὐδεμίαν τῆς ἰδίας ἀσφα- 
λείας διδόναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαπητὸν εἶναι, εἰ μηδὲν πα- 
’ aA “~ 7 > ’ 5 
221 ραλείπων τις ἃ δεῖ πράξειεν. ἐπεπείσμην ὃ 
A ~ 9 
ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ, τυχὸν μὲν ἀναισθητῶν, ὅμως δ᾽ 
3 ’ ’ ’ > ἃ > ~ ’ ἐλ. 
ἐπεπείσμην, μήτε γράφοντ᾽ ἂν ἐμοῦ γράψαι βέλ- 
τιον μηδένα, μήτε πράττοντα πρᾶξαι, μήτε πρε- 
, A fl 4 δὲ ὃ ΄ 
σβεύοντα πρεσβεῦσαι προθυμότερον μηδὲ δικαιό- 
τερον. διὰ ταῦτα ἐν πᾶσιν ἐμαυτὸν ἔταττον. 
Λέγε τὰς ἐπιστολὰς τὰς τοῦ Φιλίππου. 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 99 





ἘΠΙΣΤΟΛΑΙ. 


5 ἴω δ / a ie ae / 

Eis ταῦτα κατέστησε Φίλιππον ἡ ἐμὴ πολιτεία, 222 
Αἰσχίνη" ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἐκεῖνος ἀφῆκε, Tod- 
λοὺς καὶ θρασεῖς τὰ πρὸ τούτων τῇ πόλει ἐπαι- 

’ ’ 3 θ᾽ Ὁ ὃ ’ > 4 
ρόμενος λόγους. ἀνθ᾽ dv δικαίως ἐστεφανούμην 
ε Ν ’ Ν Ἂς Ν » 3 ’ ε Ἀ 
ὑπὸ τουτωνί, καὶ σὺ παρὼν οὐκ ἀντέλεγες, ὁ δὲ 
γραψάμενος Διώνδας τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων οὐκ 
ἔλαβεν. Καί μοι λαβὲ ταῦτα τὰ ψηφίσματα τὰ 
3 ’ ε Ν 4, > > \ , 
ἀποπεφευγότα, ὑπὸ τούτου δ᾽ οὐδὲ γραφέντα. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑΤΑ. 


i “ 
Ταυτὶ τὰ ψηφίσματ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τὰς 223 
a8 δ \ ee ee > ¥ 9 , 

αὐτὰς συλλαβὰς Kal ταὐτὰ ῥήματ᾽ ἔχει, ἅπερ πρό- 

\ > ’ a) Ν lal , 

τερον μὲν ᾿Αριστόνικος νῦν δὲ Κτησιφῶν γέγραφεν 
ε , Ν “a 9 > “4 em 397 7% 

οὑτοσί. καὶ ταῦτ᾽ Αἰσχίνης ovr ἐδίωξεν αὐτὸς 

~ / 

οὔτε τῷ γραψαμένῳ συγκατηγόρησεν. καίτοι τότε 
ἧς a Ν A 4 Ν Ν ε 

τὸν Δημομέλη τὸν ταῦτα γράφοντα καὶ τὸν Ὑπε- 

’ » 3 “ ~ A a) 

ρείδην, εἴ περ ἀληθῆ μου νῦν κατηγορεῖ, μᾶλλον 

ΓΝ wire x ’ +) IQr Ν , 4 aA 

ἂν εἰκότως ἢ τόνδ᾽ ἐδίωκεν. διὰ τί; ὅτι τῷδε 224 
\ » ae “A ae Se ,’ ‘\ Ν A 

μὲν ἔστ᾽ ἀνενεγκεῖν ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνους Kal Tas τῶν δικα- 

στηρίων γνώσεις καὶ τὸ τοῦτον αὐτὸν ἐκείνων μὴ 

κατηγορηκέναι ταὐτὰ γραψάντων ἅπερ οὗτος νῦν, 
καὶ τὸ τοὺς νόμους μηκέτ᾽ ἐᾶν περὶ τῶν οὕτω πρα- 
’ὔὕ ἴω Ν ἝΝ ν / > 

χθέντων κατηγορεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα" τότε ὃ 
a: 1% N A > + 9 , 915 ε A , 

αὐτὸ TO πρᾶγμ᾽ ἂν ἐκρίνετο Eh αὑτοῦ, πρίν TL 

τούτων προλαβεῖν. ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἢν οἶμαι τότε ὃ νυνὶ 225 


100 AHMOS@ENOTS 





ποιεῖν, EK παλαιῶν χρόνων Kal ψηφισμάτων πολ- 
λῶν ἐκλέξαντα, ἃ μήτε προΐήδει μηδεὶς μήτ᾽ ἂν 
φήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι, διαβάλλειν, καὶ μετενεγ- 
κόντα τοὺς χρόνους καὶ προφάσεις ἀντὶ τῶν ἀλη- 
θῶν ψευδεῖς μεταθέντα τοῖς πεπραγμένοις δοκεῖν 

226 Tu wil by οὐκ id τότε ταῦτα, GAN ἐπὶ Τῆς ἄχη: 
θείας, eyys TOV ἔργων, ἔτι Lapeer ὑμῶν καὶ 
μόνον οὐκ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἕκαστα ἐχόντων, πάν- 
τες ἐγίγνοντ᾽ ἂν οἱ λόγοι. διόπερ τοὺς παρ᾽ αὐτὰ 
τὰ πράγματ᾽ ἐλέγχους φυγὼν νῦν ἥκει, ῥητόρων 
ἀγῶνα νομίζων, ὥς γ᾽ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, καὶ οὐχὶ τῶν 
κ΄ ολιτενμένων ἐξέτασιν ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς, καὶ 
λόγου ung οὐχὶ τοῦ TH πόλει συμφέροντος 
ἔσεσθαι. 4 

227 Εἶτα σοφίζεται, καὶ φησὶ προσήκειν ἧς μὲν 
οἴκοθεν ἥκετ᾽ ἔχοντες δόξης περὶ ἡμῶν ἀμελῆσαι, 





59. Ei δέ τισιν ὑμῶν ἐξαίφνης ἀκούσασιν ἀπιστότερος προσ- 
πέπτωκεν ὃ τοιοῦτος λόγος, ἐκείνως τὴν ὑπόλοιπον ποιήσασθε 
3 / σ 7 Ν / 3 X / ὃ Ν AX “ 
ἀκρόασιν, ὥσπερ ὅταν περὶ χρημάτων ἀνηλωμένων διὰ πολλοῦ 

3 / , 
χρόνου καθεζώμεθα ἐπὶ τοὺς λογισμούς. “Epxopeba δή που ψευ- 
ὃ + 4 G Ie ας ὃ ΄ μὴ \ ie δ 1) ΕΣ ἀλλ᾽ δὲ 
εἷς οἴκοθεν ἐνίοτε δόξας ἔχοντες κατὰ τῶν λογισμῶν ὅμως 
3 δὰ ε λ Ν x, 6h ἠδ Ν Μ᾿ ον 3 7 
ἐπειδὰν ὃ λογισμὸς συγκεφαλαιωθῇ, οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἐστιν οὕτω 
ὃ ’ Ν ΄΄ 7 > > / v0 ε Xr 4 Ν 
ὕσκολος τὴν φύσιν, ὅστις οὐκ ἀπέρχεται τοῦθ ὁμολογήσας καὶ 
Xx a 
ἐπινεύσας ἀληθὲς εἶναι 6 τι ἂν αὐτὸς ὃ λογισμὸς αἱρῇ. 60. Οὕτω 
καὶ νῦν τὴν ἀκρόασιν ποιήσασθε. εἴ τινες ὑμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἔμπρο- 
ΝΜ ᾽ / 
σθεν χρόνων ἥκουσιν οἴκοθεν τοιαύτην ἔχοντες τὴν δόξαν, ὡς apa 
ε , 58 Χ , ” εν ΄, 4 5 
6 Δημοσθένης οὐδὲν πώποτε εἴρηκεν ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου συστὰς μετὰ 
Pir , hse: 4 Ψ ὃ ΄, 3 sar ΄ δὲ ΄ ε 
οκράτους, --- ὅστις οὕτω διάκειται, μήτ᾽ ἀπογνώτω μηδὲν μήτ 
’ 
καταγνώτω πρὶν ἀκούσῃ" οὐ γὰρ δίκαιον. 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. ΙΟΙ 





A“ , ’ 
ὥσπερ δ᾽, ὅταν οἰόμενοι περιεῖναι χρήματα τῳ 
~ lal Ν ἣν 
λογίζησθε, ἂν καθαιρῶσιν αἱ ψῆφοι καὶ μηδὲν 
περιῇ, συγχωρεῖτε, οὕτω καὶ νῦν τοις ἐκ TOU 
: , ,΄ 
λόγου φαινομένοις προσθέσθαι. θεάσασθε τοί- 
ε 4 ε 3», ΕῚ QA , nw [2 “Ὁ 
νυν ὡς σαθρόν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐστὶ φύσει πᾶν ὁ τι ἂν 
ν / 4 & , " \ > “Ἢ on 
μὴ δικαίως ἢ πεπραγμένον. ἐκ yap avTOU Tov 228 
~ ~ 5 
σοφοῦ τούτου παραδείγματος ὡμολόγηκε νὺν γ 
ἴω ε Ν 
ἡμᾶς ὑπάρχειν ἐγνωσμένους ἐμὲ μὲν λέγειν ὑπὲρ 
“A / 2AM > ε Ν 9 5 Ἁ 
τῆς πατρίδος, αὐτὸν δ᾽ ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου: οὐ γὰρ 
nA , ¥ 
ἂν μεταπείθειν ὑμᾶς ἐζήτει μὴ τοιαύτης οὔσης 
“ ε ’ὕ ε ’ Ν ε ’ Ν 
τῆς ὑπαρχούσης ὑπολήψεως περὶ ἑκατέρου. καὶ 229 
Ν Ψ 3 δί ’ θέ θ 4 
μὴν ὅτι ye ov δίκαια λέγει μεταθέσθαι ταύτην 
τὴν δόξαν ἀξιῶν, ἐγὼ διδάξω ῥᾳδίως, οὐ τιθεὶς 
ψήφους (οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τῶν πραγμάτωι:; οὗτος. 
λογισμός) ἀλλ᾽ ἀναμιμνήσκων ἕκαστα ἐν βρα- 
χέσι, λογισταῖς ἅμα καὶ μάρτυσι τοῖς ἀκούουσιν 
ὑμῖν χρώμενος. ἡ γὰρ ἐμὴ πολιτεία, ἧς οὗτος 
A 5 Ν Ν <p: ’ \ ’,’ 
κατηγορεῖ, ἀντὶ μὲν του Θηβαίους μετὰ Φιλίππου 
συνεμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν χώ ὃ πάντες WOVTO, μεθ᾽ 230 
μ ς τὴν χώραν, ὃ πάντες ῴοντο, μ 
ἡμῶν παραταξαμένους ἐκεῖνον κωλύειν ἐποίησεν, 
3 Ν \ ese Code “ Ν / > ε 
ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ ἐν τῇ ᾿Αττικῇ τὸν πόλεμον εἶναι ἕπτα- 
Ν ι t 
/ ’ὔ 5 Ν A / + Sim." “A ~ 
κόσια στάδια ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ τοῖς Βοιωτῶν 
ε ’ 4 5 \ \ ‘ \ e “ 
ὁρίοις γενέσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ τοὺς λῃστὰς ἡμᾶς 
4 Ν » > Lal > ’ 3 3 ’ Ν 
φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας ἐν εἰρήνῃ τὴν 
3 ἣν 5 4 > , Ν A 
Αττικὴν ἐκ θαλάττης εἶναι πάντα τὸν πόλεμον, 
ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἔχειν Φίλιππον, 
λαβόντα Βυζάντιον, συμπολεμεῖν τοὺς Βυζαντίους 


102 AHMOS@OENOTS 





- ee 1 A ἴω 
231 μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον. apa σοι ψήφοις ὅμοιος 
. A ΕΝ A 
ὃ τῶν ἔργων λογισμὸς φαίνεται; ἢἣ δεῖν ἀντα- 
~ ~ 9 9 9 Ψ Ἀ ν , 
vehew Tavta, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὅπως τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον 
μνημονευθήσεται σκέψασθαι; καὶ οὐκέτι προσ- 
(0 4 “ Ν > , ἃ 3 νὰ / 
τίθημι OTL τῆς μὲν ὠμότητος, ἣν ἐν οἷς καθάπαξ 
~ Ya ’ ’ ὟΝ > ad ε ’ 
τινων κύριος κατέστη Φίλιππος ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ἑτέ- 
ροις πειραθῆναι συνέβη, τῆς δὲ φιλανθρωπίας, 
ἃ \ A A ’ 5 “~ , 
ἣν Ta λοιπὰ TOV πραγμάτων ἐκεῖνος περιβαλλό- 
,ὔ ~ nw ~ 
μενος ἐπλάττετο, ὑμεῖς καλῶς ποιοῦντες TOUS Kap- 
Ν , > Lee he. ie 
ποὺς κεκόμισθε. ἀλλ᾽ ἐῶ ταῦτα. 
Ν Ἁ 3 Ν dee oe | > = 3 ’ ν ε Ν 
232 Καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ εἰπεῖν ὀκνήσω, ὅτι 6 τὸν 
es / ’ > , ‘\ ‘\ 
ῥήτορα βουλόμενος δικαίως ἐξετάζειν καὶ μὴ ov- 
κοφαντεῖν οὐκ ἂν οἷα σὺ νῦν ἔλεγες, τοιαῦτα 
κατηγόρει, παραδείγματα πλάττων καὶ ῥήματα 
καὶ σχήματα μιμούμενος (πάνυ γὰρ παρὰ τοῦτο, 
3 ε “ ’ Ν ἂν c AX ’ 3 A Ν 
οὐχ ὁρᾷς; γέγονε τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, εἰ τουτὶ τὸ 
en > Ν Ν Ν ὃ ΄ θ ὃς Δ ΑΝ ὃ Ν ᾿ 
ῥῆμα ἀλλὰ μὴ τουτὶ διελέχθην ἐγώ, ἢ δευρὶ τὴν 
“A > ‘ ‘\ \ ’ 3 hee  8, 3 ων 
233 χεῖρα ἀλλὰ μὴ δευρὶ παρήνεγκα), ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν 
τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει, τίνας εἶχεν ἀφορμὰς ἡ 
ψ»" \ , ’ ιν 3 Ἁ U4 > 
πόλις καὶ τίνας δυνάμεις, OT εἰς TA πράγματ 
εἰσήειν, καὶ τίνας συνήγαγον αὐτῇ μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ 
ἐπιστὰς ἐγώ, καὶ πῶς εἶχε τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων. 
3 9 3 ἈΝ 5 , > ’ Ἀ ὃ 4, 5 
εἶτ᾽ εἰ μὲν ἐλάττους ἐποίησα τὰς δυνάμεις, παρ 
ἐμοὶ τἀδίκημ᾽ ἂν ἐδείκνυεν ὄν, εἰ δὲ πολλῷ μεί- 
3 x» > , 3 XN Ν Ἀ ΄ 
ζους, οὐκ ἂν ἐσυκοφάντει. ἐπειδὴ δὲ σὺ τοῦτο 





Cf. Aisch. δὲ 166 and 167, cited on page 58. 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 103 





’ 3 Ν ’ ‘ td > ὃ , 
πέφευγας, ἐγὼ ποιήσω" καὶ σκοπεῖτε εἰ δικαίως 
χρήσομαι τῷ λόγῳ. 

4 Ν ΄ > ε / Ν ’ 

Δύναμιν μὲν τοίνυν εἶχεν ἡ πόλις τοὺς νησιώ- 

> Ψ 3 Ν . > 1 ΄ 
τας, οὐχ ἅπαντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀσθενεστάτους - 
οὔτε γὰρ Χίος οὔτε Ῥόδος οὔτε Κέρκυρα μεθ᾽ 
ἡμῶν ἦν: χρημάτων δὲ σύνταξιν εἰς πέντε καὶ 
a“ ΨΦ 
τετταράκοντα τάλαντα, καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἦν προεξειλε- 
’ ε ’ δ᾽ ε la λὴ A > ἊΣ 5 
γμένα: ὁπλίτην δ᾽, ἱππέα πλὴν τῶν οἰκείων οὐ- 
δένα. ὃ δὲ πάντων καὶ φοβερώτατον καὶ μάλισθ᾽ 
ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, οὗτοι παρεσκευάκεσαν τοὺς 
΄ , ¥ a ΄ > , 
περιχώρους πάντας ἔχθρας ἢ φιλίας ἐγγυτέρω, 
~ A nw 
Μεγαρεῖς, Θηβαίους, Εὐβοέας. τὰ μὲν τῆς πό- 
Y | eee ¥ ‘ > Ν a ¥ 
λεως οὕτως ὑπῆρχεν ἔχοντα, Kal οὐδεὶς ἂν ἔχοι 
παρὰ ταῦτ᾽ εἰπεῖν ἄλλο οὐδέν - τὰ δὲ τοῦ Φιλίπ- 
Ν ἃ > δ. - ας ε > ,ὕ , σι 
που, πρὸς ὃν ἦν ἡμῖν ὁ ἀγών, σκέψασθε πῶς. 
πρῶτον μὲν ἦρχε τῶν ἀκολουθούντων αὐτὸς αὐτο- 
κράτωρ, ὃ τῶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον μέγιστόν ἐστιν 
ἁπάντων - εἶθ᾽ οὗτοι τὰ ὅπλα εἶχον ἐν ταῖς χερ- 
σὶν ἀεί: ἔπειτα χρημάτων εὐπόρει, καὶ ἔπραττεν 
ἃ ὃ ta 5.2) ῊΝἯ > hé > a ld 
ἃ δόξειεν αὐτῷ, οὐ προλέγων ἐν τοῖς ψηφίσμασιν, 
οὐδ᾽ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ βουλευόμενος, οὐδὲ γραφὰς 
΄ , 950» ε ΄ x > , 
φεύγων παρανόμων, οὐδ᾽ ὑπεύθυνος ὧν οὐδενί, 
5 > ε “A FN / ε 4 4 
ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸς δεσπότης, ἡγεμών, κύριος 
πάντων. ἐγὼ δ᾽ ὁ πρὸς τοῦτον ἀντιτεταγμένος 
A Ν > ek Dames | 4 , , , > 
(καὶ yap τοῦτ᾽ ἐξετάσαι δίκαιον) Tivos κύριος ἣν ; 
οὐδενός: αὐτὸ γὰρ τὸ δημηγορεῖν πρῶτον, οὗ 

I A 5 , > ς eee 4 > ε a“ 

μόνον μετεῖχον ἐγώ, ἐξ ἴσου προὐτίθεθ᾽ ὑμεῖς 


234 


235 


236 


104 AHMOS®ENOTS 





“~ ee 2 ’ “ Le et ’ \ ἂν 
τοῖς παρ᾽ ἐκείνου μισθαρνοῦσι καὶ ἐμοί, καὶ ὅσα 

“- , 3 a A Eek ον ἦρ An 
οὗτοι περιγένοιντο ἐμοῦ (πολλὰ ὃ ἐγίγνετο Tav- 


τα, Ov ἣν ἕκαστον τύχοι πρόφασω), ταῦθ᾽ ὑπὲρ 


237 τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀπῇτε βεβουλευμένοι. ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως 


ἐκ τοιούτων ἐλαττωμάτων ἐγὼ συμμάχους μὲν 
la > 

ὑμῖν ἐποίησα Εὐβοέας, ᾿Αχαιούς, Κορινθίους, Θη- 
‘ : 

Batous, Μεγαρέας, Λευκαδίους, Κερκυραίους, ἀφ᾽ 

a , x A , , , 

ὧν μύριοι μὲν Kal πεντακισχίλιοι ξένοι, δισχίλιοι 

δ᾽ ἱππεῖς ἄνευ τῶν πολιτικῶν δυνάμεων συνήχθη- 

΄ δέ ν 3 ΄ Regs J ΄ 
σαν: χρημάτων δέ, ὅσων ἠδυνήθην ἐγώ, πλεί- 


238 στὴν συντέλειαν ἐποίησα. εἰ δὲ λέγεις ἢ τὰ 


πρὸς Θηβαίους δίκαια, Αἰσχίνη, ἢ τὰ πρὸς Βυ- 
, a δ N > , Δ ν A »¥ 
Cavtiovs ἢ τὰ πρὸς Εὐβοέας, ἢ περὶ τῶν ἴσων 
νυνὶ διαλέγῃ, πρῶτον μὲν ἀγνοεῖς ὅτι καὶ πρό- 
“ ec QA ~ ε ’ 5 ’ 3 
τερον τῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν ᾿Βλλήνων ἐκείνων ἀγωνισα- 
~ a “A 
μένων τριήρων, τριακοσίων οὐσῶν τῶν πασῶν, 
Ν ’ ε ’ὔ ’ Ἁ 9 3 . 
τὰς διακοσίας ἡ πόλις παρέσχετο, καὶ οὐκ ἐλατ- 
τοῦσθαι νομίζουσα οὐδὲ κρίνουσα τοὺς ταῦτα 
7 > A > ~ » om, ἢ ’ 
συμβουλεύσαντας οὐδὲ ἀγανακτοῦσα ἐπὶ τούτοις 
ε a 3 N , > N A A Ψ 
ἑωρᾶτο (αἰσχρὸν γάρ), ἀλλὰ τοῖς θεοῖς ἔχουσα 
’ > A ὃ , Pek ae Ar 4 
χάριν, εἰ κοινοῦ κινδύνου. τοῖς “EdAnoe περιστάν- 


PN , ee A > ἃ ε , 
Tos αὐτὴ διπλάσια τῶν ἄλλων Els τὴν ἁπάντων 


239 σωτηρίαν παρέσχετο. εἶτα κενὰς χαρίζῃ χάριτας 


\ an > 2 Rite ἡ, A ee a 
τουτοισὶ συκοφαντῶν ἐμέ. τί γὰρ νῦν λέγεις οἷα 
5 a ’ 5 a. > f.'9 .ἅὦἃ > ~ aX. Χ 
ἐχρὴν πράττειν, ἀὰλ οὐ TOT ὧν ἐν TH πόλει Kal 
παρὼν ταῦτ᾽ ἔγραφες, εἴ περ ἐνεδέχετο παρὰ τοὺς 

΄ ’ 3 ® > Ψ > , 
παρόντας καιρούς, ἐν οἷς οὐχ ὅσα ἠβουλόμεθα 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ STE®ANOY. 105 





ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα δοίη τὰ πράγματ᾽ ἔδει δέχεσθαι: ὃ yap 
ἀντωνούμενος καὶ ταχὺ τοὺς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀπελαυνο- 
μένους προσδεξόμενος καὶ χρήματα προσθήσων 
ὑπῆρχεν ἕτοιμος. 

3 3 3 ~ ὌΝ Ὁ ~ , ᾽ ’ 

Αλλ᾽ εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις κατηγορίας 240 
¥ », ἃ ¥ > > 9 A \ , = 
ἔχω, τί ἂν οἴεσθε, εἰ TOT ἐμοῦ περὶ τούτων ἀκρι- 

’ 5 “ ε ’ A ’, 
βολογουμένου ἀπῆλθον αἱ πόλεις καὶ προσέθεντο 
Φιλίππῳ, καὶ ἅμα EvBotias καὶ Θηβῶν καὶ Βυζαν- 
τίου κύριος κατέστη, τί ποιεῖν ἂν ἢ τί λέγειν τοὺς 
53 - > ’ wr > ε 5 ’ὔ 
ἀσεβεῖς ἀνθρώπους τουτουσί; οὐχ ὡς ἐξεδόθη- 241 

> , 4 > ε “ 95 

σαν, ἀπηλάθησαν, βουλόμενοι μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν εἶναι ; 
εἶτα τοῦ μὲν “Ἑλλησπόντου διὰ Βυζαντίων ἐγκρα- 
τὴς καθέστηκε, καὶ τῆς σιτοπομπίας τῆς τῶν Ἔλ- 
λήνων κύριος, πόλεμος δ᾽ ὅμορος καὶ βαρὺς εἰς 
τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν διὰ Θηβαίων κεκόμισται, ἄπλους δ᾽ 
ε 4 ε " ~ > “ 5 ’ ε ’ 
ἡ θάλαττα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας ὁρμωμένων 
λῃστῶν γέγονεν ; οὐκ ἂν ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεγον, καὶ πολ- 
a γε Wpos τούτοις ἕτερα; πονηρόν, ὦ ἄνδρες 242 
3 A δ ey , 2 ON \ 
Αθηναῖοι, πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης ἀεὶ καὶ παντα- 
χόθεν βάσκανον καὶ φιλαίτιον: τοῦτο δὲ καὶ 

, , > ’ ’ 5 3 Ν 5 5 “A 
φύσει κίναδος τἀνθρώπιόν ἐστιν, οὐδὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς 
ε \ ‘ > > > 7 3 Ἀ ’ 
ὑγιὲς πεποιηκὸς οὐδ᾽ ἐλεύθερον, αὐτοτραγικὸς πί- 
θηκος, ἀρουραῖος Οἰνόμαος, παράσημος ῥήτωρ. 
τί γὰρ ἡ σὴ δεινότης εἰς ὄνησιν ἥκει πατρίδι; 

“ ε “ ὔ XN “A , Y 
νῦν ἡμῖν λέγεις περὶ τῶν παρεληλυθότων ; ὥσπερ 243 
ἂν εἴ τις ἰατρὸς ἀσθενοῦσι μὲν τοῖς κάμνουσιν 


εἰσιὼν μὴ λέγοι μηδὲ δεικνύοι δ ὧν ἀποφεύξον- 


106 AHMOS@ENOTS 


244 


245 





ται τὴν νόσον, ἐπειδὴ δὲ τελευτήσειέ τις αὐτῶν 
Ν Ν ΄ » Regen ΄ > “ SS 
καὶ τὰ νομιζόμενα αὐτῷ φέροιτο, ἀκολουθῶν ἐπὶ 
δ A 5 , es ee EEE ae 9 
τὸ μνῆμα διεξίοι “ εἰ TO καὶ τὸ ἐποίησεν ἄνθρω- 
ε ’ > x > 4 3) 3 ΄ ΑΝ 
πος οὑτοσί, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν. ἐμβρόντητε, εἶτα 
νῦν λέγεις ; 
μ» A a ra 
Οὐ τοίνυν οὐδὲ THY ἧτταν, εἰ ταύτῃ γαυριᾷς 
> @& an 
ep ἣ στένειν σε, ὦ κατάρατε, προσῆκεν, ἐν ov- 
κ᾿ “ Σ A a 
devi τῶν παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ γεγονυῖαν εὑρήσετε TH πόλει. 
οὑτωσὶ δὲ λογίζεσθε. οὐδαμοῦ πώποθ᾽, ὅποι 
᾿ A“ 
πρεσβευτὴς ἐπέμφθην ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἐγώ, ἡττηθεὶς 
ἀπῆλθον τῶν παρὰ Φιλίππου πρέσβεων, οὐκ ἐκ 
’, ~ 
Θετταλίας, οὐκ ἐξ ᾿Αμβρακίας, οὐκ ἐξ ᾿Ιλλυριῶν, 
> ἣν “A “~ ’ 3 3 
οὐ παρὰ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν βασιλέων, οὐκ ἐκ Bular- 
τίου, οὐκ ἄλλοθεν οὐδαμόθεν, οὐ τὰ τελευταῖα 
ἐκ Θηβῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν οἷς κρατηθεῖεν οἵ πρέσβεις 
αὐτοῦ τῷ λόγῳ, ταῦτα τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐπιὼν κατε- 
στρέφετο. ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἀπαιτεῖς παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ, καὶ οὐκ 
3 vs Ν 5 A » ’ ’ ‘ 
αἰσχύνει τὸν αὐτὸν εἴς TE μαλακίαν σκώπτων Kal 
A , , > an σ΄ ¥ ΄ 
τῆς Φιλίππου δυνάμεως ἀξιῶν ἕνα ὄντα κρείττω 
γενέσθαι; καὶ ταῦτα τοῖς λόγοις ; τίνος γὰρ 


» , > SEP > x A e 
ἄλλου κύριος HY ἐγώ; οὗ yap τῆς γε ἑκάστου 





a Ν ’ , ’ x 
225. Ἔπειτα ἐπερωτᾶν με, ὡς ἐγὼ πυνθάνομαι, μέλλει, τίς ἂν 
“ / Lid ~ ~ Ν ~ 
εἴη τοιοῦτος ἰατρός, ὅστις τῷ νοσοῦντι μεταξὺ μὲν ἀσθενοῦντι 
, na ΝΜ 
μηδὲν συμβουλεύοι, τελευτήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὰ ἐνα- 
έε A ‘ 5 ’ aA > ὃ ’ ε Ν ava > , 
τα διεξίοι πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους, ἃ ἐπιτηδεύσας ὑγιὴς ἂν ἐγένετο. 
Ν > > > “ / A 4 ἊΝ, “ 
226. σαυτὸν δ᾽ οὐκ ἀντερωτᾷς, Tis ἂν εἴη δημαγωγὸς τοιοῦτος, 
Ψ Ν Ἀ a wn δύ A de ’ 3 ΜΨ > 
ὅστις TOV μὲν δῆμον θωπεῦσαι δύναιτο, TOUS δὲ καιρούς, ἐν. οἷς ἣν 
’ὔ’ Ν ’ 5 ” 
σώζεσθαι τὴν πόλιν, ἀποδοῖτο. 


TIEPI TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 107 





ψυχῆς, οὐδὲ τῆς τύχης τῶν παραταξαμένων, οὐδὲ 
χῆς, fis τύχης ραταξαμένων, 


a ΄, 4ι ek NE ‘a > , y 
τῆς στρατηγίας, ἧς ἔμ᾽ ἀπαιτεῖς evOUvas: οὕτω. 


Ν > + N cee Py es ee ε ΄φ 
σκαιὸς εἶ. ἀλλὰ μὴν ὧν γ᾽ ἂν ὁ ῥήτωρ ὑπεύθυνος 
εἴη, πᾶσαν ἐξέτασιν λαμβάνετε: οὐ παραιτοῦμαι. 

“a wn ~ , 
τίνα οὖν ἐστι ταῦτα; ἰδεῖν TA πράγματα ἀρχό- 
A -Φὠς » 
μενα καὶ προαισθέσθαι Kai προειπεῖν τοῖς ἄλλοις. 
ταῦτα πέπρακταί μοι. καὶ ἔτι τὰς ἑκασταχοῦ 
ὃ la » 5 ’ ’ a 
βραδυτῆτας ὄκνους ἀγνοίας φιλονεικίας, ἃ πολιτι- 

“a A a) 
Ka ταῖς πόλεσι πρόσεστιν ἁπάσαις καὶ ἀναγκαῖα 
ἁμαρτήματα, ταῦθ᾽ ὡς εἰς ἐλάχιστα συστεῖλαι, 

Ν 3 ’ 3 ε ’ x , Ν ~ Ν 
καὶ τοὐναντίον εἰς ὁμόνοιαν καὶ φιλίαν καὶ τοῦ τὰ 
“A Ν A , 
δέοντα ποιεῖν ὁρμὴν προτρέψαι. καὶ ταῦτά μοι 
4 ” Ν : 3 Ν ’ > 9 > 
πάντα πεποίηται, Kal οὐδεὶς μή ποθ᾽ εὕρῃ κατ 
3 \ > Ν 5 if > 7 » ε 
ἐμὲ οὐδὲν ἐλλειφθέν. εἰ τοίνυν τις ἔροιτο ὃντι- 
a , A ΄“ ’ὔ e ’ 
νοῦν, τίσι τὰ πλεῖστα Φίλιππος ὧν κατέπραξε 
διῳκήσατο, πάντες ἂν εἴποιεν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ καὶ 
A "Mee \ , ‘ ey Cee ΄ 
τῷ διδόναι καὶ διαφθείρειν τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμά- 
των. οὐκοῦν τῶν μὲν δυνάμεων οὔτε κύριος οὔθ᾽ 
ε ἈΝ > > 4 ν DANS. ΤΕ 4 “Ὁ Ν “ 
ἡγεμὼν Hv ἐγώ, ὥστε οὐδ᾽ ὃ λόγος τῶν κατὰ ταῦ- 
΄ \ ee Ν Ν es a 
Ta πραχθέντων πρὸς ἐμέ. καὶ μὴν τῷ διαφθαρῆ- 
ναι χρήμασιν ἢ μὴ κεκράτηκα Φιλίππου: ὥσπερ 





-" 


/ a ὰ Ν 
152. ἐτόλμησε τοῖς δραπέταις ποσὶ καὶ λελοιπόσι τὴν τάξιν 
3 Ν δ΄ τῷ \ ΄ lal / > 4 ‘ 3 ΄ 
ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον τῶν τετελευτηκότων ἐγκωμιάζειν τὴν ἐκεί- 
/ ἈΝ Φ ’ὔ 
νων ἀρετήν. 155. ὅτι τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα, εἰ δὴ καὶ οὗτος ἀνήρ, 
στεφανοῖ ὃ δῆμος τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα τὸν κάκιστον 
Ν 
καὶ ἀνδραγαθίας ἕνεκα τὸν ἄνανδρον καὶ λελοιπότα τὴν τάξιν. 
4 \ t , / + 
159. ὅτι Δημοσθένης οὐ τὴν ἀπὸ στρατοπέδου μόνον τάξιν ἔλι- 
Ν “ 
πεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως. 


246 


247 


108 AHMOSOENOTS 





Ν. ε 5 ’ ’ Ν ’ 5Ν ’ὔ 
γὰρ ὁ ὠνούμενος νενίκηκε τὸν λαβόντα, ἐὰν πρίη- 
ν ε Ν 
ται, οὕτως ὁ μὴ λαβὼν καὶ διαφθαρεὶς νενίκηκε 
Ν > ’ 
τὸν ὠνούμενον. ὥστε ἀήττητος ἡ πόλις τὸ κατ᾽ 
ἐμέ. 
a ἈΝ ’, 
248 “A pev τοίνυν ἐγὼ παρεσχόμην εἰς τὸ δικαίως 
~ / A fa) “A 
τοιαῦτα γράφειν τοῦτον περὶ ἐμοῦ, πρὸς πολλοῖς 
ε ? “ A ; 
ETEPOLS ταῦτα Kal παραπλήσια τούτοις ἐστίν, ἃ 
δ᾽ ε ’ ε a“ an > “5 , Q Ἀ 
οἱ πάντες ὑμεῖς, ταῦτ᾽ ἤδη λέξω. μετὰ γὰρ 
\ ΄ 52 Χ ε a 2O\ a Ν 
τὴν μάχην εὐθὺς ὁ δῆμος, εἰδὼς καὶ ἑωρακὼς 
, 7 » A - A 
TAVTA OTA ἔπραττον ἐγώ, EV αὐτοῖς τοῖς δεινοῖς 
Ν τό ἴω 
καὶ φοβεροῖς ἐμβεβηκώς, ἡνίκ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἀγνωμονῆσαί 
Ν > ἴω 
τι θαυμαστὸν ἣν τοὺς πολλοὺς πρὸς ἐμέ, πρῶτον 
Ν \ , ~ 
μὲν περὶ σωτηρίας τῆς πόλεως τὰς ἐμὰς γνώμας 
> ΄, \ , > ¢ A A Ψ 
ἐχειροτόνει, καὶ πάνθ᾽ ὅσα τῆς φυλακῆς ἕνεκα 
3 ’ὔ ε ὃ ’ὔ ΄ ’ ε ’ὔ 
ἐπράττετο, ἡ διάταξις τῶν φυλάκων, αἱ τάφροι, 
Ν > Ν , ’ Ν “Ὁ 5 A ’ 
τὰ εἰς τὰ τείχη χρήματα, διὰ τῶν ἐμῶν ψηφισμά- 
των ἐγίγνετο: ἔπειθ᾽ αἱρούμενος σιτώνην ἐκ πάν- 
249 των ἐμὲ ἐχειροτόνησεν ὁ δῆμος. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 
συστάντων οἷς ἦν ἐπιμελὲς κακῶς ἐμὲ ποιεῖν, καὶ 
Ν 3 4 5 ’ ’ ~ τῳ 5 
γραφὰς εὐθύνας εἰσαγγελίας πάντα ταῦτ᾽ ἐπα- 
γόντων μοι, οὐ Ov ἑαυτῶν τό γε πρῶτον, ἀλλὰ Ov 
aq , 9 ¢ , 9 ,Ἱ ¥ \ 
ὧν μάλισθ᾽ ὑπελάμβανον ἀγνοήσεσθαι (ίστε yap 
δήπου καὶ μέμνησθε ὅτι τοὺς πρώτους χρόνους 
κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην ἐκρινόμην ἐγώ, καὶ 
» 5 3 ld Ὁ l4 + ¢ 
οὔτ᾽ ἀπόνοια Σωσικλέους οὔτε συκοφαντία Φιλο- 
/ A ’ὔ Ν ’ »)» » 3 
κράτους οὔτε Audvdov καὶ Μελάντου μανία οὔτ 
YY. \9 QA 9 ΄, > , > 9 vas 9 
GAN οὐδὲν ἀπείρατον ἦν τούτοις κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ), ἐν 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 109 





4 , lal 4 \ Ν ᾿, ’ 
τοίνυν τούτοις πᾶσι μάλιστα μὲν διὰ τοὺς θεούς, 
δεύτερον δὲ Ou ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ᾿Αθηναίους 
3 ΄ ὃ ’ A Ν Δ .9 ΄ > 
ἐσωζόμην. δικαίως" τοῦτο yap Kal ἀληθές ἐστι 
καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ὀμωμοκότων καὶ γνόντων τὰ εὔορκα 
δικαστῶν. οὐκοῦν ἐν μὲν οἷς εἰσηγγελλόμην, ὅτ᾽ 250 
ἀπεψηφίζεσθέ μου καὶ τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων τοῖς 

,ὔ 3 / a ἃ, ld A » 
διώκουσιν οὐ μετεδίδοτε, τότ᾽ ἐψηφίζεσθε τὰ apr 

, , 3 ® δὲ Ν \ et 4 
στά με πράττειν: ἐν οἷς δὲ Tas γραφὰς ἀπέφευ- 
» : \ , \ , > , 
γον, ἔννομα καὶ γράφειν καὶ λέγειν ἀπεδεικνύμην" 
3 ® Ν \ > 4 > ’, ’ὔ ‘\ 
ἐν οἷς δὲ Tas εὐθύνας ἐπεσημαίνεσθε, δικαίως καὶ 
ἀδωροδοκήτως πάντα πεπρᾶχθαΐ μοι προσωμολο- 
γεῖτε. τούτων οὖν οὕτως ἐχόντων τί προσῆκον ἣ 

΄ , > ρας, PS ἡ A , ΄ 
τί δίκαιον ἣν τοῖς ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ πεπραγμένοις θέσθαι 
Ἀ ΄“ » 9, ἃ Ν “ Cf 
τὸν Κτησιφῶντα ὄνομα, οὐχ ὃ τὸν δῆμον ἑώρα 
τιθέμενον, οὐχ ὃ τοὺς ὀμωμοκότας δικαστάς, οὐχ 
ὰ Ἁ 3 4 X A A 
ὃ τὴν ἀλήθειαν παρὰ πᾶσι βεβαιοῦσαν ; 

Nai, φησίν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ Κεφάλου καλόν, τὸ 251 
μηδεμίαν γραφὴν φεύγειν. καὶ νὴ Δί᾽ εὔδαιμόν 
γε. ἀλλὰ τί μᾶλλον ὁ πολλάκις μὲν φυγὼν μηδε- 

, δ᾽ 3 r θ Ν LO Re 3 3 , / 
πώποτε δ᾽ ἐξελεγχθεὶς ἀδικῶν ἐν ἐγκλήματι γί: 
γνοιτ᾽ ἂν διὰ τοῦτο δικαίως ; καίτοι πρός γε τοῦ- 





, 3 A “ ~ 
194. Erodpa δ᾽ ἐν ὑμῖν ποτε σεμνύνεσθαι ᾿Αριστοφῶν ἐκεῖνος 
; ἥμι. Ν , μή Ν 4 4 ε ΄ 
ὁ ᾿Αζηνιεὺς λέγων, ὅτι γραφὰς παρανόμων πέφευγεν ἑβδομήκοντα 
Ν ᾽ 3 3 An ἘΝ" , ε \ ἘΔ ΣᾺΝ ε rs 
καὶ πέντε. ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ 6 Κέφαλος ὃ παλαιὸς ἐκεῖνος, 6 δοκῶν 
δημοτικώτατος γεγονέναι, οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐφι- 
“ “ / 
λοτιμεῖτο, λέγων, ὅτι πλεῖστα πάντων γεγραφὼς ψηφίσματα 
οὐδεμίαν πώποτε γραφὴν πέφευγε παρανόμων, καλῶς, οἶμαι, 
σεμνυνόμενος. | 


110 AHMOZ@OENOTS 





τον, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Κεφάλου καλὸν 
ey τον Τῷ > ΄ κ᾿ , 2 93 , , 
εἰπεῖν ἔστι μοι- οὐδεμίαν yap πώποτ᾽ ἐγράψατό 
5 3 > ’ , 9 ε Ἂ, “ e ’ 
με οὐδ᾽ ἐδίωξε γραφήν, ὥστε ὑπὸ σοῦ γε ὧμολό- 
Ἀ > A a ’ ’ 
γημαι μηδὲν εἶναι τοῦ Κεφάλου χείρων πολίτης. 
2522 Πανταχόθεν μὲν τοίνυν ἂν τις ἴδοι τὴν ἀγνωμο- 
’ὕ 5 ων Ἀ Ν ’, 5 4 > 
σύνην αὐτοῦ καὶ THY βασκανίαν, οὐχ ἥκιστα ὃ 
ἀφ᾽ ὧν περὶ τῆς τύχης διελέχθη. ἐγὼ δ᾽ ὅλως 
Ψ ν » “ἡ 5 , 4 ’ὔὕ 
μέν, ὅστις ἄνθρωπος ὧν ἀνθρώπῳ τύχην προφέ- 
ρει, ἀνόητον ἡγοῦμαι" ἣν γὰρ ὃ βέλτιστα πράτ- 
τειν νομίζων καὶ ἀρίστην ἔχειν οἰόμενος οὐκ οἷ- 
δεν, εἰ μενεῖ τοιαύτη μέχρι τῆς ἑσπέρας, πῶς χρὴ 
Ν. ’ ’ “ἡ “ . , € 4 5 
περὶ ταύτης λέγειν ἢ πῶς ὀνειδίζειν ἑτέρῳ ; ἐπει- 
Ν > a Ἂς A Ξ , Ν Ν , 
δὴ δ᾽ οὗτος πρὸς πολλοῖς ἀλλοις καὶ περὶ τούτων 
ε , A a , , en, ee 
ὑπερηφάνως χρῆται τῷ λόγῳ, σκέψασθ᾽, ὦ ar- 
3 A N , Ψ aan , 
ὃρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ θεωρήσατε ὅσῳ καὶ ἀληθέ- 
στερον καὶ ἀνθρωπινώτερον ἐγὼ περὶ τῆς τύχης 
2 j διαλενθή νυ, ἐγὼ τὴν τῆς πόλεως τύ- 
53 τούτου διαλεχθήσομαι. ν ἐγὼ τὴν τῆς ς 
5 ἈΝ ε ἴω Ἁ AM? ¢ a A Ν , 
xnv ἀγαθὴν ἡγοῦμαι, καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὁρῶ Kat τὸν Δία 
τὸν Δωδωναῖον ὑμῖν μαντευόμενον, τὴν μέντοι 
τῶν πάντων ἀνθρώπων, ἣ νῦν ἐπέχει, χαλεπὴν καὶ 
δεινήν: τίς γὰρ Ἑλλήνων ἢ τίς βαρβάρων οὐ 
254 πολλῶν κακῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι πεπείραται; τὸ 
\ 4 4 Ἂς ’, ὦ» sX AQ ~ 
μὲν τοίνυν προελέσθαι τὰ κάλλιστα καὶ TO τῶν 
οἰηθέντων Ἑλλήνων, εἰ πρόοιντο ἡμᾶς, ἐν εὐδαι- 
μονίᾳ διάξειν, αὐτῶν ἄμεινον πράττειν τῆς ἀγα- 
θῆς τύχης τῆς πόλεως εἶναι τίθημι" τὸ δὲ προσ- 
»ῪΝ A A U4 > ε 3 ’ 3 ε Ὁ“ 
κροῦσαι καὶ μὴ πάνθ᾽ ὡς ἠβουλόμεθ᾽ ἡμῖν 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 11 





συμβῆναι τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων τύχης τὸ 
ἐπιβάλλον ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς μέρος μετειληφέναι νομίζω 


τὴν πόλιν. τὴν δ᾽ ἰδίαν τύχην τὴν ἐμὴν καὶ τὴν 255 


ας τας ε ΄Ὺ ε ’ 5 ~ 3Q7 > / 4 

ἑνὸς ἡμῶν ἑκάστου ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ἐξετάζειν δίκαιον 

εἶναι νομίζω. ἐγὼ μὲν οὑτωσὶ περὶ τῆς τύχης 
3 ΄“ > “~ Ν ’ ε 5 ~ J a“ / 

ἀξιῶ, ὀρθῶς καὶ δικαίως, ws ἐμαυτῷ δοκῶ, νομίζω 
\ Nee A ε Ν Ἁ 50.9ϑ, ’ Ν 5 ᾿ ω 

δὲ καὶ div: ὁ δὲ τὴν ἰδίαν τύχην τὴν ἐμὴν τῆς 


A aA > 
κοινῆς τῆς πόλεως κυριωτέραν εἶναί φησι, τὴν. 


Ν ‘ 4 lal > ~ ‘\ , 
μικρὰν Kat φαύλην τῆς ἀγαθῆς Kat μεγάλης. 
καὶ πῶς ἔνι τοῦτο γενέσθαι ; 
Καὶ μὴν εἴ γε τὴν ἐμὴν τύχην πάντως ἐξετά- 

ζειν, Αἰσχίνη, προαιρεῖ, πρὸς τὴν σαυτοῦ σκόπει, 
x Ψ Ἁ “ , “ “ A 

κἂν εὕρῃς τὴν ἐμὴν βελτίω τῆς σῆς, παῦσαι or 

δορούμενος αὐτῇ. σκόπει τοίνυν εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς. 
4 Ν Βς, ’ὔ , ἴω 

καί μου πρὸς Διὸς μηδεμίαν ψυχρότητα καταγνῷ 
ὃ ’ Lee. ‘\ Ν» 3 ¥ ’ ’ 

μηδείς. ἐγὼ γὰρ οὔτ᾽ εἴ τις πενίαν προπηλακίζει, 
Aw ¥ ε A »*” > » 9 > / 

νοῦν ἔχειν ἡγοῦμαι, οὔτ᾽ εἴ τις ἐν ἀφθόνοις Tpa- 
Ἁ - ΣΦ ’ , 5 » ε Ν “ 

dels ἐπὶ τούτῳ σεμνύνεται: GAN ὑπὸ τῆς του- 
A ww “a 

Tovt τοῦ χαλεποῦ βλασφημίας καὶ συκοφαντίας 
> U4 , <5 

εἰς τοιούτους λόγους ἐμπίπτειν ἀναγκάζομαι, οἷς 

a 4 
ἐκ TOV ἐνόντων ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι μετριώτατα χρή- 
σομαι. 

3 ‘ “ 
Εμοὶ μὲν τοίνυν ὑπῆρξεν, Αἰσχίνη, παιδὶ τὰ 
προσήκοντα διδασκαλεῖα, καὶ ἔχειν ὅσα χρὴ τὸν 

\ 
μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ποιήσοντα δι᾿ ἔνδειαν, ἐξελθόντι 

ἈΝ 
δὲ ἐκ παίδων ἀκόλουθα τούτοις πράττειν, χορη- 


γεῖν, τριηραρχεῖν, εἰσφέρειν, μηδεμιᾶς φιλοτιμίας 


256 


257 


112 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





μήτε ἰδίας μήτε δημοσίας ἀπολείπεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ 
“ aN Ν = aN ΄ > > δὴ 
τῇ πόλει καὶ τοις φίλοις χρήσιμον εἶναι, ἐπειδὴ 
Ν Ν Ν Ν “~ ¥ ’ ΄“ 
δὲ πρὸς τὰ κοινὰ προσελθεῖν ἔδοξέ μοι, τοιαῦτα 
, ey Ψ Ά i ἡ A Ἵ ’ὔ 
πολιτεύματα ἑλέσθαι ὥστε καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς πατρί- 
dos καὶ ὑπ᾽ ἄλλων ἙἭ .λλήνων πολλῶν πολλάκις 
3 ae ‘\ de Ν 3 Ν econ ε 
ἐστεφανῶσθαι, καὶ μηδὲ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμᾶς, ὡς 
> , > 4 ἃ / 5» A , 
ov Kaha y ἣν ἃ προειλόμην, ἐπιχειρεῖν λέγειν. 
Ἁ 4 
258 ἐγὼ μὲν δὴ τοιαύτῃ συμβεβίωκα τύχῃ, καὶ πόλλ᾽ 
4 a “ 
ἂν ἔχων ἕτερ᾽ εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτῆς παραλείπω, φυ- 
λαττόμενος τὸ λυπῆσαί τινα ἐν οἷς σεμνύνομαι. 
3 
σὺ δ᾽ ὃ σεμνυνόμενος ἀνὴρ καὶ διαπτύων τοὺς 
ἄλλους σκόπει πρὸς ταύτην ποίᾳ τινὶ κέχρησαι 
ee Ἄν. | sin \ x x a > ΄ 
τύχῃ, OL ἣν παῖς μὲν ὧν μετὰ πολλῆς ἐνδείας 
> 4 9 ΄Ν \ a, ”~ ὃ ὃ ’ὔ 
ἐτράφης, ἅμα Tw πατρὶ πρὸς τῳ διδασκαλείῳ 
’ Ν 4 / Ν Ν ’ 
προσεδρεύων, τὸ μέλαν τρίβων καὶ τὰ βάθρα 
σπογγίζων καὶ τὸ παιδαγωγεῖον κορῶν, οἰκέτου 
’ 3 5 4 δὸ » 2.4 δὲ / 
259 τάξιν, οὐκ ἐλευθέρου παιδὸς ἔχων, ἀνὴρ δὲ γενό- 
- Ν / ‘4 
μενος TH μητρὶ τελούσῃ Tas βίβλους ἀνεγίγνω- 
> ἴω Ν 
σκες καὶ τἄλλα συνεσκευωροῦ, τὴν μὲν νύκτα 
’ \ ’ Ἁ ’ Ν 
νεβρίζων καὶ κρατηρίζων καὶ καθαίρων τοὺς Te 
λουμένους καὶ ἀπομάττων τῷ πηλῷ καὶ τοῖς πιτύ- 
ροις καὶ ἀνιστὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ καθαρμοῦ κελεύων 
We εν , ΥΩ x ἀπο, 2.0 
éyew “ἔφυγον κακόν, εὗρον ἄμεινον," ἐπὶ TO 
μηδένα πώποτε τηλικοῦτ᾽ ὀλολύξαι σεμνυνόμενος 
26ο (καὶ ἔγωγε νομίζω: μὴ γὰρ οἴεσθ᾽ αὐτὸν φθέγ- 
γεσθαι μὲν οὕτω μέγα, ὀλολύζειν δ᾽ οὐχ ὑπέρ- 
λαμπρον), ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις τοὺς καλοὺς θιάσους 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 113 





A Ν ~ ε “A \ > ’ ~ 
ἄγων διὰ τῶν ὁδῶν, τοὺς ἐστεφανωμένους τῷ 
4 \ “~ 7 Ν 4 x a 
μαράθῳ καὶ TH λεύκῃ, τοὺς ὄφεις τοὺς παρείας 
θλίβων καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς κεφαλῆς αἰωρῶν, καὶ βοῶν 
κ᾿ a ΕΝ 
evot σαβοῖ, καὶ ἐπορχούμενος Uys ἄττης ἄττης 
ὕης, ἔξαρχος καὶ προηγεμὼν καὶ κιττοφόρος καὶ 
’ Ν lal ε Ν ΄“ ’ 
λικνοφόρος καὶ τοιαῦτα ὑπὸ τῶν γρᾳδίων προσα- 
/ ‘ ’ ᾽ » 
γορευόμενος, μισθὸν λαμβάνων τούτων ἔνθρυπτα 
Ν ‘ ‘ ’ > sy? + ’ > “ἡ ε 
καὶ στρεπτοὺς καὶ νεήλατα, ἐφ᾽ οἷς τίς οὐκ ἂν ὡς 
3 -~ es > ΄ \ \ ε ~ ’ 
ἀληθῶς αὑτὸν εὐδαιμονίσειε καὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ τύ- 
χην; ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ εἰς τοὺς δημότας ἐνεγράφης ὁπωσ- 261 
δήποτε, ἐῶ γὰρ τοῦτο, ἐπειδή γ᾽ ἐνεγράφης, 
5 4 x ἂν ’ὔ 5 ͵ὕ nw ΕἾ 
εὐθέως τὸ κάλλιστον ἐξελέξω τῶν ἔργων, γραμ- 
ματεύειν καὶ ὑπηρετεῖν τοῖς ἀρχιδίοις, ὡς δ᾽ 
3 , \ Ν ΟΣ , 5. ἃ κι aN 
ἀπηλλάγης ποτὲ καὶ τούτου, πάνθ᾽ ἃ τῶν ἄλλων 
κατηγορεῖς αὐτὸς ποιήσας, οὐ κατήσχυνας μὰ 
5 > \ “A ee , ~ Ν ΄“ 
Δί᾽ οὐδὲν τῶν προὐπηργμένων τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα 
4 5 Ἂ, 4 Ν ~ 4 
Bio, ἀλλὰ μισθώσας σαυτὸν τοῖς βαρυστόνοις 262 
3 4 > ’ ε “ Υ̓ Ἀ 
ἐπικαλουμένοις ἐκείνοις ὑποκριταῖς, Σιμύλῳ καὶ 
Σωκράτει, ἐτριταγωνίστεις, σῦκα καὶ βότρυς καὶ 
3 ’, ’ Ψ 3 ’ 3 ΄“ 3 
ἐλάας συλλέγων ὠὡσπερ ὀπωρώνης ἐκ τῶν ἀλλο- 
4 , ’ ’ὔ 5 ‘\ , x 
τρίων χωρίων, πλείω λαμβάνων ἀπὸ τούτων ἢ 
τῶν ἀγώνων, OVS ὑμεῖς περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἠγωνί- 
ζεσθε: ἢν γὰρ ἄσπονδος καὶ ἀκήρυκτος ὑμῖν 
N N N , e772 @ \ , 
πρὸς τοὺς θεατὰς πόλεμος, ὑφ᾽ ὧν πολλὰ Tpav- 
par εἰληφὼς εἰκότως τοὺς ἀπείρους τῶν τοιούτων 
κινδύνων ὡς δειλοὺς σκώπτεις. ἀλλὰ γὰρ πα- 263 
pels ὧν τὴν πενίαν αἰτιάσαιτ᾽ ἄν τις, πρὸς αὐτὰ 
ὃ 


114 AHMOS®ENOTS 





τὰ τοῦ τρόπου σου βαδιοῦμαι κατηγορήματα. 
τοιαύτην γὰρ εἵλου πολιτείαν, ἐπειδή ποτε καὶ 
A 9 ΕῚ ΄-“ , la) > aA 5 ’ Ἁ 
τοῦτ᾽ ἐπῆλθέ σοι ποιῆσαι, δι ἣν εὐτυχούσης μὲν 
τῆς πατρίδος λαγὼ βίον ἔζης δεδιὼς καὶ τρέμων 
\ As 4 aie > 7? e ΄΄ 
καὶ ἀεὶ πληγήσεσθαι προσδοκῶν ep οἷς σαυτῷ 
, > εὖ. Ἦν > @ > > , e > 
συνήδεις ἀδικοῦντι, ἐν οἷς ὃ ἡτύχησαν οἱ αλλοι, 
264 θρασὺς ὧν ὑφ᾽ ἁπάντων ὦψαι. καίτοι ὅστις χι- 
λίων πολιτῶν ἀποθανόντων ἐθάρρησε, τί οὗτος 
“ ε A aw , , 4 5 Ρ A 
παθεῖν ὑπὸ τῶν ζώντων δίκαιός ἐστιν; / πολλὰ 
’ὕ σ 5» 5 ~ » A 5 nw , 
τοίνυν ἕτερ᾽ εἰπεῖν ἔχων περὶ αὐτοῦ παραλείψω * 
> A 9 5 “ἡ 3 , 3 ame ἢ Ν 4 
οὐ yap ὅσ᾽ ἂν δείξαιμι προσόντ᾽ αἰσχρὰ τούτῳ 
vis , , > > - > ~ , 5 5 
KQL ὀνείδη, TAVT οἶμαι δεῖν εὔχερως λέγειν ἀλλ 
ὅσα μηδὲν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ἐμοί. 
265 ᾿Ἐξέτασον τοίνυν παρ᾽ ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ 
’ὔὕ 4 A ~ 5 4 5 > 
βεβιωμένα, πράως, μὴ πικρῶς, Αἰσχίνη: εἶτ 
ἐρώτησον τουτουσὶ τὴν ποτέρου τύχην ἂν ἕλοιθ᾽ 
9 3 “ 3sQ7 aA 3 ‘ 5 
ἕκαστος αὐτῶν. ἐδίδασκες γράμματα, ἐγὼ ὃ 
5 , 3 an 5 A 5 5 ’ὕ 5 , 
ἐφοίτων. ἐτέχεις, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐτελούμην. ἐγραμμά- 
Teves, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἠκκλησίαζον. ἐτριταγωνίστεις, 
5 A > 5 » ἣν 4 5» A 5 5 4 
ἐγὼ ὃ ἐθεώρουν. ἐξέπιπτες, ἐγὼ ὃ ἐσύριττον. 
ε A “~ 5 “ , 4 5 A 5 
ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πεπολίτευσαι πάντα, ἐγὼ ὃ 
266 ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος. ἐῶ τἄλλα, ἀλλὰ νυνὶ τήμε- 
ρον ἐγὼ μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ στεφανωθῆναι δοκιμά- 
Ν Ν 3 ε ἴω 5 A 3 , 
Copa, τὸ δὲ μηδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν ἀδικεῖν ἀνωμολόγημαι, 
σοὶ δὲ συκοφάντῃ μὲν εἶναι δοκεῖν ὑπάρχει, κιν- 
’ \ » “Ἂ > ἋΣ , la nA i _.>. = 
Suvevers δὲ εἴτε δεῖ σ᾽ ETL τοῦτο ποιεῖν, εἴτ᾽ ἤδη 


“~ Ν ’ Ν 4 U4 
πεπαῦσθαι μὴ μεταλαβόντα TO πέμπτον μέρος 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 115 





τῶν ψήφων. ἀγαθῇ γε, οὐχ ὁρᾷς; τύχῃ συμ- 
βεβιωκὼς τῆς ἐμῆς κατηγορεῖς. 

Φέρε δὲ καὶ τὰς τῶν λειτουργιῶν μαρτυρίας, 
ὧν λελειτούργηκα, ὑμῖν ἀναγνῶ" παρ᾽ ἃς παρα- 
νάγνωθι καὶ σύ μοι τὰς ῥήσεις ἃς ἐλυμαίνου, 

. ἥκω νεκρῶν κευθμῶνα καὶ σκότου πύλας 
καὶ 

κακαγγελεῖν μὲν ἴσθι μὴ θέλοντά με, 
καὶ κακὸν κακῶς σε μάλιστα μὲν οἱ θεοί, ἔπειτα 
οὗτοι πάντες ἀπολέσειαν, πονηρὸν ὄντα καὶ πολί- 
τὴν καὶ τριταγωνιστήν. 

Λέγε τὰς μαρτυρίας... 

ΜΑΡΤΥΡΙΑΙ. 


3 Ν ’, ~ Ν ‘ ra “A 
Ἐν μὲν τοίνυν τοῖς πρὸς THY πόλιν τοιοῦτος * 
5 Ν “ 50. 3 Ἁ / ¥ 9 Ν Ν 
ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἰδίοις εἰ μὴ πάντες ἴστε ὅτι κοινὸς καὶ 
φιλάνθρωπος καὶ τοῖς δεομένοις ἐπαρκῶν, σιωπῶ 
Ἁ 3 Ν A » 3 Ν ’ὔ ἣν ’ 
καὶ οὐδὲν ἀν εἴποιμι οὐδὲ παρασχοίμην περὶ τού- 
των οὐδεμίαν μαρτυρίαν, οὔτ᾽ εἴ τινας ἐκ τῶν 
/ 3 ΄, » 9 ΕἾ , 

πολεμίων ἐλυσάμην, οὔτ᾽ εἴ τισι θυγατέρας συν- 

’ » ~ 4 3 Ud \ ‘\ "4 
εξέδωκα, οὔτε τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν. καὶ γὰρ οὕτω 

Ce: AF > % 4 Ἁ Ν Ss 7 
πως ὑπείληφα. . ἐγὼ νομίζω τὸν μὲν εὖ παθόντα 
δεῖν μεμνῆσθαι πᾶντα τὸν χρόνον, τὸν δὲ ποιή- 
5 Ν 5 ἴω 5 A A A wa 
σαντα εὐθὺς ἐπιλελῆσθαι, εἰ δεῖ TOY μὲν χρηστοῦ 

Ν Ν Ἁ , ~ » 3 ’ 

τὸν δὲ μὴ μικροψύχου ποιεῖν ἔργον ἀνθρώπου. 
=<. Ν Ν 2Q7 3 ’ ε ’ ‘N 
τὸ δὲ τὰς ἰδίας εὐεργεσίας ὑπομιμνήσκειν καὶ 
’ A A bid ’ 3 Saas , ϑ 
λέγειν μικροῦ δεῖν ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ ὀνειδίζειν. οὐ 


267 


268 


269 


116 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΈΝΟΥΣ 


270 


μι 


27 


272 


273 





A 4 ~~ 5 4 > A 7 
δὴ ποιήσω τοιοῦτον οὐδέν, οὐδὲ προαχθήσομαι, 
5 3 σ > e 4 . 4 ” . A 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως ποθ᾽ ὑπείλημμαι περὶ τούτων, ἀρκεῖ 
μοι. 

Βούλομαι δὲ τῶν ἰδίων ἀπαλλαγεὶς ἔτι μικρὰ 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν περὶ τῶν κοινῶν. εἶ μὲν γὰρ 
¥ 9 ΄ an εν κ᾿ Ν y > κ 
ἔχεις, Αἰσχίνη, τῶν vO τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον εἰπεῖν 
5 4 σ 5 ῪΝῸ ~ 4 , 
ἀνθρώπων ὅστις ἀθῷος τῆς Φιλίππου πρότερον 
καὶ νῦν τῆς ᾿Αλεξάνδρου δυναστείας γέγονεν, 7 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἢ τῶν βαρβάρων, ἔστω, συγχωρῶ 

» 
σοι τὴν ἐμὴν εἴτε τύχην εἴτε δυστυχίαν ὀνομά- 
A ,ὔὕ Sf Lal > Ἀ 
ζειν βούλει πάντων αἰτίαν γεγενῆσθαι. εἰ δὲ 

A ΄“ ὃ 4 3 ἰδό 5 A Ἁ x 
Kal τῶν μηδεπώποτ᾽ ἰδόντων ἐμὲ μηδὲ φωνὴν 
5 , 5» ΄“ A AX ᾿ A A 4 
ἀκηκοότων ἐμοὺ πολλοὶ πολλὰ Kal δεινὰ πεπόν-. 

A , 5 » 5 A A , 7 
Bact, μὴ μόνον κατ ἄνδρα ἀλλὰ καὶ πόλεις ὁλαι 

Ἀ “0 , ὃ ͵ὔ » ὶλ θέ Ν 
καὶ ἔθνη, πόσῳ δικαιότερον καὶ ἀληθέστερον τὴν 
ἁπάντων, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀνθρώπων τύχην κοινὴν καὶ 
φοράν τινα πραγμάτων χαλεπὴν καὶ οὐχ οἵαν 
ἔδει τούτων αἰτίαν ἡγεῖσθαι; σὺ τοίνυν ταῦτ᾽ 
a A 9 A Ν A A : , 3 
ἀφεὶς ἐμὲ τὸν παρὰ τουτοισὶ πεπολιτευμένον αἷ- 

oo \ ee | δὲ 9 A > Ν Ά, ox , 
τιᾳ, καὶ ταῦτ᾽ εἰδὼς OTL, καὶ εἰ μὴ TO ὅλον, μέρος 
γ᾽ ἐπιβάλλει τῆς βλασφημίας ἅπασι, καὶ μάλι- 
στα σοί. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ κατ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν avTo- 
κράτωρ περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐβουλευόμην, ἣν ἂν 

“ »Ὰ erp ε a 3 A 5 a 5 A 
τοῖς ἄλλοις ῥήτορσιν ὑμῖν ἐμὲ αἰτιᾶσθαι: εἰ δὲ 
παρῆτε μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἁπάσαις, ἀεὶ δ᾽ 
9 ΄ Ν , ε ’ 9. νὰ aA 
ἐν κοινῳ TO συμφέρον ἡ πόλις προὐτίθει σκοπεῖν, 

“~ ἈΝ a» > , κὸν »¥ 5» > x , 
πᾶσι δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἐδόκει TOT apioT εἶναι, Kal μάλι- 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 117 





4 > A D232 > ’ Ε] 5 ἈΝ ’ 
στα σοΐ (οὐ γὰρ ἐπ᾽ εὐνοίᾳ γ᾽ ἐμοὶ παρεχώρεις 
5 ’ Ν / Ν ~ ἃ ’ ἴω, 
ἐλπίδων καὶ ζήλου καὶ τιμῶν, ἃ πάντα προσῆν 

al 4 ’ ee > A > Ν a > 
τοῖς τότε πραττομένοις UT EOV, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀλη- 
΄ ε ΄ , \ A ΝΥ » 
θείας ἡττώμενος δηλονότι καὶ τῷ μηδὲν ἔχειν 
> ~ 4, ὯΝ 3 3 “~ A A ~ 
εἰπεῖν βέλτιον), πῶς οὐκ ἀδικεῖς καὶ δεινὰ ποιεῖς 
΄ A 3 A Φ' 5 3 4 ΄ 
τούτοις νῦν ἐγκαλῶν, ὧν TOT οὐκ εἶχες λέγειν 
βελτίω; παρὰ μὲν τοίνυν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔγωγ᾽ ὁρῶ 274 
πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις διωρισμένα καὶ τεταγμένα πως 
τὰ τοιαῦτα. ἀδικεῖ τις ἑκών; ὀργὴν καὶ τιμω- 
ρίαν κατὰ τούτον. ἐξήμαρτέ τις ἄκων; συγ- 
γνώμην ἀντὶ τῆς τιμωρίας τούτῳ. οὔτ᾽ ἀδικῶν 
τις οὔτ᾽ ἐξαμαρτάνων, εἰς τὰ πᾶσι δοκοῦντα συμ- 
’ ε Ν Ν 3 ’ὔ’ 3 ε 4 
φέρειν ἑαυτὸν δοὺς ov κατώρθωσε μεθ᾽ ἁπάντων ; 
οὐκ ὀνειδίζειν οὐδὲ λοιδορεῖσθαι τῷ τοιούτῳ 
δίκαιον, ἀλλὰ συνάχθεσθαι. φανήσεται ταῦτα 275 
/ ν 5 ’ “A ’ > Ν \ ε 
πάντα οὕτως οὐ μόνον τοῖς νόμοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ 
φύσις αὐτὴ τοῖς ἀγράφοις νομίμοις καὶ τοῖς 
3 ’, » 4 > ’ ’ 
ἀνθρωπίνοις ἤθεσι διώρικεν. Αἰσχίνης τοίνυν 
a) ε ’, ν 3 ’ 3 ’ 
τοσοῦτον ὑπερβέβληκεν ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους ὠμό- 
τητι καὶ συκοφαντίᾳ ὥστε καὶ ὧν αὐτὸς ὡς ἀτυ- 
χημάτων ἐμέμνητο, καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖ. 
Καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὥσπερ αὐτὸς ἁπλῶς καὶ 276 
> > / » > Ν Ν / , 
μετ᾽ εὐνοίας πάντας εἰρηκὼς τοὺς λόγους, φυλάτ- 
τειν ἐμὲ καὶ τηρεῖν ἐκέλευεν, ὅπως μὴ παρακρού- 
3 3 ’ Ν Ν ’ὔ Ἂς 
σομαι μηδ᾽ ἐξαπατήσω, δεινὸν καὶ γόητα καὶ 

Ν Ν Ν a3 5 , ε 3X 2 
σοφιστὴν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτ᾽ ὀνομάζων, ὡς ἐὰν πρό- 
τερός τις εἴπῃ τὰ προσόνθ᾽ ἑαυτῷ περὶ ἄλλον 

ρός τις εἴπῃ τὰ πρ ἑαυτῷ περ 


118 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





A Ν Af? 4 Ὁ» \ > , Ἀ 5 , 
καὶ δὴ ταῦθ᾽ οὕτως ἔχοντα, Kal οὐκέτι τοὺς ἀκού- 
οντας σκεψομένους τίς TOT αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ταῦτα 
λέγων. ἐγὼ δ᾽ 016” ὅτι γιγνώσκετε τοῦτον ἅπαν- 

‘ ἈΝ , A x > ‘ , 
TES, καὶ πολὺ τούτῳ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐμοὶ νομίζετε 
A “ 5 A <y QO 3 ν ἈΝ > \ 

277 ταῦτα προσεῖναι. κἀκεῖνο εὖ οἶδ᾽, OTL τὴν ἐμὴν 
δεινότητα ---- ἔστω γάρ. καίτοι ἔγωγ᾽ ὁρῶ τὴς 
τῶν λεγόντων δυνάμεως τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸ πλεῖ- 

’ ε A “ἡ ε “~ 5 ’ Ν 

στον κυρίους: ὡς γὰρ ἂν ὑμεῖς ἀποδέξησθε καὶ 

Ν 4 » > 3 ’ A ε ’ 3» 
πρὸς ἕκαστον ἔχητ᾽ εὐνοίας, οὕτως ὁ λέγων ἔδοξε 
φρονεῖν. εἰ δ᾽ οὖν ἐστι καὶ παρ᾽ ἐμοί τις ἐμ- 
πειρία τοιαύτη, ταύτην μὲν εὑρήσετε πάντες ἐν 
τοῖς κοινοῖς ἐξεταζομένην ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἀεὶ καὶ 

3 A 3 ἃ νῷ BAS. (SNA " Ν Ν ΄ 
οὐδαμοῦ καθ᾽ ὑμῶν οὐδ᾽ ἰδίᾳ, τὴν δὲ τούτου 
τοὐναντίον οὐ μόνον τῷ λέγειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, 
> Ν ee a / A x / , 
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴ τις ἐλύπησέ TL τοῦτον ἢ προσέκρουσέ 
που, κατὰ τούτων. οὐ γὰρ αὐτῇ δικαίως, οὐδ᾽ 
535 ἃ , la ’ la ¥ ‘ Ἁ 

278 ἐφ᾽ ἃ συμφέρει τῇ πόλει, χρῆται. οὔτε γὰρ τὴν 

Ε] Ν ¥ Ν 3», ἣν, Ὁ. ἂν Oe nA 
ὀργὴν οὔτε τὴν ἔχθραν ovr ἀλλο οὐὸὲν τῶν τοι- 

, Ν Ν 3 Ν ΄΄ aA «: ξένος 
οὕτων τὸν καλὸν κἀγαθὸν πολίτην δεῖ τοὺς ὑπὲρ 
τῶν κοινῶν εἰσεληλυθότας δικαστὰς ἀξιοῦν αὑτῷ 

A 3 3 ε Ν 4 3 ε Las > 4 
βεβαιοῦν, οὐδ᾽ ὑπὲρ τούτων εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσιέναι, 
ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν μὴ ἔχειν ταῦτ᾽ ἐν τῇ φύσει 

μ per ee Μ) 
> > ¥ > 5 ’ ’ὔ’ Ἀ ’ ’ 3 
εἰ δ᾽ dp ἀνάγκη, πράως καὶ μετρίως διακείμεν 
» > -. > Ν 4 Ν 
ἔχειν. ἐν τίσιν οὖν σφοδρὸν εἶναι τὸν πολι- 

’ Ν Ν Cie A 3 ae ΄“ ΄ 
τευόμενον καὶ τὸν ῥήτορα δεῖ; ἐν οἷς τῶν ὅλων 
τι κινδυνεύεται τῇ πόλει, καὶ ἐν οἷς πρὸς τοὺς 
ἐναντίους ἐστὶ τῷ δήμῳ, ἐν τούτοις: ταῦτα γὰρ 


‘OF THE 


UNIVERSITY 






ἃς ΟΡ caripoRNth 
== 
ΠΕΡῚ TOT STE®ANOYT. τσ. 





γενναίου καὶ ἀγαθοῦ moditov. μηδενὸς δὲ adi 279 
4 ’ Δ ’ὔ Ν 3 
κήματος πώποτε δημοσίου, προσθήσω δὲ μηδ 
ἰδίου, δίκην ἀξιώσαντα λαβεῖν παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ μήθ᾽ 
ε \ lal / PAF cé Ν ε “ ’ὔ \ 
ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως μήθ᾽ ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ, στεφάνου καὶ 
ἐπαίνου κατηγορίαν ἥκειν συνεσκευασμένον, καὶ 
Ν ’ 3 Vc 502 » \ 
τοσουτουσὶ λόγους ἀνηλωκέναι ἰδίας ἔχθρας Kal 
φθόνου καὶ μικροψυχίας ἐστὶ σημεῖον, οὐδενὸς 
ἴω Ν Ν Ἀ \ Ν Ν - | : Moke! 
χρηστοῦ. τὸ δὲ δὴ καὶ τοὺς πρὸς ἐμὲ αὐτὸν 
ἀγῶνας ἐάσαντα νῦν ἐπὶ τόνδ᾽ ἥκειν καὶ πᾶσαν 
» ’, ’ oe > 4 > / 
EXEL κακιαν. καὶ μοι δοκεῖς ἐκ τούτων, Αἰσχίνη, 280 
λόγων ἐπίδειξίν τινα καὶ φωνασκίας βουλόμενος 
ποιήσασθαι τοῦτον προελέσθαι τὸν ἀγῶνα, οὐκ 
> , 5 N A , » 5 
ἀδικήματος οὐδενὸς λαβεῖν τιμωρίαν. ἔστι ὃ 
5 ¢ ’ nw , AY 2 > ’ ’ 5 > ᾿ 
οὐχ ὃ λόγος τοῦ ῥήτορος, Αἰσχίνη, τίμιον, οὐδ᾽ ὁ 
, “~ ~ > Ν ἈΝ > x “ 
τόνος τῆς φωνῆς, ἀλλὰ TO ταὐτὰ προαιρεῖσθαι 
“ A \ Ν Ν 3 Ν A \ 
τοῖς πολλοῖς Kal TO τοὺς αὐτοὺς μισεῖν Kal φι- 
λεῖν οὕσπερ ἂν ἡ πατρίς. ὃ γὰρ οὕτως ἔχων τὴν 281 
, a 5.3. 59 , rele Va. eee ε > 3979 @ 
ψυχήν, οὗτος ἐπ᾽ εὐνοίᾳ πάντ᾽ ἐρεῖ" ὁ δ᾽ ἀφ᾽ dv 
ἡ πόλις προορᾶταί τινα κίνδυνον ἑαυτῇ, τούτους 
4 > Ν ων ἴω “ a neg 
θεραπεύων οὐκ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ὁρμεῖ τοῖς πολλοῖς, 
nA ὑδὲ A 3 ,ὕ Ν HX ΕΣ 
οὔκουν οὐδὲ τῆς ἀσφαλείας τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει προσ- 
ὃ “ : λλ᾽ a Se γῶν le δ ΄ 
οκίαν. ἀλλ᾽, ὁρᾳς; ἐγώ: ταὐτὰ γὰρ συμφέ 
> ε 
pov? εἱλόμην τουτοισί, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐξαίρετον οὐδ᾽ 
lo 4 > > ὑδὲ ΄ Ν a 
LOLOV πεποίημαι. ἂρ οὖν OVOE DU; Kal πως ; 282 
ἃ ὑθέ. Ν Ἁ ’ὔ A ΕῚ ’ὔ 
ὃς εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν μάχην πρεσβευτὴς ἐπορεύου 
: N , aA > κ᾿ A 
πρὸς Φίλιππον, ὃς Hv τῶν ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις 
A ¥ A A 
συμφορῶν αἴτιος τῇ πατρίδι, καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἀρνού- 


120 AHMOS@ENOTS 


283 


284 





μενος πάντα τὸν ἔμπροσθε χρόνον ταύτην τὴν 
χρείαν, ὡς πάντες ἴσασιν. καίτοι Tis 6 τὴν πό- 
λιν ἐξαπατῶν; οὐχ ὁ μὴ λέγων ἃ φρονεῖ; τῷ 
δ᾽ ὁ Knpv& καταρᾶται δικαίως; οὐ τῷ τοιούτῳ ; 
’ Ν A » a > ~ > , 3 5 
τί δὲ μεῖζον ἔχοι τις ἂν εἰπεῖν ἀδίκημα κατ᾽ ἀν- 
ὃ \ es x > \ i leh a Ν ΄, 
ρὸς ῥήτορος ἢ εἰ μὴ ταὐτὰ φρονεῖ καὶ λέγει ; 
Ἀ ’ Φ ε 4 > ‘ 4 Ν 
σὺ τοίνυν οὗτος εὑρέθης. εἶτα σὺ φθέγγῃ καὶ 
βλέπειν εἰς τὰ τούτων πρόσωπα τολμᾷς ; πότερ᾽ 
οὐχ ἡγεῖ γιγνώσκειν αὐτοὺς ὅστις εἶ; ἢ τοσοῦ- 
9 \ la A 3» 7 > > 
Tov ὕπνον Kat λήθην ἅπαντας ἔχειν ὥστ᾽ οὐ 
nw Ἁ 4 aA > ’ 5 ~ 
μεμνῆσθαι τοὺς λόγους ods ἐδημηγόρεις ἐν TO 
πολέμῳ, καταρώμενος καὶ διομνύμενος μηδὲν 
+ Ν Ν Φ λί al ἐλλ᾽ οι τὰ Ν 
εἶναι σοὶ καὶ Φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμὲ τὴν 
4 > , nw 50. A >, » 
αἰτίαν σοι ταύτην ἐπάγειν τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκ᾽ ἔχθρας, 
οὐκ οὖσαν ἀληθῆ; ὡς δ᾽ ἀπηγγέλθη τάχισθ᾽ 
ε , ὑδὲ ’ ’ θέ. ε λό 
ἡ μάχη, οὐδὲν τούτων φροντίσας εὐθέως ὧμολό- 
γεις καὶ προσεποιοῦ φιλίαν καὶ ξενίαν εἶναί σοι 
πρὸς αὐτόν, τῇ μισθαρνίᾳ ταῦτα μετατιθέμενος 
» “ἡ ’ 
τὰ ὀνόματα: ἐκ ποίας γὰρ ἴσης ἢ δικαίας προ- 
φάσεως Αἰσχίνῃ τῷ Γλαυκοθέας τῆς τυμπανι- 
> , 
στρίας ἕένος ἢ φίλος ἢ γνώριμος ἣν Φίλιππος ; 
2 52% Ν > ς΄ ἫΝ > > > ρ 40 - Pet ig Ν 
ἐγὼ μὲν οὐχ ὁρω, ἀλλ ἐμισθωθὴης ἐπι τῳ τὰ 
’ὔ > > Ψ 
τουτωνὶ συμφέροντα διαφθείρειν. ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως 
9 A > ἣν 4 , δά κ 
οὕτω φανερῶς αὐτὸς εἰλημμένος προδότης καὶ 


A Ν Ν δὰ A 
κατὰ σαυτοῦ μηνυτὴς ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβᾶσι γεγο- 


A A a , 
vas ἐμοὶ λοιδορεῖ καὶ ὀνειδίζεις ταῦτα, ὧν πάν- 


“A 2: oF ε ’ 
τας μᾶλλον αἰτίους εὑρήσεις. 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ͂. 121 





Πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἡ πόλις, Αἰσχίνη, 
Ν 4 Ἁ / > > “a @ > 
καὶ προείλετο Kal κατώρθωσε δι’ ἐμοῦ, ὧν οὐκ 
ἠμνημόνησεν. σημεῖον δέ: χειροτονῶν γὰρ ὁ 
δῆμος τὸν ἐροῦντ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς τετελευτηκόσι παρ᾽ 
> Ν Ν 4 > Ν 5 / 
αὐτὰ Ta συμβάντα ov σὲ ἐχειροτόνησε προβλη- 
΄ , ¥ ¥ 204 , ὃ" 
θέντα, καΐπερ εὔφωνον ὄντα, οὐδὲ Δημάδην, ἄρτι 
/ Ν 3 ’ 5 3 ε ψ 3 3 
πεποιηκότα τὴν εἰρήνην, οὐδ᾽ Ἡγήμονα, οὐδ 
» a 
ἄλλον ὑμῶν οὐδένα, GAN ἐμέ. Kal παρελθόντος 
σοῦ καὶ Πυθοκλέους ὠμῶς καὶ ἀναιδῶς, ὦ Ζεῦ 
καὶ θεοί, καὶ κατηγορούντων ἐμοῦ ταὐτὰ ἃ καὶ 
\ ’ Ν id » 5 »¥ > 
σὺ νυνί, καὶ λοιδορουμένων, ἔτ᾽ ἄμεινον ἐχειρο- 
τόνησεν ἐμέ. τὸ δ᾽ αἴτιον οὐκ ἀγνοεῖς μέν, ὅμως 
\ , > 4 > ἱ ’ 3 ¥ 3 ;,) 
δὲ φράσω σοι κἀγώ. ἀμφότερ᾽ ἤδεσαν αὐτοί, 
΄φ oy aA ¥ \ , > «A . 
τήν τ᾽ ἐμὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ προθυμίαν, μεθ᾽ ἧς τὰ 
πράγματ᾽: ἔπραττον, καὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀδικίαν" 
ἃ γὰρ εὐθενούντων τῶν πραγμάτων ἠρνεῖσθε διο- 
μνύμενοι, ταῦτ᾽ ἐν οἷς ἔπταισεν ἡ πόλις ὧμολο- 
Ss “A nA 
γήσατε. τοὺς οὖν ἐπὶ τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀτυχήμασιν 
ὧν ἐφρόνουν λαβόντας ἄδειαν ἐχθροὺς μὲν πάλαι, 
φανεροὺς δὲ τόθ᾽ ἡγήσαντο αὑτοῖς γεγενῆσθαι. 
εἶτα καὶ προσήκειν ὑπολαμβάνοντες τὸν ἐροῦντ᾽ 
ἐπὶ τοῖς. τετελευτηκόσι καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀρετὴν 
’ 4 > ε ’ 4 > ε 
κοσμήσοντα μήθ᾽ ὁμωρόφιον μήθ᾽ ὁμόσπονδον 
γεγενημένον εἷναι τοῖς πρὸς ἐκείνους παραταξα- 
μένοις, μηδ᾽ ἐκεῖ μὲν κωμάζειν καὶ παιωνίζειν 
+ ee. “~ “Ὁ ε ’ ~ Ν ~ > 
ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων συμφοραῖς μετὰ τῶν αὐτο- 
χείρων τοῦ φόνου, δεῦρο δ᾽ ἐλθόντα τιμᾶσθαι, 


285 


286 


287 


[22 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





Α A A , e ’ \ 
μηδὲ τῇ φωνῇ δακρύειν ὑποκρινομένους τὴν 
> ’ 4 5 ἄς ἴω om »"» nw 
ἐκείνων τύχην, ἀλλὰ TH ψυχῃ συναλγεῖν. τοῦτο 
3 δὶ αὶ 3 c δον Ν 3 3 ’ἤ ‘A > 
δ᾽ ἑώρων map ἑαυτοῖς Kal παρ᾽ ἐμοί, παρὰ ὃ 
ὑμῖν ov. διὰ ταῦτ᾽ ἐμὲ ἐχειροτόνησαν καὶ οὐχ 
ε ἴω \ > ε Ν “ὦ 9 ε Ν “A 
288 ὑμᾶς. Kal οὐχ ὁ μὲν δῆμος οὕτως, οἱ δὲ τῶν 
’ὔ rs \ 5 Ν ε ε Ν nw 
τετελευτηκότων πατέρες Kal ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ 
’ὔ ’ > ε ’ ἈΝ Ν. Ν >» 
δήμου τόθ᾽ αἱρεθέντες ἐπὶ tas ταφὰς ἄλλως 
> Ν ’ ἰα.. > Ν ἧς ’ ε 
πως, ἀλλὰ δέον ποιεῖν αὐτοὺς τὸ περίδειπνον ὡς 
παρ᾽ οἰκειοτάτῳ τῶν τετελευτηκότων, ὥσπερ τἄλλ᾽ 
» ’ ἄδιν.- ται τα ’ > > 4 > ’ 
εἴωθε γίγνεσθαι, TovT ἐποίησαν Tap ἐμοί. εἰκό- 
4 A Ν 4 e ’ὔ ΄-“ 
τως" γένει μὲν γὰρ ἕκαστος ἑκάστῳ μᾶλλον 
οἰκεῖος ἣν ἐμοῦ, κοινῇ δὲ πᾶσιν οὐδεὶς ἐγγυτέρω" 
ᾧ γὰρ ἐκείνους σωθῆναι καὶ κατορθῶσαι μά- 
λιστα διέφερεν, οὗτος καὶ παθόντων ἃ μή ποτ᾽ 
A “A ε Ν ε ’ ΄’ “A 
ὥφελον τῆς ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων λύπης πλεῖστον με- 
τεῖχεν. 
28 Δέ δ 2. A Ν Ν aS a ὃ ΄ 
9 έγε δ᾽ αὐτῷ τουτὶ τὸ ἐπίγραμμα, 0 δημοσίᾳ 
, ε , 39 “ > , 7 > "50. δὶ 
προείλετο ἡ πόλις αὐτοῖς ἐπιγράψαι, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇς, 
3 ’ Ν > > “ 4 ἈΝ 5 ’ 
Αἰσχίνη, καὶ ἐν αὑτῷ τούτῳ σαυτὸν ἀγνώμονα 


ν ΄ » \ , , 
και συκοφάντην οντα καὶ μιαρον. Λέγε. 


EMITPAMMA. 


Oide πάτρας ἕνεκα σφετέρας εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο 

bid \ 3 4 7 > ὃ 

ὅπλα, καὶ ἀντιπάλων ὕβριν ἀπεσκέδασαν. 
μαρνάμενοι δ᾽ ἀρετῆς καὶ δείματος οὐκ ἐσάωσαν 

ψυχάς, ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Αἴδην κοινὸν ἔθεντο βραβῆ, 
οὕνεκεν Ἑλλήνων, ὡς μὴ ζυγὸν αὐχένι θέντες 

’ὔ Ν 3 Ἀ » 9 
δουλοσύνης στυγερὰν ἀμφὶς ἔχωσιν ὕβριν. 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 123 





nw ν A »” , “ ΄“ ’ 
γαια δὲ πατρὶς ἔχει κόλποις τῶν πλειστα καμόντων 
7, > > Ν ges > Ν 7 , 
σώματ,, ἐπεὶ θνητοῖς ἐκ Διὸς ἥδε κρίσις " 
Ν ε “ > a“ Ν ,ὔ θ a 
μηδὲν ἅμαρτειν ἐστι θεῶν καὶ πάντα κατορθοῦν 


3 val ἴω > ΕἾ τ »” 
ἐν βιοτῇ, μοῖραν δ᾽ οὔ τι φυγεῖν ἔπορεν. 


3 , > 4 ἊΝ - -ῸςΝ ΄ ε Ν 

Ακούεις, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ ἐν αὕτῳ τούτῳ, ὡς TO 290 
μηδὲν ἁμαρτεῖν ἐστι θεῶν καὶ πάντα κατορθοῦν 

3 [οὶ β 5X. Ν ee θοῦ Ν 3 
οὐ τῷ συμβούλῳ τὴν του κατορθοῦν τοὺς ἀγωνι- 
ζομένους ἀνέθηκε δύναμιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς θεοῖς. τί 
Φ μὰ ’ 3 > Ν Ν ’ X ὃ A \ 
οὖν, ὦ κατάρατ᾽, ἐμοὶ περὶ τούτων λοιδορεῖ, καὶ 
λέγεις ἃ σοὶ καὶ τοῖς σοῖς οἱ θεοὶ τρέψειαν εἰς 
κεφαλήν ; 

Πολλὰ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ ἄλλα 291 
κατηγορηκότος αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεψευσμένου, μά- 
λιστ᾽ ἐθαύμασα πάντων, ὅτε τῶν συμβεβηκότων 
τότε τῇ πόλει σθεὶς οὐχ ὡς ἂν εὔνους καὶ 

Τῇ Pon Χ 
, , ΕἾ Ν , > > 9 4 
δίκαιος πολίτης ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδ᾽ ἐδάκρυ- 
29> »¥ a 2O\ A A: λον ἃ 
σεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔπαθε τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν τῇ ψυχῃ, ἀλλ 
3 ’ Ν \ Ν Ν Ν / 
ἐπάρας τὴν φωνὴν Kat γεγηθὼς καὶ λαρυγγίζων 
ᾧετο μὲν ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖν δηλονότι, δεῦγμα δ᾽ 
3 ’ὔ 3 ε ~ 4 ~ ’ὔ oe 
ἐξέφερε καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ὅτι τοῖς γεγενημένοις  avia- 

ἴω ὑδὲ ε ’ ¥ sie + ’ὔ Ν 
pois οὐδὲν ὁμοίως ἔσχε τοις ἄλλοις. καίτοι τὸν 292 
τῶν νόμων καὶ τῆς πολιτείας φάσκοντα φροντί- 

σ a , % τ , τ ΝΟΣ 
ζειν, ὥσπερ οὗτος νυνί, καὶ εἰ μηδὲν ἄλλο, τοῦτό 
YA 2 ~ 3 ἧς eed Ἁ 3 Ν , 
γ᾽ ἔχειν δεῖ, ταὐτὰ λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ταὐτὰ χαίρειν 
τοῖς πολλοῖς, καὶ μὴ τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν κοινῶν 
ἐν τῷ τῶν ἐναντίων μέρει τετάχθαι. ὃ σὺ νυνὶ 
Ν > 4 > ie,’ 4 ¥ Ν 3 
πεποιηκὼς εἶ φανερός, ἐμὲ πάντων αἴτιον καὶ δι 


124 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 





᾿ς ΠΟΤ 5 , ’ > - \ , 
ἐμὲ εἰς πράγματα φάσκων ἐμπεσεῖν τὴν πόλιν, 
οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς πολιτείας οὐδὲ προαιρέσεως 

293 ἀρξαμένων ὑμῶν τοῖς Ἕλλησι βοηθεῖν, ἐπεὶ 
» 39 3 la / > ε φ΄-Ἠ 3 φ ΤΟΝ, ε., "δ 
ἔμουγ᾽ εἰ τοῦτο δοθείη παρ᾽ ὑμῶν, Ov ἐμὲ ὑμᾶς 
3 a τ" Ν a ε 4 3 Ὁ" 
ἠναντιῶσθαι τῇ κατὰ τῶν “Ἑλλήνων ἀρχῇ πρατ- 

, iC Ἃ ὃ θ ’, ὃ Ν Ὧν “Ὁ 
τομένῃ, μείζων ἂν δοθείη δωρεὰ συμπασῶν ὧν 
τοῖς ἄλλοις δεδώκατε. ἀλλ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ταῦτα 

, 2s , N Δ ἣν ας “δ ga 
φήσαιμι (ἀδικοίην yap ἂν ὑμᾶς), οὔτ᾽ ἂν ὑμεῖς 
i io” ῳ ΄ 8 ee 3 3 δί 
εὖ οἷδ᾽ ὅτι συγχωρήσαιτε' οὗτός T εἰ δίκαια 
> / > “ἡ 9 ων Ἂ ἥν. τὲ » Ν 
ἐποίει, οὐκ ἂν ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς ἐμὲ ἔχθρας τὰ 
, ~ ec , “~ » A ’ὔ 
μέγιστα τῶν ὑμετέρων καλῶν ἔβλαπτε καὶ διέ 
βαλλεν. 

294 ᾿Αλλὰ τί ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιτιμῶ, πολλῷ σχετλιώτερα 
ἄλλα κατηγορηκότος αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεψευσμένου ; 
ἃ Ν 5 “A / > a Ν ’ὔ 
ὃς γὰρ ἐμοῦ φιλιππισμόν, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί, κατη- 
γορεῖ, τί οὗτος οὐκ ἂν εἴποι; καίτοι νὴ τὸν 

Ψ 

Ἡρακλέα καὶ πάντας θεούς, εἴ γ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας 
δέοι σκοπεῖσθαι, τὸ καταψεύδεσθαι καὶ δι’ 
» ’ 3 / > , ’ ε 
ἔχθραν τι λέγειν ἀνελόντας ἐκ μέσου, τίνες ὡς 
3 a > @ ἃ 3... ἐν τ ὃ ΄ Ν 
ἀληθῶς εἰσιν οἷς ἂν εἰκότως καὶ δικαίως τὴν 
wn , - Ὁ » Joe \ \ 5 
τῶν γεγενημένων αἰτίαν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀνα- 
θεῖεν ἅπαντες, τοὺς ὁμοίους τούτῳ παρ᾽ ἑκάστῃ 
~ / σ > + > » 5 ’ὔ ἃ 7 3 > 

295 τῶν πόλεων EVPOLT ἄν, OV τοὺς ἐμοί: OL OT HV 
3 A Ν ’, Ψ' Ν “sa fA 
ἀσθενῆ τὰ Φιλίππου πράγματα καὶ κομιδῇ μικρά, 
πολλάκις προλεγόντων ἡμῶν καὶ παρακαλούντων 

Ν / Ν ὔ A 3507 4 > 
καὶ διδασκόντων τὰ βέλτιστα, τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκ 
αἰσχροκερδείας τὰ κοινῃ συμφέροντα προΐεντο, 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 125 





τοὺς ὑπάρχοντας ἕκαστοι πολίτας ἐξαπατῶντες 
καὶ διαφθείροντες, ἕως δούλους ἐποίησαν, Θεττα- 
λοὺς Δάοχος Κινέας Θρασύδαος, ᾿Αρκάδας Κερ- 
κιδᾶς Ἱερώνυμος Εὐκαμπίδας, ᾿Αργείους Μύρτις 
Τελέδαμος Μνασέας, ᾿Ηλείους Εὐξίθεος Κλεότιμος 


᾿Αρίσταιχμος, Μεσσηνίους οἱ Φιλιάδου τοῦ θεοῖς 


ἐχθροῦ παῖδες Νέων καὶ Θρασύλοχος, Σικνωνίους 
᾿Αρίστρατος Ἐπιχάρης, Κορινθίους Δείναρχος 
Y 
Δημάρετος, Μεγαρέας Πτοιόδωρος Ἕλιξος Περί- 
λαος, Θηβαίους Τιμόλας Θεογείτων ᾿Ανεμοίτας, 
Εὐβοέας Ἵππαρχος Κλείταρχος Σωσίστρατος. 
> ’ ’ ε ε 4 Ν “A κ΄ 
ἐπιλείψει με λέγοντα ἡ ἡμέρα τὰ τῶν προδοτῶν 
3 / ΩΣ ’ 5 ’ὔ » 5 ἴω 
ὀνόματα. οὗτοι πάντες εἰσίν, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 
τῶν αὐτῶν βουλευμάτων ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν πατρίσιν 
Ὁ al Mtr A Ν Ν ’ 
ὦνπερ οὗτοι Tap ὑμῖν, ἄνθρωποι μιαροὶ καὶ κόλα- 
κες καὶ ἀλάστορες, ἠκρωτηριασμένοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν 
ἕκαστοι πατρίδας, τὴν ἐλευθερίαν προπεπωκότες 
πρότερον μὲν Φιλίππῳ νῦν δὲ ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ, τῇ γα- 
Ν A Ν a 
στρὶ μετροῦντες καὶ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις τὴν εὐδαιμο- 
νίαν, τὴν δ᾽ ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὸ μηδένα ἔχειν δε- 
’ ε “ ἃ a“ ͵ὕ σ.- ty J 
σπότην αὑτῶν, ἃ τοῖς προτέροις Ἕλλησιν ὅροι 
“ A“ 5 
τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἦσαν Kal κανόνες, ἀνατετραφότες. 
Ταύτης τοίνυν τῆς οὕτως αἰσχρᾶς καὶ περιβοή- 
, \ , A SNe 
Tov συστάσεως καὶ κακίας, μᾶλλον δ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες 





236. Ἡδέως δ᾽ ἂν ἔγωγε, ὦ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἐναντίον ὑμῶν ὅμολο- 
γησαίμην πρὸς τὸν γράψαντα τὸ ψήφισμα, διὰ ποίας εὐεργεσίας 
3 ΄“ / “Ὁ 3 Ν Ν / 4 Ἀ 
ἀξιοὶ Δημοσθένην στεφανῶσαι. εἰ μὲν γὰρ λέγεις, ὅθεν τὴν 


296 


297 


126 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





᾿Αθηναῖοι, προδοσίας, εἰ δεῖ μὴ ληρεῖν, τῆς τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας, 4 τε πόλις παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀν- 
θρώποις ἀναίτιος γέγονεν ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν πολιτευ- 
μάτων καὶ ἐγὼ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν. εἶτά μ᾽ ἐρωτᾷς ἀντὶ 
’ 3 “ > “ “~ > Ν 7 ’ 
ποίας ἀρετῆς ἀξιῶ τιμᾶσθαι; ἐγὼ δέ σοι λέγω, 
Ψ κι , Ν aA ν 
OTL τῶν πολιτευομένων παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι δια- 
φθαρέντων ἁπάντων, ἀρξαμένων ἀπὸ σοῦ, πρό- 
τερον μὲν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου νῦν δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, 
298 ἐμὲ οὔτε καιρὸς οὔτε φιλανθρωπία λόγων οὔτ᾽ 
3 ~ U4 ¥y > > \ ¥ ᾽ὔ » 3 
ἐπαγγελιῶν μέγεθος οὔτ᾽ ἐλπὶς οὔτε φόβος οὔτ 
ἂν 50 νΝ SM 950" ΄ Ὁ ϑ 
ἄλλο οὐδὲν ἐπῆρεν οὐδὲ προηγάγετο ὧν ἔκρινα 
δικαίων καὶ συμφερόντων τῇ πατρίδι οὐδὲν προ- 
“ 5 > χὰ 4 ᾿ ᾽’ὔ 
δοῦναι, οὐδ᾽, ὅσα συμβεβούλευκα πώποτε του- 
τοισί, ὁμοίως ὑμῖν ὥσπερ ἂν τρυτάνη ῥέπων ἐπὶ 
τὸ λῆμμα συμβεβούλευκα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπ᾽ ὀρθῆς καὶ 
7 \ 5 / ΄ ΄Μ \ 4 
δικαίας Kal ἀδιαφθόρου τῆς ψυχῆς, Kal μεγίστων 
δὴ πραγμάτων τῶν Kat ἐμαυτὸν ἀνθρώπων προ- 
στὰς πάντα ταῦτα ὑγιῶς καὶ δικαίως πεπολίτευ- 
Q A aA aA 0 \ δὲ Ν 
299 μαι. διὰ ταῦτ᾽ ἀξιῶ τιμᾶσθαι. τὸν δὲ τειχισμὸν 
ω : \ \ ᾽ὔ 
τοῦτον, ὃν σύ μου διέσυρες, καὶ τὴν ταφρείαν 
A ἃς A 
ἄξια μὲν χάριτος Kal ἐπαίνου κρίνω, πῶς yap ov; 


A nw 
πόρρω μέντοι που τῶν ἐμαυτῷ πεπολιτευμένων 





ἀρχὴν τοῦ ψηφίσματος ἐποιήσω, ὅτι τὰς τάφρους τὰς περὶ τὰ 
τείχη καλῶς ἐτάφρευσε, θαυμάζω σου. τοῦ γὰρ ταῦτ᾽ ἐξεργα- 
σθῆναι καλῶς τὸ γεγενῆσθαι τούτων αἴτιον μείζω κατηγορίαν 
ἔχει: οὗ γὰρ περιχαρακώσαντα χρὴ τὰ τείχη οὐδὲ τὰς δημοσίας 
ταφὰς ἀνελόντα τὸν ὀρθῶς πεπολιτευμένον δωρεὰς αἰτεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ 
ἀγαθοῦ τινος αἴτιον γεγενημένον τῇ πόλει. 


. 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 127 





τίθεμαι. οὐ λίθοις ἐτείχισα τὴν πόλιν οὐδὲ Tiv- 
θοις ἐγώ, οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτοις μέγιστον τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ 

“ 3 > ΞΝ Ν : Ν , ὃ 
φρονῶ" ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν τὸν ἐμὸν τειχισμὸν βούλῃ dv 
καίως σκοπεῖν, εὑρήσεις ὅπλα καὶ πόλεις καὶ 

4 % , Ν A Ν Ν Y 
τόπους Kal λιμένας Kal ναῦς καὶ πολλοὺς ἵππους 
καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀμυνομένους. ταῦτα TPOU- 300 

’ ἊΝ ἰῷ Ν “A >A “ 9 > 3 θ 
βαλόμην ἐγὼ πρὸ τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς, ὅσον ἣν ἀνθρω- 
la / ᾿ς ‘ 
πίνῳ λογισμῷ δυνατόν, καὶ τούτοις ἐτείχισα τὴν 

, tS Ν , A A ἠδὲ a 
χώραν, οὐχὶ τὸν κύκλον τοῦ Πειραιῶς οὐδὲ τοῦ 
Ἂν PR Fe > 2 6 ΄ ae a A 
ἄστεως. οὐδέ γ᾽ ἡττήθην ἐγὼ τοῖς λογισμοῖς Φι- 
λίππου, πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ, οὐδὲ ταῖς παρασκευ- 
Van = : \ 

ais, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ τῶν συμμάχων στρατηγοὶ καὶ αἱ 
δυνάμεις τῇ τύχῃ. τίνες at τούτων ἀποδείξεις ; 
ἐναργεῖς καὶ φανεραί. σκοπεῖτε δέ. 

Τί χρὴν τὸν εὔνουν πολίτην ποιεῖν, τί τὸν μετὰ 301 
πάσης προνοίας καὶ προθυμίας καὶ δικαιοσύνης 
ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος πολιτευόμενον ; οὐκ ἐκ μὲν 
θαλάττης τὴν Εὔβοιαν προβαλέσθαι πρὸ τῆς 
> la 3 δὲ ‘a ΄ Ν , > 
Αττικῆς, ἐκ δὲ τῆς μεσογείας THY Βοιωτίαν, ἐκ 
δὲ τῶν πρὸς Πελοπόννησον τόπων τοὺς ὁμόρους 

ἊΨ 5 Ν ἴω 
ταύτῃ; οὗ τὴν σιτοπομπίαν, ὅπως παρὰ πᾶσαν 

λί »» a ~ , ee 4 
φιλίαν ἀχρι Tov Πειραιῶς κομισθήσεται, προϊδέ- 

Ἂς ἃς “Ὁ a Σ 
σθαι ΓΕ RED ta μὲν σωσαι των ὑπαρχόντων ἐκ- 302 
4 4 
πέμποντα βοηθείας καὶ λέγοντα καὶ γράφοντα 
ia) ‘\ 
τοιαῦτα, τὴν Προκόννησον, THY Χερρόνησον, τὴν 
Τένεδον, τὰ δ᾽ ὅ ἰκεῖ ὶ σύ ᾿ ὑπά 
: ὅπως οἰκεῖα Kal σύμμαχ᾽ ὑπάρξει 

A \ , » 

πρᾶξαι, τὸ Βυζάντιον, τὴν ΓΑβυδον, τὴν Εὐβοιαν; 


128 AHMOZ@OENOTS 





καὶ Tov μὲν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑπαρχουσῶν δυνάμεων 
Ν , > λ “A ea δ᾽ 5 aN “A aN 
Tas μεγίστας ἀφελεῖν, ὧν δ᾽ ἐνέλειπε TH πόλει, 
wn -~ lanl ν 
ταῦτα προσθεῖναι; ταῦτα τοίνυν ἅπαντα πέ- 
πρακται τοῖς ἐμοῖς ψηφίσμασι καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς 
’ ἃ Ν ᾽, > »” 

303 πολιτεύμασιν, ἃ Kat βεβουλευμένα, ὦ ἄνδρες 
᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἐὰν ἄνευ φθόνου τις βούληται σκο- 
πεῖν, ὀρθῶς εὑρήσει καὶ πεπραγμένα πάσῃ δι- 
καιοσύνῃ, καὶ τὸν ἑκάστου καιρὸν οὐ παρεθέντα 

ὑδ᾽ 3 θέ ὑδὲ θέ ea, Ὁ > “A Ν 
οὐδ᾽ ἀγνοηθέντα οὐδὲ προεθέντα ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, καὶ 
9 > Hee 3 Ν 4 X ἈΝ - 
ὅσα εἰς ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς δύναμιν καὶ λογισμὸν ἧκεν, 
οὐδὲν ἐλλειφθέν. εἰ δὲ ἢ δαίμονός τινος ἢ τύχης 
3 5 τος A ΄, ene. § ie | 
ἰσχὺς ἢ στρατηγῶν φαυλότης ἢ τῶν προδιδόντων 
τὰς πόλεις ὑμῶν κακία ἢ πάντα ταῦτα ἐλυμαίνετο 

~ 9 4 > ld ’ ’ὔ 3 ἴω 
τοῖς ὅλοις, ἕως ἀνέτρεψαν, τί Δημοσθένης ἀδικεῖ ; 

ὁ a> "ἃ > \ 2 εκ \ \ 9 A , 

304 εἰ δ᾽ οἷος ἐγὼ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν κατὰ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ τάξιν, 
εἷς ἐν ἑκάστῃ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων ἀνὴρ ἐγέ- 
veto, μᾶλλον δ᾽ εἰ ἕνα avdpa μόνον Θετταλία καὶ 

A ¥ 
ἕνα ἄνδρα ᾿Αρκαδία ταὐτὰ φρονοῦντα ἔσχεν ἐμοί, 
οὐδεὶς οὔτε τῶν ἔξω Πυλῶν Ἑλλήνων οὔτε τῶν 

» A A ἴω s. sf 2 ἂν], Ἰλλὰ , 

305 εἴσω τοῖς παροῦσι κακοῖς ἐκέχρητ ἂν, ἀλλὰ πάν- 

A > ’ Ν / 
τες ἂν ὄντες ἐλεύθεροι Kal αὐτόνομοι μετὰ πάσης 
ms , an na » 
ἀδείας ἀσφαλῶς ἐν εὐδαιμονίᾳ τὰς ἑαυτων ᾧκουν 
a , 9 A en 
πατρίδας, τῶν τοσούτων καὶ τοιούτων ἀγαθῶν ὑμῖν 
A » ’ὔ 3 5 ’ 
καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ᾿Αθηναίοις ἔχοντες χάριν Ov ἐμέ. 
σι la “ 3 / 
ἵνα δ᾽ εἰδῆτε ὅτι πολλῷ τοῖς λόγοις ἐλάττοσι 
lal lal 4 Ν. , 
χρῶμαι τῶν ἔργων, εὐλαβούμενος τὸν φθόνον, 
, 
λέγε μοι ταυτὶ καὶ ἀνάγνωθι λαβών. 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 129 





ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑΤΑ. 


Ταῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτα πράττειν, Αἰσχίνη, τὸν κα- 306 
λὸν κἀγαθὸν πολίτην δεῖ, ὧν κατορθουμένων μὲν 
μεγίστοις ἀναμφισβητήτως ὑπῆρχεν εἶναι καὶ τὸ 
δικαίως προσῆν, ὡς ἑτέρως δὲ συμβάντων τὸ γοῦν 

3 “~ 4 \ Ν ld ’ Ν 
εὐδοκιμεῖν περίεστι καὶ τὸ μηδένα μέμφεσθαι τὴν 

’ \ ‘ , δ Φ. “ἃ 3 ‘\ \ 4 
πόλιν μηδὲ τὴν προαίρεσιν αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ τὴν τύ- 


χὴν κακίζειν τὴν οὕτω τὰ πράγματα κρίνασαν, οὐ 307 


‘ 43 > 3 , “A ’ ~ ’ 
μὰ Δί᾽ οὐκ ἀποστάντα τῶν συμφερόντων TH πό- 
λει, μισθώσαντα δ᾽ αὑτὸν τοῖς ἐναντίοις, τοὺς 
ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν καιροὺς ἀντὶ τῶν τῆς πατρίδος 

» a 
θεραπεύειν, οὐδὲ τὸν μὲν πράγματα ἄξια τῆς πό- 
λεως ὑποστάντα λέγειν καὶ γράφειν καὶ μένειν 
ἐπὶ τούτων β ive, ἐὰν δέ τις ἰδί λυπή 
ἐπὶ τούτων βασκαΐίνειν, ς ἰδίᾳ τι λυπήσῃ. 
τοῦτο μεμνῆσθαι καὶ τηρεῖν, οὐδέ γ᾽ ἡσυχίαν 
Ψ ν",» a \ A , 
ἄγειν ἄδικον Kal ὕπουλον, ὃ σὺ ποιεῖς πολλάκις. 
¥ ’, » ε , , \ , 
ἔστι yap, ἔστιν ἡσυχία δικαία Kal συμφέρουσα 308 

~ ’ “A ε εὖ “Ὁ ΄ ε “A e A 
τῇ πόλει, ἣν οἱ πολλοὶ των πολιτων ὑμεῖς ἁπλῶς 
» ἄντ 5. 2 ,ν a » δ ε , 
ἄγετε. ἀλλ᾽ OV ταύτην οὗτος ἀγει τὴν ἡσυχίαν, 
πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀποστὰς ὅταν αὐτῷ δόξῃ 





216. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἡσυχίαν μου τοῦ βίου διαβάλλει καὶ τῆς 


a “ Ν “ / 
σιωπῆς μου κατηγορεῖ, iva μηδεὶς αὐτῷ τόπος ἀσυκοφάντητος 


, “ , “ 4 
παραλείπηται, Kal τὰς ἐν τοῖς γυμνασίοις μετὰ TOV νεωτέρων μου 


ὃ Ν Ν Ν a a , 34 3 4 
ιατριβὰς καταμέμφεται, και κατα τῆσδε ΤῊ κρίσεως εὐθὺς αρχο- 


ενος τοῦ λόγου φέρει τινὰ αἰτίαν. λέγων, ὡς ἐγὼ τὴν γραφὴν 
P » AECYOV, Ὗ 


οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ἐγραψάμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνδεικνύμενος ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ 
διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχθραν. 217. καὶ νὴ. Δί᾽, ὡς ἐγὼ πυνθάνο- 


9 


[30 -  AHMOS®ENOTS 





τῆς πολιτείας (πολλάκις δὲ δοκεῖ) φυλάττει πηνίκ᾽ 
ἔσεσθε μεστοὶ τοῦ συνεχῶς λέγοντος ἢ παρὰ τῆς 

4 , 9 , es 4 ’ 
τύχης τι συμβέβηκεν ἐναντίωμα ἢ ἄλλο τι δύσκο- 
λον γέγονε (πολλὰ δὲ τἀνθρώπινα)" εἶτ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτῳ 
τῷ καιρῷ ῥήτωρ ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τῆς ἡσυχίας ὥσπερ 
πνεῦμ ἐφάνη, καὶ πεφωνασκηκὼς καὶ συνειλοχὼς 
ῥήματα καὶ λόγους συνείρει τούτους σαφῶς καὶ 
5 ’ + A 5 4 4 5 > 
ἀπνευστί, ὄνησιν μὲν οὐδεμίαν φέροντας οὐδ 
ἀγαθοῦ κτῆσιν οὐδενό φορὰν δὲ τῷ τυχό 

γ ἢ ds, συμῴφορ € τῷ τυχόντι 

300 τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ κοινὴν αἰσχύνην. καίτοι ταύτης 

“A 7, Ν A 5 4 3 ’ » 
τῆς μελέτης καὶ τῆς ἐπιμελείας, Αἰσχίνη, εἴ περ 
5 ΄“ 4 5 7 \ A nw 4 
ex ψυχῆς δικαίας ἐγίγνετο καὶ τὰ τῆς πατρίδος 
συμφέροντα προῃρημένης, τοὺς καρποὺς ἔδει γεν- 
vaiovs καὶ καλοὺς καὶ πᾶσιν ὠφελίμους εἶναι, 
συμμαχίας πόλεων, πόρους χρημάτων, ἐμπορίου 
κατασκευήν, νόμων συμφερόντων θέσεις, τοῖς 

310 ἀποδειχθεῖδιν ἐχθροῖς ἐναντιώματα. τούτων γὰρ 

ἁπάντων ἣν ἐν τοῖς ἄνω χρόνοις ἐξέτασις, καὶ 
ἔδωκεν ὁ παρελθὼν χρόνος πολλὰς ἀποδείξεις ἀν- 
ὃ A ~ 5 θῶ 5 a Te) “~ ἈΝ ’ 

pt καλῷ τε κἀγαθῷ, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει 
γεγονώς, οὐ πρῶτος, οὐ δεύτερος, οὐ τρίτος, οὐ 





μαι, μέλλει με ἀνερωτᾶν, διὰ τί τὸ μὲν κεφάλαιον τῆς πολιτείας 
3 a , Ν δὲ θ᾽ φ- 3 +e ὑδ᾽ 3 , 

αὐτοῦ ψέγω, τὰ δὲ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον οὐκ ἐκώλυον οὐδ᾽ ἐγραφόμην, 

Ν 
ἀλλὰ διαλιπὼν καὶ πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν οὐ πυκνὰ προσιὼν ἀπή- 
Ν Va > os δὲ + Ν ΄ Ν 
νεγκα τὴν γραφήν. ἐγὼ δὲ οὔτε τὰς Δημοσθένους διατριβὰς 
~ a » 

ἐζήλωκα, οὔτ᾽ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐμαυτοῦ αἰσχύνομαι, οὔτε τοὺς εἰρημένους 

ΕΝ ee 5 ee > ~ 3 , > ni + x eee 

ἐν ὑμῖν λόγους ἐμαυτῷ ἀρρήτους εἶναι βουλοίμην, οὔτε τὰ αὐτὰ 
΄ ΄ 3 ΄ Ἃ ges 

τούτῳ δημηγορήσας ἐδεξάμην ἂν ζῆν. 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 121 





τέταρτος, οὐ πέμπτος, οὐχ EKTOS, οὐχ ὅποστο- 
σοῦν, οὔκουν ἐπί γ᾽ οἷς ἡ πατρὶς ηὐξάνετο. τίς 311 
γὰρ συμμαχία σοῦ πράξαντος γέγονε τῇ πόλει; 
, δὲ 40 x a 3 / “Ἁ δό ’, δὲ 
τίς δὲ βοήθεια ἢ κτῆσις εὐνοίας ἢ δόξης ; τίς δὲ 
’ , ’ὕ > ἃ ε / 5 
πρεσβεία ; τίς διακονία dv ἣν ἡ πόλις ἐντιμο- 
΄ ’ ~ 3 ’ὔ “ἡ ἴω ε “ Ἀ 
τέρα ; τί τῶν οἰκείων ἢ τῶν “Ἑλληνικῶν καὶ Eeve- 
κῶν, οἷς ἐπέστης, ἐπηνώρθωται ; ποῖαι τριήρεις ; 
ποῖα βέλη ; ποῖοι νεώσοικοι; τίς ἐπισκευὴ τει- 
χῶν ; ποῖον ἱππικόν ; τί τῶν ἁπάντων σὺ χρήσι- 
μος εἶ; τίς ἢ τοῖς εὐπόροις ἢ τοῖς ἀπόροις πο- 
λιτικὴ καὶ κοινὴ βοήθεια χρημάτων ; οὐδεμία. 
ἱλλ᾽ 5 a 9 δὲ 4 ¥ , Ν 
ἀλλ᾽, ὦ τᾶν, εἰ μηδὲν τούτων, εὔνοιά γε καὶ προ- 312 
’ὔ la 
Oupia; ποῦ; πότε; ὅστις, ὦ πάντων. ἀδικώτατε, 
2039 ᾧ σ Α 
οὐδ᾽ ὅτε ἅπαντες, ὅσοι πώποτ᾽ ἐφθέγξαντο ἐπὶ 
la) 4 > Vd > / Ν Ν 
τοῦ βήματος, εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐπεδίδοσαν, καὶ τὸ 
“~ 3 
τελευταῖον ᾿Αριστόνικος τὸ συνειλεγμένον εἰς τὴν 
3 ’, ὑδὲ ’ὔ ¥ ἴω Me eae / 
ἐπιτιμίαν, οὐδὲ τότε οὔτε παρῆλθες OUT ἐπέδωκας 
3 ΄“ lal 
οὐδέν, οὐκ ἀπορῶν, πῶς γάρ; ὅς γε κεκληρονό- 
Ν A / “ ἴω 
μηκας μὲν τῶν Φίλωνος τοῦ κηδεστοῦ χρημάτων 
’ x 
πλειόνων ἢ πεντεταλάντων, διτάλαντον δ᾽ εἶχες 
» ἴω A 
ἔρανον δωρεὰν Tapa τῶν ἡγεμόνων TOV συμμο- 
ριῶν ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐλυμήνω τὸν τριηραρχικὸν νόμον. 
9 a” = ἴω 
ἀλλ wa μὴ λόγον ἐκ λόγου λέγων τοῦ παρόντος 313 
3 Ν > 4 ff A > 3 4 
ἐμαυτὸν ἐκκρούσω, παραλείψω ταῦτα. add OTL 
3 Ν ~ 
γ᾽ οὐχὶ dv ἔνδειαν οὐκ ἐπέδωκας, ἐκ τούτων δῆλον, 
5 bs 
ἀλλὰ φυλάττων τὸ μηδὲν ἐναντίον γενέσθαι παρὰ 
σοῦ τούτοις οἷς ἅπαντα πολιτεύῃ. ἐν τίσιν οὖν 


132 AHMOS@ENOTS 





N , κ , , ere N 
“ σὺ νεανίας Kal πηνίκα λαμπρός ; ἡνίκ᾽ ἂν κατὰ 
4 ld 9 4 
τούτων τι δέῃ, ἐν τούτοις λαμπροφωνότατος, μνη.- 
τ » 
μονικώτατος, ὑποκριτὴς ἄριστος, τραγικὸς Θεο- 
κρίνης. 
> “ , 4 3 a 3 
314 Kita τῶν πρότερον γεγενημένων ἀγαθῶν ἀν- 
A Q “" A 
δρῶν μέμνησαι. καὶ καλῶς ποιεῖς. οὐ μέντοι 
δί 3 Ξ ὃ 3 a ἣν > Ν 
ἱκαιόν ἐστιν, avdpes ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τὴν πρὸς τοὺς 
τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν προλαβόντα 
3 ε “A ‘\ > ’ 3 ’ A , 
Tap ὑμῶν πρὸς ἐκείνους ἐξετάζειν καὶ παραβάλ- 
315 λειν ἐμὲ τὸν νῦν ζῶντα μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. τίς γὰρ οὐκ 
οἷδε τῶν πάντων ὅτι τοῖς μὲν ζῶσι πᾶσιν ὕπεστί 
x Xx 
τις ἢ πλείων ἢ ἐλάττων φθόνος, τοὺς τεθνεῶτας δὲ 
> A A 9 ~ > Ν » κ΄ 9 > 
οὐδὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὐδεὶς ἔτι μισεῖ; οὕτως οὖν 
ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει, πρὸς τοὺς πρὸ ἐμαυ- 
τοῦ νῦν ἐγὼ κρίνωμαι καὶ θεωρῶμαι; μηδαμῶς: 
» Ν ’ PID: KF > 4 3 Ἀ Ν 
οὔτε γὰρ δίκαιον οὔτ᾽ ἴσον, Αἰσχίνη, ἀλλὰ πρὸς 
A x, » » , wn 9 , 
σὲ καὶ ἄλλον εἴ τινα βούλει τῶν ταὐτά σοι προῃ- 
316 ρημένων καὶ ζώντων. κἀκεῖνο σκόπει. πότερον 
Ξ 4 ‘ » A“ , ‘\ Ν “Ὁ ’ 
κάλλιον καὶ ἄμεινον τῇ πόλει διὰ τὰς τῶν πρό- 





257. Ὅταν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ἤδη τοῦ λόγου συνηγόρους τοὺς 
κοινωνοὺς τῶν δωροδοκημάτων αὑτῷ παρακαλῇ, ὑπολαμβάνετε 
ὁρᾶν ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, οὗ νῦν ἑστηκὼς ἐγὼ λέγω, ἀντιπαρατε- 
ταγμένους πρὸς τὴν τούτων ἀσέλγειαν τοὺς τῆς πόλεως εὐεργέτας, 
Σόλωνα μὲν τὸν καλλώτοις νόμοις κοσμήσαντα τὴν δημοκρατίαν, 
ἄνδρα φιλόσοφον καὶ νομοθέτην ἀγαθόν, σωφρόνως, ὡς προσῆκεν 
αὐτῷ, δεόμενον ὑμῶν μηδενὶ τρόπῳ τοὺς Δημοσθένους λόγους 
περὶ πλείονος ποιήσασθαι τῶν ὅρκων καὶ τῶν νόμων, 258. “Apr 
στείδην δὲ τὸν τοὺς φόρους τάξαντα τοῖς “EAAnow. 


ΠΕΡῚ TOT ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 133 





> Ν a 
τερον εὐεργεσίας, οὔσας ὑπερμεγέθεις, OV μὲν οὖν 
¥ x εν 7 N By ack , , 
εἴποι τις ἂν ἡλίκας, τὰς ἐπὶ τὸν παρόντα βίον γι- 
γνομένας εἰς ἀχαριστίαν καὶ προπηλακισμὸν 
ἄγειν, ) πᾶσιν ὅσοι τι μετ᾽ εὐνοίας πράττουσι, 
ων A Ν , ‘a 
τῆς τούτων τιμῆς Kal φιλανθρωπίας μετεῖναι ; 
Ν Ν 3 Ν a> » ὃ A > a ε Ν δι 
καὶ μὴν εἰ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἄρα δεῖ με εἰπεῖν, ἡ μὲν ἐμὴ 317 
ἣ» 5 ~ ~ 
πολιτεία καὶ προαίρεσις, av τις ὀρθῶς σκοπῇ, 
“ A 5 ὩΣ ε ’ ‘\ 
Tals τῶν TOT ἐπαινουμένων ἀνδρῶν ὁμοία Kal 
. - Αι, 4 ’ ε δὲ Ν “Ὁ “ 
ταὐτὰ βουλομένη φανήσεται, ἢ ὃὲ σὴ ταῖς των 
, a N 
τοὺς τοιούτους τότε συκοφαντούντων " δῆλον γὰρ 
> 4 
ὅτι Kal κατ᾽ ἐκείνους ἦσάν τινες οἱ διασύροντες 
τοὺς ὄντας τότε, τοὺς δὲ πρότερον γεγενημένους 
A Ν A : 
ἐπήνουν, βάσκανον πρᾶγμα καὶ ταὐτὸ ποιοῦντες 
’ > 4 ε 3 Ν 4 ld > 3 , 
σοί, εἶτα λέγεις ὡς οὐδὲν ὅμοιός εἰμι ἐκείνοις 318 
ἐγώ; σὺ δ᾽ ὅμοιος, Αἰσχίνη; ὁ δ᾽ ἀδελφὸς ὁ 
, » , A A ε , Sik \ 
σός; ἄλλος δέ τις τῶν νῦν ῥητόρων ; ἐγὼ μὲν 
’ Ν ~ 
yap οὐδένα φημί. ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς ζῶντας, ὦ 
, 4 δὲ » > » + al ss 
χρηστέ, ἵνα μηδὲν add’ εἴπω, τὸν ζῶντα ἐξέταζε 
XN \ > ε ’ ν 3S / \ 
καὶ τοὺς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, ὥσπερ τἄλλα πάντα, TOUS 
’ ‘\ 4 ᾿ 3 ’ὔ ε ’ὔ 
ποιητάς, τοὺς χορούς, τοὺς ἀγωνιστάς, ὁ Φιλάμ- 319 
Ψ κι 
μων οὐχ ὅτι Γλαύκου τοῦ Καρυστίου καί τινων 





Ἷ ? X ͵ 

189, Καίτοι πυνθάνομαί γ᾽ αὐτὸν μέλλειν λέγειν, ὡς οὐ δίκαια 
Tou) παραβάλλ ὑτῷ τὰ τῶ ) ἔργα - οὐδὲ yap Φι- 

ὦ παραβάλλων αὐτῷ τὰ τῶν προγόνων Epya* οὐδὲ yap Pu 

> 

λάμμωνά φησι τὸν πύκτην ᾿Ολυμπίασι στεφανωθῆναι νικήσαντα 
Γλαῦκον τὸν παλαιὸν ἐκεῖνον πύκτην, ἀλλὰ τοὺς καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν 
ἀγωνιστάς, ὥσπερ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοοῦντας, ὅτι τοῖς μὲν πύκταις ἐστὶν ὃ 
3 Ν ἈΝ 3 4 nw 3 3 Lal wn \ 3 Ν 
ἀγὼν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, τοῖς δ᾽ ἀξιοῦσι στεφανοῦσθαι πρὸς αὑτὴν 
ἈΝ - Ὁ “A 
τὴν ἀρετήν, ἧς καὶ ἕνεκα στεφανοῦνται. 


a 


[34 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 


220 


321 





ον , , 3 > , 
ἑτέρων πρότερον γεγενημένων ἀθλητῶν ἀσθενέ. 
στερος ἦν, ἀστεφάνωτος ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ολυμπίας ἀπῇει, 
53 3 ν ~ 3 4 Ν 5 Ν » 

ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι τῶν εἰσελθόντων πρὸς αὐτὸν ἄριστα 
ἐμάχετο, ἐστεφανοῦτο καὶ νικῶν ἀνηγορεύετο. 
καὶ σὺ πρὸς τοὺς νῦν Opa με ῥήτορας, πρὸς 
σαυτόν, πρὸς ὄντινα βούλει τῶν ἁπάντων οὐ- 
δέ 507 κα 4 Ν τε 4 Ν , 
ένα ἐξίσταμαι. ὧν, ὅτε μὲν τῇ πόλει τὰ βέλ- 

ε ’ ~ 3 ’ “~ 3 Ν 

τιστα ἑλέσθαι παρῆν, ἐφαμίλλου τῆς εἰς τὴν 
πατρίδα εὐνοίας ἐν κοινῷ πᾶσι κειμένης, ἐγὼ 
κράτιστα λέγων ἐφαινόμην, καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς καὶ 
ψηφίσμασι καὶ νόμοις καὶ πρεσβείαις ἅπαντα 
ὃ A Ee de 0 Ν > We “A ΧΡ > 
LWKELTO, ὑμῶν δὲ οὐδεὶς HV οὐδαμοῦ, πλὴν εἰ 

, 5 4 ’, 5 . \ ᾿ ἃ , 3 
τούτοις ἐπηρεάσαι τι δέοι: ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἃ μή ποτ 
ὦφελε συνέβη, καὶ οὐκέτι συμβούλων ἀλλὰ τῶν 
τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις ὑπηρετούντων καὶ τῶν κατὰ 
τῆς πατρίδος μισθαρνεῖν ἑτοίμων καὶ τῶν κολα- 
κεύειν ἕτερον βουλομένων ἐξέτασις, τηνικαῦτα 
σὺ καὶ τούτων ἕκαστος ἐν τάξει καὶ μέγας καὶ 
λαμπρὸς ἱπποτρόφος, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἀσθενής, ὁμολογῶ, 
3 3 4 A ε a / 
ἀλλ᾽ evvovs μᾶλλον ὑμῶν τουτοισί. 

Δύο δ᾽, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τὸν φύσει μέτριον 
πολίτην ἔχειν δεῖ (οὕτω γάρ μοι περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 
λέγοντι ἀνεπιφθονώτατον εἰπεῖν), ἐν μὲν ταῖς 
ἐξουσίαις τὴν τοῦ γενναίου καὶ τοῦ πρωτείου τῇ 

, ΄, , 3 Ν \ ce 
πόλει προαίρεσιν διαφυλάττειν, ἐν παντὶ δὲ καιρῷ 

\ 4 \ 5» νν Ν ε ’ 
καὶ πράξει τὴν εὔνοιαν " τούτου γὰρ ἡ φύσις κυ- 

’ὔ ἴω 4 Ν 2 ’ 4 ’ 
ρία, τοῦ δύνασθαι δὲ καὶ ἰσχύειν ἕτερα. ταύτην 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 135 





τοίνυν παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ μεμενηκυῖαν εὑρήσετε ἁπλῶς. 
ε » ’ὕ > 5 ’ 5 > Ν 
ὁρᾶτε δέ. οὐκ ἐξαιτούμενος, οὐκ ᾿Αμφικτυονικὰς 322 
δίκας ἐπαγόντων, οὐκ ἐπαγγελλομένων, οὐχὶ τοὺς 
καταράτους τούτους ὥσπερ θηρία μοι προσβαλ- 
λόντων, οὐδαμῶς ἐγὼ προδέδωκα τὴν εἰς ὑμᾶς 
¥ Ν A 5 5 “ > A b J XA Ν 
εὔνοιαν. τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐθὺς ὀρθὴν καὶ du 
͵7ὔ Q ε Ν a / ε , Ν ’ 
καίαν τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς πολιτείας εἱλόμην, τὰς τιμάς, 
A 4 A 5 4 A n~ , 
Tas δυναστείας, Tas εὐδοξίας τὰς τῆς πατρίδος 
θεραπεύειν, ταύτας αὔξειν, μετὰ τούτων εἶναι. 
5 “Ὁ ἂν Ν A ¢ 9 > , ὃ Ν ἥν ν᾿ ας 
οὐκ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς ἑτέρων εὐτυχήμασι φαιδρὸς ἐγὼ 323 
καὶ γεγηθὼς κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν περιέρχομαι, τὴν 
δεξιὰν προτείνων καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενος τούτοις ods 
“ἡ 5 a 5 / ¥ A \ A / 
ἂν ἐκεῖσε ἀπαγγέλλειν οἰωμαι, τῶν δὲ τῆς πόλεως 
ἀγαθῶν πεφρικὼς ἀκούω καὶ στένων καὶ κύπτων 
9 \ A Ψ ε A Ὄ a κ᾿ 
εἰς τὴν γῆν, ὥσπερ οἱ δυσσεβεῖς οὗτοι, Of τὴν 
A ’ὔ ’ὕ ν 5 4 Ἀ ’ὕ 
μὲν πόλιν διασύρουσιν, ὥσπερ οὐχ αὑτοὺς διασύ- 
Ψ ΝΥ A ¥ κ᾿ ΄ δ 
ροντες, ὅταν τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, ἔξω δὲ βλέπουσι, καὶ 
5 Φ' 5 , nw ε , 5 , 9 
ἐν οἷς ἀτυχησάντων τῶν ᾿Βλλήνων εὐτύχησεν ETE- 
ρος, ταῦτ᾽ ἐπαινοῦσι καὶ ὅπως τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον 
μενεῖ φασι δεῖν τηρεῖν. 
Μὴ δητ᾽, ὦ πάντες θεοί, μηδεὶς ταῦθ᾽ ὑμῶν em 324 





3 Ν \ > Φ a“ \ 7 > ae 2 \ Ν ΄, Ν 
260. ᾿γὼ μὲν οὖν, ὦ γῆ καὶ ἥλιε καὶ ἀρετὴ καὶ σύνεσις καὶ 
- 
παιδεία, 7) διαγιγνώσκομεν τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ αἰσχρά, βεβοήθηκα 
val A / 
καὶ εἴρηκα. καὶ εἰ μὲν καλῶς Kal ἀξίως τοῦ ἀδικήματος κατηγό- 
ρηκα, εἶπον ὡς ἐβουλόμην, εἰ δὲ ἐνδεεστέρως, ὡς ἐδυνάμην. Ὑμεῖς 
δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων λόγων καὶ ἐκ τῶν παραλειπομένων αὐτοὶ 
Ν δί Ν x , ἜΝ a SX. , θ 
τὰ δίκαια καὶ τὰ συμφέροντα ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ψηφίσασθε. 


136 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 





νεύσειεν, ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν καὶ τούτοις βελτίω 
Ν la Ν ld > 4 > > i ee. 

τινὰ νοῦν καὶ φρένας ἐνθείητε, εἰ δ᾽ ap’ ἔχουσιν 
5 ’ὔ’ , \ > Ἀ «fi? 4 Ἀ 5 , 
ἀνιάτως, τούτους μὲν αὐτοὺς καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ἐξώλεις 
καὶ προώλεις ἐν γῇ καὶ θαλάττῃ ποιήσατε, ἡμῖν 
δὲ τοῖς λοιποῖς τὴν ταχίστην ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν 
3 ΄ , ’ Ν ’, 3 A 
ἐπηρτημένων φόβων δότε καὶ σωτηρίαν ἀσφαλῆ. 





ABBREVIATIONS. 


BOK. Nees <eavies ---Bekker’s Edition. 
ES edewowene Latin confer, i. e. compare, see. 
ὌΝ oe sexed οὐφόσου νῶν Curtius’s Grammar. 
Dindssesc0s ae eae ye Dindorf’s Edition. 
Diss COR Du Veiaes as --Dissen’s Edition. 
ἘΝ τς crawsies eaenccr Editions or Editors. 
ins oso ον ave ee from 
QT. So ΦΈΡ τα τ es --.-Goodwin’s Greek Moods and Tenses. 
Ge πο ς natn see Goodwin’s Grammar. 
It DAR Se Perret Hadley’s Grammar, revised by Allen. 
5 Oe aa Τὴ siaeis'e sel CSte ᾿ 
Ἔ᾿ ᾿Πν ρεν ΤΌ «eee ΚΌΠΟΥ 5 Grammar. 
Kenn. ....-. ἘΝ ΑΕ. Kennedy’s Translation. 
ὥς oe eee Eee καὶ τὰ ἕτερα, etc. 
Be ANG Bow casic sess .-- Liddell and Scott’s Lexicon. 
Laur. 8. .............Laurentian Manuscript 8. 
Lee ines ike oes es cee oe literal or literally. 
BOI Ἐπ ει σι φοσος scat Lord Brougham. 
Maly. ὦ δέους νον wae Madvig’s Greek Syntax. 
Se ns eh ar Manuscript, Manuscripts. 
ον ρος φως “νὸν διρνα ἃ Σίγμα, name of the oldest and best Manuscript of the text. 
BO. nw Sigsisiscasrsss seen scilicet, namely, understood. 
BCMAOD cee Cccke ne eats Schaefer’s Edition. 
Rina temieweeacaes wae instead of. 
Vp: VOOM: asec δύων Voemel’s Edition. 
ἮΝ Gia kc aern Δ νον Westermann’s Edition. ᾿ 
Nr δο ον ταν μὰ with. 
ἌΝ Milan ences ὺς pee -Whiston’s Edition. 
ἈΠΕ το δ ταν nee pews sin which 


Oy Ae LB a ἐγεν: The Ziirich Edition of the text, by Baiter and Sauppe. 


NOTES. 


-----“990 ... 


THIs oration was more commonly known among the ancients 
under the name of pro Ctestphonte. Its merits were especially lauded 
by the ancient rhetoricians, particularly by Dionysius of Halicar- 
nassus (de Antig. Orat. Comm., VI. 953 ff, ed. Reiske, and de Verborum 
Compositione, cap. XXV.), by Hermogenes (de Eloquentie Ratione), 
and by Quintilian (Orat. Inst., XI., XII.). 


ay 


Exorpium, $$ 1-8. In this introduction the orator manifests a certain 
anxiety and timidity. Cf. Quint., XI. 3. 97. 
$1. πρῶτον μὲν...εὔχομαι : to commence a speech w. an invocation was 
unusual among the Greeks. One notable instance is Lycurg. ὁ. Leocr.: 
εὔχομαι yap τῇ ᾿Αθηνᾷ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς. Aisch. c. Timarch., § 116, 
speaks of beseeching all the gods. But with the Romans this was not 
‘infrequent. Cf. Cic. pro L. Murena, pro C. Cornelio. Servius remarks on 
Verg. 4in., XI. 301: Majores nullam orationem nisi invocatis numinibus 
inchoabant. —@ &vBpes’A.: for the nature of the court thus addressed vid. 
Dict. Antiq. sub Dicasterion, Dicastes ; Grote, IV. 188 ff; Schoemann, 
Greek Antig. — rots: omitted by a few MSS. Dionys. Halic. shows that 
this word is essential to the rhythm of the sentence, wh. is anapwstic. 
The same reason is given for the addition of t in τουτονὶ below. — ὅσην... 
τοσαύτην : by reversing the order of relat. and demonstr. clause the orator 
makes more prominent the claim or ground upon wh. his request is based. 
— ἔχων... διατελῶ ; what use of the parte.? H. 980, 981; G. 1578, 
1580 ; Cu. § 590. — ἔπειθ᾽ : the δέ correlative w. μέν is often omitted 
w. ἔπειτα. Cf. H. 1046, Ὁ; Madv. Gr. Syn., § 188, Rem. 5. — 8 πέρ has 
for its antecedent τοῦτο, the whole referring to μὴ... ποιήσασθαι.. ἀλλὰ... .τὸν 
ὅρκον, thus: that the gods may put that into your hearts which is especially 
for your interest, etc., not to make...but, etc. — εὐσεβείας... δόξης : “εὐσέ- 
Bea refers to their oath in particular ; δόξα to equity in general. For δόξα 


140 NOTES. 





in § 8 the orator substitutes εὐδοξία as more explicit.” TyLEer. — τοῦ be- 
longs to the whole phrase. So Plat. Repub., 352d: ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ ὅντινα 
τρόπον χρὴ ζῆν ; Herod. 8. 79: στασιάζειν περὶ τοῦ ὁκότερος ἡμέων πλέω 
ἀγαθὰ τὴν πατρίδα ἐργάσεται. 

§ 2. τὸν ὅρκον : the oath taken by the Heliastew. Isocr. 15, § 21, gives 
it in substance thus: ὀμνύναι ἢ μὴν ὁμοίως ἀκροάσεσθαι τῶν κατηγορούντων 
καὶ τῶν ἀπολογουμένων. --- ϑικαίοις : what these legal requirements were, 
Dem. explains more fully in his Orat. 6. Lept., §§ 94, 96. — ἀκροάσασθαι : 
so reads =; the other MSS. have ἀκροᾶσθαι. What is the difference ?— 
οὐδὲ : the force of μόνον is continued. So in § 93. --- ἴσην : the word du- 
φοτέροις, wh. follows in most MSS., is probably an interpolation from § 7. 


ἀποδοῦναι : what is the force of the ἀπό in this compound ?— τὸ τῇ τάξει. 


οὐχρήσασθαι : epexegetical of τὸ... ἀκροάσασθαι and pred. nom. after ἐστὶν. 
— τῇ τάξει...τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ embraces both the order and the matter of the 
defence. The τάξις is made prominent, as it was in this particular that 
sch. sought to hamper Dem. in making his defence. — βεβούληται καὶ 
προήρηται : the perf. tense is used to indicate the previous preparation in 
accordance w. the practice of the ancient orators. — ὡς... οὕτως : here again 
the relat. before the demonstr. clause. The attention of the judges is not 
called to οὕτως until its explanation (#s) has first been given. — Dissen 
calls attention to the completeness of this first period, and analyzes it into 
three parts, of wh. the first prepares the way for the second, the second for 
the third ; while in the importance of the thought the same order is pre- 
served. The orator now gives ($$ 3, 4) the special reasons for his previous 
request. 

‘§ 3. οὖν = igitur, and is used here, as often, to indicate transition in the 
thought. — πολλὰ μὲν, kK. τ. €, now, while in many points...there are two 


wh. are especially great. — δὲ introduces the principal, μὲν the subordinate — 
sentence. καὶ 15 emphatic w. μεγάλα ; cf. καὶ μάλα, καὶ πάνυ. --- od περὶ tT. ~ 


ἴ, ay., i.e. I have more at stake. — ἑλεῖν τὴν γραφήν, lit. to seize the in- 
dictment ; somewhat similar is our phrase, to get a verdict. Transl., to win 
his case. The loss of Asch. in case of defeat would only be a fine of 
1000 drachme and a forfeiture of the privilege of instituting similar suits. 
Cf. Boeckh’s Publ. Economy of the Athen., I. p. 406; Meier and Schom. 
Att. Proc., p. 734. — ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ μέν : by an abrupt stop, called in rhetori- 
cal phraseology aposiopesis (cf. Quint. Orat. Inst., 1X. 2, § 54), the orator 
leaves his hearers to imagine the rest, since it would be unpleasant (δυσχε- 
pés) for him to allude to an unfavorable verdict. Other instances are found 
in 88 22, 195. W. supplies the thought in this way : but for me,—my 
whole political career is at stake in dependence on your approbation. — ἐκ 
περιουσίας, lit. from ὦ superabundance ; hence, needlessly, wantonly. We 


as NOTES. ) 141 





understand Dem. to mean this: Asch. jeopardizes nothing in this trial ; 
he has but little to lose in case of defeat, nothing to gain in case of success. 
This prosecution, therefore, involving my dearest interests, has for its only 
gain my loss ; hence, is undertaken in a spirit of simple wantonness and 
malice. Cf. of δ᾽ ἐκ περιουσίας πονηροί, Dem. 6. Steph., § 67. Plato in 
Thect., 154 D, uses this expression of rhetorical contests that were engaged 
in as a pastime. — ἕτερον δ᾽, sc. ἐλαττοῦμαι. --- λοιδοριῶν, κατηγοριῶν : how 
these differ the orator shows in § 123. 

ὃ 4. ὡς ἔπος εἰτπτεῖν inodilties πᾶσιν. For the constr. ef. H. 956; G. 1534; 
Cu. § 564. — ἐνοχλεῖ : this fact had not escaped Aisch. ; cf. infra. — κἂν 
». Aéyo...86fo: Uf. ἃ ΝΜ “δ. 444; H. 898; G. 1403; Cu. § 545. — ἀπολύ- 
σασθαι... δεικνύναι : Diss. thinks the aor. is used w. reference to the single 
charges (τὰ κατηγορημένα), each of wh. was to be refuted, and the pres. to de- 
note the act that is to be continued throughout. the oration — 6 τι... ἂν... 
ἀναγκάζῃ : cf. GMT. 529; H. 912, 916; G. 1428, 1434; Cu. ὃ 554. The 
skill of the orator in making his opponent responsible for the odium of his 
self-laudation is commented on by Quint., XI. 1. 22, as follows : ‘* Neque hoc 
dico non aliquando de rebus a se-gestis oratori esse dicendum, sicut eidem 
Demostheni pro Ctesiphonte, quod tamen ita emendavit ut necessitatem 
id faciendi ostenderet, invidiamque omnem in eum regeret qui hoc se 
coegisset.”” 

δ8 5-8. In these paragraphs Dem. repeats the request for an impartial 
hearing, but from a different standpoint. ‘‘ What before he prayed that 
the gods would inspire the judges to do as a matter of piety and reputa- 
tion, he now claims also as a right, while he enforces the claim by a com- 
bination of new considerations with the former ones ; such as the greatness 
of the interest at stake, ete.” LARNED. — κοινὸν εἶναι : while the legal 
prosecution was against Ctes., the persecution was aimed at Dem., and it 
was important for the orator to emphasize at the outset the fact that his 
own personal interests were involved in this issue. — πάντων : in the sense 
of οὑτινοσοῦν = cujusvis, as is seen fr. the opposition in μάλιστα, κ. τ. ἑ. 
In, a similar sense πανταχοῦ, ὃ 81. --- ἄλλως τε κἂν = both otherwise and 
especially if. — φιλανθρωπίας : a virtue by wh. the Athen. considered 
themselves distinguished from the Spartans and others. An adroit appeal 
to Athen. vanity. So Dem. c. Lept., § 109. 

§ 6. ἀξιῶ καὶ ϑέομαι, 7 request (as a right) and besecch. Rhetorical ful- 
ness or emphasis. Dem. seems fond of using pairs of words nearly synon- 
ymous. Dissen gives the following instances fr. this oration, besides the 
one above: ἐτραγῴδει καὶ διεξήει, § 13; κατεψεύδου καὶ διέβαλλες, 8 11; βοᾶν 
καὶ διαμαρτύρεσθαι, § 28 : δηλοῖ καὶ διορίζεται, ὃ. 40 ; προὔλεγον καὶ διεμαρ- 
τυρόμην, § 45; οὐκ ὀνειδίζειν οὐδὲ λοιδορεῖσθαι, § 274 ; λοιδορούμενος καὶ δια- 


142 NOTES. 





σύρων, § 180; πολεμεῖν καὶ διαφέρεσθαι, § 31; προορώμενος καὶ λογιζόμενος, 
8 27 ; μηδ᾽ προορᾶν μηδ᾽ αἰσθάνεσθαι, ὃ 40; εἰδὼς καὶ ἑωρακὼς, § 248 ; βοῶν 
καὶ κεκραγώς, ὃ 132; εἰπεῖν καὶ ἀπαγγεῖλαι, § 33; ζώντων καὶ ὄντων, ὃ 72; 
ἐδίδαξας καὶ διεξῆλθες, ὃ 22; διέβαλλε καὶ διεξήει, § 14. The student should 
be careful to give the exact meaning of these terms so as to bring out the 
shades of difference in thought doubtless intended by the orator. — ὁμοίως 
belongs to πάντων, as in $§ 61, 208. — δικαίως, impartially. Observe the 
emphatic position as far away as possible fr. its verb ἀκοῦσαι. Its force 
is more fully explained by ὥσπερ, x. τ. ἑ. --- ὃ τιθεὶς, the legislator, the 
Sounder. So below, τοὺς δικάζοντας, ὁ διώκων, τῷ φεύγοντι, etc. are used 
substantively. — ἐξ ἀρχῆς : ‘‘ originally, not as the earliest lawgiver, but 
as the most influential. Hence τιθείς, wh. is strictly of one despotic law- 
giver, whereas τιθέμενος is of a republic or community.” Hoimes. — 
Σόλων is lauded also by Aisch., § 257. — δημοτικός is defined by Asch., 
§ 168 ; cf. § 122 of our oration. —T@ γράψαι : γράφειν νόμον = generally 
to propose a law in the popular assembly ; but it may also mean, as here, 
to record or register by engraving on tablets or pillars of stone or brass. So 
Phil., 111. § 41: els στήλην χαλκὴν γράψαντες. _ Transl. thought it proper 
should be made supreme, not simply by recording them, but also by putting 
the jurors under oath. — τοὺς δικάζοντας : most editt. add ὑμᾶς, but the 
use of ὑμῖν before and after this sentence makes ὑμᾶς superfluous. Besides, 
Solon’s legislation on this point applied to adZ times and cases ; hence the 
orator first makes the general statement and then considers the application 
of this rule to the present case in the words: οὐκ ἀπιστῶν ὑμῖν, κ. τ. ἑ. 

§ 7. φαίνεται = it is evident, different fr. δοκεῖ = it seems, in the best 
period of Greek. —airlas: αἰτία is defined by Dem. 6. Androt., § 22, as 
a charge or accusation unsupported by proof, resting on the barren word 
of the accuser. It differs not widely fr. διαβολή = calumny. — αἷς ἐκ... 
ἰσχύει, by which the prosecutor, on account of his speaking first, is formidable, 
For use of πρότερος cf. H. 619, a; G. 926; Cu. § 361. 8. — διώκων 
(= prosecutor, Scotch pursuer), φεύγοντι (= defendant), παρελθεῖν (= to 
outstrip, to go by), suggest the figure of a race. — kal...«al: correlated, 
connect the parts of the protasis. — τὰ δίκαια = the legal arguments, 
the points wh. the defendant may adduce for his defence. — ἴσον... 
κοινὸν = impartial, common. That the two qualities may be distinguished 
is seen in Plat. Protag. 68; Eurip. Orest. 9: κοινῆς τραπέζης ἀξίωμ᾽ ἔχων 
isov. —ovrw, thus; sc. after having furnished himself, ete. Diss. calls 
attention to the fact that the rhythm and weight of the sentence require 
διάγνωσιν ποιεῖσθαι, rather than the less emphatic διαγιγνώσκειν. 

§ 8. ὡς ἔοικε: added not so much by way of sarcasm, as the Schol. be- 
lieves, as to express caution on account of the general and broad assertion 


NOTES. 143 





involved in ravrés.— παρακαλέσαι, to call upon or summon, as if coad- 
jutors. — ὑπάρξαν por: the corresponding sentence in § 1 has παρ ὑμῶν, wh. 
is omitted here by 2. Most Editt. follow the other MSS. in adding it. 
—rotro refers to the sentence introduced by 6 τὸ and is obj. of γνῶναι, 
the whole depending on παραστῆσαι, wh. in turn depends on εὔχομαι. 
Most Editt. insert τοὺς θεοὺς after παραστῆσαι as its subj. V. thinks this 
repetition would give a false meaning to the passage, as though the orator 
did not supplicate both ὑπάρξαι and παραστῆσαι from the gods. For simi- 
lar omission of subj. w. infin. cf. § 141. — γραφῆς : cf. Lex. 11. B. — On 
the structure of this exordium cf. Arist. Zhet., XIV. 3. It may be con- 
sidered with reference to (1) the prosecutor, (2) the jury, (3) the defendant 
himself. It answers all the ends of a perfect exordium, which aims, as 
Quintilian says, ‘‘reddere auditores benevolos, attentos, dociles.” The 
prayer at its beginning and close is a fitting refutation of the calumny of 
4asch., who had represented Dem. as a contemner of the gods and of divine 
omens. 


FIRST DIVISION OF THE ORATION. 


88 9-52. CHARGES FOREIGN TO THE INDICTMENT. (a) OF A PRI- 
VATE NATURE ($$ 10,11). (0) Or a Pustic Nature (8 12-52). 

§§ 9-11. INrropucTION oF THE Topic AND DEFENCE OF PRIVATE 
Lire. ἐδίωκεν ... κατηγόρησεν : διώκειν. is said of the legal prosecution, 
κατηγορεῖν Of the oral accusation before the court. Cf. 8 15 κατηγορεῖ, 
κρίνει. ----προβουλεύματος, preliminary decree, i. e. an approval on the part 
of the Senate (βουλή) of a bill, wh. could then be brought before the Assem- 
bly (ἐκκλησία) for ratification ; receiving wh., it became a ψήφισμα. In the 
present instance, Ctes. had introduced a bill that Dem. should be rewarded 
w. a golden crown for certain public services. From the Senate the bill 
went before the Assembly ; but before it was acted upon there, Aisch. 
brought an action called γραφὴ παρανόμων, indictment for proposing meas- 
ures contrary to law, against Ctes., and thus prevented it from becoming 
a decree (ψήφισμα) .--- κατηγόρησεν... ἂν ἀπελογούμην : cf. GM T. 410 and 
413; H. 895 ; G. 1397; Cu. § 537. Explain the difference in the use of 
the tenses. — κατεψεύσατό pov: for the genit. cf. H. 752; G. 1123; Cu. 
ὃ 424. — τοῖς ἔξωθεν λόγοις, criminationibus a causa alienis, Diss. ; by 
those irrelevant statements. — ἤγμένος = παρηγμένος. --- ἀλλοτριώτερον : 
the Schol. says = ἐξωτερικώτερον, i. 6. with an estranged or prejudiced 
mind. — τῶν..«δικαίων...μου : critics are not agreed whether to under- 
stand τῶν δικαίων as genit. w. ἀκούῃ and pov as possess., or as genit. 
of separation w. ἀλλοτριώτερον (somewhat estranged from what is just 
under the influence of τοῖς ἔξωθεν λόγοι5) and μου governed by ἀκούῃ. The 


ΤῊ NOTES. 





latter seems preferable on account of the sense and the position of wor. — 
ὑπὲρ = περί here. The distinction between these prepp. lies in the fact 
that ὑπέρ originally implies the interest or advantage of the thing or person 
concerning wh. anything is, or is said. In the orators this distinction is 
first lost sight of, and the prepp. are easily interchanged. Cf. ὑπὲρ τῶν 
ἄλλων, 8 10 ; ὑπὲρ τῶν πεπολιτευμένων, § 11; ὑπὲρ τοῦ πολέμου, ὃ 76. 

8 10. λοιδορούμενος βεβλασφήμηκε:: the nice distinctions between the 
words employed by Dem. to denote slander, accusation, calumny, invective 
(cf. 88 123, 126), should be carefully observed ; λοιδορία is the more general 
term for invective, βλασφημία is more specific and concrete, and denotes the 
scandals or slanders uttered by a calumniator. — ἁπλᾶ καὶ δίκαια, st. ἁπλῶς 
καὶ δικαίως, wh. are used in § δ8. --- τοιοῦτον, sc. ὄντα ; cf. § 277. The 
supplementary partic. dv is often thus omitted by the orators; cf. Madv. 
§ 178, Rem. 4; K. ὃ 310, Rem. 5. — ἀνάσχησθε...καταψηφίσασθε: what 
is there in the form of this prohibition and command that gives special 
emphasis? Follow in transl., as nearly as possible, the order of the Greek. 
Lord B. renders this spirited sentence thus: ‘‘ but rise»up this instant and 
condemn me.” — βελτίω καὶ ἐκ βελτιόνων : a standing formula among the 
Greeks ; similar are ἀγαθὸς ἐξ ἀγαθῶν, ἄριστος ἐξ ἀρίστων. --- τῶν μετρίων, of 
the average or respectable class. State the argument of Dem. in this sen- 
tence. — ἣν... ἐνδέδειχθε...παράσχεσθε : for this constr. οἵ, H. 995; G. 
1037; Cu. § 597. 3. ~~ 

ὃ 1], kaxonOns...etnbes φήθης : a play upon words wh. is inimitable in 
Engl. Jacobs renders it by argmiithig ... gutmiithig. Dem. makes but 
sparing use of the Paronomasia, as it was called by the rhetoricians, and 
only where the thought is made more prominent by it. Of. § 267; so 
6. Aristocr. ὃ 202: ἀνθρώπους οὐκ ἐλευθέρους ἀλλ᾽ ὀλέθρους ; Phil., I. § 24: 
ὁ στρατηγὸς ἀκολουθεῖ ; vid. Rehdantz’s Dem., IX. § 18, for many more 
illustrations. Spengel remarks that Aisch. has nowhere made any such 
statement, and that this is simply an artifice of Dem. by wh. he would 
have it appear that he does not shun the direct issue. —troptrelas : a meta- 
phor taken from the ribald jokes and abusive epithets uttered by those who 
rode in chariots in the procession (πομπεία) of the Anthesterian festival. 
For a specimen οἵ, Aristoph. Ran., 416 ff. — ἀνέδην, recklessly. — av... 
ἀκούειν 4: the uncertain position of ἀκούειν in the best MSS. (some placing 
it, as here, after 8., others after τουτοισί) leads some critics to look upon it 
as an interpolation. In Orat. pro Megal., § 3, the approved reading is 
ὕστερον, ἂν ὑμῖν βουλομένοις ἢ, δείξω, without ἀκούειν. For constr. cf. H. 
771, a; G. 1584; Cu. § 485. The tact of the orator in adding, ἐ7 6 shall 
please you to listen, is manifest. 

§§ 12-17. INrropucTIon To Tur PuBLIC MATTERS IRRELEVANT TO 


NOTES. 145 





THE INDICTMENT. In this paragraph Dem. aims to prove the personal 
malice of this ~prosecution by pointing out its indirectness and futility. — 
πολλά, sc. ἐστίν. --- ἐνίων defines and limits the preced. gen. ὧν as an ap- 
positive. Cf. Thuc., I. 6: ἔτε δὲ καὶ ἐν τοῖς βαρβάροις ἔστιν οἷς ; Dem. de 
F. L., § 260: τὰς yap ἀκροπόλεις αὐτῶν ἐνίων Maxedives ppovpotcw. — αὕτη, 
sc. ἐστίν. So most Kditt., in opposition to most of the MSS. wh. read αὐτή. 
We understand Dem. to mean this: ‘‘ My opponent is not heaping charges 
upon me in order that I may be punished according to law, but his motive 
is this,” ete. — ἐχθροῦ μὲν is the protasis of τῶν μέντοι κατηγοριῶν, μέντοι 
being in antithesis to μὲν. ---- ἐπήρειαν : ‘‘a malicious disposition to injure 
others without gaining any profit one’s self.” — ὕβριν has reference to con- 
tumelious acts; λοιδορίαν, to contumelious words. — τῶν κατηγοριῶν, 
K. τ. &, constr. w. δίκην ἀξίαν. --- The argument of this and the following 
section runs thus: If the state cannot administer a befitting punishment 
so as to meet the ends of justice, a prosecution becomes a malicious per- 
secution. This the state cannot do where the defendant has no oppor- 
tunity of making a proper defence. This opportunity Aisch. has taken 
away from Dem. in three ways: (1) by bringing the indictment against 
Ctes. and not against Dem. personally ; (2) by bringing the charges so 
long time after the alleged misdeeds ; (3) by failing to make these charges 
definite and specific. 

§ 13. τὸ προσελθεῖν, κ. τ΄. € : obj. of ἀφαιρεῖσθαι, wh. takes two 
accusatives (cf. H. 424; G. 1069; Cu. § 4UzZ; the personal obj., wh. 
by implication is Dem., being omitted. Lhe omitted subj. of ἀφαι- 
ρεῖσθαι is Asch. — The phrase τὸ προσελθεῖν τῷ δήμῳ = to come before the 
popular assembly as a speaker. — λόγου τυχεῖν, to obtain a hearing. By this 
indirect mode of attack, Asch. compelled Dem. to defend his public policy 
in the cowrt instead of in the ecclesia, and as the advocate of another in- 
stead of simply in his own defence. — ἐν.. «τάξει, in the rank or quality of. 
For various uses of τάξις, οἵ, 88. 63, 173, 192. — πολιτικὸν, lit. what per- 
tains to ὦ πολίτης ; statesmanlike, Lord B.; constitutional, Kenn. — ἀλλ᾽ : 
“Asch. was in fault in two ways: in doing what he ought not to have done, 
οὐ γὰρ, κ. τ. ἑ.; and in not doing what was right, sc. to prefer these charges 
directly and regularly, ἀλλ᾽ ἐφ᾽ οἷς, x. τ. é€. — ἐτραγῴδει : the allusions of 
the orator to the earlier career of Aisch. as an actor, are neither complimen- 
tary nor infrequent. Cf. ὑποκρίνεται below ; διεξεὼν, § 41, and many more 
instances. —rap αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα, during or at the very time of (παρά = 
alongside of) the misdeeds. This use of παρά w. accus. is frequent in the 
orators; cf. L. and S. sub v. II.— χρῆσθαι, sc. ἔδει from δεῖ above. —- 
εἰσαγγελίας : the εἰσαγγελία here meant was an extraordinary action of im- 
peachment brought directly before the Senate or Assembly, for special or 

7 J 


146 NOTES. 





peculiar violations of law not provided for in the ordinary courts. Cf. Meier 
and Schém. Ait. Proc., p. 260 ff. — τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον, i. 6. ‘in the peculiar 
way of the εἰσαγγελία. --- ypadovta...ypaddpevov: γράφειν = to propose ; 
γράφεσθαι = to indict. — παράνομα, lit. laws contrary to existing ones ; 
unconstitutional measures is a fair rendering. —mapavépev: for the na- 
ture and operation of the action called γραφὴ παρανόμων, cf. Dict. Antigq. 
sub voce; Meier and Schém. Aét. Proc., 282; Schém. Greck Antigq., p. 483. 
— οὐ γὰρ.. δύναται... ἐγράψατο : the force of οὐ extends over both parts of 
the sentence. Cf. §§ 16 and 288 for a similar use of the negat. Transl. 
for it cannot be that, etc....but that he would not have indicted, ete. — δι᾽ 
ἐμέ: how diff. fr. δὲ ἐμοῦ ὃ Cf. note on δέ ods, § 35. — épe...avrov: οἵ. 
§ 279. — εἴ περ...ἐνόμιζεν... οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο : cf. GMT. 410; H. 895; 
G. 1897; Cu. §§ 537, 541. Account for the dill. of tense in the protasis 
and apudosis, 

§ 14. ἀγῶνες καὶ κρίσεις, trials and verdicts ; these are the practical ap- 
plication of νόμοι and τιμωρίαι. --- ὁπηνίκα ἐφαίνετο... ὡμολογεῖτο ἂν : same 
form of cond. sent. as above in § 18, except that the relat. adv. ὁπηνίκα in- 
troduces the condition. — τοῖς.. -πρὸς ἐμέ, the legal remedies applicable to 
my case. 

8 15. τοσούτοις... χρόνοις : the events connected with the peace of Philo- 
crates 16 years ago, and those connected with the Phocian war 25 years 
ago. — ὑποκρίνεται, he acts a part, i.e. he plays an underhand part in 
prosecuting Ctes. while really aiming at me. — εἶτα, then, thereupon, de- 
notes sequence in thought or narration. — προΐσταται, puts in the fore- 
ground ; not as a pretence or screen here, but as the real cause. — οὐδαμοῦ : 
in § 251 Dem. boasts that Aisch. had never brought a single action against 
him personally. —érépov : difference between ἕτερος and ἄλλος ξ The genit. 
is one of separation. — ἔπιτιμίαν : if Ctes., in case of conviction, should be 
unable to pay the fine (τέμημα) of 50 talents, he would fall into ἀτιμία until 
the fine was discharged. 

§ 16. καίτοι : a word of frequent occurrence. The part. vou has generally 
an intensive or additive force ; = and verily, and furthermore. — πρὸς w. 
dat. = in addition to. — ἂν... ἔχοι : potent. optat.; cf. GMT. 235; H. 872; 
G. 1327, 1328 ; Cu. ὃ 517, Obs, 1. — ἂν λέγειν ΞΞ either ἂν ἔλεγεν, one could 
be saying (but he does not), or, what seems more in harmony w. ἔχοι above, 
ἂν λέγοι, one might say (if he would). — τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι : spoken 
of the litigants, while of the judges the phrase τῶν πεπολιτευμένων ἐξέτασιν 
ποιήσειν is used in § 226. — od belongs to the whole sent. τὸ pév...dywvife- 
σθαι... ἑτέρῳ δ᾽... ζητεῖν, and implies the repetition of δίκαιον qv. — ἑτέρῳ... 
ὅτῳ : for the sake of emphasis st. ἕγεμον ὅτῳ by inverse attraction. ΟἹ. Η, 
10u3 ; G. 1035 ; Cu. § θυ. 





8. 17. ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας οὐδεμίας, based upon, with regard for no truth For 
similar use of ἐπί w. genit. cf. 88. 22, 226, 294. — ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης : the 
often referred to peace of Philocrates. Cf. Grote, Ch. LXXXIX. — τῆς 
πρεσβείας : the second embassy to Philip, for the purpose of receiving his 
oath to the peace agreed upon and sworn to by the Athenians. This em- 
bassy is known as ἡ παραπρεσβεία, and forms the theme of two orations by 
the rival orators. — tows, in Attic usage generally means probably, likely. 
— κατ᾽ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους, throughout those times. 

δὲ 18-52. EXAMINATION OF CHARGES MADE WITH REFERENCE TO 
THE NEGOTIATION OF THE PEACE OF PHILOCRATES (S$ 18 -24), AND 
THE SECOND EmBassy ΤῸ PHILIP (δὲ 25-52). Tod... Φωκικοῦ... πολέμου : 
for an account of this war, sometimes called also the Sacred War, through 
wh. Philip obtained the long-coveted opportunity of intermeddling in the 
affairs of the Greeks, cf. Grote, Ch. LXXXVII.; Smith’s Hist. of Greece, 
Ch. XLII. — συστάντος, having been organized. ““ συνιστάναι is to organize 
either for good or evil. The orator wishes to impute external agency, originat- 
ing in Macedon or at Athens, as the prime cause of the Phocian outbreak.” 
HoiMEs. — οὐ δι᾿ ἐμὲ : Dem. disclaims having had anything to do with 
stirring up this war. Wh. joins these words w. οὕτω διέκεισθε, as if the orator 
would deny that he had prejudiced the feelings or warped the judgment of 
his fellow-citizens against the Thebans. But this seems uncalled for, since 
this prejudice against the Thebans was of long standing and generally un- 
derstood. For allusions to this feeling cf. Dem. Oratt. 1. 26; 3.8; 5.15; 
14. 33; 20. 109. --- τότε : the first public speech of Dem. (6. Androtion) 
was delivered in 355 B. c., and the first political speech (de Symmoriis) a 
year later ; but the difficulties wh. terminated in the Phocian War com- 
menced in 357. The student will notice that Dem. regards as irrelevant 
(οὐδὲν πρὸς ἐμέν) all that precedes his own political ascendancy, i. 6. about 
343 B. σα. Cf. §§ 21, 60, and the note on § 60, — σωθῆναι : Athens, by reason 
of her hatred of Thebes and ancient friendship for the Phocians, though 
furnishing no active assistance, sympathized w. the Phocians. — καύπερ... 
ὁρῶντες : “This refers to the plunder of the Delphian temple : and we may 
notice w. what nice sense of decorum the orator speaks of the Phocians, who 
had been ancient allies of the Athenians, but whose conduct in plundering the 
temple of Delphi was condemned throughout the Grecian world.” LARNED. 
-- Θηβαίοις... παθοῦσιν, but that you would have been delighted at the Thebans 
suffering everything. For ἄν w. infin. cf. GMT. 207; H. 964; 6. 1308 ; 
Cu. §§ 575, 576. — οἷς...ἐν Λεύκτροις : at the battle of Lenctra, 371 B. 0.» 
the Thebans, under Epaminondas, gained the victory over the Spartans, and 
established their supremacy (ἡγεμονία), wh. lasted until their overthrow 


148 NOTES. 





in the battle of Mantinea, 362 B.c. During this period they had not used 
with moderation the advantages of their position. In their arrogance they 
had deprived Orchomenos, Thespiz, and Plata of their avrovouia, and in- 
vested the city of Oropus, an act that was especially distasteful to Athens. 
Diod. Sic. XV. 79, speaks of the ‘‘ Leuctric insolence” of the Thebans. — 
ἔπειθ᾽: not temporal, but sequential here, as indicating the next item in the 
enumeration of facts. —SveerqKe, plupf., to indicate the resulting state or 
condition, was in a state of faction. — ot μισοῦντες : sc. the Messenians, 
Arcadians, Argives, Sicyonians. — of πρότερον... ἄρχοντες : the hated Har- 
mosts that had been placed in command over several cities by Lysander im- 
mediately upon the close of the Pelopon. War. Cf. Xen. Hellen., III. 5. 
13; Isocr. Panegyr., p. 36. — ἄκρυτος : promiscuous and interminable ; a 
single word hardly renders it. Cf. Z7., 11. 796: the μῦθοι ἄκριτοι of Priam ; 
id. III. 412: the ἄχεα ἄκριτα of Helen. — Diss. calls attention to the grace- 
ful structure of this last period. First the general statement, ἡ II. διειστή- 
κει ; then the explanation and description by the parts introduced by καί: 
finally the summing up of the whole idea in stronger terms, ἀλλά τις, κ. τ. é. 

ὃ 19. χρήματα ἀναλίσκων, by lavishing money. Philip’s skill in the use of 
bribes became proverbial. Cf, Horace Od., Bk. III.; XVI.13. By his con- 
quests in Thrace he had obtained possession of the gold-mines of (renides, 
wh, are said (cf. Boeckh, Publ. Econ. Athen., p. 10) to have yielded him 
an annual reverne of 1000 talents. — αὑτοὺς ΞΞ ἀλλήλους ; ef. H. 686; 
G. 996; Cu. ὃ 473. — εἶτ᾽, then, denoting sequence. — ἐν οἷς, «. τ. é: 
the sense is that by means of the errors and follies of others he was advan- 
cing his own interests. — κατὰ, against, with hostile intent. — ταλαιπω- 
povpevor: deriv.?— τοῦ πολέμου: the Phocian War, wh. lasted about 
10 years, — τότε... βαρεῖς : because the memory of their supremacy was still 
fresh. — νῦν.. ἀτυχεῖς : in 335 B. c. Alexander razed Thebes to the ground 
and sold many of its inhabitants into slavery. Adsch., in alluding to the 
fate of this city, says in his Orat. c. Cles., § 183: Θῆβαι δέ, Θῆβαι πόλις 
ἀστυγείτων, μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν μίαν ἐκ μέσης THs “Ελλάδος ἀνήρπασται. 

§ 20. τί οὖν, x. τ. ἑ. : Dionys. Halic., περὶ Ἰσαίου, § 13, remarks that no 
orator has made such frequent and forcible use of the rhetorical question as 
Dem. What then co-operated with him in ensnaring you as his almost willing 
dupes ?— % τῶν ἄλλων ‘E. : the art. agrees w. the nom. implied in κακίαν 
and ἄγνοιαν. The — shall I call it baseness or ignorance of the rest of the 
Greeks? Cf. § 271 for a similar turn. — πόλεμον συνεχῆ : the entire period 
of hostilities from the capture of Amphipolis in 357 B. c. until the peace of 
Philocrates, 346 B. c. —odpacww, men, troops. —&a& ταῦτ᾽ : Dem., in at- 
tempting to free himself from the responsibility of bringing about this 
peace, skilfully avoids incurring the ill-feeling of the judges and the people, 





NOTES. 149 





by throwing the blame upon the cirewmstances and the state of public 
affairs existing at the time, rather than upon the people themselves. But, 
not satisfied with this, he adds very adroitly, that it was not the peace after 
all, but the corruption of the men engaged in its negotiation, that was the 
cause of the present troubles. —év’adrq : not during it, but in relation to tt, 
i. e. in the transactions connected w. the peace. — ἂν...ἐξετάζῃ... εὑρήσει : 
cf. GMT. 444; H. 898; G. 1403; Cu. § 545. 

§ 21. ἀκριβολογοῦμαι καὶ διεξέρχομαι, sublilius persequor et commemord, 
V.; weiyhiny und siting, Lord B. ; faithful and exact detail of this whouie 
transaction, Leland, This might be added to the instances of rhetorical 
pleonasm enumerated in note on §6. With respect to these pleonasms Diss. 
remarks the simplicity of the Greek as coinpared w. the elaborate ornateness 
of Cicero, who not ouly uses such amplifications wore frequently, but often 
joius words employed figuratively to those used in a literal sense. —ét... 
δοκοίη... ἐστι : aimixed cond. sent. Is this combination of moods common ? 
Cr. G M'I. 500; H. 901; G. 1421; Cu. § 849. --- τὰ μάλιστα : adverb. accus., 
modifying ἀδίκημα εἶναι ; the sense is supposing the wrong to be ever so great. 
-- ᾿Αριστόδημος : a celebrated actor who was sent by the Athenians as 
envoy to Philip, by whom he was greatly esteemed, to treat for the release 
of Athen. prisoners of war, who had been captured at the taking of Olyn- 
thus. Upon his return, Aristodemus reported to the Assembly the friendly 
feeling of Philip towards the Athenians, and his desire to enter into an 
alliance w. them. — τούτου, sc. Aisch.; cf. οὗτος, § 20. The opposite party in 
a suit is generally referred to by this demonstrative. —‘A-yvoto.os: Hagnus 
was the name of the deme to wh. Philocrates belonged. — οὐδ᾽ ἂν.. ψευδό- 
μενος, not even though you should burst with lying, Kenn. The allusion is 
to the violent tones of Aisch., wh. Dem. often ridicules. — Εὔβουλος : one 
of the foremost politicians of this period, a friend of Asch. and of the Ma- 
cedonian party. His financial policy, particularly in leading the state to 
set apart large sums for the Theoric Fund (ef. note § 55), contributed not a 
little towards rendering the state bankrupt and demoralizing the people. — 
Κηφισοφῶν : mentioned in the psephisma, § 29, as one of the envoys sent 
to Philip ; of the deme Rhamnus ; probably the same person who is men- 
tioned by Asch. de F. L., § 73, as a Paranian and one of the friends of 
Chares. Cf. A. Schaefer, Dem. wnd seine Zeit, 11. p. 182. —éyd δ᾽ οὐδὲν 
οὐδαμοῦ : this is a flat contradiction of the statement of Asch. in the sub- 
joined extract. Dem. in his speech de F. Z., 88 15-18, denies that he 
was in favor of the peace on the terms proposed by Philocrates. On this 
disputed point we may adopt the view of Grote (Ch. LXXXIX.) as being 
the one probably most correct: sc. that Dem. supported the proposal of 
Philocrates for peace and alliance w. Philip, except that special clause wh. 


150 NOTES. 





excluded the Phocians; that this clause was subsequently repudiated by 
the Assembly, but, when the treaty was sworn to, the Phocians, in viola- 
tion of this action of the Assembly, were tacitly and practically excluded 
through the misrepresentations and false promises of Aisch. and his party 
(wh. are referred to in § 35 of our oration), and that it was against this 
feature of the treaty that Dem. protested, though not until it was too late. 
The statement then of Dem. before us is not absolutely, but only relatively 
true. That he should have been at this time in favor of a peace on almost 
any terms seems not so strange when we remember the state of the Athenian 
mind in this period: ‘‘repugnance to military cost and effort, sickness and 
shame at their past war with Philip, alarm from the prodigious success of 
his arms, and pressing anxiety to recover the captives taken at Olynthus.” 
Grote. — ‘‘ It was the hopelessness,” says Niebuhr, “ of expecting aid from 
the other states that justified Dem. in being a party to the peace of Philo- 
crates.” 

§ 22. ἐπ᾽... ἀληθείας : cf. § 17. --- ἄρα, forsooth ; inferential particle often 
w. a tinge of irony, as here. — πρὸς τῷ...γεγενῆσθαι, in addition to having 
become. For πρὸς w. dat. cf. § 16. --- αὔτιος, the guilty cause. The charge 
made by Asch. was twofold: (1) Dem. was the author of the peace ; 
(2) he concluded it apart from the confederacy of the allies. — καὶ, also. — 
κεκωλυκὼς εἴην : why the optat.? GMT. 669. 2; H. 932; G. 1487; Cu. ὃ 528. 
Why ¢iis form of the optat. ?— κοινοῦ συνεδρίου, a general synod, wh. met 
at Athens and was formed of the delegates of the new Athenian confed- 
eracy that had been constituted soon after the Peloponn. War. Cf. Grote, 
Ch. LXXVII.; Smith, Ch. XXXIX. — εἶτ᾽ ὦ : another instance of aposi- 
opesis ; cf. note § 3.— ἔστιν ὅπου σὺ παρῶν.. δρῶν... ἠγανάκτησας, is there 
an. occasion where you being present seeing me...expressed your indignation. 
— παρελθὼν, lit. passing along or by (the audience), i. 6. coming forward to 
the tribune or platform from wh. in ancient assemblies (as nowadays in 
the French and German parliaments) the speaker was wont to address the 
meeting. 

ἃ 23. τὸ κωλῦσαι : the use of the art. w. the infin. here and in τὸ σιγῆ- 
σαι gives emphasis to the contrasted notions of these verbs, while the use 
of the aor., to indicate a single definite act, is in strong contrast to the pres. 
in βοᾶν, διαμαρτύρεσθαι, δηλοῦν. ---- ἐγὼ Φιλίππῳ : such juxtapositions for 
the sake of emphasis are frequent in Dem.; cf. §§ 255, 271. --- σοὶ : observe 
its emphatic position. In the points just commented upon we have an 
illustration of the remarkable skill displayed by Dem. in the structure of 
his sentences. — τότε : after the fall of Olynthus, 347 B. c., embassies had 
been sent out by Athens to several of the Greek states in order to form a 
common league against Philip. Both orators confess that these embassies 


NOTES. 1s] 


te 





were fruitless. Cf. isch. de F. L., § 79. sch. charges his rival w. pre- 
cipitating the negotiations of the peace so as to prevent the allies and con- 
federates of Athens from participating in the treaty. The statements of 
the two orators upon this point are hopelessly conflicting. Professor Tyler 
adopts the conclusion of Grote, that not all the envoys had yet returned, 
but some were still absent when the peace was concluded. A. Schaef., 
11. 200 ff. believes that all had returned, but that the states to which em- 
bassies had been sent, having declined to join Athens in a league against 
Philip, and being at peace with him, had of course no interest in the treaty 
now under consideration. However these points under dispute may be 
decided, there seems no doubt that the sentiments of all had been thoroughly 
tested (πάντες ἐξεληλεγμένοι), and were fully understood at Athens. 

§ 24. χωρὶς.. ψεύδεται : ‘‘ Dem. not merely refutes, but makes the refu- 
tation an occasion of atiack. We have already had examples in §§ 10, 11.” 
Lanrnev. — εἰ παρεκαλεῖτε.. ἐπέμπετε... διεπράττεσθε : cf. G MT. 402; H. 
898 ; G. 1890 ; Cu. ὃ 536. — Ηυὐρυβάτου : an Kphesian who was sent by 
Croesus into the Peloponnesus with money to raise mercenaries, and deserted 
to Cyrus, his rival. This name became proverbial for treachery and knavish- 
ness ; thence is derived the verb εὐρυβατεύεσθαι. --- τί γὰρ καὶ B., for with 
what desire even. — ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καίρῳ, at this juncture, i.e. while the Athe- 
nians were considering the terms of a peace w. Philip, the attempt to unite 
the Greek states against him having been abandoned. — ἅπασιν, i. 6. to all 
whom the Athenians had asked to unite against Philip. — ἀλλ᾽... ἐβουλεύ- 
eo@e : a rhetorical syllogism whose conclusion is probable. For similar di- 
lemmas cf. 88 124, 125, 139, 196, 217. — οὔκουν : some MSS. read οὐκοῦν ; 
what is the difference ?— ἐξ ἀρχῆς : the original peace of Philocrates is 
by this designation distinguished from the peace of Demades made after 
Cheeronea. — οὔτε.. οὐδ᾽... οὔτε : οὐδὲ is subordinate and emphatic, οὔτε... 
οὔτε being co-ordinate, neither...nor even...nor. It will be noticed how with 
the last οὔτε the orator adds an inference from the preceding, just as at the 
close of § 23 with οὔθ᾽ οὗτος ὑγιὲς, x. τ. €. — av...6v: for this partic. constr. 


. of. H. 981; G. 1588; Cu. §§ 590, 593. 


88 25-41. PRocEEDINGS CONNECTED WITH THE RATIFICATION OF THE 
PEACE, AND ITS IMMEDIATE RESULTS. — καὶ γὰρ : not elliptical here, but 
καὶ in the sense of also, i. 6. also from these affairs, just as from those above 
rehearsed. — ἔγραψα βουλεύων, as senator moved a resolution. — τὴν ταχί- 
στην : the importance of this haste is manifest. This motion was made by 
Dem. on the 3d of Munychion (April 29), some 7 days after Antipater as 
representative of Philip had taken the oath fr. the Athenians. — ἂν... πὺν- 
θάνωνται : st. πυνθάνοιντο, as it is more significant to give the words of the 
decree in a direct form. — ἀπολαμβάνειν : what is the force of ἀπό here ἕ 
Cf. ἀποδοῦναι in ὃ 26. 


152 NOTES. 





§ 26. τί... ἠδύνατο, quod hoc sibi volebat? Diss. What was the intent of 
this (sc. my resolution) !— Φιλίππῳ μὲν... ὑμῖν δὲ : the student will not 
fail to notice the balanced structure of this sentence. — ἀφ᾽ ἧς... ἡμέρας = 
ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς Cf. H. 995; G. 1037; Cu. ὃ 597. 8. --- τοῦτο : alludes 
to what? Reiske says to ws πλεῖστον...τῶν ὅρκων ; but this interval of 
time between the oaths had itself for its ulterior aim the cessation from 
preparations for war on the part of the Athenians. With W., therefore, 
we make τοῦτο refer to πάσας ἐξελύσατε, k. τ. ἑ. ----ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου: 
ἐκ w. genit. expresses time froin its first beginning, including the whole 
extent of the period until the end. Lit. from ail the time, i. e. from first to 
last. Cf. § 908. --- ὅσα τῆς πόλεως, whatever possessions of the city ; refer- 
ring particularly to Philip’s conquests in Thrace of places in alliance w. 
Athens. — προλάβοι : cf. G MT. 532; H. 914B; 6. 1431. 2; Cu. § 555. 
The action in the partic. voulfwv is repeated or continued, i. e. in each case 
or all the while supposing. 

ὃ 27. ἐν οἷς ἂν ἢ : cf. note on ἂν πυνθάνωνται ahove. ἘΝ ἃς «γίγνοινθ᾽ : 
past purpose after γράφω an historic present ; cf. GMT. 33; H. 828; 6. 
1252, 1268; Cu. § 487. — διέσυρε, ridiculed. The corresponding passage in 
ZEsch. (8. 82) shows an intentional perversion of these names: as, Μυρτίσκην 
st. Μυρτηνόν ; Tavida, wh. is simply a play upon the sound of T'dvos ; Σέρ- 
ριον is mentioned by Herod. VII. 59, and by Dem. Phil., 111. 16 ; Harpo- 
cration in his Lex. mentions Μυρτανόν and ‘Epyicxn. — οὕτω, under these 
circumstances. — τοὺς ἐπικαίρους, the favorably located ones; alluding to 
the importance of these places in a military point of view, since they were 
situated in the vicinity of the Thracian Chersonesus, wh. belonged to the 
Athenians. — πολλῶν χρημάτων : cf. note ὃ 19. 

§ 28. εἶτα, then or thereupon, to indicate sequence of thought. — οὐχὶ 
λέγει... ἀναγιγνώσκει, he does not cite, nor does he read. The distinction be- 
tween these verbs as indicated in our translation is not always maintained 
in the orators. Below, e. g. λέγε is used in the sense of read or cause to be 
read, and is addressed to the γραμματεύς or clerk of the Archons. — προσ- 
άγειν, to introduce. ““ Foreign ambassadors were introduced to an audience 
with the people by a resolution of the Senate (cf. Asch. de F. L., § 58). 
Demosthenes as Senator moved that Philip’s envoys should be introduced 
‘to the people for the purpose of discussing the conditions of the proposed 
peace.” Wh. — τοῦτό pov διαβάλλει, with this he taunts me. For this genit. 
ef. H. 751; G. 1132; Cu. § 424. 8. Cf. § 299: τὸν τειχισμὸν ὃν σύ 
μου diéovpes. — μὴ : this negat. introduces the whole question and ex- 
pects the answer no, but its special force falls upou the nearest verb προσ- 
άγειν, to propose not to introduce, etc. — διαλεχθῶσιν : the subj. st. optat., 

-for the suke of vividness of narration. Cf. GM T. 321; H. 881 4; 


NOTES. 153 





G. 1369 ; Cu. §§ 531.1; 532, Obs. — θέαν : this was the so-called προεδρία, 
a distinction conferred upon the guests of the state by resolution of the 
Senate. — τὸν ἀρχιτέκτονα, the lessce of the theatre, called also θεατρώνης, 
θεατροπώλης, who paid a certain rent to the state, kept the buildings in 
repair, and received the entrance fees. — ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν, in the two- 
obol seats, i. e. the seats of the common people, for which two obols were 
paid. Cf. Bockh. Publ. Econ. Athen., p. 304. The price is put for the 
place, and the expression seems to be colloquial ; so οἱ ix@ves = the fish- 
market, τὰ βιβλία = the book-market. Some Editt. prefer to take ἐν w. the 
dat. as expressing means, i. 6. by the payment of two obols. — μικρὰ : this 
word is not found in the original reading of 2, and is therefore omitted by 
the Editt. of our text. In retaining it w. the other MSS. I am particularly 
influenced by the remark of V. that the word is necessary to express the 
antithesis to τὰ ὅλα. The orator means this: to exercise care over such 
small matters as the expenditure of a few obols or the bestowal of some 
attention upon the guests of the state, this, as compared w. guarding the 
general interests (τὰ ὅλα) of the state, is not worth the mention. 

§ 29. VHPIZMA: there are in all 35 of these documents referred to in 
the course of the oration, of wh. 28 purport to be given in full and 7 are 
mentioned only by name. The fact that in most of the speeches of the 
Attie orators the documents are omitted, their names merely being given, 
has of itself awakened suspicion concerning the genuineness of those con- 
tained in this oration. It is sufficient for the practical purpose of the 
student to know that the majority of modern critics regard these documents 
as spurious. The internal evidence for this opinion will be given in the 
case of a few. Those who desire to weigh the arguments pro and con upon 
this long-disputed question, are referred to Professor Champlin’s summary 
in an Appendix to his edition of this oration ; to the paper of Professor 
W. W. Goodwin on The Chronology of some of the Events mentioned in Dem. 
on the Crown, in the ‘*‘ Transactions of the Amer. Philol. Assoc., 1871, 
1872”; to Droysen in Museum Rhenanum, 11., 1845 ; to Bohnecke’s συνα- 
yoy? ψηφισμάτων in Vol. II. of his Untersuchwagen, Berlin, 1843; to 
Vcemel’s 5 treatises, published in 1841-1845 ; to Boeckh’s de Archontibus 
Pseudonymis ; and to Westermann’s Untersuchungen iiber die in die Attischen 
Redner eingelegten Urkunden. A fresh argument against the genuineness 
of these documents, based upon the enumeration of the στίχοι or lines in the 
MSS., is given by the Editor in the ‘‘ Proceedings of the Amer. Philol. 
Assoc! for 1874-1875.” The inconsistencies of the following document are 
these : Μνησιφίλου : this decree was passed in 347 B. c., the year before the 
peace, and Themistocles was archon for that year. — ἑκατομβαιῶνως : from 
Zisch. de F. L., § 92, we learn that it was passed on the 3d of Munychion. 


[54 NOTES. 





— Πανδιονίδος : acc. to Esch. de F. L., § 82, Dem. was the πρόεδρος or 
president for the day. But ace. to Schém. (@reek Antig., p. 399) the pro- 
edri were chosen by the ἐπιστάτης of the Prytanes (for explanation of these 
terms cf. Dict. Antiq.) from the nine tribes which were not in the prytany ; 
hence, if Dem. was proédrus, the tribe of Pandionis to which he belonged 
could not have been in the prytany at this time. — δεδόχθαι, be ἐξ moved or 
resolved. —t@ δήμῳ : from Dem. de F. L., § 154, we learn that the δῆμος 
had given the βουλή absolute power to pass decrees for the time being with- , 
out this sanction ; consequently the δῆμος had nothing to'do w. this decree. 
- πρώτῃ : Dem. de F. L., ὃ 15, says: els τὴν ὑστεραίαν ἐν ἧ τὴν εἰρήνην 
ἔδει κυροῦσθαι ; and Aisch. de F. L., § 61, mentions the 18th and 19th of 
Elaphebolion as the days of the Assembly ; and Dem., 1. 6. 8 57, says, the 
peace was adopted on the 19th (the second day of the Assembly). — πέντε : 
the number was ten. Cf. Aisch. de F. L., § 97. — ὑπερβολὴν, delay ; not 
so used in classical Greek. — δοῦναι : the Athenians had already given their 
oath. Cf. 88 25, 26. — Εἰὔβουλος, «. τ΄. ἑ, : Eubulus and Asch. are well 
known, but the other names are probably fictitious, being found nowhere 
else except in the spurious γραφή, ὃ 55, where Ky. and Κλ. figure as wit- 
nesses. In Dem. de Κ΄, L., ὃ 229, the names of 4 of these envoys are given: 
Φιλοκράτης, Αἰσχίνης, Φρύνων, Δημοσθένης. 

8 30. γράψαντος... ζητοῦντος, although I had proposed...and was seeking. 
The student will observe the difference of time expressed by these partice. — 
χρηστοὶ : ironical; cf. 88 89, 318. — τρεῖς ὅλους μῆνας : this is the whole 
time of the absence of the envoys. They took the tedious land route from 
Oreus to Macedonia, were 23 days on the way, and remained 27 days at 
Pella awaiting the return of Philip fr. Thrace. Cf. Dem. de F. L., § 155. 
--- ἐξὸν : accus. absol.; cf. H. 973; G. 1569; Cu. § 586. — τριῶν ἢ 
τεττάρων : W. states that in this time one could go by water from 
Pella to any point of the Hellespont, and that in a direct live the dis- 
tance was no greater than fr. Athens to Ephesus, to accomplish which 
three days were allowed. — παρόντων ἡμῶν -- εἰ ἡμεῖς παρῆμεν ; cf. GMT. 
841; H. 971 Ὁ ; 6. 1563.5; Cu. ὃ ὅ84. Jf we had been present, i. 6. we, the 
Athenians, represented by the envoys. — ἂν.. εἶχε : the impf. to indicate 
that Philip was still holding the places. Critics call attention to the skill 
of the orator in stating the same fact from several points of view. This 
decree, e. g., is considered w. reference to (1) is cause ; (2) the end in view ; 
(3) the result that followed its neglect ; (4) the result that would have fol- 
lowed from its observance. 

8 31. τὸ pev...mparov : observe that the antithesis is found in ἕτερον δ᾽ 
below, and that within the compass of this sentence there is a subordinate 
antithesis between κλέμμα μὲν and δωροδόκημα dé. — δωροδόκημα, piece of 


NOTES. 155 





venality. L. and §. give only the concrete meaning bribe. Cf. κακούργημα 
= piece of villany. — τῶν ἀδίκων τούτων ἀνθρώπων : the spondaic rhythm 
of this sentence adds to its weight. — καὶ τότε καὶ viv kal del ὁμολογῶ, 
κ᾿ τ. &, 1 avow that I not only then was, but now am, and ever shall be, at 
war and at variance. — εὐθὺς ἐφεξῆς, directly next in order ; modifying the 
idea of κακούργημα, i. 6. that wh. occurred immediately after the dwpodd- 
κήμα mentioned above. 

§ 32. ἀπίωμεν : this is the reading of = and other MSS. of the better 
class. By the use of the jirst person in distinction fr. αὐτῶν, wh. refers to 
Asch. and his party, the orator intimates that while he was a member of 
the embassy he was not implicated in the guilt of this delay. For the use 
of the subj. after ὠνεῖται histor. pres. cf. GM T. 318; H. 881 «; G. 1369 ; 
Cu. ὃ ὅ81 ἃ, Ὁ. V. and W. read ἄπιμεν, wh. is found in Bekk. Anecd. 
p- 129; this is then taken as a future, cf. G M T. 339 ; H. 885; G. 1372; 
Cu. §§ 500, 553. — ποιήσαιτο : the optat. is regular after histor. pres. 
(ὠνεῖται). — ἀπαγγειλάντων ἡμῶν -Ξ εἰ ἡμεῖς ἀπηγγείλαμεν ; the indic. 
to denote that the condition is assumed as real. — μέλλει,. παρασκευάζε- 
tat: the pres. indic. states the fact in the direct narration. Give the 
Greek forms in the indirect narration. — ἸΤύλας : cf. L. and 8S. 11. 2. — 
πρότερον : after Philip had overrun Thessaly, he attempted, in the summer 
of 352 B. c., to effect a union with the Thebans against the Phocians ; but 
he was unexpectedly frustrated by the Athenians, who sent an expedition un- 
der Nausicles to guard the pass of Thermopyle. Cf. Grote, Ch. LXXXVII. 
— τὸν τόπον, the region, i. 6. the pass. The comm. reading is πορθμόν, wh. 
is not only contrary to 2, but also erroneous in sense, since Philip’s army 
was almost wholly a land force, and it was the Jand passage that was to be 
barred to his entrance. 

§ 33. οὕτω : join w. φόβῳ καὶ πολλῇ ἀγωνίᾳ, was in so great fear and 
anxiety that. In like manner πολύς, though expressed but once, is under- 
stood with two subst. in § 209: ναῦς καὶ πολλοὺς ἵππους ; in Lysias 30. 26: 
χρήματα καὶ πολλὰς εἰσφοράς. W.—kal: strongly concessive, even though. 
— τοῦ.. ἀπολέσθαι : what kind of time 45 indicated by the aor. infin.? Cf. 
GM T.96; H. 851; G. 1272; Cu. § 495 b, Obs. — βοηθεῖν, sc. τοῖς Φωκεῦ- 
ow, wh. is retained by V. from the reading of 2, but other Editt. omit as 
superfluous. — μισθοῦται : what is the distinction between the indice. and 
the infin. after ὥστε: Cf. GMT. 582; H. 927; G. 1450; Cu. § 565, — 
τὸν..«τουτονί : the demonstr. force of the νυ borders upon contempt, like we 
Lat. iste. This despicable fellow here present. 

§ 34. μεμνῆσθαι, sc. ὑμᾶς ; a similar omission of the subj. of the infin. 
is found in §§ 17, 229. — μὴ κατηγορήσαντος μηδὲν = εἰ μὴ κατηγόρησεν 
μηδὲν ; cf. note 8 30. — ἕτερον, in the sense of ἀλλότριον = irrelevant. Cf. 


156 NOTES. 





ἕτερος ὁ λόγος οὗτος, § 44. --- πάσαις : in the sense of ravrolas. — αἰτίαις 
καὶ βλασφημίαις, charges and calumnies = calwinnious charges. Cf. αἰτίας 
καὶ διαβολὰς, ὃ 7. — ἅμα, at the same time ; with the accusations contained 
in the indictment. Where previously has Dem. cast upon his opponent 
the blame of departing from the actual points at issue ? 

§ 35. παρὰ, from, st. ὑπό, to indicate an idea of source. — δ ods= prepter 
que verba, denoting cause; δὲ ὧν = quibus verbis, denoting instrument. — 
ὡς οὐ Set: the direct form of narration to give vividness. - ἔσται... ἐὰν ἔχηθ᾽ : 
cf. GMT. 444; H. 898; 6. 1403 ; Cu. § 545. — οἷς μὲν : the Phocians; 
ots δὲ : the Thebans. — οὐ belongs to the entire sentence ; cf. § 17. — μάλα - 
σεμνῶς ὀνομάζων, ‘‘plrasing it pompously enough.” — τὸ ταὐτὰ συμφέ- 
pev, ideniily of interests. — tis ἀναλγησίας καὶ τῆς βαρύτητος, siupore et 
molestia. V. The stolid insensibility of the Boeotian character gave rise to 
the proverbial Bowria ts; cf. οἱ ἀναίσθητοι Θηβαῖοι, ὃ 43. Wh. renders 
βαρύτητος by overbearing insolence ; Jacobs, by Schwerfalligkett. Oppres- 
siveness is the rendering of Holmes. 

§ 36. ὑποῦσαν = /urking. The ill-feeling was chronic and ready to 
burst out into an open rupture. Cf. §18: ἂν ἐφησθῆναι, x. τ. €. — οὐκ εἰς 
μακράν, lit. not wnto long (after); 1. 6. not at a point of time long sub- 
sequent to what has gone before. The prep. εἰς marks the terminus w. 
reference to wh. the action is considered. In § 151 is a similar use. The 
course of events was as follows: On the 13th of Scirophorion the envoys 
returned from Philip ; on the 16th they made their report to the Assembly ; 
on the 27th came the news that Phocis had fallen into the hands of Philip. 
The Phocian towns, 22 in number, were razed ; the people were deprived 
of their arms, excluded fr. the Amphictyonic council, and condemned to 
pay an annual tribute of 50 talents into the treasury of the Delphic tem- 
ple, until they had restored what had been taken from the god. — tpas 8’ 
οοσκευαγωγεῖν : upon receiving the intelligence of the destruction of the 
Phocian towns, the Athenians, fearing a sudden attack from Philip, resolved 
to summon the rural population to bring their loose effects (σκεύη) and their 
wives and children within the shelter of the walls, and to put the Peireeus 
and the outposts of the city in a state of defence. — ἀπέχθειαν τὴν πρὸς 
Θηβαίους, the hostility on the part of the Thebans fell to the lot of the city. 
ἀπέχθειαν w. πρός occurs above in the subjective sense (owr hostility towards 
them), here in the objective sense (their hostility towards us) as regards the 
Athenians. πρός w. the genit. would be usual to express the idea of on the 
part of, but the aceus. implies motion or activity, and indicates that Athens 
had to place herself in an attitude of defence against Thebes. For a similar 
use of πρός w. accus. οἵ, Dem. de F. L., ὃ 85: ὑμῖν μὲν τὴν ἔχθραν τὴν πρὸς 
Θηβαίους μείζω Φιλίππῳ δὲ τὴν χάριν πεποίηκεν. We are not to understand 


NOTES. 157 





that the ill-will of the Thebans against Athens now first arose, for Athens 
had favored the Phocians all along, but that it was increased at this time : 
how, the orator tells us in his speech de F. L., ὃ 85: ‘* While Philip had 
determined from the first to favor the Thebans, Asch., by reporting the 
contrary and by showing that you were plainly not on the side of the The- 
bans, augmented their enmity against you and their gratitude to Philip.” » 
δὲ 37, 38. ΨΉΦΙΣΜΑ : the genuineness of this decree is at once placed: 
in doubt by the name of the archon aid the date. Mnesiphilus is nowhere 
mentioned among the archons. μαιμακτηριῶνος δεκάτῃ ἀπιόντος, the 21st 
of Meemacterion, is nearly 5 months after the time (the 27th of Scirophorion, 
ef. note § 36) that the intelligence of the destruction of Phocis caused so 
much alarm at Athens. It seems incredible that the Athenians should 
have waited so long to take the precautionary measures of this decree. 
Furthermore the contents do not agree with the statement of Dem. de ¥. L., 
88 125, 126: καὶ παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν κατακομίζειν ἐψηφίζεσθε 
καὶ τὰ φρούρια ἐπισκευάζειν καὶ τὸν ἸΤειραιᾶ τειχίζειν καὶ τὰ Ἡράκλεια ἐν ἄστει 
θύειν. --- συγκλήτου ἐκκλησίας, in the Assembly convened. — ὑπὸ στρατη- 
γῶν καὶ πρυτάνεων, καὶ βουλῆς γνώμῃ : most Editt. place a comma after 
στρατηγῶν and none after πρυτάνεων ; the punctuation here adopted is that 
of V., who believes that an extra Assembly could be convened by the gen- 
erals only through the agency of the prytanes, and cites in support of his 
_ view Thue. IV. 118. The καὶ before βουλῆς seems superfluous and is ex- 
cluded by Dind. — παρευρέσει : we should expect προφάσει. The word is, 
if not an error, at least in this sense a barbarism. — κοιταῖον γίγνεσθαι : 
**Greek of a later age, used twice by Polybius and onte by Plutarch. The 
Greek of the period would substitute κοιμᾶσθαι. ἀπόκοιτος is classical, 
Asch. p. 45, 1, 2; but ἀποκοιτεῖν (infin.) and ἀφημερεύειν are both ἅπαξ λε- 
γύμενα. The great number of unclassical words in these documents is alone 
sufficient to condemn them as spurious.” TYLER. — ὅσοι μὴ... ἀποτε- 
τ ἀγμένοι, as many as have not been detailed for the garrisons. For the use 
of the indic. and the negat. μή οἵ, G M T. 534, 518; H. 913, 914; 6. 1482, 
1428. — ἐπικρινέτω ὁ... “στρατηγὸς : acc. to Droysen the assignment of such 
a duty to any of the generals is contrary to all that is known of Athenian 
jurisprudence. — 6 ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως, the general of the administration. 
Acc. to Boeckh (Publ. Econ. Athen., p. 247) this officer had certain judicial 
and administrative duties connected with the army. In § 115 he is charged 
with the duty of paying the soldiers. — dp’: how different from dpa? Its 
strong ironical force here must not be overlooked. — The emphatic words 
ταύταις and μισθωτός stand first and last in the sentence. 
§ 39. EIIIZTOAH: however well the haughty tone of this epistle 
seems to harmonize with the character of Philip, there can be no doubt of 


158 NOTES. 





its spuriousness as soon as we notice its contradictions to what we know of 
the circumstances connected w. the conquest of Phocis. Notice (1) the 
contradiction between the intent and meaning of the letter as quoted in 
§ 40, and its actual tenor. (2) Directly contrary to the statement of the 
letter, Diod. Sic. 16. 59, says: of δὲ Φωκεῖς συντριβέντες ταῖς ἐλπίσιν παρέ- 
δωκαν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Φιλίππῳ" ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἄνευ μάχης ἀνελπίστως καταλύ- 
σας τὸν ἱερὸν πόλεμον. Similar is the testimony of Dem. de Ff. L., § 61: 
μηδεμίαν τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἐν Φωκεῦσιν ἁλῶναι πολιορκίᾳ μηδ᾽ ἐκ προσβολῆς κατὰ 
κράτος. (3) In the genuine letter it seems probable that Philip gave some 
reasons to justify his proceedings against the Phocians. — χαίρειν, greeting ; 
the usual form of salutation. — ἑαυτοὺς = ἡμᾶς αὐτούς ; cf. H. 686a; 
G. 995; Cu. ὃ 471, Obs. ὁ. -- τοῖς ὅλοις, altogether. So τοῖς ὅλοις 
σφαλῆναι = to be altogether ruined. — μέτριον ποιεῖν, to act with mod- 
erution or fairness. Diss. regards the expression as a euphemism for 
male ayitis ; Holmes makes it a meiosis for you seem to do anything but 
what is fair. — ὁμοίως, in ike manner, as though the peace had not been 
concluded ; almost equivalent to ὅμως = nevertheless. For a similar sense 
cf. § 110. — ἔξω τοῦ ἐφϑακέναι ἀδικοῦντες, beyond that of being the aggres- 
sors in doing wrong. : 

§ 40. ἀκούετε : indic., as would be expected after the reading of a docu- 
ment; cf. 88 121, 158. The imperat. would naturally be used when a 
document is to follow. — πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ συμμάχους : the allies referred 
to are the Thebans and Thessalians ; the phrase is to be joined directly to 
δηλοῖ καὶ διορίζεται, as is indicated by the punctuation in our text. Bense- 
ler, Hiatus, p. 94, says that fr. the repetition of the prep. πρός it may be 
inferred that the clause ἐν... ἐπιστολῇ is to be taken as a parenthesis. Diss. 
and others understand συμμάχους as explanatory of ὑμᾶς ; but why then 
πρὸς, and what is the sense? It seems probable that Philip had acquainted 
his allies w. his correspondence w. the Athenians, and that from the genuine 
letter sent by Philip at this time they could more readily discern the senti- 
ment expressed in ὥστ᾽ εἴ περ... ἐμοὶ δὲ πιστεύσετε, than we can fr. this 
counterfeit document. — ἐκ τούτων ᾧχετο ἐκείνους λαβὼν, by these means he 
hurried them along with him. otxopai τι λαβών = I am off with something, 
a frequent combination denoting an irresistible and sudden carrying away. 
Animos illorum rapuit. Bremi.— εἰς τὸ.. -προορᾶν τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα, k. τ. é., 
so far that they did not even foresee nor become aware of any of the conse- 
quences. eis expresses the point to wh. he had carried them, and w. τὸ and 
the infin. is nearly equivalent to ὥστε of result. —éacat: notice the strik- 
ing contrast between the use of the aor. and of the pres. in αἰσθάνεσθαι and 
προορᾶν. --- ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ : the dat. denotes the state of subjection ; in § 39 the 
ace. bp ἑαυτοὺς denotes the process of subjugation. — ot ταλαίπωροι, sc. 


NOTES. 159 





Θηβαῖοι. So read Z., Bekk., Dind., following = ; all other MSS. and Editt. 
have Θηβαῖοι either before or after κέχρηνται. The reference is primarily to 
the condition of the Thebans after the destruction of their city in 335 B. c. 
As to the omission of the name, it is argued, on the one hand, that to ex- 
press it would exclude any allusion to the Thessalians, who, though not 
so badly off as the Thebans, were after all not wholly out of the mind 
of Dem. as having suffered injury fr. their connection w. Philip ; ef. Phit., 
Il. § 22; Ill. § 26. On the other hand, it is argued that the omission of 
Θηβαῖοι fr. 2 must be accidental, since the orator proceeds in the next para- 
graph to describe just their condition. 

8 41. ὁ δὲ ταύτης τῆς πίστεως, K. τ. ἑν, and his co-operator and helpmate 
(αὐτῷ depends on σύν in composition) in winning this confidence, sc. in 
Philip on the part of the Thebans and Thessalians. — φενακίσας : a word 
taken from the ordinary speech of the people and frequently used by Aristo- 
phanes, derived fr. φέναξ = quack, impostor. — διεξιὼν, rehearsing ; cf. note 
on ἐτραγῴδει, § 13. — ἁπάντων : differs fr. πάντων in summing up and com- 
bining the preceding particulars in one entirety ; it may be rendered by of 
all together. — kal...xal...Kal...aitvos ; the energy and compactness of such 
sentences as this justify the praise of Quint., X., Ch. I., § 76: “480 tense, 
as it were, with nerves, so free from anything superfluous.” — δῆλον often 
introduces an ironical sentence, for you forsooth grieve, etc. — ἐξῃητούμην : 
after the destruction of Thebes, Alex. demanded the surrender of the princi- 
pal anti-Macedonian orators, among whom Demosthenes, Lycurgus, and 
Hyperides were the chief ones. Acc. to Diod. 17. 15, there were ten of 
them ; but Arrian, Anab. I. 10, mentions only nine. For further informa- 
tion cf. A. Schaef., ITI. p. 127. 

§ 42. ἀλλὰ γὰρ = Lat. at enim. The ellipsis is something like this: 
but (enough of this now) for; cf. § 211.— ἐμπέπτωκα : as if unintentionally. 
--- αὐτίκα, presently, i. 6. in the immediate future. — ἐπάνειμι δὴ... ὡς, κ. τ. é, 
1 will return accordingly...that, etc. δὴ calls attention to something just 
stated. The statement introduced by ὡς is a renewal of the proposition 
made in § 20, and the narration is resumed fr. § 36.— yap: epexegetical, to 
introduce the promised proofs ; οἵ, the beginning of § 169. . 

§ 43. οἱ κατάπτυστοι Θετταλοὶ : the Thessalians were especially despised 
and hated by the rest of the Greeks. Diss. quotes the following epithets 
as applied to them: στάσεως μεστοί, ἄπιστοι, διπλοῖ καὶ ποικίλοι. --- avat- 
σθητοι: cf. note 8 85. --- πάντ᾽, all in all ; οἵ. Thuc. VIII. 95 :- Εὔβοια yap 
αὐτοῖς πάντα hv. — οὐδὲ.. ἤκουον, εἰ... βούλοιτο : a mixed condit. sent., w. 
the apodosis in the indic. st. optat. w. ἄν to denote the actual fact, and in 
the imperf. to indicate that this fact was habitual or customary. — ὕφο- 
ρώμενοι = suspicantes. —ovb γὰρ ἣν 8 τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε, for there was nothing 

LIBRARy 


OF THE 
ΚΕ, τις ee πολ" 


160 NOTES. 





that you could have done. οὐκ ἔστι ὅστις is more frequently found than 
οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις in general negations. Cf. Eurip. Medea, 1306; id. Phen., 
597; Aisch. Choeph., 170. For the indic. w. ἄν ef.G M T. 243, 244 ; H. 903; 
G. 1335,1336,1340 ; Cu. §544, Obs. 3.— kal...88 : in this combination of con- 
junctions καὶ generally expresses the comparative idea, also, as well as. — 
iyyov τὴν εἰρήνην : Dind., V., and other Editt. read ἄσμενοι καὶ after this 
expression. V, claims that this addition is forcible, as making the folly of 
the Greeks all the more patent. — αὐτοὶ τρόπον... πολεμούμενοι, although 
they themselves were in a certain manner the object of his warlike operations 
Jor a long time. A similar concessive force of the partic. is found in παρών, 
§$ 83, 117 ; ἔχων, εἰδώς, ὃ 142; κρατοῦντι, ὃ 146. --- ἐκ πολλοῦ : ἐκ indicates 
the point from which the danger began. 

ὃ 44. yap: epexegetical, to explain τρόπον τινὰ πολεμούμενοι. ---- περιιὼν, 
marching and countermarching. —’Iddvptovs καὶ Τριβάλλους : the ΠΠ|γτ]- 
ans were subdued by Philip, ace. to Diod. XVI. 69, in 845 B.c. The in- 
vasion of the Triballi is brought by Justin, 1X. 3, in connection with the 
Scythian expedition in 339 B.c. The whole period, accordingly, between 
the conclusion of the peace and the renewal of hostilities is referred to. — 
twas...Tav ᾿Εἰλλήνων : during this period Philip supported Messenia and 
Argos against Sparta, seized the colonies of Elis in Epirus; placed Macedo- 
nian garrisons under Cleitarchus and Philistides in Oreus and Eretria, 
occupied the Thracian Chersonesus, and threatened the Athenian posses- 
sions on the Hellespont. — τῶν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων = τῶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐξ 
αὐτῶν. This form of Brachylogy is frequent. K. 8 300. 4, calls it attraction 
of the preposition. Cf. Xen. Anab., 1.1.5: ὅστις δ᾽ ἀφικνοῖτο τῶν παρὰ 
βασιλέως = τῶν παρὰ βασιλεῖ ὄντων wap αὐτοῦ ἀφικνοῖτο. So in this ora- 
tion, § 145: τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας γιγνομένων = τῶν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ γιγνομένων ἐξ 
αὐτῆς. Of. 88 169, 213 for similar instances. — ἐκεῖσε, proceeding thither, 
i. e. to Pella, where Philip had his court. The allusion is to the scheming 
and treacherous politicians in the allied cities of Athens, who, under the 
sanction of the peace, went so often to Philip on the errands of traitors. — 
οὗτος, sc. Esch. But had his bribery commenced only then ?— ἕτερος 6 
λόγος οὗτος, this is the concern of another. ἕτερος = ἀλλότριος, cf. note 
§ 34. 

8 45. παρ᾽ ipiv: of the speeches made in protest by Dem. at this time 
we have but one preserved, the second Philippic. — ὅποι : some of these 
places are mentioned in § 244. In Phi/., 11., § 19; III., § 72, reference is 
made to the two embassies to the Peloponnesus upon wh. Dem. went. — 
ἐνόσουν, were discased. Dem. likes to compare the disorders of the body 
politic with those of the physical organism. Cf. § 296. — τῶν μὲν... .τῶν δὲ, 
on the one hand, those engaged in public life and service were become venal 


NOTES. , 161 





and corrupt for the sake of (ἐπί = with a view to) gain ; while, on the other 
hand, those in private life and the masses (supply τῶν before πολλῶν). πολι- 
τεύεσθαι καὶ πράττειν, δωροδοκούντων καὶ διαφθειρομένων are instances of pleo- 
nasm wh. Diss. praises as ‘‘bona latitudo dictionis,” but Schaefer condemns. 
— τὰ μὲν.. τὰ St: partly...partly. — δελεαζομένων, k. τ. &, caught with the 
bait of the ease and comfort of the present moment. — rovovrovi τι πάθος, 
being affected in some such way as this. What this affection was, οἰομένων, 
κ. τ. €., states. — πλὴν οὐκ : Dobreus rejects πλὴν from the text. But the 
use of both these adverbs adds great force to the thought: they supposed 
the terrible thing would come, only not upon themselves, i. e. it would come 
everywhere else except there. πλὴν οὐκ is quite frequent after πάντες. ΟἿ, 
Xen. Lac., XV. 6; Dem. 56, p. 1290: πλέουσα πανταχόσε, πλὴν οὐκ εἰς 
᾿Αθήνας. ---- ἑτέρων depends on κινδύνων. --- ὅταν βούλωνται : each state cher- 
ished the delusive hope that it could preserve itself by directing the attack 
of Philip upon the others. This paragraph gives a striking picture of the 
demoralized and hopeless condition of Greek national life. 

§ 46. οἶμαι: how do οἶμαι and οἴομαι commonly differ in Attic usage ?— 
ἀντὶ = in return for. — τοῖς προεστηκόσι, the leaders. — καὶ connects the 
two partice. ; supply τοῖς before οἰομένοις ; cf. τῶν ἰδιωτῶν καὶ πολλῶν above. 
— πεπρακόσιν : for the partic. constr. cf. H. 982 ; G. 1588 ; Cu. §§ 589. 1, 
591. The dat. is by attraction to agree w. the obj. of συμβέβηκε (τοῖς 
προεστηκόσι) st. w. the omitted subj. of αἰσθάνεσθαι. --- ξένων : a ξένος is a 
friend plighted by the ties of hospitality ; Germ. Gastfreund. — ἀκούουσιν, 
like the Lat. audiwnt = they hear themselves called, bear the name of. 
After this word many texts insert εἰκότως, wh. is not found in 2, Laur. 5. 
**Seepe etiam additum a scribis ad γὰρ ellipticum explicandum, ante quod 
supplenda εἰκότως, οὐ θαυμαστόν, talia.” V. 

§ 47. ὧν -Ξ- τούτων &.— ἂν πρίηται : cf. GM T. 532, 563; H. 919 a; G. 
1431, 1439 ; Cu. ὃ 554. — γὰρ : elliptical ; supply ἄλλως or εἰ δὲ μή, wh. 
forms the condition to the apodosis dv ἣν. Dem. here makes use of a rhetori- 
cal syllogism : If the traitor secures the permanent favor of those whom he 
serves, he is of all men the most fortunate. But he is cast off as soon as he has 
served his purpose ; ergo, he is not the most fortunate, but the opposite. To 
illustrate this statement, examples are given in the next paragraph. — πόθεν; 
whence can it be ? impossible ! Cf. §§ 52,140. Of similar emphasis are πῶς γάρ, 
§ 312; πῶς yap οὔ, § 299. — ἐγκρατὴς... καταστῇ, has established himself in 
Sull possession of his object. ‘‘xaracry suggests the security of his posi- 
tion, ἐγκρατὴς the completeness of his conquest.”” HonMEs. — καὶ.. ἐστί, 
he is also. The indic. (ἐστί) shows that this sentence forms the apodosis to 
ἐπειδὰν καταστῇ. The sentiment is forcibly brought out in the words of 
Habington quoted by Wh. : 

11 


162 | NOTES. 





‘* Mischief while it prospers brings favor from the smile of kings ; 
Useless, soon is thrown away.” 


— τότε δή, from that very moment. 

§ 48. καὶ γὰρ : an instance of the well-known elliptical use of γάρ w. 
καί : and (it is well that you should do this) for ; generally the καί in this 
use may best be left untranslated, but its force as making the causal sen- 
tence more emphatic should always be felt, if not expressed. — μέχρι τού- 
του... ἕως, until that moment...until ; a repetition like πρότερον... πρίν for the 
sake of emphasis. Thuc., J. 90, § 3, has μέχρι τοσούτου ws. — AacBévns: 
by delivering 500 cavalry men into Philip’s hands during the siege of Olyn- 
thus, betrayed his own city. Cf. Diod., XVI. 53. — Τιμόλαος : in ὃ 295 
the same name occurs in the Doric form. Acc. to Theopompus, as quoted 
by Athenzus, Timolaus was one of the most debauched men and corrupt 
politicians of his time. Deinarchus, I., § 74, makes him for scandal’s sake 
the friend of Dem. — Evétxos, Σῖμος : acc. to Harpocration were two of the 
tetrarchs among whom Philip, in 342 B. c., apportioned the jurisdiction of 
Thessaly. — πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη, the whole habitable world, i. e. the Grecian 
world. In his Orat. de Halonn., ἃ 35, Dem. contrasts ἡ οἰκουμένη with ἄλλη 
Tis χώρα, manifestly meaning his own country in a general sense. — μεστὴ 
- γέγονεν > the ordinary reading adds προδοτῶν : became full of traitors driven 
about and suffering insult. But V., Bekk., W., Z., Sauppe, following Σ, 
omit this word and make the partic. agree w. τούτων understood and refer- 
ring to the individuals just named. V. thinks that Dem. is here speaking 
only of the contempt in wh. these traitors were held, elsewhere (se. § 295) 
of their great number ; and he understands μεστή of the notoriety of their 
fate, wh. filled all Greece. More natural seems to us the interpretation of 
W., that all Greece was full of, i. 6. sated with, wearied of these men driven 
from city to city and everywhere despised and maltreated. — tlt: supply 
πέπονθεν fr. πασχόντων above. —’Aplorparos: tyrant of Sicyon, mentioned 
in § 295 and in Plut. Vit. Arat., 13. — Ilepthaos: attempted in 343 8. Ο. 
to deliver Megara into the hands of Philip by the aid of Macedonian 
mercenaries. His attempt failed through aid sent by the Athenians under 
Phocion. 

8 49. οὗτος... τὸ ἔχειν.. περιποιεῖ, he it is ‘who secures to you the oppor- 
tunity of getting bribes.” Kenn. The patriotic citizen in guarding his 
country’s independence affords thereby the traitor the opportunity itself 
of making his nefarious gain. — καὶ διὰ, x. τ. €.: the force of the ὅτι after 
ἴδοι continues here. — τοὺς πολλοὺς τουτωνὶ : refers to the majority of the 
populace that had supported the measures of the patriotic party. — τοὺς 
ἀνθισταμένους : refers to the orators and leaders of that party. — ἂν ἀπο- 
λώλειυτε : forms the apodosis to a protasis implied in διά ye ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, as 







\_\ B RARE 
: OF TRE . 
GNIVERSITY ἢ 


΄ 





elf ALIFORNIS 


NOTES. 163 





if it were εἰ ὑμεῖς κατεπράξασθε τὰς ἑαυτῶν γνώμας. The plupf. because of 
the peculiar meaning of ἀπόλωλα. 

§§ 50-52. CoNCLUSION oF THE First PART OF THE ORATION. 
ALEXANDER’S FRIEND IS ALEXANDER’S HIRELING. εἰρῆσθαι : the infin. 
depends on the adj. ἱκανῶν. Cf. GMT. 763; H. 952; G. 1528; Cu. 
§ 562. — ἑωλοκρασίαν, dregs, stale mess, foulness, are the best transla- 
tions. Bekker’s Anecdota defines this word as the lees of wine and dregs of 
a night’s debauch, that were poured out by the revellers upon such as had 
fallen asleep amid the excesses of the feast. _Hermogenes the rhetorician 
cites this as one of the boldest metaphors of the orator. ὥσπερ apologizes 
for its use. The application is obviously to the stale and hashed-up charges 
of treachery wh. Aisch. was seeking to turn away from himself upon Dem. 
— ἣν.. -πρὸς.. ἀπολύσασθαι, of which it was essential that I clear myself 
before those younger than the events. πρός w. accus. denotes, the aim of the 
action in ἀπολύσασθαι ; he must vindicate himself to those younger, ete. 
As the events referred to occurred between 348 and 346 B. c., from 18 to 
16 years ago, and a dicast need not be more than 30 years old, it is probable 
that some of the members of the court were at the time of these events mere 
boys of 14 or 16 years. — παρηνώχλησθε : what peculiarity in the inflec- 
tion ?— μισθαρνίαν : this word is placed purposely at the end in order to 
give better occasion for the following refutation. 

§ 51. ξενίαν, hospitality, or more properly guest-friendship. Cf. note on 
ξένων, ὃ 46. — που λέγων = somewhere in his speech. — Eévov...pldov: corre- 
spond to φιλίαν... ξενίαν, but with the order reversed for the sake of variety. 

ὃ 52. μισθωτὸν : emphatic position. — wérepov...4): cf. H. 1017; G. 
1606 ; Cu. ὃ 611.— μισθωτὸς... «ξένος : the emphatic order. in English 
is the reverse, that alternative coming last wh. the speaker expects in 
response. As regards this appeal itself, the following explanations are 
presented in the order of our preference: (1) Dem. felt sure of a 
favorable response from his avowed adherents, and was already con- 
scious of the favor of a large part of the jury. He therefore felt 
safe in risking a direct appeal. Cicero in Orat., 81, 111, Brut., 84, 290, 
tells us how the orators would move their auditors to loud assent and dis- 
sent. A clear instance of such direct appeal and responsive assent is found 
in Dem. ὁ. Aristocr., § 19: Dem. asks: περὶ τοῦ παρανόμου βούλεσθε πρῶτον 
The jury is supposed to reply yes ; and Dem. rejoins, τοῦτο τοίνυν ἐροῦμεν. 
(2) The whole passage is a later addition made by Dem. upon a revi- 
sion of his speech, in order to give it more the appearance of an extem- 
poraneous effort. This is the opinion of Diss., who adds § 138 as another 
instance of a later insertion on the ground of its being too harsh a criticism 
upon the jury to be spoken at the time. (3) The orator expected no 


164 NOTES. 





response ; mere silénce would give assent. But to this opinion ἀκούεις seems _- 
opposed, as also the well-known custom for the jury to express loud assent 
or dissent. (4) Acc. to Ulpian, Dem. purposely mispronounced and said 
μίσθωτος, and the critical Athenians at once correcting him replied w. over- 
whelming voice μισθωτός, as if in answer to his appeal. That such a trick 
would be wholly unworthy of the orator need hardly be said. 


SECOND DIVISION OF THE ORATION. 


88 53-125. ForMAL ANSWER TO THE INDICTMENT. (6) 88 53-59. 
INTRODUCTION AND STATEMENT OF THE CHARGES. (Ὁ) 88 60-109. 
REFUTATION OF First CouNT IN THE INDICTMENT: THE PUBLIC AD- 
MINISTRATION OF DEM. JUSTIFIED. (6) §§ 110-119. REFUTATION OF 
SeconD CoUNT IN THE INDICTMENT: DEM. NOT ACCOUNTABLE FOR 
THAT WHICH WAS THE GROUND OF THE PROPOSAL TO CROWN HIM.. 
(α) §§ 120-122. ΒΕΕΥΤΑΤΙΟΝ oF THrRD CoUNT IN THE INDICTMENT: 
THE PROCLAMATION IN THE THEATRE NOT ILLEGAL. (e) §§ 123 - 125. 
TRANSITION FROM THE SECOND TO THE THIRD DIVISION OF THE ORA- 
TION, FROM THE DEFENCE TO THE ATTACK. 

(a) 88 53-59. ἤδη = Lat. tandem.— καὶ : correlated w. καὶ before | 
πολλῷ. --- προβεβουλευμένων refers to the proposed crowning wh. was as yet 
only in the form of a preliminary decree (προβούλευμα) passed by the βουλή, 
and wh. had first to be passed by the ἐκκλησία before it became a ψήφι- 
σμα. — δίκαιος : why not in the accus.? Cf. H. 940; G. 927; Cu. 
§ 570. 

88 54,55. ΓΡΑΦῊ: manifestly not genuine, as appears fr. the following : 
Χαιρώνδου should-be Φρυνίχου. Cheerondas was Archon at the time when Dem. 
first proposed the reparation of the walls, wh., acc. to Aisch., § 27, was the 
29th of Thargelion (about the 1st of June), 337 B.c. Three days later 
Dem. was elected Commissioner of Walls. But the date of this document 
is the 6th of Elaphebolion (about the middle of March), more than two 
months earlier. This document then would make out that Ctesiphon was 
indicted for an alleged offence two months before it had been committed ! 
— Κοθωκίδης, of Cothocide ; an Attic deme of the tribe @neis. _ Its situa- 
tion is unknown. — ἀπήνεγκε... παρανόμων, brought or lodged a charge 
(γραφήν understood, as often in forensic usage) of illegality. How improb- 
able it is that the bill of indictment should itself mention its own process 
at law. Cf. Meier and Schém. Aidt. Proc., p. 607. --- πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, 
i.e. the Archon Eponymus. But the process of the γραφὴ παρανόμων came 
properly before the Thesmothetz. Cf. Dem. ὁ. Leptin., ὃ 98; ὁ. Aristog., 


NOTES. 165 





§ 8. —’Avaddverlov: Anaphlystus was a deme of the tribe Antiochis, and 
was situated a little to the northwest of Sunium, on the western shore, — 
ἄρα indicates a citation ; we expect, therefore, a literal quotation of the 
decree of Ctesiphon. But we notice the absence of καὶ ἐπαινεῖν ἐπὶ τούτοις, 
wh. is cited in ὃ 57; and, acc. to Aisch., ὃ 34, ἀναγορεῦσαι below should be 
followed by πρὸς τοὺς “Ἕλληνας. The pretended ψήφισμα in § 118 is of too 
doubtful authority to serve as a criterion for this γραφή. — ἸΤαιανιέα : 
Peania was the name of the two Attic demes, upper and lower P., of the 
tribe Pandionis, situated on the east side of Mt. Hymettus. — στεφάνῳ : 
crowns of olive, myrtle, laurel, and ivy were originally bestowed upon the 
victors in the national games. In later times, just when it is difficult to 
determine, crowns of gold were bestowed. In the period of Dem. civic 
crowns of gold were presented to that trierarch who was the first to furnish 
an eyuipped vessel to the Athenian navy, and to public men who had 
deserved well of the state. But this custom soon degenerated into a mark 
of political favor. Cf. Dict. Antiq. Corona. — Διονυσίοις τοῖς μεγάλοις : 
for an account of the Dionysiac festivals cf. Dict. Antiq. The great Diony- 
sia occurred in March, and were the gala days of the year, when Athens 
was crowded w. strangers and deputies fr. foreign states. At this festival 
the new tragedies were first brought out. — ὅτι στεφανοῖ depends on ἀναγο- 
ρεῦσαι. --- ἀρετῆς : the generic term covers both the special points of merit: 
καὶ ebvolas...xal ἀνδραγαθίας. ---- τῶν νόμων...καταβάλλεσθαι, since the laws 
do not allow, in the first place, that false documents be inserted in the 
public archives. If it could be shown that the statements in regard to 
Dem. were untrue, Ctesiphon was guilty of violating the law just stated. 
This is the jfirst count in the indictment. It is to be remarked that while 
no such specific law as this can be shown to have existed, it was plainly 
against the spirit of the law in general, or against the common law, to 
introduce untrue statements in the public archives, This is what Aisch., 
§ 50, means: ἅπαντες γὰρ ἀπαγορεύουσιν οἱ νόμοι μηδένα ψευδῆ γράμματα 
ἐγγράφειν ἐν τοῖς δημοσίοις ψηφίσμασι. --- εἶτα, in the next place; intro- 
ducing the second count in the indictment. — τὸν ὑπεύθυνον : all public 
officers, except the Dicasts, were-obliged to render account of their office, 
and generally within 30 days after its termination, before the board of Au- 
ditors (λογισταί), and their associates the Investigators (εὔθυνοι). For a full 
account of the duties of these officials cf. Boeckh Publ. Econ., p. 262 ff.; 
Meier and Schiém. Att. Proc., p. 100 ff. — τειχοποιός, Commissioner of 
Walls; this was one of the most important of the civil offices. — τῶν 
θεωρικῶν, the Theoric Fund, was a fund set apart to defray the expenses of 
the public games and festivals. Pericles first introduced the custom of 
giving as a-largess to the populace the two-obol entrance-fee to the theatre, 


τὰς : NOTES. 





which was paid from this fund. In the time of Dem. the theoricon had 
become a powerful means of corruption in the hands of politicians. Backh 
(Publ. Econ., p. 311) estimates that the lowest annual expenditure for the 
theoricon at this period was from twenty-five to thirty talents, and that 
this amount may occasionally have been doubled or trebled. Justin, as 
quoted by Boevkh, remarks: ‘*Then were the public revenues, w. wh. pre- 
viously soldiers and rowers had been maintained, distributed among the 
citizens of Athens”; and B. adds: ‘‘ Thus Philip was enabled to raise his 
head,” — ἀναγορεύειν and ἀνειπεῖν below depend on κελευόντων, wh. is to 
be supplied from οὐκ ἐώντων above. — τῇ καινῇ : Wollf supplies εἰσόδῳ ; 
Reiske, ἐπιδείξει or ἀγωνίᾳ; V. παρόδῳ. --- τίμημα, penalty, damages. 
There were two kinds of suits or actions in the Athenian courts: (1) ἀγῶνες 
ἀτίμητοι, in wh, the penalty was fixed and attached by law; (2) ἀγῶνες 
τιμητοί, in wh. the penalty was to be assessed by the jury. The γραφὴ 
παρανόμων belonged to the latter. —«Ahropes: κλητῆρες was the usual 
form. These were the witnesses to the serving of the summons (πρόσ- 
knows). There were commonly two, and their names were always appended 
to the bill. — Κηφισοφών.. Κλέων : cf. note § 29. 

8 56. τοῦ ψηφίσματος : partit. genit. with ἃ. A similar constr. is found 
in 88 59,118. The decree is that of Ctesiphon. — πρῶτον, most of all, 
chiefly. — τὴν αὐτὴν τούτῳ τάξιν, the same order as this one ; i. 6. the order 
followed by Aisch. in drawing up the bill of indictment, not the order of 
his speech, where, probably w. a view to making his strongest points (se. the 
technical points of the time and place of crowning) most prominent, he 
departs fr. the order of the indictment. Dem. was entirely consistent in 
demurring against the demand (88 1, 2) of his rival to follow the order of 
his speech, and just in taking advantage of the order of the indictment, by 
wh. he could place his weakest (the technical) points in the middle of his 
speech, where they would attract least notice. 

8 57. rod...ypdipau...émaivetv, as regards the statement that, etc., and the 
praise bestowed; these verbal nouns in the genit. depend on κρίσιν. --- 
εἴτε.. εἴτε kal: Diss. notices that when a speaker prefers the former of two 
alternatives he is apt to insert καὶ after the second εἴτε. So in ὃ 58: εἴτε 
ἄξιος... εἴτε καὶ μή ; Plat. Theet., p. 168: εἴτε ταὐτὸν εἴτε καὶ ἄλλο ἐπιστήμη 
καὶ αἴσθησιΞ. 

§ 58, τὸ δὲ μὴ προσγράψαντα... στεφανοῦν states the second point of the 
indictment ; καὶ ἀνειπεῖν... κελεῦσαι. states the third point. The entire 
sentence τὸ... κελεῦσαι is summed up by τοῦτο and forms the subject of 
κοινωνεῖν = is connected with. On the constr. of the subordinate parts of 
the sentence critics are divided between these three opinions: (1) στε- 
φανοῦν, like ἀνειπεῖν, depends on κελεῦσαι w. the omitted subject of wh. 


NOTES. 167 





(airlv) προσγράψαντα agrees ; (2) στεφανοῦν depends on γράψαι supplied 
fr. προσγράψαντα ; and as for his proposing to crown without adding (mpés) 
the proviso ‘* when he has given in his accounts,” and having ordered proc- 
lamation of the crown to be made in the theatre; (3) στεφανοῦν is codrdi- 
nate w. κελεῦσαι and subj. of κοινωνεῖν. The first constr. is adopted by 
the largest number, and seems, on the whole, the most natural. — ἐν 
τούτοις: inter hos cives. οὗτοι is often used by the orators to refer to the 
demus or plebs in the Assembly and court. — ἔτι μέντοι, still however. 
μέντοι is correl. of μὲν with κοινωνεῖν. ---- ἁπλῶς, as opposed to τεχνικῶς ; 
hence, artlessly, without duplicity. —tyvexa, I have determined. 

§ 59. ἀπαρτᾶν, lit. io hang away from, hence to separate, to disconnect. 
And let no one suppose that I am disconnecting my speech from the indict- 
ment. Dem. wishes to guard against the charge of irrelevancy. Upon this 
Lord B. remarks: ‘‘The extreme importance to Dem. case of the skilful 
movement, so to speak, by wh. he availed himself of Aisch. error, and at 
once entered upon the subject of his whole administration, thus escaping 
the immediate charge to wh. he had no answer, and overwhelming his 
adversary by a triumphant defence on ground of his own choosing, required 
that he should again and again defend this movement, wh. he here does 
very carefully.” -- -Ξλληνικὰς πράξεις, Hellenic affairs and discussions, in 
distinction fr. Athenian ; what w. us is called the Foreign Department. This 
distinction is made more clear in § 109. — τοῦ ψηφίσματος depends on the 
whole sentence τὸ λέγειν...με. --- εἶτα Kal πολλῶν προαιρέσεων, κ. τ. é., 
accordingly also, there being many departments of public life open to my se- 
lection ; sc. such as those of finance, of war, of navy ; καὶ anticipates the 
force of the καὶ before τὰς ἀποδείξεις. 

(Ὁ) ὃ8 60-109. I. 88 60-72. Wuat THE CONDITION OF GREECE 
DEMANDED OF ATHENS. οὖν resumes the statement at the close of § 58, 
wh. was interrupted by the apology offered in § 59. The student cannot 
be too careful in noticing the exact and delicate force of these particles and 
conjunctions. — ἃ... «πρὸ... δημηγορεῖν προὔλαβε: here Dem. refers to the 
period prior to the peace of Philocrates, 346 B. c., during which period 
Philip had taken Amphipolis, Pydna, Potideea, and Olynthus. Dem. dis- 
avows responsibility for the conduct of affairs, until, as the acknowledged 
head of the Anti-Macedonian party, he dictated the foreign policy of the 
state (ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἐπέστην), wh. was from about 343 B. 0. —d...Kal διεκωλύθη, 
but in what he was especially thwarted. The intensive force of καὶ w. the 
verb must be noticed. It was not Philip’s swccesses, some of wh. he gained 
even after the entrance of Dem. upon public life, but his faz/wres that Dem. 
now wishes to speak of. Attention is called by several critics to the skilful 
choice of the word διεκωλύθη, wh., by implying that Dem. acted upon the 


168 NOTES. 





defensive, prepares the way for the subsequent argument that all his meas- 
ures were defensive and that he cannot, therefore, be charged w. the guilt 
of originating a war that brought ruin upon his country. — τοσοῦτον 
ὑπειπών : having premised thus much, as foundation (ὑπό) of the argu- 
ment. — πλεονέκτημα : derivat.? Notice the Asyndeion. 

8 61. φορὰν : cf. L. and Sc., 11. B. 3. — προδοτῶν.. ἀνθρώπων : notice 
the cumulative force of these epithets. — θεοῖς ἐχθρών : ‘‘ God-detested. The 
phrase is used almost as if it were a single word, otherwise the abrupt introdue- 
tion of the dat. would be rather inelegant.” HoLMEs. — γεγονυῖαν : w. what 
verbs is the supplementary partic. joined instead of the infin.? Cf. GMT. 
878, 904 ; H. 981-984; G. 1579,1588 ; Cu. §§ 590, 5938. — καὶ πρότερον 
κακῶς....διέθηκε, the Greeks, even previously disaffected towards one another 
and factious, he made still worse disposed. The two adverbs in -ws are placed 
as far apart as possible for the sake of emphasis. — τοὺς μὲν, some, as 6. g. 
the Athenians, by the peace of 346 8. C.; τοῖς δὲ, others by bribing, as 6. g. 
the Thebans who were loaded w. favors for their codperation in the destruc- 
tion of Phocis. — τοὺς δὲ διαφθείρων, by corrupting them in every possible 
way. The expression is climacteric and embraces both classes described by 
τοὺς μὲν and τοῖς δὲς W. makes διαφθείρων refer to the Phocians in the 
sense of destroying ; but in Dem. the prevailing sense of the word is cor- 
rumpere. Of. § 295. --- κωλύειν : explanatory of τοῦ συμφέροντος. 

8 62. ἐν τοιαύτῃ...τήν πόλιν : the rhetorical order of this sentence is 
such that, while the connection w. the preceding sentence is made most 
clear, the emphatic words are made most prominent. — συνισταμένου καὶ 
φυομένου κακοῦ, of the gathering and growing mischief. Wh. The Ζ. Edit. 
reads gupouévov based upon 2, wh. has φυ ομένου ; but the sense is decid- 
edly better w. the reading of the other MSS., wh. is φυομένου. --- πράττειν 
καὶ ποιεῖν : rhetorical pleonasm, in wh. the distinction in meaning is hardly 
felt. Cf. § 246. — ἐνταῦθα... τῆς πολιτείας, at that point of the administra- 
tion. 

§ 63. πότερον...ἢ : cf. H. 1017; G. 1606; Cu. 8 611. — Θετταλῶν 
καὶ Δολόπων : these are mentioned because of the general contempt 
in wh. they were held and because of their Anti-Hellenie policy. Cf. 
Herod., VII. 132, 185. — συγκατακτᾶσθαι Φιλίππῳ, to have joined in 
acquiring for Philip. — καὶ τὰ τῶν tmpoydvev...dvatpetv, ‘et majorum 
decora et jura evertere, qui pro libertate Grecie gloriosissime pugnarunt et 
principatum meruere facinoribus egregiis.”” Diss. — κωλύσει, st. κωλύσοι or 
κωλύοι, the form of the direct narration for the sake of liveliness. Cf. Aisch. 
c. Ctes., § 90. — ds ἔοικεν, profecto. Diss. remarks that this phrase has not 
rarely an ironical force ; as in Engl. we may say: ‘‘I suppose,” of what is 
very certainly known. 


NOTES. 169 





§ 64. ἀλλὰ viv, k. τ. ἑ. : this sentence simply repeats in another form 
the idea of the preceding ; συναιτίας corresponding to συγκατακτᾶσθαι, and 
περιεωρακυίας to περιιδεῖν above. — ἐβούλετ᾽ dv, he would wish; the indic. 
w. ἄν denotes that the condition for realizing the wish is unfulfilled. Cf. 
GMT. 243, 244, 246; H. 903; G. 1336, 1337, 13889; Cu. ὃ ὅ87. --- τῆς 
συναιτίας, sc. μερίδος, the party that was the joint-cause of. — dv εὔποι : 
what protasis may be supplied in thought? Cf. GM T. 235; H. 872 a; 
6. 1328 ; Cu. § 544, — ἐπὶ τῇ... ἐλπίδι, with a view to the hope ; ἐπὶ w. the 
dat. denoting the purpose or object for το]ιίοίι. --- ᾿Αρκάδας... Μεσσηνίους... 
᾿Αργείους : the Arcadians and Messenians, Pausanias says (VII. 15. 6; 
VIII. 6. 2; 1V. 28. 2), kept themselves wholly aloof in the last decisive 
struggle of Athens against Philip. The Argives had sought Philip’s friend- 
ship and protection against Sparta. Cf. Isocr. Phil., § 74. 

§ 65. ἀπηλλάχασιν, have come off. — Kal yap = Lat. etenim. — iy ἂν....ἐν- 
αντιωθέντων : so reads 2. The reading ὅμως ἣν ἂν... οὐκ ἐναντιωθέντων found 
in Reiske, Taylor, Diss., Bremi, Dind., and other Editt., is due to a false 
interpretation of this passage. Dem. wishes to justify himself and the 
Athenians in their opposition to Philip, and says substantially this: Had 
Philip, when he had gained the upper hand (ἐκράτησε, wh. points to the 
close of the Phocian war, in wh. Philip had at least the appearance of doing 
right in punishing the violators of the Delphic sanctuary), — had he then 
withdrawn and made no further attempts against the rights of other states, 
there might have been some reason for censuring those who opposed him 
(i. e. us); since however he, on the contrary, used this victory over the 
Phocians as a means of further conquest, and gradually deprived all the 
states of their freedom, my solicitude and opposition are most fully justified, 
and you have done right and best in following my counsel. Thus by the 
concession in the early part of the sentence, Dem. strengthens his sub- 
sequent statement. — οἷς = τούτοις &: cf. H. 996 a; G. 1031, 10382; 
Cu. § 597. 4. — πολιτείας, constitutions ; of a democratic form of govern- 
ment, in distinction from a τυραννίξ. --- ὅσων : in the same constr. as 
ἁπάντων above. 

§ 66. ἐκεῖσε, iJJuc, to be referred to νῦν at the beginning of § 64. — τὸν 
᾿Αθήνησι : several Editt. read ἐμέ after these words, though not found in =. 
Reuter calls attention to the fact that καὶ γὰρ... διαφέρει can only refer to 
᾿Αθήνησι. That Dem. alludes here to himself is plain enough from the 
connection and from the use of the 1st pers. in συνήδειν, ἀνέβην, ἑώρων. ---- ek 
παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου : the use of ἐκ w. genit. expresses the existence of this 
consciousness all the time through from the first moment of his observation. 
So ἀφ᾽ ἧς, st. ἐφ᾽ ἢ, indicates the whole period extending fr. the time at wh, 
he began to address the Assembly. This is a favorite mode of expressing 





170 NOTES. 





time w. Dem. Cf. ἐκ πολλοῦ, ὃ 43. — πρωτείων, precedence, primacy ; 
referring to the hegemony. For the singular cf. § 321. — φιλοτιμίας, dis- 
tinction, pre-eminence. —*kaoro.: Dem. frequently compliments the Athe- 
nians for their readiness to sacrifice in behalf of the freedom and welfare 
of the other Greek states. 

8 67. τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἐκκεκομμένον : as similar instances of accus. of 
synecdoche, Holmes cites Aristoph. Nuwb., 24: εἴθ᾽ ἐξεκόπην πρότερον τὸν 
ὀφθαλμὸν λίθῳ ; Aisch. c. Tim., § 172: éxxomels ὁ δειλαῖος ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς 
ὀφθαλμούς. This wound Philip probably incurred at the siege οἵ Methone, 
353 B. ο. Cf. Diod., XVI. 34. — τὴν κλεῖν : this happened, acc. to the Schol., 
on the expedition against the Illyrians, 345 B. c. — τὴν χεῖρα, τὸ σκέλος : 
these injuries were sustained on his return from a Scythian campaign, the 
last one in an encounter w. the Triballi, 339 B.c. Justin, IV. 3, says: 
in femore vulneratus est Philippus. This enumeration of Philip’s injuries 
seems to be given in chronological order ; but Diss. observes: ‘‘suaviter a 
capite ad inferiora descendit.” — βουληθείη : why the optat.? Cf. G M T. 
532; Η. 914B; G. 1431; Cu. § 555. — μέρος, every part of his body, 
whatever fortune, etc. The antecedent is incorporated in the relat. clause, 
by wh., as Diss. observes, the emphasis of πᾶν is increased. Cf. H. 995 ; 
G. 1037 ; Cu. § 597. 8. --- τῷ λοιπῷ, reliquo corpore. 

§ 68. οὐδὲ points to what precedes ; as that cannot be denied, so would 
no one even venture, etc. — Πέλλῃ : the allusion to Philip's birthplace as | 
contrasted w. Athens is manifestly contemptuous. — τοῦτ᾽, sc. ἡ τῶν ‘EX. 
ἀρχή. --- ἐν πᾶσι.... θεωρήμασι : in speeches and spectacles, Lord B.; in 
speeches and in dramas, Kenn.; better, w. Leland, in everything you hear 
and see. — ὑπόμνημα θεωροῦσι, contemplate a memorial ; ὑπόμνημα used in 
a concrete sense as referring to the greatness and splendor of their city. 
All other Editt. read here ὑπομνήμαθ᾽ ὁρῶσι. Our reading is that of = and 
two other MSS., though on the margin of = the other reading is also found ; 
θεωρεῖν is used in the same sense in Dem. pro Rhod. Lib., § 35. — ἐθελοντὰς 
seems tautological. Some critics regard it as a gloss to explain the word 
before it. The idea is intensified by its use. Cf. 8 305: μετὰ πάσης ἀδείας 
ἀσφαλῶς ; Dem. Olynth., III., ὃ 6: πάντι σθένει κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν; Phil., 
11., 8 16: βιασθεὶς ἄκων. 

§ 69. λοιπὸν τοίνυν ἦν, it remained therefore ; as the only course left to 
be pursued. Notice the strong inferential force of τοίνυν, wh. at the same 
time adds to the considerations already advanced a new motive in the 
antithesis of δικαίως and ἀδικῶν. --- ἔγραφον... καὶ ἐγὼ, and I also acted 
as the mover of your resolutions and as your counsellor ; καὶ before ἐγὼ in- 
dicates that Dem. claims that he was only in line with the traditional 
policy of the city. Cf. καὶ before διεκωλύθη, § 60. — kad’...xpdvous : give 
the Greek without incorporation of the antecedent. — πάντα, dismissing 


a4 


NOTES. 171 





all the rest. These earlier conquests Philip made in 358-345 8, c. 
Cf. note § 60. 

8 70. Σέρριον: cf. § 27. — Δορίσκον : cf. Aisch. c. Ctes., § 82. These 
Thracian towns were taken in 345 8. Ο. --- Πεπαρήθου : this island was laid 
waste by Philip, about 342 B. c., for ejecting the Macedonian garrison from 
the neighboring island of Halonnesus, for the possession of which Philip 
and the Athenians were contending. Cf. Aisch. c. Ctes., § 83. — οὐδ᾽... 
οἶδα: ‘‘Sic me geram quasi omnino nesciam facta.” Diss. — σύ γ᾽, you, 
made emphatic by γε wh. generally throws its emphasis upon the preceding 
word ; and yet you affirmed (though cognizant of all these facts) that I in 
speaking of these matters had brought these persons (sc. his auditors) into hos- 
tility (with Philip namely). — Εὐβούλου : cf. note § 21. —’Apierodpavros: 
of the deme Azenia, one of the leading statesman of Athens fr. the close of 
the Pelopon. War down to about 352 B. c. The chief aim of his policy 
seems to have been to unite Athens and Thebes against Sparta; cf. § 162. 
Dem. in his Leptin. Orat., § 146, calls him δεινὸς λέγειν. isch. c. Ctes., 
§ 194, refers to Arist. as boasting that he had been acquitted on seventy- 
five charges of γραφὴ παρανόμων. --- Διοπείθους : most scholars follow the 
Scholiast in supposing this Diopeithes to be the Athenian general who in 
343 B. 0. saved the Chersonesus fr. falling into the hands of Philip. But 
A. Schaefer (1. 163, II. 422) believes this Diopeithes to be the orator and 
statesman who is mentioned by Hyperides, of the deme Sphettus. — οὐδὲ : 
as before I offered no resolutions w. reference to these matters, J will now _ 
also not speak of them. 

§ 71. Εὔβοιαν : Philip sought to gain a foothold in Eubcea as early as 
350 8. c., when he supported the tyrant Callias of Chalcis against the Athe- 
nians under Phocion, who had been summoned to give assistance by Plu- 
tarch, tyrant of Eretria. The peace of 346 for a while checked his opera- 
tions; but in 343 he boldly invaded the island, destroyed Porthmus, a 
fortification of the Eretrians, and placed his tools in power in Oreus and 
Eretria, as mentioned in the text. Vid. farther § 79. — σφετεριζόμενος, 
appropriating to himself. — éritelyiopa, as a post of attack, base of opera- 
tions against ; ef. ἐπιτειχισμὸν, ὃ 87. For this the position of Eubcea was 
admirably fitted. — Μεγάροις : in 343 B. c. a Macedonian faction, at the 
head of wh. stood Perilaus, endeavored to put Megara into the hands of 
Philip, so as to prepare the way for his conquest of the Peloponnesus ; but 
this plan was frustrated through the prompt and energetic interference of 
the Athenians under Phocion. Cf. Dem. Phii., ITI., §$ 18, 27; de F. L., 
δ8 87, 204, 295, 8526. --- Ἑλλήσποντον : Philip occupied the Hellespont in 
342 B. c., and sent out forces to conquer and destroy the towns of the Cher- 
sonesus, — Βυζάντιον : οὗ note 8 87. — πόλεις... ἂς μὲν,,, ἃς δὲ : οἵ, H. 624d; 


172 NOTES. 





G. 914; Cu. § 361.12. The use of ἃς μὲν... ἃς δὲ st. τὰς μὲν,. «τὰς δὲ, Bremi 
remarks, is contrary to the best Attic usage of this period and an 
instance of a vulgarism employed by the best writers.. Professor Lip- 
sius cites as the only example of this use prior to Dem., ods pév... 
ods δὲ in Xen. Cyrop., 11. 4, ὃ 23, where some Editt. read τοὺς μὲν... 
τοὺς δὲ Cf. V. ad loc., who gives also ὧν μὲν... ὧν δὲ ap. Stob. Serm., 
XVI, p. 153, Gesn. What cities the orator has in mind has not 
been ascertained, — ἠδίκει : notice the continuance of the action ex- 

_ pressed by the impf. in this and the following verbs. —4 μή: the negat. is 
to be joined w. φανῆναι ; had οὔ been used, the question would have been 
less emphatic. The οὔ above is joined w. the preceding verbs in the indic. 
and expects an affirmative answer. Here the difference between μή and οὐκ 
may be expressed thus: ἢ (ἐχρῆν) μὴ (φανῆναι) = or ought he to have NOT 
shown himself, i. 6. failed to show himself; ἢ οὐκ (ἐχρῆν) (φανῆναι) = or 
ought Not he to have shown himself, i. 6. was it not his duty to. 

§ 72. τὴν Μυσῶν λείαν : ‘‘ ysian booty” was proverbial for helpless- 
ness. The proverb arose from the story that during the absence of their 
king, Telephus, the Mysians became the unresisting prey of their neighbors. 
Arist. Rhet., I. 12, and Cic. pro Flacco, ὃ 27, quote it. — ζώντων καὶ ὄντων, 
alive and in δοίη. --- εἶναν is sometimes used of an established political 
existence ; so Dem. Phil., 111., § 56: ὅτ᾽ ἣν ἡ πόλις ; de F. L., ὃ 64: οὔσης 
τῆς ᾿Αθηναίων πόλεως. W. Dind. compares Τιμοδήμῳ καὶ νῦν ἔτι ζῶντι καὶ 
ὄντι, Dem. pro Phorm., § 29. --- περιείργασμαι, I have overdone the matter, 
excecded my duty. —8e: δεῖ = it is wanting or needed, physical necessity ; 
χρή = it is befitting or due, moral necessity ; προσήκει = it is becoming or 
proper. —tTovrey refers to ταῦτα πάντα in § 71. —radra, k. τ. €., this was my 
political course ; sc. as implied in τούτων κωλυτὴν above. — καὶ... διετέλουν, 
and I was continually forewarning and admonishing you not to surrender 
(sc. your leadership and your liberties to Philip). The preceding passage, 
commencing w. § 66, Lord B. regards among the finest in all Dem. He 
says: ‘* The heavy fire of indignant invective is kept up throughout, only 
limited by the desire to avoid any too personal offence to an audience as 
vain as supine, and as impatient of censures as it was deserving of them. 
The rapidity of the declamation is striking in the highest degree ; the num- 
ber of topics crowded into a few words, in § 71 especially, and the absolute 
perfection of the choice, is not to be surpassed.” The force and breadth 
of the argument are no less admirable than the diction and style. It is 
stated from three points of view: (1) Looking at the condition of Greece, 
what did the honor of the city require Athens to do (88 62-65)? (2) Look- 
ing at the parties engaged in this struggle, was Athens to yield or to resist 
($$ 66-68)? (3) Looking at the historical facts, ought any state to have 
resisted Philip ; if so, which one ($$ 69-72) ? 


NOTES. 173 





11. §§ 73-78. Puitip, Not ATHENS, BROKE THE PEACE; OTHER 
STATESMEN, NOT DEM., PROPOSED WAR. τᾶ πλοῖα: reference is made 
to the seizure and plundering of Athenian merchantmen by Macedonian 
privateers, let loose by Philip about 340 8B. c. This and the devastation 
of the Chersonesus were among the causes wh. finally determined the 
Athenians to a formal declaration of war. —\pydtopara: the decrees that 
follow are very unsatisfactory, not only failing to give us the promised an- 
swer to the question ris τίνος αἴτιός ἐστι, but also wanting in clearness on 
the affair of the seizure of the boats.} 

8 75, τὸ δ᾽ ἐφεξῆς: what decrees Dem. refers to is not quite clear; 
probably, however, the same as those alluded to in ἃ 70 (τῶν περὶ τούτων 
ψηφισμάτων), and bearing upon events prior to the peace of Philocrates, 
The point that Dem. aims to make in citing these names is, to show that — 
as he was not the one who proposed the peace in the first place (cf. § 21), 
so he was also not the one who proposed its dissolution. —‘Hyhovrmos is 
the only name that has not already been mentioned. He was a zealous 
adherent of the popular party. He had proposed the alliance with the 
Phocians and opposed the peace with Philip. The seventh in the order of 
the Demosthenic orations, On the Halonnesus, is now generally attributed 
to Hegesippus. — πάντες, i. 6. πάντες of ἄλλοι, as some MSS, have it. 

§ 76. τοῦ πολέμου refers to the resumption of hostilities w. Philip in 
340 B. c. —@v ἔχοις : what would be the form of the condition if ex- 
pressed ? — εἰ,. εἶχες... ἂν... παρέσχου : cf.G M T. 410; H. 895; G. 1397; 
Cu. §§ 537, 538, 539. Notice the shade of difference in the use of the 
tenses. — ὑπὲρ : cf. note § 9. 

III. §§ 79-101. Drm. sustiries ΗΒ ForEIGN ADMINISTRATION. 
ἐνταῦθ᾽, i. e. in the letter just read. Notice again the orator’s happy 
transition from one topic to another: that Philip does not blame him is 
an indirect witness to his services to the state, wh. he proceeds to enumer- 
ate. — τί ποτ᾽: the indef. ποτέ adds to the inquiry a certain tone of sur- 
prise or astonishment; somewhat like our, why in the world? — yeypade: 
the MSS. reading is γέγραφε or γέγραφεν, wh. gives an anomaly of wh. we 
cannot suppose the orator guilty. Bekk. reads ἔγραφεν, V. and W., after 
Droysen’s emendation, Ὑ ἔγραφεν, Dind. has ἐγεγράφει. The omission of 
the augment, as in our text, in the plupf., is not uncommon when a long 
vowel or diphthong immediately precedes : cf. εὖ πεπόνθεσαν § 213 ; πολλαὶ 
πεπτώκεσαν, Thuc. I. 89; ἤδη τετελευτήκει, Xen. Anab., VI. 4.11. With 





1 Since the remaining documents are generally even more unsatisfactory than those 
already examined, and as in many, if not most, of our American colleges these docu- 
ments are wholly omitted in the study of the Oration, the editor has not thought it 
worth the while to make further annotations upon them. 


174 NOTES. 





our reading the sentence is: he would have made mention if he had writ- 
ten ; with the reading ἔγραφεν : he would make mention (ἐμέμνητο used as 
an impf.) if he were writing, the speaker putting himself back to the time 
when Philip was writing his letter. —tovreyv, sc. τῶν ἀδικημάτων. --- εἰχό- 
μην, I fastened myself to, as a determined foe. On these I fixed myself, 
Kenn.; grappled with, Wh. — τὴν.. πρεσβείαν : Dem. was himself a mem- 
ber of this embassy, in 343 8. C. —wapedvero, was trying to steal into. 
The Peloponnesus was divided into factions, wh. Philip was insidiously 
stirring up against one another for the purpose of gaining a foothold for 
himself. It was through this embassy that the Peloponn. states were 
aroused to their danger, and Philip was prevented frum invading their 
territory until after Cheronea.—rTiv eis HvBovav: in the same year as the 
preceding. — τὴν... ἔξοδον : these expeditions came two years later (341) ; 
first Oreus was delivered and its despot, Philistides, slain ; then Cleitar- 
chus, despot of Eretria, was driven forth by Phocion. 

§ 80. τοὺς ἀποστόλους, the naval expeditions, alluding probably also to 
the improvements in the trierarchal law introduced by him, wh. are set 
forth in § 102 ff. Cf. πάντα τὸν πόλεμον τῶν ἀποστόλων γιγνομένων κατὰ 
τὸν νόμον τὸν ἐμὸν, § 107. — καθ᾽ ots = almost δύ ὧν, per quas. For simi- 
lar use of κατά cf. Thuc. I. 60; 11. 87. ‘‘This use of κατά is somewhat 
rare, but may be viewed, perhaps, as expressing the accordance between 
the instrument and the result, the cause and the effect, like the adv. 
accordingly in certain cases.” LARNED. — Χερρόνησος: one of Philip’s 
most cherished purposes was to gain possession of the Chersonesus, wh. at 
this time was partly in the power of Cersobleptes, king of Thrace and an 
ally of the Athenians. At first Philip contents himself with subjugating 
C. and occupying the strongest points in Thrace (§ 27). But in 340 8. c. 
Philip interferes in the contest of the Athenians w. the inhabitants of 
Cardia, formerly an Athenian dependency ; this leads to an open rupture 
and to a formal invasion of the Chersonesus on the part of Philip. Thence 
he turns to the Propontis to gain control of the straits that lead to the 
Euxine. But here his customary good fortune fails him ; in vain he be- 
sieges Perinthus and Byzantium; the Athenian auxiliary force compels 
him to withdraw, and again the Chersonesus is free. — ot σύμμαχοι, sc. 
Tenedos, Proconnesus, etc. Cf. 8 302. — τῶν ἀδικουμένων : gen. of the 
whole depending on τοῖς μὲν, τοῖς δ᾽. — ὑμῖν... πεισθεῖσιν, to those who at 
that time followed your advice. — τὸ μεμνῆσθαι, kal νομίζειν : subj. of 
περιεγένετο to be supplied. 

§ 81. καὶ μὴν introduces a strong asseveration, = and υογίϊῃ. --- Φιλι- 
στίδης... Κλείταρχος : cf. note ὃ 79. --- ὑπάρχειν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, that the possession 
of these places might be in his hands for your injury. — ποιῶν ἠδίκει : the 


NOTES. 175 





addition of the partic. makes the expression emphatic. — πανταχοῦ = any- 
where. Cf. note on πάντων, ὃ 5. 

§ 82. κατέλυον, used to lodge. ‘‘This very technical use of καταλύειν is 
easily traced: the verb signifies (1) to wnloose (sc. the sanda/s), (2) to rest, 
(3) to lodge ; map ἐμοὶ yap Topyias καταλύει, Plat. Gorg., 447 B. The ex- 
pression is common in Plato, but rare in the orators, who employ the word 
more commonly of dissolution, destruction, or termination. HotmMEs. — 
mpovtéves, you were their public host. It was customary for envoys to be 
entertained by the πρόξενος of their city. The πρόξενος was a person ap- 
pointed by the state to protect the interests of his fellow-citizens resident 
in foreign lands, quite analogous to our consul. sch. was not properly 
the πρόξενος of Eubcea, but acted as such. — ἐχθροὺς : notice the antithetic 
position of this word and φίλοι, and the emphasis on col. — od τοίνυν... 
οὐδέν : however great the personal advantages I might have gained from 
selling my services to Philip and his partisans, I steadfastly opposed all 
their designs ; and yet, notwithstanding this, you reproach me. — παύσει : 
Attic for παύσῃ. --- ἀτυμώσαντες, by disabling you, in a legal sense. If the 
prosecutor failed to obtain one-fifth of the votes he fell into ἀτιμία : i. 6. 
besides incurring a fine of 1000 drachme, he was forever disabled from in- 
stituting a similar suit. Cf. Bockh Pub. Econ. Athen., p. 492 ff; Meier 
and Schém. Att. Proc., p. 734. 

§ 83. ἐπὶ τούτοις, i. 6. for the successful resistance Dem. offered to the 
schemes of Cleitarchus and Philistides. — γράψαντος : the gen. absol. 
seems to denote both time and concession here: although and when. — 
τούτου γιγνομένου : all attempts to explain the reference of these words 
seem unsatisfactory. (1) To make τούτου refer to the decree of Aristonicus 
as second in order is hardly possible, since nothing is said anywhere of any 
similar decree prior to this one, and because this interpretation would 
require γενομένου. (2) If τούτου refers to the decree of Ctesiphon, we meet 
with the following difficulties: (a) The word κηρύγματος cannot properly be 
used of the proposal of Ctes., wh. was as yet hardly a ψήψισμα. The κή- 
ρυγμα was the very thing Asch. sought to prevent by his παρανόμων γραφή. 
(Ὁ) How can the aorists ἀντεῖπεν, ἐγράψατο be joined to this present idea ? 
We must then read: and whereas the present 18 now the second proclamation 
in the theatre WHICH 1S COMING OFF in my honor, A’schines, although pres- 
ent, neither SPOKE in opposition, etc. But ‘‘ spoke” when? (c) By refer- 
ring to § 223, it will be seen that the proposal of Ctes. was third in order, 
counting that of Demomeles and Hyperides as a single one. I can find no 
ground for Holmes’s assumption that the crowns proposed by Aristonicus 
and by Ctesiphon were the only ones proclaimed in the theatre, and there- 
fore this was second to that ; against this supposition is the statement in 


176 NOTES. 





§ 223 in regard to the proposal of D. and H.: τὰς αὐτὰς συλλαβὰς καὶ 
ταὐτὰ ῥήματ᾽ ἔχει, ἅπερ πρότερον ᾿Αριστόνικος, viv δὲ Κτησιφῶν γέγραφεν 
οὑτοσί. (3) As the text stands (we believe it is corrupt for the addi- 
tional reason that the art. τό is necessary, since we cannot say τοῦτό μοι 
γίγνεται δεύτερον κήρυγμα, but only τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα γίγνεταί μοι δεύτερον), 
the following explanation suggested by V. seems most natural. From 
a comparison w. §§ 222, 223 we conclude that Dem. had been crowned 
twice in the theatre before Ctes. made his proposal. (What Dem. says in 
§ 120 refers in general to his coronations, most of wh. occurred in the ordi- 
nary localities, the Pnyx and the Senate-house). Now the first proclama- 
tion in the theatre was that of Aristonicus, and to this one τούτου γιγνομένου 
refers, but in this way : δεύτερον γίγνεσθαι = iterari, to be repeated; hence 
the entire sentence would read, and when this proclamation (sc. this one of 
Arist.) was made a second time in my behalf, which was done through 
Demom. and Hyper., whose proposal was couched in the very same terms, 
and was unsuccessfully attacked by Diondas. Decrees and other legal 
formule were often thus repeated in the same terms, the names of the par- 
ties concerned alone being changed. (4) W. suggests an excellent emenda- 
tion, τοιούτου for τούτου, τοιούτου referring to the similarity of the phrase- 
ology employed in the decree of Demom. and Hyper. With this change 
we read: when therefore you crowned me at that time for these things...and . 
the crown was proclaimed in the theatre, yea, even when such a proclamation 
was being made for me already now a second time, Aischines, although pres- 
ent, neither spoke in opposition, nor indicted him who had proposed it. The 
learner will observe that the partic. γιγνομένου has the time of the impf., 
to denote the continued existence of this proclamation, wh., unlike that of 
Aristonicus, was the occasion of a suit. That Asch. did not object the 
Jirst time, the orator lets pass by; but that he should have taken no 
notice of the second similar proposal, and still attack the proposal of Ctes., 
wh. is of the self-same import, this Dem. makes prominent in this much- 
disputed sentence, as we understand it. 

ὃ 85. συμβήσεσθαι...στεφανῶμαι : for this form of cond. sent. οὐ, 
GMT. 444, 689. 2; H. 946, 898; G. 1408, 1522, 1497.2; Cu. 88 545, 
548, last sentence. — ὡς ἑτέρως — otherwise, euphemistic for κακῶς. --- τότε, 
sc. ὅταν ἢ νέα πράγματα, emphatic. 

§ 86, οὐκοῦν, accordingly ; marking a conclusion. The οὐκ points to the 
preceding negative idea, ov μέμψεως, x. τ. €. What is the meaning of 
οὔκουν ?— μὲν has no corresponding δέ, but the implied opposition to τῶν 
χρόνων ἐκείνων is obvious. — πάντας, sc. τοὺς χρόνους, wh. most MSS. include 
in the text.— τῷ νικᾶν, dat. instrum., by the fact of my prevailing in 
speaking and proposing. — προσόδους, solemn processions. Cf. θυσίαι καὶ 
πομπαὶ, § 216. — ὡς.. ὄντων, on the ground that, etc. 


NOTES. 177 





87. τοίνυν : often used to resume the narration, like our well, then. — 
τοῖς μὲν ὅπλοις, τῇ δὲ πολιτείᾳ, with urms indecd by you, but through 
siatesmanship and decrees by me. The instrum. is denoted by the dat., the 
agent by ὑπό w. genit. The critical student will notice an inversion in the 
order of the words ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τοῖς ὅπλοις x τῇ πολιτείᾳ ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ; this is inten- 
tional and gives variety. From the form of the letter X the ancient rheto- 
ricians called it chiasmus. — διαρραγῶσι, even though some of these should 
burst ; i. 6. invidia vel indignatione. Diss. Kenn. quotes Virg. Lelog., 
VII. 26: Invidia rumpantur ut ilia Codro. Tyler follows Wh. in tak- 
ing it to mean, straining their lungs to contradict me. — ἕτερον, i.e. alius 
generis. Schaef. — ἐπιτειχισμὸν : in § 71 we have ἐπιτείχισμα. Reiske and 
Schaef. understand the allusion to be not to Byzantium, but to the control 
of the grain trade, wh. was to be to Philip an instrument of aggression dif- 
ferent fr. the stronghold he had lost in πο. --- ἔπεισάκτῳ : Boeckh Pudi. 
Econ. Athen., p. 111, calculates the amount of grain annually imported at 
one million medimni. The main supply came from the region bordering 
upon the Pontus. — παρελθὼν, going along the coast. — αὑτῷ : join w. συμ- 
πολεμεῖν. ---- ἔπὶ τούτοις, upon these terms. Dem. himself went on the em- 
bassy (cf. § 244) in 340 B. c. to persuade the Byzantines to resist Philip. 
He persuaded the Athenians to enter into an alliance w. Byzantium. When 
Philip saw not only the Athenians, but also the Chians, Rhodians, and 
Coans coming to the aid of Byzantium, he reluctantly withdrew. — χάρακα : 
by synecdoche for χαράκωμα = a palisaded camp, a stockade. — ηχανήματ᾽, 
having planted enginery. 

ὃ 88. ἐπερωτήσω : ἐπερωτῶν means to ask a question again or besides 
(éwi), as something superfluous. — τὸ ὑμεῖς, the word ‘‘ you.” Cf. H. 600a; 
᾿ 6. 955. 2 ; Cu. § 379. — τὴν πόλιν λέγω : this the orator adds in order to be 
able to say τῇ πύλει st. ὑμῖν in the next sentence, and thus to avoid the ap- 
pearance of making himself out to be the leader and guide of his judges. — 
ἁπλῶς, in a word, altogether ; it modifies the whole sentence. — δούς : so 
reads also Bekk., after the best MSS.; all other Editt. read διδούς, wh. 
denotes the time of the impf., the same as γράφων, πράττων. Reuter 
defends δούς as expressing in the way of a climax both a preterite and a 
perfect idea ; i. 6. who gave and has given; he also thinks the monosyllable 
forcible at the close of the period. V., on the contrary, objects that the 
ears of Dem. would never tolerate the two successive syllables das δούς. 
Dionys. Hal. cites the close succession of the four long syllables in ἀφειδῶς 
δοὺς ἔγώ as an instance of Dem. severity of style. 

§ 89. ὃ.. ἐνστὰς πόλεμος, i. 6. the war between Philip and the Athenians, 
after the peace of 346 B. c. had been annulled. — ἄνευ = χωρίς, apart from, 
besides. — ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς... βίον, in all the necessaries of life. — τῆς viv εἰρή- 

12 


178 NOTES. 





νης, i. 6. the peace after Cheronea, procured by Demades. — ἣν.. τηροῦσιν : 
Dem. calls to mind the refusal of the Athenians, under the influence of the 
Macedonian party, to support the Peloponnesians in their revolt against 
Alexander. — of χρηστοὶ : cf. note § 30.—éml ταῖς μελλούσαις ἐλπίσιν : 
the idea would be more logically expressed by ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπί; 
ow, since the hopes are themselves present ; but the orator chose this form 
of expression to correspond to τῆς viv εἰρήνης. --- διαμάρτοιεν : what use 
of the optat. here and in the following verbs? Cf. GM T. 721, 722; 
H. 870; G. 1507, 1510; Cu. ὃ 514. --- ὧν ΞΞ τούτων &: Η. 996 ; G. 1081, 
1092 ; Cu. ὃ 598. 2. For the accus. & cf. H. 724; G. 1069 ; Cu. ὃ 402.— 
μὴ μεταδοῖεν : the asyndeton gives emphasis. μεταδοῦναι = to give a share 
of, to impart; μετασχεῖν = to receive a share of, to share in. Most 
Editt. read καὶ μὴ μετάσχοιεν, x. τ. €., wh., to say the least, makes 
the sentiment a harsh one. The omission of μή with = and Laur. S. 
gives a much nobler turn to the sentence. The orator utters then the 
prayer that these treacherous men may fail of realizing their hopes (wh. in- 
volve the destruction of their common country), and may enjoy freedom 
and independence in company w. those who seek to secure their country’s 
highest good ; and, on the other hand, that they may not impart to the 
commonwealth that ruin of public good wh. they have aimed at as a means 
‘to promote their own private interests. The thought underlying the whole 
passage is that the welfare of the state involves the welfare of the individual, 
and vice versa. Cf. Thuc., II. 60. 2; Soph. Antig., 188-190; Plato Legg., 
p- 875, A. 

§ 93. ἡ προαίρεσις, k.T &, my policy and administration = the policy of 
my administration ; an instance of hendiadys. Diss. remarks that this is 
a favorite expression w. Dem. Cf. §§ 192, 292, 317. Notice the rhetorical 
order wh. makes the object of the sentence more prominent. — καλοκαγα- 
θίαν : this word may be translated honorableness, spirit of honor, generosity ; 
Edelmuth (Jacobs). The mental characteristics of the καλὸς κἀγαθός were 
honor, courage, magnanimity. Magnanimity, perhaps, best renders the word 
here, as contrasted with κακίαν = meanness. 

§ 94, μεμψάμενοι...ἂν = ἐμέμψασθε dv: cf.G MT. 215; H. 987; 6. 
1308. 2; Cu. § 595. 2. — év...xpévors, sc. when Byzantium joined Chios, 
Rhodes, etc., in the so-called Social War against Athens, 357 —355 8. c. 
— ἀδικουμένους : how does ἀδικεῖν differ fr. ἀδικεῖσθαι in meaning ὃ --- σύμ.- 
βουλον...ῥήτορα : though generals had often gained that honor for the 
state, he was the first one who was merely a statesman to achieve this. 

§§ 95-101. DrmMosTHENES CITES EXAMPLES FROM ATHENIAN HIs- 
TORY IN JUSFIFICATION OF HIS ForEIGN Po.icy. BAacdyptas...cuKo- 
φαντίας = defamations (βλάπτω, φημί), malicious slanders (σῦκον, φαίνω, 


NOTES. 179 





from the false accusations often brought for robbing. the sacred fig-trees. 
Cf. note on συκοφάντης, ὃ 112). — τῶν Βυζαντίων : Aisch. nowhere in his 
speech attacks the Byzantines ; we must suppose this to be an interpo- 
lation, or, what is more probable, that Aisch. omitted this mention of the 
Byzantines fr. the revised edition of his oration, wh. he made in Rhodes, 
out of regard for the Rhodians who were the allies of the Byzantines. Cf. 
A. Schaef., 111., Beilage III., p. 77. Cf. Introduction. —eé τι, st. 6 τι, in 
case that, etc. —otoas: GMT. 878,904; H. 981, 929; G. 1579, 1588; Cu. 

§ 593.—trdpxev...elddras : emphatic st. simply εἰδέναι, lit. you exist know- 

ing. Of. § 228: ὑπάρχειν ἔγνωσμένους. The partic. is used as a predicate adj.; 

cf. G MT. 880. --- τῷ... συμφέρευν, but wiso from the fact that it was to your 
advantage so to conduct affairs as I have conducted them. — καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς, in 
your day. Not to be taken too literally, as the battle of Haliartus, men- 
tioned below, occurred in 395 8. c. — τῇ πόλει: dat. agent w. πεπραγμένων. 
--- καὶ... καὶ... πράττειν, for it is proper both that a man in private and that 
a state in public should always endeavor to shape the future with respect to 
the most illustrious precedents of the past. 

8. 96. appoorais : these were the notoriously unpopular governors placed 
by the Spartans, during their supremacy, over their dependencies. The 
state of things described here is recognized as existing immediately after the 
close of the Peloponn. War. For explanation of these historical allusions 
let the student refer to Grote’s, Thirlwall’s, or Smith’s History, and to 
Thuc., IV. 66, 74; VIII. 95; Xen. Hellen., 11. 2. 3; Plut. Lysand., cap. 
13, 14. — ἄλλας νήσους, other islands, i. 6. besides Eubcea and gina, as 
Lesbos, Samos, Melos. Cf. Xen. Hellen., 11. 2.5; 3.6. It would seem 
more natural to have Αὔγιναν come just before ἄλλας νήσου. Many Editt. 
read τὰς ἄλλας νήσους, wh. is interpreted either as an instance of the 
pleonastic use of of ἄλλοι = the rest, sc. islands (but against this is the 
mention of Aigina and Eubcea already made), or as meaning οἷ the remain- 
ing islands (but the Lacedemonians did not obtain control of nearly all). 
W. accepts Dobreus’s emendation, Κέω ras for Κλεωνὰς, and objects to 
Cleonz as not being, like the rest, in the circle about Attica. — ναῦς...τείχη : 
the Athenian navy was limited to 12 ships, and the long walls were razed 
to the ground. — Κόρινθον : the Athenians joined an alliance of the Thebans, 
Corinthians, and Argives against Sparta. The allied forces were defeated 
in a battle fought near Corinth, 394 B. c., wh. circumstance gave the name 
Corinthian to a feeble war that lasted eight years and was terminated by 
the peace of Antalcidas. — ἂν ἐχόντων = ἂν εἶχον, might have borne many 
grudges. Cf. ὃ 258, where dv ἔχων = ἂν ἔχοιμι : cf. GM T. 214; H. 987; G. 
1308. 2.— τῶν πραχθέντων, for the things that were done ; genit. cause.— τὸν 
Δεκελεικὸν πόλεμον : the last part of the Peloponn. War wasthus named from 


‘Ro | NOTES. 





the occupation of Decelea by the Lacedemonians, in 413 B. Ὁ.) as a base of 
operations against Athens. Diss. calls attention to the admirable structure 
of this period: the participles at the beginning (ἀρχόντων, κατεχόντων) 
describe the threatening situation (οὔτ᾽ dxivéuva), that at the end (ἐχόντων) 
gives the reason why the Athenians might have held aloof (οὔθ᾽ ὑπὲρ evepye- 
τῶν); while in the middle comes the principal sentence (ἐξήλθετε), wh. is 
thereby rendered less emphatic. 

ἃ 97. πέρας...τηρῇ : this passage has been much lauded by the ancient 
critics. Lucian in his Encom. de Demosth. compares it with Iliad, XIII. 
322-—328.— κἂν ἐν οἰκίσκῳ, even though one shouid shut himself up in a cage 
and keep watch. Harpocr. makes οἰκίσκῳ = μικρῷ τινι οἰκήματι. Didymus in 
Harpocr. renders it ὀρνιθοτροφείῳ, wh. may be the origin of the ludicrous 
interpretation of the Scholiast : ‘‘ Man must die anyhow, even though he 
change his manner of life, and, fancying himself to be a bird, shut himself 
up in a bird-cage.” — τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς... τὴν ἀγαθὴν, men that are good, the hope 
that is good ; generic use of the article. — mpoBaddopévous, casting before 
themselves, as a shield; cf. § 301. Professor Tyler calls attention to the 
same figure in Ephesians, vi. 16. 

§ 98. πρεσβύτεροι : the events referred to occurred some 40 years before 
the delivery of this speech. — ἐπειδὴ : the unusual order of this sentence is 
occasioned by the emphatic position given to Λακεδαιμονίους. --- (Λεύκτροις : 
ef. note ἃ 18. — διεκωλύσατε: in 369 B. c. the Thebans invaded Lacedeemon 
and threatened the destruction of Sparta, but were hindered by an Athe- 
nian force sent out under Iphicrates, and finally compelled to retire from 
Laconia. — οὐδ᾽... διαλογισάμενοι, nor taking into account what those men 
had done for whom you were about to incur danger. 

§ 99. καὶ γάρ : καὶ is used elliptically ; and you did so, i.e. take no 
account of, etc. γάρ is epexegetical, introducing the fuller statement of 
διαλογισάμενοι. ---- τούτων refers back to ὁτιοῦν used in a collective sense, and 
is genit. cause w. ὀργὴν. --- ὑπολογιεῖσθε has for its original meaning reckon 
in the account. —év = τούτων ἅ : cf. note 8 89. — Εὔβοιαν : in 357 B. ©. 
Eubecea was divided into two factions, one of wh. had called in the aid of 
the Thebans for overthrowing democratic institutions. By the aid of the 
Athenians the Thebans were driven out, and the old regime. was re- 
established. Cf. Aisch., ὃ 85; Diod., XVI. 7. --- Ὠρωπὸν : Oropus, situ- 
ated on the border between Attica and Beotia, had long been a bone of 
contention between these two states. In 366 B. c. Themison and Theodo- 
rus, the despots of Eretria, w. aid of the Thebans seized the place, wh. then 
belonged to Athens. The question of right of control came before a court 
of arbitration, and was decided in favor of Athens. But the Thebans 
declined to give up Oropus. Hence arose the famous δίκη περὶ ὮὯρωποῦ ; οἵ. 


hh i ΣΕ ἊΨ ἘΝ 


: OF THE ἊΝ 
UNIVERSITY 





NOTES. CALIFORN\ 





Diod., XV. 76; Xen. Hellen., VII. 4.1. After Cheronea the possession 
of Oropus was guaranteed the Athenians by Philip. — ἐθελοντῶν... .τριηραρ- 
χῶν, voluntary trierarchs, in addition to the regularly appointed trierarchs, 
who did not suffice for that year. On the office of the trierarchy vid. Dict. 
Antiq. and note § 102. — οὔπω, sc. εἰπεῖν μέλλω. 

§ 100. καὶ modifies the weaker idea of τὸ σῶσαι in contrast w. the 
stronger τὸ ἀποδοῦναι. “ Merely” expresses it very well. — τὴν νῆσον, i. 6. 
Kubeea, — τὸ... ἀποδοῦναι, in that when you had become established as mas- 
ters of their persons and their cities you restored these rightfully to those who 
had themselves done you injury. — καταστάντες : government? Cf. H. 
940; G. 927; Cu. § 570. — ὑπολογισάμενοι is preceded in all the MSS. 
except in 2, L, A®%, by ἐν ols ἐπιστεύθητε, wh. is probably a gloss from 
the corresponding passage in Aisch., § 85. ---τῆς.. ἐλευθερίας καὶ σωτηρίας: 
most MSS. and Editt. place ἕνεκα either after or before "Ἑλλήνων. ἕνεκα is, 
however, not essential. The constr. στρατείας ποιεῖσθαι τῆς ἐλευθερίας is 
closely related to the constr. τοῦ Φωκέας ἀπολέσαι expressing purpose or ob- 
ject, and has underlying it the idea of price or value. Cf. de F. L.,§76: πάσ᾽ 
ἀπάτη καὶ τέχνη συνεσκευάσθη τοῦ περὶ Φωκέας ὀλέθρου. Larned remarks 
upon the periodic form of the whole statement concerning the foreign ad- 
ministration of the orator as follows: ‘‘ He first speaks of what the honor 
of Athens required, $$ 62 -72; he next sets forth his own actions as being 
in accordance with the demands of that honor, §§73-94,; he concludes 
w. what Athens had done in time past honorable to herself, 88 95 -- 100; 
thus uniting the whole topic in the one point of the honor of Athens.” 

101. εἶτ᾽ : of succession of thought. — ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς, x. τ. &, when the 
deliberation was in a certain sense in behalf of herself ; in the cases cited it 
was in behalf of others. — νὴ Ala, yea verily ; the ironical force is manifest. 
Cf. § 117. --- οὐκ ἂν ἀπέκτεινέ... εἰ... ἐπεχείρησα : cf. GMT. 410; H. 895; 
6. 1897; Cu. § 537. Some of the best MSS. have ἂν w. ἐπεχείρησα. How 
would this modify the clause? Cf. GM T. 245, 506; G. 1838, 1421. 3.— 
λόγῳ μόνον, to tarnish by word only ; for it could be tarnished in no other 
way. λόγῳ is in contrast w. ἔργον, and means simply by cownselling. — εἰ 
ἠβούλεσθε.. ἣν : how does this cond. sent. differ fr. that noticed last ? 

IV. §§ 102-109. Domestic ADMINISTRATION. τούτων ἑξῆς, next in 
order to these just mentioned. — πάλιν αὖ, once again. — καταλυόμενον, in 
a state of dissolution. — ἀτελεῖς, exempted ; cf. ἀτελὴς τῶν ἄλλων λειτουργιῶν, 
Dem. ὁ. Mid., § 155. — ἀπὸ, by the payment of. Diss. cites ἀπὸ σμικροῦ, 
Aristoph. Plut., 377. There were four forms of the trierarchy. In its origi- 
nal form every wealthy citizen was required to furnish the state one trireme. 

‘Throughout this earliest period, this duty was an object of ambition to the 
wealthiest citizens. Later, when the citizens were reduced in wealth, prob- 


182 NOTES. 





ably soon after the disastrous Sicilian expedition in 412 B. c., two were 
permitted to unite in a syntrierarchy. The system became gradually more 
inefficient, and in 357 B. c. came the third form. A law was enacted ace. 
to wh. the 1200 wealthiest citizens (120 fr. each tribe) were required to 
furnish and maintain the navy. These contributors (συντελεῖς), as they were 
called, were divided into 20 classes of 60 each, called συμμορίαι, and these 
classes were subdivided into companies of 15 each, and each company 
(συντέλεια) had the charge of one trireme. (In ὃ 104 it is stated that 16 
were found in each company; Beckh supposes the 16th to be a kind of 
overseer or chief of the company.) But, in order to make the system more 
efficient, there was formed a smaller board, composed of the 300 richest men 
selected from the 1200. These were called the ἡγεμόνες or ἐπιμεληταὶ τῶν 
συμμοριῶν, and constituted a general committee of administration. They 
advanced money, let out the contracts, made the purchases, etc., and levied 
the tax equally upon all their copartners. By this system every contributor 
paid exactly the same amount of tax irrespective of the amount of his in- 
come. It is easily seen how the rich, by shrewd management in letting 
out the contracts and apportioning the tax, might exempt themselves from 
any payment, and how inefficient a navy thus provided must become. 
The reform in the trierarchal law was proposed by Dem. as ἐπιστάτης τοῦ 
ναυτικοῦ in 340 B. C., and consisted in assessing every citizen according to 
his wealth. One trireme was to be furnished by every 50 talents of prop- 
erty value, or by every 10 talents rated, the rate being one fifth of the 
whole. The maximum that could be claimed from any one was three tri- 
remes and a tender. Cf. Boeckh. Publ. Econ. Athen., Book IV. — ἀπολ- 
λύοντας : so reads 2; V. follows. All the other MSS. and Editt. (so far 
as I know) insert τὰ ὄντα before this partic. as its object. V. makes the 
partic. agree w. τοὺς πλουσίους and govern τοὺς... κεκτημένους, and translates : 
et cives mediocres aut tenues perdere. This form of expression receives sup- 
port from the similar statement in ὃ 104: τοὺς δ᾽ ἀπόρους τῶν πολιτῶν 
ἐπιτρίβουσιν. ---- ἔτι = preterea. — τῶν καιρῶν, missing its opportunities, for 
want of promptness. 

§ 103. ἀγῶνα : Holmes joins this word first w. γραφεὶς as a cognate 
accus. after passive const., and then again w. εἰσῆλθον. But most Editt. 
regard. γραφεὶς as used absolutely. The entire expression is best rendered : 
and having been indicted I entered upon atrial of this kind (i. 6. the 
same kind of trial as that wh. Ctesiphon is now undergoing, sc. γραφὴ 
παρανόμων) before you and was acquitted. Cf. εἰσῆλθον τὴν γραφήν, ὃ 105. 
‘*Dicitur, ut constat, εἰσέρχεσθαι, εἰσιέναι et de reo et de actore aut accu- 
satore.” Diss. — τὸ μέρος, sc. πέμπτον. The ordinal adj. is omitted, as 
here, in §$ 222, 250; but it is expressed in ὃ 266. Cf. note on ἀτιμώσαν- 


NOTES. 183 





res, § 82. — τοὺς δευτέρους καὶ τρίτους, the second and third ranks, after 
- the ἡγεμόνες τῶν συμμοριῶν in the order of the valuation of their property. 
— διδόναι, attempted to give, i. e. offered: an impf. de conatu. So ἐδίδοσαν, 
§ 104. — εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, i. 6. but if I should not μὴ θεῖναι"; we can 
best translate it, but otherwise, as it expresses the alternative to ὥστε μὴ 
θεῖναι. Ct. GMT. 478; H. 906; G. 1417. — ἐᾶν ἐν ὑπωμοσίᾳ : ace. to 
Meier and Schom. dé. Proc., p. 285, the ὑπωμοσία was a declaration un- 
der oath that one had the purpose to bring a γραφὴ παρανόμων against 
a decree or measure before the assembly for deliberation. The effect of 
this declaration was either to prevent the final vote by wh. a bill became 
a νόμος, or, in case the bill was already passed, to stay its operation until 
the complaint παρανόμων had been tried and decided in the proper court. 
In the midst of this process the author of a bill could drop it and leave it 
under affidavit or protest. — καταβάλλοντα : the more usual reading is 
καταβαλόντα, wh. is transl. by Kenn., having entered it in the public register 
(i. 6. ἐν τῷ Μητρῴῳ, where the public archives were kept). With this agree 
Bremi, Reiske, Holmes, et al. But this rendering is impossible w. our 
reading (pres. partic.), and one cannot let a bill go by default before it has 
been recorded. The transl., dropping it to leave it under protest, seems 
most in harmony w. the context. This view is preferred by Wh., Diss., 
W., V., et al. 

§ 104. Av = ἐξῆν. -- αὐτοῖς piv...dvadttoKover...émitp(Bovet: in appos. 
ν΄. αὐτοῖς dependent on ἣν. ἐπιτρίβειν is similar to our English, to grind 
the faces of the poor. — μικρὰ kal οὐδὲν : our Engl. idiom has a disjunctive 
particle, little or nothing. — τὸ γιγνόμενον, the anount resulting by rate 
according to their property. — τιθέναι depends gramm. on ἣν, but logically 
on the idea of συνέβη contained in jv. — δυοῖν, sc. τριηρῶν. This contri- 
bution would come from one who possessed property to the value of 100 
talents, or 20 talents of ratable value. — τῆς μιᾶς, of the single one, that 
would have to be furnished in compliance with the old law. — δὴ, as I have 
said, viz. in ὃ 108. — ἐδίδοσαν, cf. διδόναι, § 103. 

§ 107. δοκῶ : the personal st. impers. const., as often ; the 3d plur. to be 
supplied w. of πλούσιοι. --- dv... ἐθέλειν = ἂν ἐθέλοιεν. Cf. GM T. 204, 205; 
H. 964; 6. 1308. 2; Cu. § 575. 1. — rod... ποιεῖν : gen. price, expressing 
purpose : for the sake of doing, to do. Notice how the order of the words 
gives emphasis to the contrast in μικρὰ βοηθῆσαι... μικρὰ ἀναλῶσαι. --- καθυ- 
φεῖναι ; composition? Transl., éo compromise, Kenn.; lit. to let slip in an 
underhand manner. —t@...cepvivopar, pride myself wpon or because of, 
w. dat. of cause ; but the verb is more commonly followed by ἐπί. --- τῷ 
πεῖραν ἔργῳ δεδωκέναι, and upon the fact that it (sc. τὸν νόμον) has given 
proof of itself by actual experience. Cf. a similar expression in ὃ 195. — 


184 NOTES. 





πάντα...πόλεμον : this refers, acc. to Grote, Cap. XC., to the entire period 
of hostility fr. the renewal of the war in August, 340 B. c., to the battle οὗ. 
Chzeronea in August, 338 B. Cc. —txernpiav: the suppliant was wont to place 
a wreath or twig, usually of olive, wound about with woollen bands, upon 
the altar of the deity whose favor was sought. The Scholiast informs us 
that there was an altar to Artemis in Munychia, to wh. seamen and tri- 
erarchs used to repair to offer their supplications and make known their 
grievances. — τῶν ἀποστολέων, the naval board, wh. had ten members, 
whose duty it was to superintend the affairs of the ἀπόστολοι. — ἐδέθη im- 
plies that they had the power of imprisonment. — καταλειφθεῖσα, aban- 
doned, because of its slowness or unseaworthiness ; ἀπελείφθη = left behind 
in port. — αὐτοῦ, here, i. 6. in the harbor of Peirwus, as opposed to ἔξω = 
outside, at sea. | 

8 108. ἐγίγνετο, were habitually occurring. — τὸ δ᾽ αἴτιον, lit. and as 
regards the cause ; in apposition w. the following sentence; similar are 
σημεῖον δέ, τεκμήριον δέ. Cf. Dem. de Cherson., ὃ 32. — ἐν... ἣν, lay upon. 
— τὰ ἀδύνατα, cases of inability, to furnish the required quota. — πάντ᾽ 
...eylyvero, accordingly all requirements were wont to be met. — δόξαι, 
K. τ᾿ ἑ. : the plur. expresses repeated instances of the renown, etc. — 
βάσκανον, x. τ. &: ‘‘ No sordid envy, no rancor, no malignity...and no 
meanness.” Leland. For other instances of βάσκανος, a favorite word w. 
Dem., ef. §§ 119, 182, 242, 317. 

§ 109. &...rots κατὰ τὴν πόλιν = home or domestic affairs as opposed to 
ἐν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς = foreign affairs. — ἀντὶ.. συμφερόντων, in preference to 
the common interests of all the Greeks. 

(c) ὃ8 110-119. THE QUESTION OF ACCOUNTABILITY. τοίνυν, now 
then, to proceed. —d belongs to the whole sentence introduced by ὡς, and 
is subj. accus. of δεδηλῶσθαί. Transl., the statement that, etc. — μοι, dat. 
agent w. perf. pass. —Td μέγιστά γε, the most important, with emphasis 
(from ye) on most. The orator alludes to the last contest w. Philip, 
wh. ended w. Cheronea. — ὑπολαμβάνων, supposing. ὑπολαμβάνειν = sub 
ponere. — ἀποδοῦναι : why rather than δοῦναι ἢ — ὁμοίως, equally, all the 
same, as though I had made mention of my remaining measures, in wh. 
case μοι below is dat. of int. w. ὑπάρχειν, exists for me. Cf. § 39. So 
Diss., Bremi, Wh., Jacobs, and most Editt. But some prefer to join ὁμοίως 
more directly w. μοι, in the sense of equally with me. Transl., nevertheless 
the consciousness of these facts exists as my witness in each of your hearts. 

8 111. τῶν.. λόγων depends on τοὺς πολλούς, wh. is the obj. of both 
μανθάνειν and συνεῖναι. --- ἄνω καὶ κάτω διακυκών, sursum et deorsum per- 
miscendo, V.; das Oberste and Unterste durch einander riihrend, Jacobs ; 
Holmes paraphrases it, in a bewildered inedley. —mapayeypappévev νόμων : 


NOTES. 185 





in a γραφὴ παρανόμων the prosecutor was obliged to publish in parallel col- 
umns the laws and the proposed measures that were attacked as contraven- 
ing them. — διακεχείρικα : this verb is used especially of the administra- 
tion of financial affairs. δ 

8 112. ἐπαγγειλάμενος, having offered of my own accord. ““ δέδωκα in 
connection w. ἐπαγγειλάμενος amounts to ἐπιδέδωκα. On the subj. of ἐπι- 
δόσεις (patriotic donations) cf. Smith’s Dict. Antig.” HoLmus. — τῶν ἐννέα 
ἀρχόντων : these are mentioned as being subject to the most rigid scrutiny 
for the discharge of their official duties. — φιλόδωρον, munificent, generous. 
φιλο in composition is active when it is the first, but passive when it is 
the second part of the compound ; 6. g. φιλάνθρωπος = loving man, θεόφιλος 
= beloved of God. So φιλόδωρος = fond of giving. — τοὺς συκοφάντας, 
and to bring him before the Pettifoggers and to appoint these to audit his 
donations. The art. τοὺς is used to point out an analogy to εἰς τοὺς λογι- 
ords as the regular commission or board for auditing accounts. The op- 
probrious term συκοφάντης was applied to a class of men who made it their 
business to play the spy upon their fellow-citizens, in order that by threat- 
ening an accusation they might extort ‘‘hush-money” from violators of 
law, or levy ‘‘black-mail” upon innocent persons. For the etymology of 
the term cf. note on συκοφαντίας, ὃ 95.. But L. and Se. in the 6th Oxford 
Edit. prefer the following, wh. seems to point directly to the actual use of 
the word: ‘‘one who brings figs to light by shaking the tree ; hence one who 
makes rich men yield up their fruit by informations, and other vile arts.” 
The comic poets, particularly Aristoph. (cf. Acharn., 818-828), hold this 
class of men up to contempt and ridicule. The term has been variously 
rendered : pettifogger, partisan, slanderer, informer. This and the follow- 
ing sections contain the ἄφυκτος λόγος of the orator, as Asch. calls it. Its 
fallacy, however, is apparent. Dem. skilfully avoids the real issue. The 
question was not whether Dem. should first give account of his donations, 
but of his administration ; for such an account must first prove what he 
had thus far simply asserted, viz. that he had made bona fide donations, 
and not stolen fr. the state with one hand what with the other he had 
given as a pretended donation. To be sure, when this speech was delivered 
this point was fully proved; the accounts of Dem. had long ago been 
audited and approved ; but at the time Asch. made his complaint (some 
7 years before) the charge of illegality on this score was technically just. 

$113. τῷ θεωρικῷ: cf. note, § 55. — ἐπέδωκα, 7 gave a donation of 
money. ἐπιδιδόναι = lit. to give in addition to the amount due. The 
author of the Lives of the Ten Orators (Pseudo Plut., p. 846) places this 
donation at 10,000 drachme. — ἐπήνεσεν... ὑπεύθυνον : this is professedly 
quoted fr. the proposal of Ctes. The common reading inserts ἡ βουλή as 


186 NOTES. 





subj. of ἐπήνεσεν, but = omits this most properly, as V. remarks, since 
sch. did not accuse the Senate, but Ctes. only. Observe that Dem. 
adroitly substitutes this verb (= ἐπαινεῖν ἔγραψε) for στεφανοῦν ἔγραψε. --- 
οὐ περὶ τούτων, kK. τ΄ ἑ. : yes, but not (did he propose to laud me) on accownt 
of those things for which I was held responsible, but for what donations 
I made, O pettifogger ! — τευχοποιὸς : cf. note § 55. — τἀνηλωμένα, the 
money expended ; this was, acc. to Aisch. in the passage cited below, in 
addition to the 10 talents received fr. the state, the sum of 100 mins fr. 
his own purse ; but acc. to Lives of the Ten Oratt., p. 851, this sum was 3 
talents. — 681: i. e. Ctesiphon. The demonstrative t has the deictic force 
= here present. So οὑτοσί below. | 

8 114. ἤθεσιν, in vestris quidem moribus. Diss. ‘‘ It was in their very 
natures not to require such a thing” (Larned), sc. as to give account of 
donations. Reiske, Schaef., Dind., prefer the reading ἔθεσιν = customs, 
practices, as opposed to νόμοις. Cf. 8 275; Isocr. Panegyr., ὃ 152: ἀλλ᾽ ἐν 
τοῖς ἤθεσι τοῖς αὐτοῖς διαμένουσιν. --- Ναυσικλῆς was leader of the forces sent 
to aid the Phocians in 352 B.c. Cf. Diod. XVI. 37. — ὅτε: some Editt. 
read ὅτι ; but both the idea of time and of cause may be expressed by ὅτε, 
and, while cause is natural as corresponding to ἐφ᾽ οἷς above, time seems 
required w. the change of tense in ἐστεφανοῦντο. --- Διότιμος : in Lives of 
the Ten Oratt., p. 844, he is called one of the leaders of the people, and in 
Arrian Anab., I. 10. 4, he is named as one of the statesmen whose surrender 
Alexander demanded. — Χαρίδημος : a brave soldier, leader of a mercenary 
force, who rendered the Athenians great service in their Thracian expedi- 
tions. Dem., in his Orat. ὁ. Aristocr., §§ 151, 185, 188, speaks of his 
receiving a crown. — ἐστεφανοῦντο : why this change of tense? Drake 
supposes that the perfect (ἐστεφάνωται, τετίμηται) denotes that Nausicles 
and Neoptolemus were still living, the imperfect (ἐστεφανοῦντο) that Dioti- 
mus and Charidemus were dead. But this supposition seems true only in 
ease of Neoptolemus ; at least of the others it is not known whether they 
were alive or dead. V. suggests that the perf. represents the act as com- 
pleted, the impf. as customary. — Νεοπτόλεμος : the rich man referred to 
in Dem. 6. Mid., ὃ 215. He was probably present ; hence οὑτοσί. --- ἔργων, 
86. δημοσίων. --- ἂν εἴη... εἰ.. ἐξέσται... ὑφέξει : to make a regular cond. sent., 
what forms would be required in the conditional to correspond to the con- 
sequent clause? How would this change affect the sense ?— ὑφέξει, shall 
subjoin accounts, the prep. ὑπό denoting under or below ; here in the sense 
of at the foot of his list of donations. The orator aims to show here that 
usage was on his side. The precedents he cites may have been exactly in 
point ; but unless they were, his argument fails in so far as he does not 
prove, but simply assumes, that these men received their honors before they 
had rendered their account. 


NOTES. 187 





8 115. τούτοις : dat. int. w. γεγενημένα : the very decrees passed in honor 
of these men. 

8 117. ots: supply τούτων as antecedent in the same constr. as τῆς 
ἀρχῆς. --- οὐκοῦν οὐδ᾽ ἐγώ, and therefore I am not either. The οὐκ in οὐκοῦν 
looks back to οὐχ ὑπεύθυνος just preceding, and implies an interrogatory, 
am I not οὐχ ὑπεύθυνος 3 --- ταὐτὰ γὰρ.. δήπου, for I presume I have the 
same rights w. reference to the same things as the rest of mankind. The 
sarcasm of this truism need hardly be pointed out. — ἐπέδωκα : the punc- 
tuation varies in diff. Editt., most placing a colon here and after ἦρχον and 
ἦρξα. But to put these statements as suppositions in the interrogatory 
form seems very suitable to the idea. Have I given donations? (very 
well), for this I am praised, etc. The same is true of 88. 198, 274. --- οὐκ 
ὧν : the parte. is causal: while or since I am not. —®eoxa = ἐπέδωκα. 
‘*The simple verb may follow after the more complete form.” Υ͂. --- δέδωκα : 
this was true at the time he said it, but not when the suit was first brought, 
7 years before. — νὴ Al’, ἀλλ᾽, yea, verily, but did I discharge my official 
duties in an unjust manner? <A more forcible form of introducing an ob- 
jection than the more usual ἀλλὰ νὴ Ala. — εἶτα gives a certain degree of 
surprise and indignation to the inquiry. — εἰσῆγον, sc. εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον. 
W. understands this, not of leading into court to answer charges of unsatis- 
factory accounts, as Diss. seems to take it, but of the presentation of the 
accounts already audited and approved by the Logistz to the general court 
for confirmation ; at this time any citizen might bring in a complaint for 
malfeasance or fraud, in response to the customary invitation : τίς κατηγο- 
peiv βούλεται; Cf. Meier and Schém., p. 103. — οὐ κατηγόρεις : most 
Editt. punctuate, as this, with a mark of interrogation, but translate as if 
τί or διὰ τί = why? preceded. Voem. objects to this punctuation on the 
ground that thus we get the opposite sense (did you not accuse me? mean- 
ing yes) to what is intended. But this is not necessarily the sense. The 
statement receives a sarcastic force from the interrogative form: you did 
not accuse me? Doubtless, the orator’s tone of voice more clearly indicated 
this sarcasm, as also in the preceding νὴ Δί᾽... ἦρξα. Cf. Dem. de F. L., § 25: 
εἶτα τότ᾽ οὐκ ἔλεγες παραχρῆμα ταῦτα οὐδ᾽ ἐδίδασκες ἡμᾶς ; 

8 118, ἐστεφανῶσθαι : to be understood of the proposal to crown. — οἷς 
...700 προβουλεύματος : ‘the construction is τούτοις yap τοῦ προβουλεύμα- 
τος ἃ οὐκ ἐγράψατο, for by those parts of the preliminary resolution which he 
has not indicted it will be clearly proved that he is malicious in those which 
he does attack.” Wh. To make the attack upon a part and not upon the 
whole of this transaction is a proof of malicious intent. 

§ 119. φησιν ἡ βουλὴ : the Senate had adopted the proposal of Ctes. 
Cf. note, § 9. — παρανόμων γράφῃ, you indict as illegal. παραν. is genit. 


188 “NOTES. 





crime or charge. — οὐχ 6 τοιοῦτος : the art. ὁ is used generically, to desig- 
nate one of a class, not such an one? The orator is fond of winding up a 
division of his speech by some such sharp appeal as this. Cf §§ 52, 101; 
de F. L., 66. In comparing the parallel argument of Aisch. we notice an 
anticipation of one point wh. Dem. does not touch upon, sc. that his office 
does not fall within the intent of the law of accountability, since it is not 
a regular magistracy (ἀρχή). From the silence of Dem. we must infer 
either that sch. inserted this argument in the later edition of his oration, 
or that Dem. judged it unwise to attempt any refutation. The answer of 
Dem. to this second count of the indictment is generally regarded as unsat- 
isfactory, at least when taken from a strictly legal standpoint. How far 
the law requiring the incumbent of an office to give in the account of his 
administration prior to his receiving any public honor may have become 
obsolete, it is impossible to say ; that it had often been disregarded before, 
seems quite probable from what we know of the irregular and imperfect 
character of Athenian administration. And hence Dem. may have felt it 
quite safe to leave this point of the case out of view, as likely to be over- 
shadowed by the argument showing the unreasonableness of being obliged 
to give an account of one’s donations to the public service. 

(ὦ) §§ 120-122. Tuer PLACE OF PROCLAMATION. μυριάκις μυρίους : 
a rhetorical exaggeration ; yet not so great as might be, judging fr. the 
statements of Aisch. — πολλάκις... ἐστεφανῶσθαι : notice the change in the 
phraseology (στεφανοῦν st. κηρύττειν), and cf. note, ὃ 83. — σκαιὸς = per- 
verse. — τοῦ 8t...cvpdépovros: ‘‘etsi vero non dubium veram causam rei 
fuisse, ut etiam exterorum quam plurimi coronatos cives et urbem talium 
civium matrem admirarentur, Demosthenis ingenium agnoscas in eo, quod 
pulchriorem interpretationem proponit.” Diss. The same motive is ap- 
pealed to by Aisch. 6. Ctes., § 177 ff., and by Lycurg. c. Leoer., § 10. 

8 121. πλὴν... ἀναγορενυέτω is a direct citation fr. the law. — ψηφίσηται, 
sc. ἀναγορεύεσθαι ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ. --- ἀναγορενέτω, sc. ὁ κήρυξ. The argument 
upon the third count of the indictment may be summed up thus: (1) Aisch. 
claims that the place of proclamation is fixed by law as follows: crowns 
awarded (a) by the people must be proclaimed in the Ecclesia ; (Ὁ) by the 
Senate, in the Bouleuterion ; (c) by the committee of the deme or tribe, in 
the deme or tribe meeting. (2) Dem. claims that the proclamation of any 
crown may be made in the theatre on the vote of the people or of the Sen- 
ate. (3) Asch., anticipating this statement, argues that the proclamation 
in the theatre under special vote applies only to the crowns bestowed upon 
Athenian citizens by foreign states. As the claim of neither can be con- 
firmed by genuine proofs, we are unable to decide this disputed point. 
Most critics hold that Asch. is here also, as in the matter of accountabil- 


NOTES. 189 





ity, technically in the right ; yet that it is manifestly improbable that the 
proposal of Ctes. would have been accepted by the Senate, had not wsage 
been on his side. But Westermann and others call in question the truth- 
fulness of Aisch. representation, that the Athenian people had voluntarily 
and wholly cut themselves off from the privilege of proclaiming in the theatre 
the honors they themselves conferred, while permitting this very thing 
to be done in the case of crowns awarded by foreigners ; and they believe 
Asch. guilty either of perverting the so-called Dionysiac law, or of sup- 
pressing that most essential clause cited by Dem. This opinion finds sup- 
port in the language of Dem.: νόμους μεταποιῶν, τῶν δ᾽ ἀφαιρῶν μέρη. But 
this again is the very charge Asch. brings against Dem. Cf. infra: χρή- 
σονται τοῦ νόμου μέρει τινὶ, κ. τ. €. — ἐλλεβορίζεις, purge with hellebore, 
as a cure for insanity. — αἰσχύνῃ... εἰσάγειν... μεταποιῶν.. ἀφαιρῶν : many 
Editt. read εἰσάγων. Ordinarily, what is the diff. between the partic. 
and the infin. after αἰσχύνομαι ὃ Cf. GMT. 903.1; H. 986; G. 1580, 
1581 ; Cu. § 594. A similar mingling of partic. and infin. without any 
apparent diff. in the sense, occurs in Xen. Cyrop., V. 1, 21. 22. Transl., 
you are not even prevented through shame from introducing, and you are 
not ashamed to alter and to garble. — φθόνου : genit. cause, denoting the 
motive. —dStxhparos, for any misdeed ; genit. cause, denoting the charge 
or crime. 

8 122. τῷ δημοτικῷ: a sarcastic allusion to the ot of Asch. given 
below. — ἔχοντα agrees with αὐτὸν to be supplied as obj. of κομιζόμενος. --- 
λόγῳ, by description or definition, as opposed to πράγμασι... πολιτεύμασι, and 
in allusion to the terms of the συγγραφή. Some/render it incorrectly, by 
their speech, wh. would require τῷ λόγῳ or τοῖς λόγοις. --- τοὺς δημοτικοὺς 
«ὐὐγιγνωσκομένους : change of constr. after ὥσπερ fr. nom. (ἐκδεδωκὼς) to 
accus. absol. Cf. § 276; GMT. 853; H. 974; 6. 1570; Cu. § 588. — 
ῥητὰ Kal ἄρρητα = lat. dicendu et tacenda; ‘*names mentionable and 
unmentionable.” Wh. ‘* Billingsgate, as the Londoners would say.” 
Kenn. — ἁμάξης : in allusion to the custom of the Athenians to revile and 
banter one another in most unbecoming language, while they were riding 
in open carts or wagons at the celebration of the Anthesterian festival, par- 
ticularly on the second day, the Xées. Vid. Dict. Antig. Dionysia. Cf. 
note on πομπείας, ὃ 11. This same practice was in vogue among the Athe- 
nian women at the Thesmophoria. Cf. Creuzer’s Symbol., ΤΥ. 462. 

(e) §§ 123-125. TRANSITION TO THE THIRD DIVISION OF THE ORA- 
TION. Kal τοῦτο, this also, sc. let me say, in addition to the statement in- 
troduced by καὶ Bogs above. — ἔχειν, has to do with, involves. — λοιδορίαν 
βλασφημίας, k. τ. &, but calumny involves defamations, which foes chance 
to utter against one another in harmony with their own proper spirit. Cf. 


[90 NOTES. 





note on ὃ 10. With this cf. Cic. pro Cel., 3.6: ‘‘Sed aliud est male- 
dicere, aliud accusare. Accusatio crimen desiderat, rem ut definiat, homi- 
nem ut notet, argumento probet, teste confirmet ; maledictio autem nihil 
habet propositi preter contumeliam.” — ὑπείληφα : we say in Engl., 7 take 
it that, expressing an opinion resulting from previous reflection. — ἀπὸ 
τῶν ἰδίων = ex vita privata, to be joined w. κακῶς \éywuer.— τὰ ἀπόρρητα, 
things forbidden, hence disgraceful scandals. Dem. has special reference to 
the scandalous personalities of Aisch., § 171 ff. 

ὃ 124, οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐμοῦ = ὁμοίως ἐμοί. ----- πομπεύειν = λοιδορεῖν. Ct. 
note on πομπείας, § 11. — οὐδ᾽ ἐνταῦθα, not even here, i. 6. in these per- 
sonalities. — ἔλαττον, k. τ. &., is he justly to come off with less, i. 6. than he 
gave. — φῇ, why the subj. ? Cf. G M T. 287, 289; H. 866, 3c; G. 1358, 
1359 ; Cu. § 511. — ἦν = ἐξῆν. --- ὑπὲρ τούτων : in behalf of these, sc. the 
Athenian citizens. — εἴ περ ἠδίκουν : ἐγ} in fact I did wrong, as by the form 
of the condition he assumes. — ἐξέλειπες, you repeatedly neglected to do so, 
sc. λαβεῖν δίκην. : 

§ 125. ἀθῷος, stand clear by every consideration. —t@ χρόνῳ, by the time, 
i. e. wh. elapsed since the accusation was first made, nearly 8 years. — τῇ 
προθεσμίᾳ, by the statute of limitation. Meier and Schém. Att. Proc., 
p. 636, state that 5 years was the limit allowed for bringing prosecutions 
in cases of indebtedness, recovery of estates, etc. The γραφὴ παρανόμων 
could be brought against the author of a decree only within the limit of a 
year after its proposal ; later than this, the decree could still be attacked, 
but not its author. Ctesiphon, whom Dem. represents, was therefore ἀθῷος 
τῇ προθεσμίᾳ. --- τῶ κεκρίσθαι... πρότερον : Diss. makes this refer to the 
prosecutions by Diondas (8 222), and by Patrocles for the trierarchical law 
(8 105). — τῇ πόλει δ᾽, k. τ᾿ &, but (where) the state must needs share more 
or less in the reputation connected with my public transactions, there 
have you encountered me? The enthymeme contained in this section 
may be stated thus: AEsch. professes to be the enemy of Dem.; but his 
prosecution is so conducted that it can result only in injury to the 
state ; ergo, he is the enemy of Dem. only in name, but of the state in 
fact. The student will recollect that this same charge of being dishonest 
as an accuser was made by Dem. against his rival at the outset of his 
speech (88 12-16). There, as here, this charge rests on the fact that Aisch. 
prosecuted so long after the alleged crimes had been committed, that now 
they could not be properly punished even if proved ; but ¢here the conduct 
of Aisch. is explained as due to personal hatred, here as influenced by a 
purpose to injure the state. With this sharp reproach, the orator con- 
cludes what may be regarded as his defence, and proceeds to the attack. 


NOTES. | IQI 





THIRD DIVISION OF THE ORATION. 


§§ 126-323. SrrRICTURES ON THE PERSONAL CHARACTER AND PUBLIC 
CAREER OF AXSCHINES, AND REVIEW OF HIS OWN GENERAL POLICY. 
(a) 88 126-131. PERSONAL CHARACTER OF AISCHINES AS AN ORATOR 
AND A Man. (0) 88 182-323. THe CAREER oF AISCHINES AS A CITI- 
ZEN AND STATESMAN CONTRASTED WITH THAT OF DEMOSTHENES. 

(a) 88 126-131. ϑέδεικται, has been indicated to all, sc. by his preced- 
ing arguments. The quiet assurance of the orator, as if certain of his case, 
probably suggested to the ancient critics the idea that a burst of applause 
followed his last sentence, wh. he interpreted as a clear proof of his acquit- 
tal. We may well believe that the orator had more convincing, if less 
palpable, tokens than this of his power over his auditors. —8€ introduces 
an anacoluthon. The apodosis that would regularly follow ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν... 
δέδεικται, is suppressed under the influence of passion. (Cf. Hermog. Περὶ 
Ἰδεῶν, 11. p. 342.) V. supposes that the orator, had he spoken calmly, 
might have expressed himself thus: χρὴ περὶ σοῦ καὶ τῶν σῶν εἰπεῖν, ἀπορῶ 
δέ, τοῦ πρώτου μνησθῶ. But it is only after a vehement outburst of passion 
(in 88 127, 128), called forth by the invective of Asch., that the orator pro- 
ceeds (in § 129) to speak of the personal history of his opponent, without 
regard to the structure of his previous period. — βλασφημίας should regu- 
larly come after εἰρημένας, but is placed before it for the sake of rhetorical 
emphasis. Similar are τὴν τότε... δήξαν ὑπάρχουσαν, ὃ 98, τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 
ἀφικνουμένους, § 201, τῇ... ἀρχῇ πραττομένῃ, ὃ 298. W. — αὐτὰ = by them- 
selves, alone. Cf. 8168. As Ζβοῃ. before occasioned the self-laudation of 
Dem., so now he is blamed for the personal invective uttered by his rival. 
We could wish that Dem, had magnanimously refused to follow the exam- 
ple of Aisch. in this regard.—tlvov = ἐκ τίνων. --- διασύρει : Cf. note on 
διέσυρε, ὃ 27. — μετρίων has the same sense here as in § 10. 

§ 127. Αἰακὸς, x. τ΄ é : the three judges in Hades, who were regarded as 
models of stern and inflexible justice. — σπερμολόγος : Deriv.? For the. 
meaning Schaef. cites Eustath. Hom. Odyss., p. 1547: εἶδός ἐστιν ὀρνέου 
λωβώμενον τὰ σπέρματα" ἐξ οὗ οἱ ᾿Αττικοὶ σπερμολόγους ἐκάλουν τοὺς περὶ 
ἐμπόρια καὶ ἀγορὰς διατρίβοντας διὰ τὸ ἀναλέγεσθαι τὰ ἐκ τῶν φορτίων φασὶν 
ἀναρρέοντα καὶ διαζῆν ἐκ τούτων δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐλάγχανον κλῆσιν καὶ οἱ οὐδε- 
νὸς λόγου ἄξιοι. ‘A retailer of second-hand and second-rate information. 
Hotmes. The Athenians applied the same epithet to the Apostle Paul, 
Acts xvii. 18. — περίτριμμα ἀγορᾶς, a hack of the market ; this term answers 
very nearly to our police-court pettifogger. — ὄλεθρος : the subst. used as an 
adj.; a wretch of a clerk. Cf. ἀνθρώπους ὀλέθρους, Dem. 6. Aristocr., § 202; 


Ι Ο2 NOTES. 





ὀλέθρου Μακεδόνος, Phil., 111. 31. Aisch. had been at one time the clerk 
of some of the petty magistrates. Cf. § 261. — ἐν τραγῳδίᾳ : Cf. note on 
ἐτραγ poet, ὃ 13. 

8 128. κάθαρμα, scum, offscowring (fr. καθαίρειν). ---- ἧς τῶν... οὐδέν, when 
no one of those who have really enjoyed τέ (4s) would use any such expression 
concerning himse’f. The relat. clause ἧς... τετυχηκότων performs the func- 
tion of connecting this and the preceding sentence. — κἂν ἑτέρου λέγοντος : 
give the equivalent conditional clause in Greek to correspond to ἐρυθριά- 
σειεν. --- τοῖς... ἀπολειφθεῖσι, to those destitute of it (sc. παιδείας). --- ὑπ᾽ 
ἀναισθησίας, through stupidity ; aus Blédsinn, Jacobs; to be joined w. 
προσποιουμένοις. They are simpletons who suppose that they can pass for 
educated men by simply making a pretence to education. — τὸ...ποιεῖν... 
τὸ.. δοκεῖν, subj. of περίεστιν. Transl. : there results that they cause those 
who hear to be in pain, whenever they speak, (but) not that they appear to be 
such persons (as they pretend). τοιούτοις is attracted fr. the accus. in the 
predicate w. εἶναι to agree w. προσποιουμένοις. Cf. συκοφάντῃ, § 266. 

8 129. τοῦ = τίνος : how governed ?— Tpdpys: the Schol. thinks the 
father of Asch. may have had the position of assistant in the school of 
Elpias. In de F. L., § 249, Dem. speaks of Tromes as himself διδάσκων 
γράμματα. Cf. A. Schaef. I. p. 191. — χοίνικας.. ξύλον, stocks, leg-irons, 
...wooden collar. These were instruments of torture to punish refractory 
slaves. — μεθημερινοῖς γάμοις, by means of midday prostitutions. ““ Sig- 
nificatur igitur imprimis flagitiosa vita, que ne noctis quidem tenebris se 
occultaret.” Diss. In regard to these reproachful personalities we remark 
substantially w. Schaef. 1. p. 197 ff. : from Dem. de F. Z., §§ 200, 249, 281, 
it appears that the mother of Aisch. was of Athenian birth, and a priestess, 
but guilty of gross conduct in the discharge of her priestly office. The 
representation, therefore, of Dem. is, to say the least, exaggerated. These 
disgusting personalities have much the same character as the personal 
satire of comedy. To arrive at the degree of their truthfulness we must 
sift them of all intentional exaggeration, and view them in somewhat the 
same light as the mockery and satire wh. Aristophanes heaped upon Cleon, 
Euripides, and Socrates. What we find therein to censure, we must charge 
to the account, not so much of the individual orator, as of the perverted 
taste that took delight in the utmost license of speech upon the bema no 
less than upon the stage. — πρὸς τῷ Καλαμίτῃ ἥρωι, near the hero Cala- 
mites, i. e. near his statue. Commentators have generally understood this 
as referring to the same locality designated in de F. L., § 249, as πρὸς τῷ 
τοῦ ἥρω τοῦ ἰατροῦ, and Voemel and Westermann have identified this Hero- 
physician with the Scythian named Joxaris, who is mentioned by Lucian, 
Scyth. 1. This Toxaris, acc. to Lucian, lived in Athens as the friend of 


NOTES. 193 





Solon, was buried in the Ceramicus, and subsequently deified and wor- 
shipped as the ‘‘Stranger-physician,” in the belief that through advice 
given by his spirit the plague was stayed in Athens. The true explanation 
of Καλαμίτης (wh. has been made to mean by some probe-man or surgeon, 
by others reed-man, as the patron of flogging schoolmasters !) has been 
found, doubtless, by Professor Goodwin, whose interpretation we take 
from Vol. LV. Transactions of the Amer. Philol. Assoc., 1873. ‘*‘ His monu- 
ment [sc. the physician’s] existed in a mutilated state in Lucian’s time, 
representing a Scythian bowman with a strung bow in one hand and a book 
in the other. Now καλαμίτης can mean bowman (or, more exactly, arrow- 
man), as κάλαμος very often means an arrow of reed. It will then be sim- 
ply an equivalent for Scythian, and it will be remembered that the police 
of Athens were called both Σκύθαι and τοξόται." This monument was a 
relic of antiquity even in the time of Dem., and he refers to it as marking 
a well-known locality. Recent discoveries seem to place it not far from the 
Theseum. — τὸν καλὸν ἀνδριάντα, the handsome puppet. Acc. to Diss., a 
sarcastic allusion to the fine figure of Au’sch., and to his repose of manuer in 
speaking. Cf. de F. L., § 255.— τριταγωνιστὴν : cf. 88. 209, 262, 265. 

§ 130. ταῦτα, i. e. relating to his parentage. — οὐδὲ γὰρ.. ἀλλ᾽ καταρᾶ- 
ται : none of the various explanations of this sentence, wh. I give in the 
order of my preference, seems wholly satisfactory. (1) Join the sentence 
closely to ἐάσω : I disdain to speak more about his parentage, for that was 
not his parentage to which he laid claim by a happy circumstance (this cir- 
cumstance is the manceuvre by wh. he became the child of apparently 
respectable Athenian citizens, and is described in ὀψὲ γὰρ, x. τ. €., below), 
but his family was such as the people curse, i. 6. slaves by descent, who had 
managed to creep into citizenship. The presumption is that such char- 
acters were included in the curse pronounced by the herald in opening the 
meeting of the Assembly. (2) Quite a large number of critics take ὧν 
ἔτυχεν as equivalent to τῶν τυχόντων and as masc., and read: he did not 
spring from ordinary people, but from those, etc. (3) V. understands 
ἣν not of descent, but of belonging to as a class; neque enim unus ex tis 
erat, quorum erat casu, sed ex iis, etc. The sense, acc. to this view, is 
that while Asch. was of low parentage by chance, he was of base and ac- 
cursed companionship by choice. Cf. 88 282, 297. (4) Diss. takes ὧν and 
οἷς as neuter and ἃ βεβίωκεν as subj. of ἣν, and reads: for his acts were not of 
an ordinary sort, but such as the people execrate. — ὀψὲ yap ποτε, kK. τ. é., for it 
is quite recent — recent, do I say ? nay, (μὲν οὖν) yesterday only or the day be- 
fore. — Tpdpyros, Tromes = the trembler, would be a fitting name for a 
slave; Atrometus = the dauntless, has a superior ring to it. — TAavko@éav : 
Apollonius says in the biography of Asch. that his mother was named by 

13 


194 NOTES. 





some Γλαυκίς ; add to this that sch. (de F. L., ὃ 78), speaks of his mother’s 
brother as Γλαῦκος, and we may fairly infer that her real name was Glaucis, 
wh. was lengthened to do honor to the superior station of her son. So 
Lucian represents the old cobbler Simon, when he had become rich, length- 
ening his name to Simonides. —"Eprovoeav was the name of a goblin wh. 
had the ability to assume all sorts of shapes. Aristoph. Ran., 288 ff., 
describes this monster. 

§ 131. ἐκ : ‘‘ instead of ; as coming out of one state into the other. The 
idiom is very common. Cf. Soph. 0. 7., 454; Antig., 1093, etc.” HoLmMEs, 
— οὐχ ὅπως.. ἀλλὰ, not only not ... but ; without the usual καὶ after-dddd, 
as in Lys. 30. 26: οὐχ ὅπως ὑμῖν τῶν αὑτοῦ τι ἐπέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων 
πολλὰ ἀφῇρηται. Cf. Η. 1085 ; G. 1504; Cu. § 622. 4. --- ἄρα, forsooth ; 
ironical. Cf. § 22. Point out the antithesis between this and the next 
sentence. As in the opening of his speech the orator defended himself first 
against the attacks upon his private life, so here he has directed his attack 
first upon the private life of sch. Since he treats this topic afterward 
at greater length, it seems as if it were introduced here for the sake of giv- 
ing unity and symmetry to the structure of the oration. 

(6) 88 182-323. I. §§ 132-139. THe Suspicious ConpucT ΟΕ 
JESCHINES IN RELATION TO ANTIPHON, TO PYTHON, AND TO ANAXINUS. 
ἀποψηφισθέντα, disfranchised. In 346 B. c., a general examination (éa- 
ψήφισιΞ) of the registries of citizens took place for the purpose of testing 
the validity of the claim to citizenship. Among many others, Antiphon 
was stricken from the list (ἀποψηφίζεσθαι). In revenge for this disgrace he 
offered his services to Philip. — ὃν λαβόντος, k. τ. €.: the constr. of this 
sentence is very similar to ἧς τῶν μὲν, x. τ. é., in 8 128. — ἄνευ ψηφίσματος, 
without a warrant. ‘* An Athenian’s house, like an Englishman’s, appears 
to have been his castle wh. could not be entered without legal warrant for 
that purpose, wh. Dem. did not in this case possess.” Wh. Cf. Meier and 
Schém. Att. Proc., Ὁ. 588. 

8 133. ἡ ἐξ ᾿Αρείου πάγου : the famous court of Areopagus had the 
right in cases of extreme danger, such as conspiracies against the state, at 
least to order arrest and to institute legal examination. When Antiphon 
was discharged by the Assembly, the Areopagus arrested him again and de- 
livered him up for trial to the Heliastic court. Cf. Meier and Schém. Att. 
Proc., p. 344. — ἐν οὐ δέοντι, at an inopportune, ill-timed juncture. — καὶ 
τὸ δίκην, x. τ᾿ ἑ., and slipping through the hands of justice, would have been 
sent out of the way by this fine-spoken gentleman. — στρεβλώσαντες : tor- 
ture was applied by the Athenians either for extorting testimony or as a 
means of punishment ; to slaves without any preliminary legal process, but 
to citizens only on the special decree of the Assembly. 


NOTES. 195 





8 134, σύνδικον, advocate. — ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἱεροῦ : the Athenians had long 
coutended w. the Delians for the control of the sanctuary of Apollo on the 
island of Delos. In 343 8. c. the Delians brought the affair for decision 
before the Amphictyonic council. The patriotic party at Athens, desiring 
greatly the election of an anti-Macedonian as advocate (since Philip had 
great influence in the council), contrived to transfer the election from Aisch. 
to Hyperides in the manner described. — προσείλεσθε: so read Dind., 
Bekk., Lipsius, after the conjecture of Wolff, contrary to the MSS. wh. have 
προείλεσθε. προσαιρεῖσθαι = to take to one’s self in addition ; hence, you 
had associated with you also that body (κἀκείνην) in addition ; i. 6. the 
Senate and Assembly invited the Areopagus to co-operate with them ; 
otherwise, the Areopagus would have had no right to rescind the vote by 
wh. Aisch. had been elected. προαιρεῖσθαι = to choose before or instead of ; 
hence, you had selected it to act for you, i. e. delegated it. The chief diffi- 
culty of the latter reading lies in καὶ (in κἀκείνην), wh. is then best joined w. 
what follows. —‘YepelSy : one of the ten Athenian orators, and a promi- 
nent anti-Macedonian leader. Persuaded by his much-lauded λόγος Δη- 
λιακός (cf. Sauppe, II]. 285 ff.), fragments of wh. only remain, the council 
decided in favor of the Athenians. — ἀπὸ τοῦ βωμοῦ : the most solemn 
method of voting was to place the ballots (ψῆφοι) upon the altar for con- 
secration preparatory to depositing them. The earliest instance of this 
usage is found in Herod., VIII. 123; Διένεμον τὰς ψήφους ἐπὶ τοῦ Ποσει- 
déwvos τῷ βωμῷ. 

ὃ 135. μέλλοντος λέγειν is the reading of Σ᾽ as corrected by a later hand 
(the original being partly erased), and of most MSS. V. and Dind. read 
λέγοντος, wh. Holmes takes as an impf. and strangely renders: when he 
was going to speak. The genit. absol. constr., st. τοῦτον μέλλοντα λέγειν 
obj. of ἀπήλασεν, gives more prominence to this clause. Cf. Xen. Anab., 
1. 4, 12; 11. 24; Thue, I. 114. ---- οὐκοῦν : the force of οὐκ and οὖν is 
clearly noticeable here: when, therefore,...then it showed him to be, ete. 
(did it not ?). 

8 136. “Ev μὲν, x. τ. &, This one transaction, therefore, of this fine young 
fellow was of such a nature ; similar of course, for why not ? to those, ete. 
ἕν as opposed to ἕτερον below. — νεανίου refers not to age, for Asch. was at 
this time more than 45 years old, but to the arrogance and violence of 
youth. — Πύθωνα : a noted orator who served in 343 B. co. as the advocate 
of Philip in an embassy to Athens, in relation to the maintenance of the 
peace of Philocrates. All the information we have concerning Python’s 
speech on the subject before us is found in the oration on the Halonnesus 
($$ 18-23). This oration was formerly attributed to Dem., but is now 
believed to have been written and delivered by Hegesippus, a coadjutor of 


196 NOTES. 





Dem. on this occasion. — πολλῷ ῥέοντι, ἦν the full torrent of speech. ῥεῖν 
is often used of speech. Soin Aristoph. £y., 526, 527; Hor., Sat., I. 7, 
28, has ‘‘salso multoque flwenti.”? 

§ 137. μετὰ ταῦθ᾽ ὕστερον : thereupon (relative time), later (absolute 
time). —"Avag(vm: a Eubcean who came to Athens about 340 B.c., proba- 
bly while the preparations for the expedition to Oreus were in prog- 
ress (cf. § 79), ostensibly to make purchases for Olympias, the queen of 
Philip. Dem. pays no attention to the reproach of his rival: cf. Aesch. 
c. Ctes. §§ 223, 224. — μόνος μόνῳ : the skilful collocation of the words in 
this sentence brings out the sense very forcibly. 

§ 138. καὶ yap: an instance of the frequent elliptical use of καί. ---- 
οὕτω πῶς, somewhat as follows. —ér= preeterea. — dv: attracted fr. the 
accus., into the case of τούτων. --- ὑπηρετῶν... ἐπηρεάζων is an instance of 
play upon words of similar sound. —els ἀκριβῆ μνήμην, these things ure 
not treasured up by you for accurate remembrance; the εἰς indicates the 
aim or object. — οὐδ᾽ ἣν προσῆκεν ὀργὴν, nor for proper resentment. For 
the constr. cf. H. 995 ; G. 1037 ; Cu. § 597. — ὑποσκελίζειν : a colloquial 
word. Deriv.?—dvraddatrrépevor, bartering away in exchange for. Where 
has Dem. spoken of this before ?— διόπερ ῥᾷόν, x. τ. & :.the same senti- 
ment is expressed in a less vigorous way in Phil., 11Π1., § 55: ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ 
πλείονος ἀσφαλείας πολιτεύεσθαι δεδώκατε τούτοις ἢ τοῖς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν λέγουσιν. 

§ 139. τὸ μὲν.. συναγωνίζεσθαι is subj. οἵ δεινὸν (ἐστίν) and has answer- 
ing to it the sentence ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ, x. τ. €. — πρὸ τοῦ πολεμεῖν refers to the 
renewal of hostilities w. Philip after the dissolution of the peace, in 340 B. c. 
— πῶς yap οὔ : parenthetic, as οὐ γάρ in ὃ 136. — τὰ πλοῖα : cf. note § 73. 
— Χερρόνησος : cf. note § 80. --- ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν, upon Attica. Dem. 
alludes to the invasion of Locris, 339 B. c., when Philip seized Elatea 
(cf. § 169); before this no direct march upon Attica had been attempted by 
Philip. — βάσκανος : in what other connections has this word been used ? 
— ἰαμβειογράφος, writer of iambics ; a contemptuous allusion to Asch. as 
a poetaster and playwright. The older Editt. read ἐαμβειοφάγος = iambic 
eater, i. 6. mouther of iambics, referring to his bad recitation of iambics as 
an actor; but νυ. this the word βάσκανος and the context (οὐδ᾽ ἔστιν... Ψή- 
μισμαὺ) do not so well harmonize. Besides, V. has shown that ἰαμβειογρά- 
gos is the true reading of 2, and cites as corroborative testimony isch. 
ὁ. Timarch., § 136: περὶ δὲ τῶν ποιημάτων ὧν φασὶν οὗτοί με πεποιηκέναι, 





τὰ μὲν ὁμολογῶ, τὰ δ᾽ ἐξαρνοῦμαι μὴ τοῦτον ἔχειν τὸν τρόπον ὃν οὗτοι διαφθεί- 
ροντες παρέξονται. --- ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ὕδατι = during the time allotted me. Each 
party to a suit had a given portion of time allotted him, wh. was measured 
by the water-clock (κλέψυδρα, cf. Dict. Antiq.). To offer an opponent the 
opportunity to speak ‘‘in one’s water” was to challenge all contradiction. 


NOTES. | 197 





This phrase explains the joke at the sobriety of Dem., sc. that other men 
spoke by water, he composed by it.—atrov: subj. of some such word as 
αἱρεῖσθαι to be supplied and depending on ἀνάγκη ἐστίν. --- ἔχοντ᾽... ζητοῦν- 
τα : the particc. have a strong causal force here. — παρὰ ταῦθ᾽, contrary to 
these. 15 there any escape from the dilemma of the alternative here pre- 
sented ; if so, what ? 

II. 88 140-159. THe PArT wuHicH ASSCHINES PLAYED, AS THE 
HIRELING OF PHILIP, IN PROVOKING THE AMPHISSIAN WAR. ὥσπερ 
οὐδ᾽ ἔγραφεν looks back to οὐδ᾽ ἔστιν ψήφισμα οὐδὲν Αἰσχίνῃ, § 139. — οὐ 
μὲν οὖν, nay, no one else had a chance to say anything. — τὰ μὲν ἄλλα : as 
contrasted w. ὃν 5’. — ἐπεξειργάσατο : what is the force of é#/ in composi- 
tion ?— ἐπέθηκε τέλος, gave the finishing δέγοζο. ---- τῶν ᾿Αμφισσέων = περὶ 
rév’A. So in Thuce., I. 140: τὸ Μεγαρέων ψήφισμα. --- τῶν Λοκρῶν : the 
reverse order would be more natural: the Locrians (generic), sc. the Am- 
' phissians (specific). Amphissa belonged to the Ozolian Locrians. — τὸ, 
this affair, i. 6. the one alluded to above in ὃν δ᾽, x. τ. é. This demonstra- 
tive pronominal use of the article, belonging originally to the Epic dia- 
lect, is occasionally found in the prose as well as the poetry of the best 
Attic period. Cf.-Plato Phad., 87 ὁ; Soph. Trachin., 1172. See Kiihner’s 
Gramm., ὃ 247. 8. --- ἐκνίψῃ, wash off. The metaphor is familiar to all 
languages : 

** Will all great Neptune’s ocean wash this blood 
Clean from my hand?” 


SHAKESPEARE, Macbeth, II. 2. 

οὕτω is the emphatic word. However much you may say, that you will 
not accoinplish. 

ὃ 141. kal, and especially. This solemn invocation, wh. reminds us of 
§ 8, the orator justifies in the next paragraph. The divinity invoked is 
Apollo, because he is the one most directly concerned in the transactions 
that are now to be discussed. — πατρῴός : ‘‘The ancient Attic king Ion 
was called the son of the Pythian Apollo, probably in consequence of the 
Ionians having adopted the worship of that deity from the Dorians, and 
the Athenians had πατρῷαι θυσίαι at Delphi.” Wh. But this opinion that 
the worship of Apollo was derived fr. the Dorians is now generally dis- 
credited ; on the contrary, the appellation πατρῷος harmonizes w. the belief 
that the Apollo worship was fr. the first peculiar to the Ionians. — εἰ... εἴ- 
ποιμι.. εἶπον : a combination of two protases w. one apodosis (ἐπεύχομαὼ. 
Cr. GMT. 508, 509; H. 901 ¢. — καὶ τότ᾽, and if I did speak τί, right 
at the very moment when.—mpos, with a view to; st. for the suke of. — 
ἀνόνητόν pe ποιῆσαι, to render me destitute of the enjoyment of any good. 

ἃ 142. Τί οὖν, x. τ. ἑ., Why then huve I made these so grave imprecutions 


198 NOTES. 





and assurances ? — δημοσίῳ, the archives. —*xov...ei8a3 : strongly conces- 
sive. — ἐλάττων : minor quam ut conficeret. — ὅπερ πρότερον συνέβη, sc. in 
the acquittal of Asch. on the famous trial (343 B. c.) for his violation of 
oath and neglect of duty as envoy to Philip concerning the peace. Cf. § 35. 

8 143. τὸν.. πόλεμον : the circumstances that led to this war, sometimes 
called the ‘‘Third Sacred War,” are given in the subjoined extract from 
the speech of sch. In citing this passage there is omitted, as unimpor- 
tant to the question at issue, the story how this Cirrhean plain came to be 
consecrated (to wh. allusion is made by Dem. in the words λόγους εὐπροσώ- 
mous, § 149). The unusual and emphatic order of the words in this sentence 
must not escape notice. —’*Eddrevav : cf. note, § 152. — ὃς refers to Philip. 
— εἷς ἀνὴρ, is the author alone and singly of all our greatest calamities ; or, 
of greater calamities than any other one individual. — ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, wh. 
was held immediately after the return of Asch. fr. his mission to the Am- 
phictyonic council. — πόλεμον ᾿Αμφικτυονικόν : up to this time the war w. 
Philip had its theatre in and about the northern possessions of Athens ; but 
now, when it was easy to foresee that Philip, who had usurped the place of 
Phocis in the Amphictyonic council, would be intrusted w. the leadership 
of a war waged under the auspices of this council, the warning ery πόλεμον 
els τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν εἰσάγεις ought not to have sounded in vain. — ἐκ παρακλή- 
σεως, those seated together by preconcerted arrangement ; lit. by summwns. 
παράκλητος = Lat. advocatus, The orator means the Macedonian clique 
wh. generally sat together in the popular Assembly whenever concerted 
action seemed desirable. 

ὃ 144. ὑπακούσατε is used here in the sense of the simple ἀκούειν. --- 
ἐκωλύθητε, sc. in the earlier deliberations, when Asch. and his clique had 
everything their own way. Later, the opposition of Dem. was more effec- 
tive. Cf. the account of Asch. infra. In regard to the charge of Aisch. 
that Dem. procured the passage of his decree by the artifice described in 
the citation, Grote remarks: ‘‘There is nothing to confirm such insinua- 
tions ; moreover Aisch., if he had still retained the public sentiment in his 
favor, could easily have bafiled the tricks of his rival.” — kal...kal...kat: 
correlated. —S8avérys : calliditas, Schaef.: craftiness, Kenn. 

8 145. fv.. εἰ... ποιήσειε : what kind of a condit. sent.? Cf. GMT. 696 ; 
H. 937; G. 1502. 2; Cu. § δ49. --- Θηβαίους... Θετταλοὺς : while the tra- 
ditional hatred between the Thebans and Athenians coutiuued unabated 
(cf. § 168), there had arisen on the other side an estrangement between the 
Thebans and Philip, of wh. the refusal of Thebes to participate in the 
measures against the Amphissians (cf. Aisch. 8. 128) was an expression. In 
this state of things, it was probable that Thebes would not only decline to 
join Philip in an expedition against Athens, but would even prevent his 


NOTES. 598 





army from passing through her territory; and it was doubtful whether 
under such circumstances the Thessalians would follow him. Cf. A. Schaef., 
II. 505.— τῶν λῃστῶν, guerilias; the reference is to private bands of 
marauders who by land and sea harassed the domain of Philip. — τῶν ἐκ 
τῆς χώρας : cf. note, § 44. 

§ 146. μήτε... μήτε, st. οὔτε... οὔτε, because the particc. have a conditional 
force. — ὁποιουσδήποθ᾽, of whatever sort they were ; a point upon wh. he 
does not expatiate (ἐῶ yap τοῦτό ye). — αὐτῇ τῇ φύσει, to suffer ill from the 
very nature of the locality and the circumstances of cach party. The power 
of Philip lay in his land forces, that of Athens in her navy ; the way to 
Athens was obstructed over land by the Thebans, over the sea by the 
Athenians. 

§ 147. εἰ. συμπείθοι.. ἂν ἡγεῖτο προσέξειν, if then he should try to per- 
suade to join (συν) ... he thought that no one would be likely to pay attention 
to him. Notice the emphatic position of τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκ᾽ ἔχθρας. ἂν προσέξειν 
would regularly be ἂν προσέξοι in the finite form, The fut. opt. w. ἄν is so 
rare that its existence is denied by some grammarians. For this reason 
some critics propose either to omit ἂν or to change the text to av προσέχειν. 
But cf. GMT. 203, 208 ; Kiihner’s Gramm., § 260. 5 a; Baiimlein de Modis, 
pp. 295-297, 351. Undoubted instances of the fut. opt. w. ἄν are found 
in Lycurg. in Leoer., ὃ 15; Lys. de cade Erat., § 22; of the fut. infin. w. 
ἄν in Dem. Leptin., § 35; Thue., II. 80. — ἐὰν... παρακρούσεσθαι, but if 
in assuming the common pretexts of these he should be chosen leader, he hoped 
he would in part quite easily deceive them and in part persuade them. The . 
second of these two conditions (80. ἐὰν αἱρεθῇ) expresses the more probable 
or nearer alternative, the one wh. was later actually fulfilled. Just below 
Dem. makes the same discrimination: εἰ εἰσηγοῖτό τις and ἂν ᾿Αθηναῖος 7. — 
τὰς... κοινὰς προφάσεις : the same wh. are called προφάσεις ᾿Αμφικτυονικὰς in 
§ 158, and relating to the supposed violation of the rights of the Delphic 
god by the Amphissians and Athenians. — τοῖς ᾿Αμφικτύοσι : dat. com- 
modi. — περὶ = in, denoting place and time. So περὲ τὸν Δεκελεικὸν πόλε- 
μον, ὃ 96. --- Πυλαίαν : the Congress of the Amphictyons bore this name, 
as the delegates that of πυλάγοραι (§ 149), from the circumstance that it 
assembled twice each year, in autumn and in spring, in the temple of 
Demeter at Thermopyle. It was formerly supposed that the spring session 
was held at Delphi, but the recently discovered funeral oration of Hyperi- 
des ($ 16); acc. to Westermann, has confirmed the conjecture of those crit- 
ics who believe that the delegates first assembled at Thermopyle to per- 
form their ancient rites, and then adjourned to Delphi to transact other 
business. — εἰς ταῦθ᾽, for these things, i. 6. to settle these difficulties. 

8 148. ἱερομνημόνων : deriv.? The difference betw. the Hieromnemons 


200 NOTES. 





and Pylagore is not wholly clear; but from the representation of Asch., 
§ 115, it appears that besides the general meetings in wh. both participated, 
there were sessions of a more special character attended alone by the 
Hieromnemons ; and that these alone were the actual official members of the 
Council and had the right to offer proposals and to pass decrees, while the 
Pylagore seem to have acted merely as councillors, who, whenever occasion 
demanded, were to plead for the particular interests of their respective states. 
— ἐκείνου : spoken from the standpoint of the speaker ; cf. 85 218, 236. — 
ὑπόψεσθαι : the critical student will observe that this apodosis in oratio 
recta would differ fr. av προσέξειν above. —etrépws λήσειν, it (i. 6. τὸ 
πρᾶγμα = his scheme) would casily escape detection. 

§ 149. φυλάττοντος : Schaefer remarks that we might expect φυλαττο- 
μένου = guarding against, but the idea of guarding against anything involves 
that of being watchful lest it may happen ; hence the middle and active of 
this verb are frequently interchanged. — προβληθεὶς, k. τ. ἑ., having been 
nominated and three or four having held up their hands for him, he was 
declared clected. The result of a vote was immediately declared by the pre- 
siding officer. The method of procedure here described is not entirely un- 
known in modern political assemblies. — ἔπέραινεν, k. τ΄. €., he accomplished 
the ends for which he had been hired. Whether this charge of Dem. be true 
or not, it is certain that if isch. had been acting as the hireling of Philip, 
he could have done nothing so favorable to the ambition of Philip and so 
fatal to the freedom of Greece, as to stir up this new Amphictyoniec war. 
— ὅθεν, how and whence, going back and tracing the history from its origin. 
— ἡ Kippata χώρα: the Cirrhzan territory is a fertile plain extending from 
the foot of Mt. Parnassus to the Corinthian Gulf. How it came to be set 
apart to the service of the Delphic sanctuary is familiar to all who know 
the history of the first Sacred War, B. c. 595. — ἀπείρους λόγων, incaperi- 
enced in speech-making, in contrast w. the Pylagore. ‘‘The Hieromne- 
mors were chosen, in Athens at least, from the whole body of people, 
without distinction of person.” W. 

§ 150. περιελθεῖν, i. 6. circwire ad fines determinandos. Diss. — σφῶν 
αὐτῶν οὖσαν, as belonging to themselves. — τῆς.. χώρας : pred. partit. genit. 
— οὐδεμίαν δίκην... ἐπαγόντων, although the Locrians were bringing no suit 
against us, nor those charges which now this man pretends. Dem. does not 
directly contradict the narrative of Aisch.; his argument is this: no sum- 
mons had been served by the Locrians on Athens, and without such sum- 
mons no prosecution could legally be carried on ; hence there were still 
many steps to be taken before final judgment could be pronounced against 
Athens ; Asch. ought, therefore, to have tempered his zeal w. a little good 
sense, to say nothing more. The account of Aisch. gives no explanation of 


NOTES. 201 





the most vital point in the whole affair, the appointment of Philip to conduct 
the war. Cf. Grote, XC.; A. Schaef., II., p. 498 ff. — τελέσασθαι, to bring 
to an issue (rédos). — ἀπὸ ποίας ἀρχῆς, from what cause? ἀρχή is used in 
the Homeric sense of αἰτία. V. cites in confirmation of this rendering a 
Schol. wh. explains ἅπαξ ἐκ τούτων in the next paragraph by ἀπὸ μιᾶς 
ἀρχῆς = αἰτίας μιᾶς. Some take ἀρχή to mean here magistracy, and read 
under the auspices of what magistracy ? But W. remarks that this idea is 
implied in the preceding τίς... ἐκλήτευσεν. Inferior MSS. read ἐπὶ ποίας 
ἀρχῆς, wh. is made to mean : in what archonship ? But this idea the Greek 
would express by ἐπὶ τίνος ἄρχοντος. --- ταύτῃ κατεχρῶ, you have made use 
of this as an empty and false pretext. The omission of the art. makes ταύτῃ 
the subj. and προφάδει the predicate of the clause. Cf. H. 674; Kiihner’s 
Larger Gramm., § 246. 3, Rem. 1. 

§ 151. μικροῦ κατηκόντισαν, well-nigh shot them all down. Of. the 
account of Aisch., § 123. — ἅπαξ ἐκ τούτων, once for all from these proceed- 
ings. —Kérrvdos: Aisch., § 128, tells us all we know about him. — of μὲν, 
sc. the Athenians and the Thebans, as we learn fr. the account of Aisch. — 
εἰς denotes the terminus ad quem: They had been expecting to do this all 
along, and were planning it for the next meeting. — τὴν émotoav Πυλαίαν : 
the next regular meeting of the Amphictyonic council. Grote says that the 
first motion raised by Aisch. against the Amphissians occurred in the spring 
meeting (he says at Delphi, but see note on Πυλαίαν, § 147); next there was 
held the special meeting wh. elected Cottyphus to the leadership; after 
this, in September, 339 B. c., came the regular autumnal meeting, wh. is 
referred to here. — ἐπὶ τὸν Φ, ἡγεμόνα ἦγον, lit. they brought affairs (sc. Ta 
πράγματα) to Philip as leader. Soin Phil., 11Π1., ὃ 57: of μὲν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἦγον 
τὰ πράγματα, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Φίλιππον. --- ot κατεσκευασμένοι, x. τ. €., those of the 
Thessalians and those (lit. of those) in the rest of the states who had 
been prepared (i. 6. bought) and were veteran traitors. 

8 152. εἰσφέρειν, to contribute a special tax. — ζημιοῦν, to punish by fine. 
— ἠρέθη yap : γάρ implies an ellipsis in the thought, somewhat like this : 
but what is the use of wasting many words upon this point ; for you know 
the result, and that is enough. — εὐθέως : Philip at once set about collecting 
a force and preparing for his campaign in Hellas. But Dem. neglects to _ 
mention (probably w. the intention of making his narrative the more strik- 
ing and effective) that Philip first marched against Amphissa, and, after 
destroying it and defeating the combined forces of the Locrians and Athe- 
nians, turned back unexpectedly towards Elatea. Cf. A. Schaef., II., p. 513 ff. 
- ἐρρῶσθαι φράσας, having bidden a long adiew. This sarcastic use of this 
phrase is quite common. Cf. de F. L., § 248: ἐρρῶσθαι φράσας τῷ σοφῷ 
__ Zogpoxde?, —’EAGraav: the largest town of Phocis, situated not far fr. the 


202 NOTES. 





frontier of the Epicnemidian Locrians, and important as the key to the 
mountain passes that give approach to and from Thessaly. It had been 
destroyed, in common w. the other Phocian towns, at the close of the Sacred 
War, 346 B.c. Aisch., § 140, states that now Philip fortified it. — How 
much consternation this movement of Philip excited at Athens, we shall 
presently hear. 

ὃ 153. ὥσπερ χειμάρρους : the student must have already noticed the 
sparing use Dem. makes of figures of speech. For Quintilian’s criticism of 
his style and comparison of him w. Cicero, cf. Institutes of Oratory, IX., 
ch. I., § 40; X., ch. I., 88 105-108; XII., ch. X., § 28. --- τὸ γ᾽ ἐξαίφνης, 
Jor the moment at least (though not ultimately). — καὶ.. καὶ, and...also. 

§ 156. ὑπήκουον, refused to comply, either to join him in attacking the 
Athenians, or permitting him free transit through their borders. — τοὺς... 
συμμάχους : the Arcadians, Eleans, Messenians, and Argives. — τὸ πράτ- 
τειν : epexegetical of πρόφασιν. This use of πρόφασιν for the true reason 
is rare and scarcely recognized in the lexicons. It is often opposed to ἀληθές 
(πρόφασιν μὲν.. τὸ ἀληθὲς δέ), and is used just below to denote the pretexts 
alleged by Philip and presented by isch. TytEer. Cf. § 225, where ψευδεῖς 
is added to distinguish fr. ἀληθεῖς, and Thue. I. 28, 6. --- δόξαντα, measures 
resolved upon by the Amphictyons. — ἀφορμὰς : deriv.? Occasions, oppor- 
tunities for acting, w. the idea of secrecy or dishonesty. 

8 158. φεύγει... καταφεύγει : Diss. remarks that these verbs are used to- 
gether by way of sarcasm. — περιιόντες : in allusion to the notorious habit 
of the Athenians of walking indolently about and hearing and discussing 
news and politics. Cf. κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν περιέρχομαι, ὃ 323. — ὑφ᾽ ἑνὸς, sc. 
Philip. 

§ 159. 8v...odK ἂν ὀκνήσαιμι, K. τ. €, whom, were one without reserve to 
speak the truth, I for my part should not hesitate to call the ruinous cause of 
all the losses that have followed. — τόπων, districts ; more general in mean- 
ing than πόλεων. Wh. understands it to mean forts = χωρία. --- ὃ yap... 
παρασχών, οὗτος, kK. τ. &, for he who furnishes the seed, he is responsible for 
the harvest of evils, Cicero appears to have imitated this passage in Philip., 
IT., c. 22: ‘ut igitur in seminibus est causa arborum et stirpium, sic hujus 
luctuosissimi belli semen tu fuisti.” — 6v: the relative is taken out of its 
clause and placed first to serve as a connective ; cf. ἧς τῶν μὲν τετυχηκότων, 
§ 128 ; furthermore, dv is the obj. of ἀπεστράφητε, the accus. retained after 
the passive without a prep. Cf. H. 724a; G. 1239; Cu. ὃ 398. Cf. 
Soph. Gd. Col., 1272. Render: χουν whom that you did not turn away 
in abhorrence as soon as ever you saw him, surprises me. — mpd, between 
you and the truth; lit. before the truth, hiding it from you as by a 
veil. 


NOTES. 203 





III. 88 160-247. ΤῊΝ PArtT DEMOSTHENES PLAYED IN DEFENDING 
nis COUNTRY AGAINST THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE AMPHISSIAN WAR, 
BY BRINGING ABOUT THE ALLIANCE WITH THEBES. Συμβέβηκε: as 
something that is perfectly natural. — τὰ ἔργα.. τοὺς λόγους, the real- 
ity...the account. So Thue., 1. 22: καὶ ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον ἕκαστοι, τὰ δ᾽ 
ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων. --- αὐτῶν : οἵ. note on τὰ τῶν ᾿Αμφισσέων δόγματα, 

140. 

: 8 161. ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ Φιλίππου φρονούντων, under the influence of those 
favoring the interests of Philip. So in ὃ 177 : φρονοῦσι τὰ ὑμέτερα = favor- 
ing your interests. — éxarépors...aporépors: the former denotes each of the 
two (Thebes and Athens) in their separate interests ; the latter the two to- 
gether in their joint interests. — ὃ μὲν... δεόμενον : the relative sentence pre- 
ceding its antecedent 7d...éév awakens expectation on the part of the hearer. 
— τὸ προσκρούειν, and for collision with one another. A strong word ; lit. 
to dash or strike against. In §§ 19, 163 the orator uses the compound 
συγκρούειν = to strike together ; in § 198, dvrixpovew = to strike back, hence 
to turn out badly. — τοῦτο sums up the whole thought ; often so used. 

§ 162. ᾿Αριστοφῶντα.... ΕἸὔβουλον : cf. § 70. — πρᾶξαι ταύτην τὴν φι- 
λίαν, to effect this alliance. — βουλομένους ... ὁμογνωμονοῦντας are sup- 
plementary after εἰδὼς, while ἀντιλέγοντας is concessive: although often 
contradicting each other (sc. ἑαυτοῖς) in regard to other matters, upon this 
were always agreed. — οὺς.. .παρηκολούθεις : Asch. is said to have been 
secretary to them. The particc, κολακεύων and κατηγορῶν contain the im- 
portant idea. — κίναδος : this word has been rendered base wretch, vile 
animal, scandal to humanity, crafty creature, monster, sly fox, reptile. 
I prefer the last as most in harmony w. the idea of a sneaking, false char- 
acter that fawns upon those whom it is ready to betray. — δοκιμασάντων, 
sanctioned. 

δ 163. ἐκεῖσε, i. 6. to his statement interrupted in ἃ 153. —8rt to be joined 
w. συνέβη. --- συμπεραναμένων, k. τ. ἑ., and because the rest of his coudjutors 
had joined (συν) in developing our hostility with. Thebes. The genit. absol. 
expresses Cause or reason here, — οὗπερ, for which very purpose ; περ indi- 
cates the closeness or exactness of the relation. — προεξανέστημεν.. ἀναλα- 
Betv, and had we not aroused ourselves a little beforehand (i. 6. before 
Philip’s plans were matured), we should not have been able to gain them 
over to owr side. ἀναλαβεῖν is generally taken in the sense of to recover or 
retrieve. But what is it fr. wh. they could not have retrieved themselves ? 
Some say, from their enmity ; but this makes poor sense. Others say, they 
could not have recovered their position ; but this seems too vague. Dem. 
wishes to say this: our only hope of successfully resisting Philip lay in a 
union w. the Thebans ; but this hope would be utterly destroyed, if feelings 


204 NOTES. 





of hostility were allowed to exist much longer. For this sense of ἀναλαβεῖν 
ef. Dimarch 6. Dem., § 28; Aristoph. Equit., 682. — τὴν ἔχθραν : so reads 
2; inferior MSS. have τὸ πρᾶγμα. Our reading appears to favor the inter- 
pretation of ἀναλαβεῖν just given. 

ὃ 168. διὰ τούτων, i.e. Aisch. and his accomplices. — ἐπαρθεὶς... ταῖς 
ἀποκρίσεσιν, led on by these decrees and by the responses. Wh. wonders how 
Philip could have been encouraged to make his attack on Elatea by these 
ἀποκρίσεις inserted in the text, wh. profess to be written by himself. We 
suspect that Westermann is right in conjecturing that Dem. alludes to the 
correspondence then going on between Athens and Thebes, wh. was prob- 
ably not altogether in a spirit of friendly reconciliation, and of wh. Philip was 
doubtless well informed. — ὡς οὐδ᾽ ἂν, κ. 7. &, as though, come what might, 
we and the Thebans would never agxin co-operate. — συμπνευσάντων ἂν = 
συμπνεύσαιντο ἂν, cf. GM T. 215; H. 987; 6. 1308. 2; Cu. 8 595. For 
the repetition of ἄν cf. GMT. 223, 224; G. 1312; K. § 261. 3; Madv. 
G. 5. § 139 b. What gramm. objection is there to the form συμπνευσόντων 
wh. is found in the best MSS. ?# ; 

§ 169. γὰρ introduces the narration, as we use now in Engl. No passage 
in the oration has been more lauded, and more deservedly so, than this 
graphic and beautiful description. Cf. Longinus. It is interesting to read 
and compare the account of this event given by Diodorus, XVI. 84. — 
‘Eorépa: the order of the sentence emphasizes the fact that this announce- 
ment was made in the evening. — πρυτάνεις : the intelligence would natu- 
rally first come to them from their official position. — ὡς : ef. H.930, 1054d ; 
G. 1476; Cu. §§ 632 ἃ, 526 b. — μεταξὺ δειπνοῦντες : the prytanes took 
their meals in the θόλος, a building adjoining the Senate room, at the ex- 
pense of the state. The principal meal (δεῖπνον) w. the Greeks was at even- 
ing. — τούς τ᾽ ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν : cf. note on § 44. — ἐξεῖργον, drove the huck- 
sters out of their booths, for the purpose of clearing the Agora preparatory to 
convening the Assembly. Cf. Aristoph. Acharn., 21 ff. The descriptive 
character of the narration is strengthened by the use of the impf. in this 
and the following verbs. — τὰ γέρρα ἐνεπίμπρασαν, set on fire their sheds. 
τὰ γέρρα, originally used of wicker-work, later came to signify any kind of 
covering or roofing. As to the object of this proceeding commentators 
vacillate between two opinions : (1) in order to clear the space of the Agora 
with all possible despatch ; (2) to serve as a signal of alarm wh. was to 
summon the people fr. the rural districts into the city. Objection is made 
to (1) that this act was unnecessary, since there were numerous slaves who 
could remove these sheds in ample season before the next morning; to (2) 
that the situation of the Agora was not a suitable one for giving signals. 
Still, on the whole, (2) seems the more probable theory : first, because no 


NOTES. sae 





other step seems to have been taken to call the rural population into the 
city ; second, because there was after all no empty square so large and 
suitable as the Agora for giving such a signal. — τοὺς στρατηγοὺς : 
these had to summon the extraordinary session of the Assembly. Cf. ψή- 
φισμα, § 37; Meier and Schém. Azt. Proc., p. 107. — ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, at 
daybreak. But there was nothing unusual in this, as we learn fr. Aristoph, 
Acharn., 20; Eccles., 312, 377. — xpynparioa: καὶ προβουλεῦσαι is the 
usual form of expression to denote (χρηματίσαι) the discussion and delibera- 
tion of any proposal and (προβουλεῦσαι) the adoption of a resolution or bill 
to be brought before the ἐκκλησία. --- ἄνω καθῆτο : the Assembly was held 
at that time in the Pnyx, wh. was located on a hill overlooking the Agora. 
Hence ἀναβαίνειν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, Dem. 6. Aristocr., I., $$ 9, 20. 

§ 170. ὡς : temporal.— ἦλθεν, 50. els τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. --- ἀπήγγειλαν : prob- 
ably through the ἐπιστάτης as chairman. —Tdv ἥκοντα παρήγαγον, and 
they had introduced the messenger. — ἠρώτα, kept asking. — τίς ἀγορεύειν 
βούλεται is the ordinary formula for opening the business of the meeting. 
Cf. Aristoph. Acharn., 48. --- παρήει, i. 6. ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα. --- ῥητόρων : the 
Greek rhetors were at this time ἃ class of professional politicians and pub- 
lic speakers. The orator emphasizes the point that all those men were 
present in this Assembly who were wont to be foremost in giving counsel. 
— καλούσης δὲ τῆς κοινῆς, kK. τ΄ ἑ., and although the common voice of the 
fatherland was summoning some one to speak in behalf of her welfare. . 
Many Editt. read καλούσης δὲ τῆς πατρίδος τῇ κοινῇ φωνῇ, wh. has excel- 
lent MS. authority. For the omission of the article w. πατρίδος, οἵ. 
§ 242. 

§ 171. τὸ βῆμα : the bema was the tribune fr. wh. the Athenian orators 
addressed the people. As seen to-day among the ruins of Athens, it is a 
solid cube of stone, some 10 feet in height, having a surface once square and 
smooth, but now somewhat irregular; it is surrounded at the bottom on 
three sides by stone steps or seats. — οἶδ᾽ ὅτι : parenthetic and without any 
influence on the construction ; so frequently. Cf. § 293; Phil., IL., § 29; 
Soph. Antig., 276. — ot τριακόσιοι; cf. note on the trierarchal system, 
§ 102. — τοὺς ἀμφότερα ταῦτα, sc. ὄντας, and if those who were both (se. 
παρελθεῖν ἔδει). ἀμφότερα ταῦτα is a predic. accus., and simply anticipates 
the καὶ... καὶ following. — μετὰ ταῦτα, i. 6. after Cheronea, when the citi- 
zens made the greatest personal sacrifices to repair their walls and put their 
city in a better state of defence against Philip. Cf. §§ 248, 312. 

δ 172. ἐκεῖνος... ἐκείνη : very emphatic; that (memorable) occasion. — 
παρηκολουθηκότα, who had closely followed up. — οὐδὲν.. ἤμελλεν, be any 
the. more likely ; 1. 6. for all his wealth and patriotism. 

§ 173. ἐφάνην... ἐγώ, 1 then appeared to be this one (i. 6. dv ὁ καιρὸς ἐκάλει) 


206 NOTES. 





upon that day. The unusual order of the sentence makes ἐγώ very em- 
phatic. What is to be grammatically supplied in the predicate after ἐφάνην ? 
— tiv...tdgiv, 7 did not desert the post of patriotism in the hour of danger. 
Cf. 8 188: τὴν ἑλόμενον τάξιν ; Dem. Olynth., 111. ὃ 36: παραχωρεῖν τῆς 
τάξεως. --- πολιτείας, you will be much more familiar with the entire con- 
duct of affairs for the future; i. e. more familiar w. the principles of my 
policy as applied to the events that remain to be considered, than you other- 
wise would be. Some scholars prefer to make τὰ λοιπὰ limit πολιτείας ; w. 
this constr. the sense is not materially altered. With this life-like and 
masterly description the student may profitably compare Webster’s graphic 
account, in the trial of the Knapps, of the murder of their victim. 

§ 174. ὅτι : merely to introduce the citation, and not to be translated. 
What now follows is all we know of the masterly speech Dem. delivered on 
this occasion. This brief summary is itself an eloquent testimony to the 
wisdom and magnanimity of the Athenian statesman. First, Dem. shows 
the advantage and necessity of an alliance w. Thebes ; next, what measures 
are to be taken to secure this alliance. — ὡς ὑπαρχόντων O....2., as though » 
the Thebans were in favor of Philip. ὑπάρχειν τινί = to be in support (ὑπό) or 
in favor of any one, a meaning not given by L. and Se. Cf. Dem. de F. L., 
§ 54: τὸ τὸν Φίλιππον ὑπάρχειν αὑτοῖς πεισθῆναι ; § 118: ὑπάρξων exeivy. — 
ἠκούομεν... ὄντα : how different fr. ἠκούομεν εἶναι Σ αὐτὸν ὄντα, accus. w. 
ἀκούω as the thing heard. —tv’ ἕτοιμα, x. τ΄ & : a general expression for 
that he may bring the Thebans over to his side. 

$175. ἅπαντας εὐτρέπισται, all (those embraced in the category of ἢ...ἢ) 
he has made friendly to himself. The orator’s point is that Ph. has already 
exhausted his opportunities in Thebes. — δείξας, by showing a military force 
in the vicinity. — ἔπᾶραι, ποιῆσαι, καταπλῆξαι : these infinitives depend 
on βούλεται, the force of wh. continues. — tv’ ἢ συγχωρήσωσι : expresses 
the ultimate purpose or aim of what precedes. In order that they may either 
yield through fear what now they are not willing (to yield), or may be com- 
pelled by force. 

$176. εἴ τι δύσκολον = ὅσα δύσκολα, whatever is offensive; as 6. δ. 
what is referred to in § 96. — εἶτα, in the next place ; without the δέ as 
correl. of μέν. Cf. ἔπειτα, § 1. In the next paragraph we find the same 
omission of d¢.— μὴ... ἔλθωσιν : for the negat. and use of mode cf. G MT. 365; 
H. 887 ; G. 1378 ; Cu. § 533. — αὐτῷ, those now opposed to him having 
received him. Reiske conjectured αὐτόν as obj. of προσδεξαμένων st. αὐτῷ, 
on the ground that the pronoun seems more essential in connection w. this 
than w. the other partic.; but in § 162 we have ods as obj. of κολακεύων st. 
ois w. παρηκολούθεις. --- φιλιππισάντων : a word coined prohably by Dem. 
So Herod. and Thuc. used the verb Mydifew in the account of the relations 


/ 


NOTES. 207 





of Persia and Greece. — ἀμφότεροι, i. 6. Philip and the Thebans. — πρὸς τῷ 
σκοπεῖν... γένησθε, and ye may be inclined to deliberate, instead of to dispute 
concerning what I may say. — δόξειν : Rauchenstein conjectures ἕξειν = 
shall be able (cf. § 172), instead of δόξειν, as the orator would not say shall 
seem to speak; but by supplying ὑμῖν this objection vanishes. — ἐφεστηκότα 
κίνδυνον τῇ πόλει : the same order of partic. and subst. is found in §§ 190, 
197, 220; a different order in §§ 179, 188. Which is the more regular ? 

8 177. τί οὖν φημι δεῖν : Diss. notes how skilfully the orator excites 
attention in beginning the second part of this speech w. this inquiry. — 
μεταθέσθαι: used absolutely, = to turn about. — τῶν Savav: gen. w. ἐγγυ- 
τέρω. ---- προτέροις : as a predicate ; the peril is theirs first. —’ Ἐλευσῖνάδε : 
this route would be over the ‘‘Sacred Way” to Eleusis (about 12 miles fr, 
Athens), thence to Thebes in a northwesterly direction across Mt. Citheeron. 
A more: direct way to Thebes led through Acharne and Phyle; but this 
was not so practicable for a large army, nor did it offer any large plain, such 
as the Eleusinian, for the massing of a large force, in case of an attack. — 
τοὺς ἐν ἡλικίᾳ, those who have the requisite age for military service. This 
designation applies only to the heavy-armed troops ; the cavalry, being a 
branch of service of later origin, is named separately. The military age 
was from 18 to 60. — ἐξ ἴσου, sc. as to the partisans of Philip.— τὸ παρρη- 
σιάζεσθαι, the boldness to speak freely. — οὕτω... ὑπάρχεθ᾽, so to those who 
wish...you stand ready to render assistance. 

§ 178. κυρίους, and to give them, together with the generals, absolute control 
both of the time to be fixed upon for going thither (i. e. to Thebes) and of the 
expedition. — τούτῳ...τὸν νοῦν, to this give most careful attention, I pray 
you. μοι is an ethical dative; οἵ. H. 770; G. 1171; Cu. § 433. — 
αἰσχρὸς : it would be dishonorable to take such advantage of their 
helplessness. — ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις : some MSS. add κινδύνοις ; but we 
can say: in extremities. — ἡμῶν... -προορωμένων : on the principle that 
those who are somewhat removed fr. danger are calmer and clearer in their 
judgment than those who are in the midst of it. — καὶ.. καὶ, both...and ; 
embracing the apodosis. — προσχήματος : the pretext was to give aid to the 
oppressed Thebans. — ἐὰν δ᾽.. «ἄν : the latter condit. clause is special and 
subordinate to the former, wh. is more general. Cf. εἰ μὲν...εἰ and εἰ δὲ... εἰ 
in ὃ 217. —Hpiv: dat. agent. The words that Dem. here puts, so to say, 
into the mouth of the envoys, are lauded by Dionysius in his Art. Rhetor., 
IX., § 9, for their appropriate (εὐπρέπειαν) character. 

§ 179. οὐκ εἶπον... οὐκ ἔγραψα, x. τ. é.: the antithetic force of μέν...δέ and 
the peculiar use of the negat. οὐκ and οὐδέ, make an exact translation of this _ 
much-praised example of climax (cf. Quint. Inst. Orat., IX., Chap. III., § 55) 
quite impossible. An approximation to the original may be made thus: 


208 NOTES. 





1 did not say these things and fail to propose them ; I did not propose them 
and fail to go on an embassy, ete. Lord B. suggests these renderings : 
(1) By a double negation, thus: I did not say these things and not propose ; 
(2) by the use of without in the second clause ; (3) not only did I say these 
thinas, but I propounded a decree, etc. — ϑιεξῆλθον, I carried the affair 
through (5:4). — φέρε : the orator improves the pause, while the clerk is 
preparing to read the document, by making personal remarks more or 
less closely connected w. the point under consideration. So in 88 212, 
219. 

§ 180. 8a, represent, make out to be. What use of subjunct.? Cf. G MT. 287; 
H. 866. 3; αἱ 1853 ; Cu. § 011. --- Barradov : the origin aud meaning ot this 
nickname are in doubt. Dem. claims that it was a pet name given him by 
his nurse ; but Aisch. ὁ. Timarch., § 126, ridicules this claim, and says in 
de F. L., ὃ 99: ἐν παισὶ μὲν yap ὧν ἐκλήθη St αἰσχρουργίαν τινὰ καὶ κιναιδίαν 
Βάταλος. The Schol. renders it by profligate, effeminate, and derives it 
variously : (1) from the name of a flute-player or poet, notorious for his 
effeminacy ; (2) from the sickly and weak condition of Dem. body ; (3) as 
a term of contempt borrowed from an instrument used by flute-players for 
beating time, and called ὑποπόδιον or Bdrados. Recent scholars connect it 
w. Barros, βατταρίζω, and make it mean stammerer, stutterer, in allusion to 
the orator’s supposed defect in utterance. —Kperpdvtqv...Kpéovra...Ot- 
νόμαον : these were parts that fell to the τριταγωνιστής. Cf. § 129. The 
first-named character was the third réle in a play of Euripides of the same 
name ; the second is the well-known tyrant in the Antigone of Sophocles ; 
the third was a subordinate character in a play of Sophocles bearing this 
name. — ἐν Κολλυτῷ, whom once in Collytus you wretchedly murdered. 
Collytus was one of the country demes in wh. the rural Dionysia were 
celebrated. In the anonymous biography of Aisch., the story is told that 
ZA sch., in the rdle of G@nomaus, on a certain occasion tripped and fell on 
the stage while pursuing Pelops. — τότε: very emphatic. — ὁ Παιανιεὺς ἐγὼ: 
in the skilful arrangement of the words each contrasted term occupies 
relatively a reversed position, except that σοῦ comes last for the sake of 
emphasis. 

§ 188. Αὕτη.. πρώτη, This was the beginning and first step towards a 
settlement of our difficulties with Thebes. κατάστασις = constitutio rerum 
antea turbatarum. Diss. — τὰ πρὸ τούτων, as regards previous affairs. — 
ὑπὸ τούτων, i. 6. sch. and his coadjutors. — ὥσπερ νέφος : Larned sums 
up the merits of this sentence thus: (1) The figure is unexpected; the sen- 
tence would be complete if it closed w. ἐποίησεν. (2) It is perfectly natu- 
ral; it expresses the thought more truthfully than any literal language. 
(3) The whole sentence is worded as simply and concisely as possible. 


NOTES. 209 





(4) The ancient critics noticed a perfect rhythm in the sentence ; to the ear 
of Longinus the effect would have been much marred, he informs us, by 
the substitution of ws or ὡσπερεί for ὥσπερ. --- viv ἐπιτιμᾶν : as opposed to 
τότε δεῖξαι. Why the change in the tense of the infin. ? 

8 189. ὁ γὰρ σύμβουλος, k. τ- é, for the statesman and the demagogue. 
In his speech against Midias, § 189, the orator states the distinction between 
the σύμβουλος and the ῥήτωρ. The συκοφάντης (cf. note ὃ 112) is further 
characterized in ὃ 242. — τοῖς πεισθεῖσι, to his followers, i. 6. those who 
have accepted his policy and accordingly hold him responsible. —T@ καιρῷ, 
opportunity, i. e. the seasonable time or opportune moment for any action. 
-- τῷ βουλομένῳ refers to any one who may choose to call a political leader 
to an account for the results of his policy. — σιγήσας.. ἔδει : in this general 
definition we should expect ovy@v...de¢ ; the past tense is used specially w. 
an eye to Aisch. 

§ 190. ὅπερ εἶπον, sc. in ὃ 188: ἣν μὲν... ἐπιτιμᾶν. ---- ἐκεῖνος, in the predi- 
eate and in sharp contrast w. viv below; that was the occasion, therefore. — 
ἐγὼ... ποιοῦμαι, but I go so far as to say. — @ore...dporoya, that I confess 
myself guilty. What would be the difference in the thought if the ora- 
tor had said ὥστε ὁμολογεῖν Σ Cf. GM T. 582-584; H. 927, 953 ; G. 1449- 
1451; Cu. ὃ 565, Obs. 1. — ἑώρακεν ΞΞ now knows of ; the perfect often repre- 
sents the state or condition resulting fr. the action of the verb. — πραχθέν : 
what use of the partic.? Give the Greek clause to correspond to συνήνεγκεν 
av. Cf. a similar constr., § 90. --- εἰ δὲ μήτ᾽ ἔστι, κ. τ΄ ἑ. : cf. § 141 and 
note. --- καὶ τήμερον, yea, even to-day. — τῶν φαινομένων καὶ ἐνόντων : ex- 
pressed above by δεῖξαί τι...τι... ἐνῆν. 

8 191.. αἰτιᾶσθαι, x. τ. ἑ., this sarcastic inquiry is explained by βασκαίνει, 
§ 189. — τίς ἐγγυᾶσθαι, κ. τ. ἑ., who is willing to guarantee the future ? — 
τότε, sc. ἔδειξας. --- ἀλλὰ, yet, introducing the apodosis. — εὐπορεῖν, with 
which I ought to have furnished myself. The comm. reading is εὑρεῖν. --- τῇ 
πόλει: join w. συμφέρων. Some call it dat. incommod. w. the verb. — 
“πρᾶξις, cnierprise, ““ practical measure,” ‘* plan.” — μᾶλλον, i. 6. than those 
to wh. he did lead them. 

8 192. τάξιν, the office. In the present and in the future the statesman 
is required to be at his post discharging his duty. — τότε : when the nego- 
tiations w. Thebes were in progress. — mpoalpecty, the aim; that wh. one 
sets before himself as his chosen object. — ph...cvkoddvre, do not rail at 
the results. — ὡς ἂν.. βουληθῇ : whatever it may be, as the use of ἄν w. 
subjunctive indicates. —atrh, as viewed by itself. — διάνοιαν, the inten- 
tion ; subjective, while προαίρεσις is objective. 

§ 193. τῇ μάχῃ; i.e. Cheronea. Dat. of respect ; the more usual read- 
ing is τὴν wax nv. — οὐκ ἐμοί : it is not essential that ἐν be repeated, as is 

14 


ΡΣ Ἐ NOTES. 





done in the reading of many ΒΕ. ---- ὅσα. λογισμὸν, as many things as 
are possible in human calculation. — καὶ δικαίως, x. τ. ἑ. : the force of the 
preceding negative is retained here. — φιλοπόνως ὑπὲρ δύναμιν, laboriously 
beyond my power. We speak of superhuman effort. —rér’ ἤδη : tum de- 
mum ; but not before. 

8 194, σκηπτὸς, but if the tornado that ensued. Dem. compared what 
happens to a torrent (χειμάρρους) in § 153, and in § 214 to a deluge (κατα- 
k\vopov). — μείζων γέγονε, has proved too strong for. — τί χρὴ ποιεῖν : the 
answer to the inquiry is omitted as being self-evident. Schaef. states it 
thus: to keep still and not to accuse; perhaps it is better put in the form of 
a question : to find fault? Then follows the ellipsis : that would be unrea- 
sonable ; just as it would be, if, etc., ὥσπερ ἂν (etn). Cf. ὃ 248. — et...vat- 
kAnpov : originally the captain was at the same time the owner of the ship ; 
hence ναύκληρος may mean either. But οὔτ' ἐκυβέρνων points to the owner 
who might be held liable for the loss of the cargo, in case the ship.was 
not well equipped. — ἀφ᾽ av: most MSS. have πᾶσι before κατασκευάσαντα, 
as the antecedent of ὧν. --- χρησάμενον, encountering; in agreement w. 
πλοῖον. Those who take ναύκληρον as referring to the captain place this 
partic. in agreement w. it. ---πονησάντων, and its tackling laboring. Pro- 
fessor Tyler calls attention to the nautical sense of the words in this pas- 
sage ; thus: σωτηρίᾳ = for a safe voyage; κατασκευάσαντα = having fitted 
out ; πονησάντων and σκευῶν as above rendered. —@oep...€y@: thrown in 
by way of parenthesis, to indicate the application to himself. The appo- 
siteness of this comparison may be remarked in every particular. 

§ 195. εἵμαρτο sums up what he has been saying about τύχη, 6 δαίμων, 
and ὁ θεός. — μηδὲ, not even. ‘* A different policy would have left us with- 
out even that advantage.” Homes. — ἐκεῖνος, i.e. Philip. He used every 
efort of persuasion. —Tprav ἡμερῶν, a journey (ὁδὸν accus. of extent) of 
three days. The distance fr. Athens to Cheronea is 62 Engl. miles. In 
§ 230 Dem. says: ἑπτακόσια στάδια ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως. Athens was about 
200 stadia distant fr. the Beeotian frontier. From 150 to 200 stadia was 
reckoned as an ordinary day’s march. — τί ἄν.. χρῆν, what COULD we have 
looked for ? implying that the fear and panic were already so great that the 
ease could hardly be worse. τί χρῆν προσδοκᾶν above = what should we 
have looked for, assuming for the moment that things had been different. — 
που τῆς χώρας : somewhere in our territory. — viv, i. e. under existing 
circumstances, as it actually was; opposed to τότε below, wh. means in the 
other case, i. e. supposing my advice had not been followed. — στῆναι, 
kK. τ᾿ &, to stand firm, to concentrate, to draw breath. The asyndeton gives 
us the notion of the rapidity of the thought and action at the crisis. — pla 
ἡμέρα : this brief respite after the battle of Cheronca, the orator means to 


NOTES. 211 





say, was of the utmost importance, and would not have occurred but for 
the Theban alliance. — τότε 8’: another instance of aposiopesis. Here it 
indicates horror ; but in ὃ 3, anxiety ; and in ὃ 22, anger. Cf. note § 3. — 
ἅ... πεῖραν ἔδωκε, sc. αὑτῶν ; lit. which did not give a trial of themselves, i. 6. 
enter. into owr experience. Cf. §107; Dem. 6. Timocr., ὃ 24: καὶ πεῖραν 
αὑτῶν πολλάκις δεδώκασιν. --- τῷ προβάλλεσθαι, and through the city'sthrow- 
ing before itself (asa shield). The reading εὔνοια...τὸ is found in Σ and is 
adopted by Bekk. 

ἃ 196. μοι, dat. int. ; all this long story of mine is directed to you. — δικα- 
oral: before this Dem. has used ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, but here he wishes to draw 
the distinction more closely between the jurors and the spectators. — ἔξωθεν» 
outside the bar ; the court was enclosed by a wooden railing (δρύφακτον). 
Aisch., § 56, states that he does not remember ever before seeing so large a 
multitude present at a public trial. Cic. (de opt. gen. orat., VII. 22) says: 
ad quod judicium concursus dicitur e tota Grecia factus esse. — ἐξήρκει, 
would suffice; dv omitted, as often w. the impf. in such expressions as 
ἀνάγκη, χαλεπόν, εἰκὸς ἦν, ἔδει, χρῆν, x. τ. ἑ. Cf. GMT. 415, 416 ; H. 897; 
G. 1400. Cf. θαυμαστὸν ἣν, § 243. — τοὺς ἄλλοις : dat. assuc. or likeness w. 
τῆς αὐτῆς. --- ταῦτα, i.e. of this ignorance and its results. This is one of 
the most complete dilemmas in the oration ; but is there uo escape fr. it? 

ὃ 197. (οὐ yap av...éxpavro,) for (if you had) they would not have 
adopted these (i. e. my measures). Thus indirectly the orator compliments 
the sagacity of his countrymen, as well as his own. — ἂν, se. ποιήσειε, wh. 
is readily understood fr. the connection, but inserted by inferior MSS. 
Cf. ὡς ἂν (se. ἔχοι), 8 291. — τῇ πόλει : dat. dependent on δυσμενέστατος. 
- ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβᾶσιν, on the occwrrence of the events, ἐπί expresses the 
occasion or opportunity upon wh. one bases his conduct. Cf. $$ 240, 284. 
— καὶ ἅμα: it is this remarkable coincidence that is referred to by ὅπερ... 
τοῦτο πεποιηκὼς above. —’Aplorparos: a different person fr. the tyrant of 
Sicyon named in ὃ 48. We know nothing further of these partisans of 
Philip than what is here stated. — καθάπαξ, thorowgh-going, out-and-out. 

8 198. “EAAfvev...améxerro: this sentence is hexametric in its rhythm. 
So § 143: τὸν γὰρ ἐν... Ἐλάτειαν ; and τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα, κ. τ. ἑ., ὃ 188, 
acc. to Longinus, is dactylic. The ancient critics were fond οἵ point- 
ing out such instances; but such rhythmical structure is, we believe, 
more general and accidental than special and intentional. — ἐνευδοκιμεῖν 
ἀπέκειτο, and surely the man for whom the misfortunes of the Greeks are 
laid up as a store on which to found his personal renown. ἐνευδοκιμεῖν = 
εὐδοκιμεῖν ἐν αὐτοῖς. --- καὶ = as; often so used in the second clause of a 
comparison ; cf. H. 1042a; Cu. 8 624. 3; C. 705c. — δηλοῖς, you make 
this manifest ; sc. οὐκ ἔνι, x. τ. ἑ. ---- καὶ πολιτεύῃ καὶ, k. τ. ἑν, and from 


212 NOTES. 





your political action and again from your political inaction. Kenn. — 
πράττεταί, kK. τ΄ ἑ. : this form of sentence is technically called ἀντιστροφή 
by the ancient rhetoricians. Other examples in this oration are found 
in §$ 117, 274. As an illustration from Roman oratory Diss. quotes Cic. 
Phil., 11. 22: Doletis tres exercitus populi Romani interfectos ; inter- 
fecit Antonius. Desideratis clarissimos cives; eos quoque nobis eripuit 
Antonius. Auctoritas hujus ordinis afflicta est ; afflixit Antonius. — ἀντέ- 
Kpovoé: cf. note ὃ 161. — ῥήγματα : in medical terminology ῥήγματα 
is used of bruises of the fleshy parts and ruptures of blood-vessels, and 
σπάσματα of the sprains of muscles. — κινεῖται, are disturbed ; 1. 6. the old 
injury or weakness makes itself felt again whenever the body becomes 
diseased. The same simile is used by the orator in Olynth., 11., § 21: 
ὥσπερ yap ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν... ἐπὰν δὲ ἀρρώστημά τι συμβῇ, πάντα κινεῖται, κἂν 
ῥΎγμα κἂν στρέμμα κἂν ἄλλο τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων σαθρὸν 7. 

§ 199. πολὺς... ἔγκειται, he lays great stress upon. The predicate adj. 
πολύς used st. an adv.; cf. πολλῷ ῥέοντι, §136. Cf. H. 619; G. 926; Cu. 
§ 361. 8. —el...4jv: he assumes, for the moment, that it is so. — τούτων 
ἦν, ought the city to have wubuudoned these things; referring to the measures 
whi. he at that time advised the city to adopt. ; 

§ 200. νῦν...τότε : cf. note § 195. — δοκεῖ, sc. ἡ πόλις. --- προεστάναι : 
alludes to the famous ἡγεμονία of the Athenian state. — ἀποστᾶσα : cf. 
πραχθέν, ὃ 190; παρόντων ἡμῶν, ὃ 30 and note. — πάντας, sc. Tas ἄλλας 
πόλεις. --- οὐδένα... οὐχ ὑπέμειναν, for whose sake there is no danger which 
our ancestors did not undergo. For the use of the negat. ef. H. 103] ; 
G. 1618 ; Cu. § 619, Ohs. — σοῦ : we naturally expect τῆς πόλεως here, 
but the orator suddenly turns the thought upon Aisch., as if he alone 
were capable of such meanness. — τῆς πόλεώς,,. ἐμοῦ : in the same constr. 
as σοῦ ; we supply εἴπω after μὴ : for let me not say ‘the city” (ye makes 
πόλεως emphatic), nor yet ‘*me.” 

§ 201. εἰ τὰ μὲν πράγματ᾽... ἡρημένης : this entire sentence forms the 
protasis to τίσι.. ἀφικνουμένους, and consists itself of two contrasted parts, 
sce.: εἰ τὰ μὲν πρ... ἁπάντων, and τὸν δ᾽... πεποιημένοι ; but as the first part 
is subdivided into two parts, sc.: εἰ τὰ μὲν.. περιέστη, ἡγεμὼν δὲ, we observe 
that μέν corresponding to δέ in τὸν δ᾽... πεποιημένοι is omitted, the full ex- 
pression being εἰ μὲν τὰ μὲν to correspond to ἡγεμὼν δὲ.. τὸν δ, With such 
contrast of principal and subordinate parts μέν is expressed both times in 
88 104, 214. —td πράγματ᾽... περιέστη, if affairs had turned out as they 
now have. 

8 202. ἔτι τούτων πρότερον : the Spartan supremacy was lost w. the 
battle of Leuctra, 371 B. c., when the Theban began. — τοῦ... βασιλέως : 
that Xerxes actually requested Mardonius to make the Athenians such an 


NOTES. 213 





offer is stated by Herod., VIII. 140, and alluded to by Dem. Phil., IL, 
8.11. --- τοῦτ᾽, 1. 6. ὅ τι.. «προεστάναι. --- ὅ τι... λαβούσῃ...ἐχούσῃ...ποιεῖν... 
ἐᾶν : a metathesis of construction for λαβεῖν... ἔχειν... ποιούσῃ... ἐώσῃ. Thus 
Dem. ironically represents the act of obeying in ὦ state of subjection and 
of giving up the supremacy as a privilege. λαβούσῃ of single acquisition, 
ἐχούσῃ of permanent possession. 

§ 203. ὡς ἔοικε : ironical ; so also in § 212. — πάτρια : ““ πάτριος = that 
wh. is peculiar to ancestors ; as ἔθη, vino.” Kriig. W. paraphrases these 
adjectives thus: ‘‘ This they had not inherited fr. their fathers, nor was it 
consistent w. their ideas of honor (ἀνεκτὰ = to be tolerated by their moral 
sense), nor was it congenial to their nature.” — ἐκ... χρόνου : cf. note § 26. 
— προσθεμένην, by attaching herself to; the partic. denotes means. — ἀγω- 
γιζομένη, while struggling : the partic. denotes time. — κινδυνεύουσα : sup- 
plementary partic.: cf. GMT. 879: H. 981; G. 1580; Cu. § 590. 

§ 204. ἤθεσιν : ‘‘character, as the result of manner and habits. ἦθος = 
a prolonged and strengthened ἔθος. Cf. Aristot. Zih., 11. 1. Tyter. — 
ἀποφηνάμενον, who declared himself in favor of. — Ἱζυρσίλον : the connec- 
tion shows that Dem. has the time just prior to the battle of Salamis in 
minder Cic. de Ofic., II]. 11, speaks thus: ‘‘Cyrsilum quendaim suaden- 
tem, ut in urbe manerent Xerxeimque reciperent, lapidibus obruerunt.” 
Herod., 1X. 5, gives the same account, but of a man named Lycidas, and 
places the event just before the battle of Platea. That there were two vic- 
tims to the popular excitement of those stirring times, both meeting with a 
similar death, is not impossible. 

§ 205. ῥήτορα = here σύμβουλον, statesman.—Sovrebcovew, they might 
enjoy slavery ; spoken w. a peculiar bitterness and irony of tone. The com- 
mon reading inserts εὐτυχῶς after it. The use of the fut. indic. after an 
historical tense adds to the vividness of the expression ; so also in ἐξέσται. 
Wh. remarks that by the use of the indic. here Dem. identifies the Athe- 
nians of the two different ages, and represents the liberty and independence 
of one epoch as the unbroken continuity of the freedom asserted in another. 
— τῆς εἱμαρμένης, κ. τ. €, Lis destined end in the course of nature. Lord B. 
Death is represented (1) as fixed by destiny (τῆς μοίρας), in distinction fr. 
death brought upon one by his voluntary act ; (2) as that wh. comes in the 
course of nature (as by disease), in distinction fr.-death caused by ex- 
ternal violence (as in battle). —6 δὲ kal, sc. νομίζων γεγενῆσθαι. The καὶ 
= also, i. e. as well as to his parents. — ἐπιδεῖν = to live to see (any evil). 
Cf. Aisch. Agam., 1246. — ἐθελήσει, will voluntecr. The fut. (st. the pres., 
as in περιμένει) denotes that he will do this whenever the demand comes. 
In illustration of this change of tense cf. Soph. Antig., 349, 350. — τοῦ 
θανάτου : by its emphatic position = than death itself. Wh. 


214 NOTES. 





§ 206. εἰ pév...viv δ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν.. οὗτος δὲ: observe the double contrast 
between (1) what he was not doing and what he was doing; (2) between 
what he was doing and sch. was doing. —et ἐπεχείρουν ... ἂν ἐπιτι- 
μήσειέ : a mixed condit. sentence: if I were undertaking (as I am not), 
every one would censure me with good reason (were he to do what is reason- 
able). Cf. GMT. 504. — ὑμετέρας, are yours ; predicative, and placed first 
for the sake of emphasis. Here Dem. purposely underestimates his own 
services in order to place the conduct of Aisch. in a more conspicuous light. 
— τῆς μέντοι διακονίας, but in the management of each of the affairs trans- 
acted I affirm that I also have a share. διακονίας is contrasted by means of 
μέντοι W. προαιρέσεις and φρόνημα ; to correspond to μέντοι (= δέ) there 
should be μέν wh. is suppressed, as in § 201. W. 

§ 207. τῶν ὅλων, the whole, i. 6. both the aims (προαιρέσεις) and the ad- 
ministration (διακονία). This is a skilful turn of the orator: my part, he 
says, was merely to execute what you willed ; your part was to cherish the 
noble purposes and adopt the most patriotic measures. Now Aschines 
attacks the whole, and in doing so commits a wrong against you greater 
than against me, inasmuch as your part was more prominent than mine, 
and the renown belonging to you is eternal, while the honor proposed for me 
is temporary. — γλίχεται is a strong word ; acc. to its etymology it denotes 
a tenacious and eager striving. — ἐγκώμια : Arist. Riet., I. 9, defines ἐγκώ- 
puov as a special laudation bestowed for particular and brilliant action, while 
ἔπαινος signifies praise in general. — τουδὶ, i. e. Ctesiphon. — τῇ.. ἀγνωμο- 
σύνῃ, by the perverseness of fortune. 

8 208. pa τοὺς Μαραθῶνι, no! by those of our ancestors who bore the 
brunt of the danger at Marathon. The common reading has οὐ μὰ, but the 
negat. is readily understood w. μά. In the partic. the προ- implies the 
fore-front of the battle. So Thuc., I. 73, represents the Athenians as say- 
ing: Μαραθῶνί τε μόνοι προκινδυνεῦσαι τῷ βαρβάρῳ. --- Μαραθῶνι : the com- 
mon text has ἐν M.; but the prep. is regularly omitted w. the names of Attic 
demes. Cf. H. 783b; 6. 1197; Cu. § 442.— ἐπ᾿ ᾿Αρτεμισίῳ, off Arte- 
misium. It will be observed that the orator departs fr. the chronological 
order and names the land and the naval engagements in succession. — év 
τοῖς.. μνήμασι : these were in the outer Ceramicus, along the road leading 
to the Academy. Cf. Pausan., I. 29; Thuc., II. 34. But the heroes of 
Marathon lay buried on the field of battle. The custom of honoring those 
who had fallen in battle w. a burial at the expense of the state, goes back 
to the time of Solon. Cf. § 285. --- ὁμοίως : emphatic. This lofty strain 
of eloquence, known as ‘‘the Demosthenic oath,” has been deservedly ad- 
mired by all critics. Cf. Hermogenes, p. 425; Quint. Inst. Orat., XI. 3, 
168; Lord Brougham, Vol. VII. 124. The chief points to be noted are 


NOTES. 215 





these: (1) This oath was an act of religious appeal, for wh. there was a suf- 
ficient ground in the belief and feelings of the audience ; it was not, there- 
fore, an empty rhetorical flourish. (2) As a solemn appeal it served to 
rebuke Aisch., who had brought Dem. into disparaging contrast (see the 
passages cited fr. Aisch.) w. the ancient heroes of Greece. (3) The simplicity 
of the orator’s style is apparent even in his most impassioned flights. Lord 
B. thus expresses himself on the word ἀγαθοὺς : ‘* Mark the severe simplicity, 
the subdued tone of diction, in the most touching parts of the old man elo- 
quent’s loftiest passages. In the oath, when he comes to the burial-place 
where they repose by whom he is swearing, if ever a grand epithet were 
allowable it is here ; yet the only one he applies is ἀγαθούς." (4) The ora- 
tor, while apparently carried away by his enthusiasm and passion, does 
not for a moment lose sight of his argument, but carefully subordinates 
everything to the main thought. ‘‘ He teaches us,” says Longinus, ‘that 
in the height of passion we should retain our judgment. He nowhere says 
‘by those who were victorious,’ but everywhere shuns the word wh. would 
indicate the issue of the battles, lest the defeat of Cheeronea should be sug- 
gested to his opponents or his hearers ; till at length he has prepared the 
way w. the hearers for the conclusion : all of whom ALIKE the state buried, 
and not those alone who were successful.” 

§ 209. γραμματοκύφων : ἀντὶ τοῦ γραμματέως, ὅτι ol γραμματεῖς προκεκυ- 
φότες ypdpovow. Etym. Magnum. Cf. ὃ 261. The two epithets may be 
rendered by accursed scribbler. — ἔλεγες : cf. Asch. § 181, cited on p. 92. — 
ὧν τίνος, i. 6. they were irrelevant to the present case. — ἐμὲ δέ, k. τ. ἑ., and 
I, who came forward as councillor to the city in matters pertaining to her 
supremacy, whose spirit ought I to have assumed in ascending the Bema ? — 
τριταγωνιστά : cf. note § 129. Observe the contrast implied in the juxta- 
position of this epithet w. τῶν πρωτείων ; also the emphatic position of ἐμὲ. 
-- τούτων : masc., referring to the Athenians. Tyler follows Holmes in 
referring it to τρύπαια, κ. τ. €. 

8 210. ra...cvpBdrara: obj. of κρίνειν ; lit. contracts, agreements, but here 
used of civil suits in a general sense. Cf. L. and Se. — ἐπὶ.. σκοποῦντας, 
by considering them in the light of. Yor this sense of ἐπὶ w. σκοπεῖν cf. 
§$ 233, 294. — ἀποβλέποντας, by looking away to the praiseworthy prece- 
dents. — παραλαμβάνειν, to take along (apd); depends on νομίζειν and has 
τὸ φρόνημα for its obj. — τῇ βακτηρίᾳ καὶ τῷ συμβόλῳ : each dicast received 
a staff, on wh. was painted the letter of the alphabet corresponding to the 
section of the Heliastic court in wh. he was to serve for that day, and a 
ticket upon wh. the name of the holder and the number of his division were 
written. At the close of the sitting the σύμβολον was given up as a voucher 
for the dicast’s fee of 3 obols. —Td δημόσια, the court-room. — ἐκείνων, i. 6. 
τὰ τῶν προγόνων ἀξιώματα. 


216 NOTES. 





§ 211. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ, But enough, for; denotes a transition. — ἐμπεσὼν : 
as if casually. —%orw ἃ = ἔνια. — ὅπόθεν, sc. ἐκεῖσε ὁπόθεν ; the digression 
begins w. ὃ 180. — ἀφικόμεθ᾽, we had arrived ; i. e. we ambassadors. — 
τῶν ἄλλων, sc. the Aitolians, Dolopians, Phthiotans. — πρέσβεις : Amyn- 
tas and Clearchus are named as the Macedonian envoys. — viv: to prove 
that I am not telling a different story now fr. what was told at the time of 
the embassy. 

§ 212. συκοφαντίας, calumny. — τὸν καιρόν : cf. Asch., § 137 (cited be- 

low) and ὃ 141 (cited on p. &4). — ὡς ἑτέρως : cf. § 85. — ὡς ἔοικεν : cf. § 203. 
— ὃ σύμβουλος kal ῥήτωρ : Diss. observes that the repetition of the article 
would be objectionable, as the ideas of σύμβουλος and ῥήτωρ flow into each 
other. The article is repeated in ἡ προαίρεσις καὶ 4 πολιτεία (§ 93), τὸν τῆς 
εἱμαρμένης καὶ τὸν αὐτόματον (ὃ 205), τὸν πολιτευόμενον καὶ τὸν ῥήτορα (ὃ 278), 
where either the emphasis or a logical distinction seems to demand it. — 
οὐδὲν... συναίτιος : contrasted w. μόνος αἴτιος. In those things wh. might 
naturally be supposed to have been done in part by me, as being a states- 
man, he allows me no share; but for those misfortunes wh. are in no way 
related to my calling and work, I am alone responsible. What consist- 
ency ! 
§ 213. ἐποιήσαντο, i.e. the Thebans.— éketvovus : the envoys fr. Philip and 
those fr. the other allies of Thebes, who had the precedence. —7d...nkepdadarov 
= in summa. — ὧν = τούτων ἅ. --- αὐτοὺς, i. 6. the Thebans. — βούλονται : 
the direct for the indirect mode, to give vividness. — ἢ διέντας αὑτοὺς͵ 
either by allowing themselves (i. 6. the same as ἐκείνους and subj. of ἠξίουν) 
a free passage through their territory (Boeotia). —Taék τῆς “A. βοσκήματα: 
ef. § 44 and note. — ἐκ δὲ ὧν... πολέμου, while as the result of what they 
affirmed we were about to advise, their property in Beotia would be plundered 
by means of the war. An argument, as W. remarks, that would have great 
force w. the selfish Thebans. — συντείνοντ᾽, all aiming at the same result. 

ὃ 214. ἡμεῖς : the ellipsis of ἐλέγομεν immediately after ἔλεγον is not 
harsh. Some MSS. have ἀντείπομεν. --- τὰ μὲν... ἐγὼ μὲν : cf. note § 201. — 
dvtl...ryproaluny, to reper these things severally I would count worth all 
my life. — ὑμᾶς δὲ δέδοικα : prolepsis for δέδοικα μὴ ὑμεῖς. --- ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ... 
ἡγούμενοι is elliptical; the full expression would be ἡγούμενοι ὥσπερ ἂν 
ἡγοῖσθε εἰ ἡγοῖσθε. Cf. Madv. G. S., 8 1996; GMT. 227; H. 905 a, 3; 
G. 1313. Transl. : thinkiny thut even a deluye, as it were, had swept over 
the events; i. e. all trace of them had become obliterated. 

§ 215. μετὰ ταῦτα : this narrative is entirely contradictory to the state- 
ment of Aisch., §§ 137, 140, 141. Diss. thinks that such a bare misrepre- 
sentation as this of isch. (assuming that the account of Dem. is true) 
could not have been made unchallenged before the court ; and he regards 


NOTES. 217 





the passage as a later insertion in the revised edition of Asch. — ἐξῇτε, 
ἐβοηθεῖτε : Bremi calls attention to the asyndeton as descriptive of rapid 
action. — ὥστ᾽ ἔξω τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, that, when our infantry and cavalry were 
encamped outside the walls. Reiske understands that the Theban infantry 
and cavalry vacated their own city for the occupation of the Athenian army 
and encamped outside. _ This would be a ‘‘compliment” unheard of ! 
Besides, as Diss. observes, the distinctive pronouns your and their could 
not be wanting. Bockh Econ., p. 387, speaks of the difficulty, owing to 
the laxity of discipline among the ancient soldiery, of obtaining permission 
to introduce an army into an allied city for quarters. The meaning seems 
plainly this: the Athenian forces after pitching their camps outside were 
invited to take up quarters in the houses of the Thebans ; accordingly, τὴν 
στρατιὰν embraces as a general term τῶν ὁπλιτῶν and τῶν ἱππέων. --- καθ᾽ 
ὑμῶν = ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν. So Phil., 11., 8.9 : μέγιστον καθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἐγκώμιον. Con- 
trariwise in Hom. 711., VI. 524, ὑπέρ = κατά : Ὅθ᾽ ὑπὲρ σέθεν αἴσχε᾽ ἀκούω. 
- σωφροσύνης, sclf-command, Wh.; good behavior, Kenn.; Enthaltsam- 
keit, Jacobs. — ἀμείνους : explanatory of ἀνδρίας ; δικαιότερ᾽ ἀξιοῦν explana- 
tory of δικαιοσύνης. --- καὶ τὰ.. καὶ...δ᾽, «. τ. &, and what is kept under the 
closest guard not only by themselves but also by all men. 

§ 216. κατά γ᾽ ὑμᾶς = quod ad vos quidem attinet. V.— οὔτε... τε: 
negat. and affirm. correlated ; so often. — τὰς πρώτας : all the MSS. except 
Σ add μάχας. W. is the only editor we know of, besides Z, that follows >. 
Another instance of such a verbal ellipsis is found in Lysias pro Mantith., 
§ 15: τῆς πρώτης (sc. μάχης] τεταγμένος μάχεσθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις. But in our 
sentence we would more naturally supply παρατάξεις = maneuvres, skir- 
mishes, fr. the preceding partic. W. thinks this admirably suited to the 
connection, as the allusion is probably to the preliminary marches and 
skirmishes by wh. the combined Thebans and Athenians sought to check 
the advance of Philip. —rod ποταμοῦ, i.e. the Cephissus, wh. flows through 
the plain of Elatea and enters Beeotia not far fr. Cheronea. — τὴν χειμερι- 
viv : critics are divided as to the application of this epithet, some making 
it mean the skirmish in the winter, others in the storm. But for the latter 
meaning the word is properly χειμέριος. If, w. Grote, we suppose an inter- 
val of 10 months (fr. Oct. 339 to Aug. 338 B. c.) between the capture of 
Elatea and the battle of Cheeronea, there is no difficulty in placing these 
encounters early in the spring of 338 B. c., and understanding χειμερινήν of 
a wintry time among the mountain passes of Phocis, where snow is some- 
times found in the spring months. But if, w. Clinton Fast. Hellen., App., 
Ῥ. 16, we suppose that the battle of Chzronea occurred only 50 days after 
the news arrived of Philip’s entrance into Phocis, we have no recourse left 
other than to say w. him, ‘‘the word χειμεριψήν is probably corrupt.” 


21ὃ NOTES. 





§ 217. ζήλου, emulation, enthusiasm. — εἰ μὲν... εἰ... εἰ δὲ.. εἰ : οἵ, ἐὰν 
5°...dy, § 178 and note.— εἰ ὧν.. μάρτυρας, if what he himself called the gods 
to witness as being most excellent ; sc. by participating in the sacrifices, etc. 
(συνέθυε). --- ψηφίσασθαι, i. 6. by condemning Ctes., wh. would necessarily © 
imply a condemnation of the orator’s policy. — τοὺς θεούς : the gods by 
whom the judges were sworn were the same as those to whom Asch. had 
sacrificed. — εἰ δὲ μὴ παρῆν presents the other horn of the dilemma. 
Lord B. comments upon the exquisite diction, the majestic rhythm, the 
skilful collocation of this passage. The dilemma, he remarks, is better 
than the average dilemmas of oratory, and quite sufficient, though incom- 
plete, for the momentary victory at wh. alone the orator often aims. What 
retort could Aisch. obviously have made ὃ 

§ 218. OnPaior...vopltev, but the Thebans were in the belief that they had 
_ been preserved through us. The careful student will have noticed before this 
the fondness of Dem. for infinitive clauses w. the article. — τοῖς νομίζου- 
σιν, i.e. ἡμῖν. So reads 2; all other MSS. have δοκοῦσιν. V. supposes 
νομίζουσιν to be a corruption due to the proximity of νομίζειν. ---- οὗτοι refers 
to Aisch. and his associates. — ἔπεμπεν : the imperf. denotes the frequency 
of this correspondence, the object of wh. was to incite his allies in the 
Peloponn. war to render him more prompt assistance. Cf. § 156. — συνέ- 
χεια, K. 7. &, my persistence, and my wanderings (sc. his πρέσβειαι), and my 
hardships. —8.éovpe: there is no passage in Asch. speech where this. is 
done. But οἵ, Aesch. c. Ctes., § 100. — τί is placed last for emphasis. 

ὃ 219. Καλλίστρατος, thut distinguished Callistratus. He was the most 
eminent orator of his period, and is said to have incited Dem. when a boy 
to the study of eloquence by his speech on Oropus. —’Aptoroday : cf. ὃ 70. 
— Κέφαλος : ct. § 251. — Θρασύβουλος : of Collytus ; not the famous de- 
liverer of Athens from the rule of the Thirty Tyrants. — διὰ παντὸς Ξε 
ἁπλῶς. Cf. §§ 88, 179. — ὑπέλευπε, was wont to reserve for himself pri- 
vately. ὑπό expresses the underlying motive. — εἴ τι γένοιτ᾽, euphemistic 
for in case of a calamity. — ἀναφοράν, ὦ finul resource, a means of recovery. 

§ 220. οὕτως : very emphatic ; join w. μέγαν εἶναι. --- ἐδόκει, sc. ὁ κίνδυ- 
vos. — χώραν οὐδὲ πρόνοιαν, that it seemed to me to allow no opportunity nor 
even forethought for personal safety. τῆς ἀσφαλείας belongs gramm. to πρό- 
voay, but logically also to χώραν wh. would be followed by the dat. — éya- 
πητὸν εἶναι, one must be content. The orator means to say that in his opinion 
duty to country should in such a crisis overshadow all personal considera- 
tions, and one should be thankful if he were able to discharge that duty. 

§ 221. ὑπὲρ = περὶ : cf. note ὃ 9. — γράφοντ᾽ av: the particc. express 
the condition (cf. §§ 30, 190); ἂν to be taken w. the infin. γράψαι, πρᾶξαι, 
ποεσβεῦσαι. --- μηδὲ, nor even. — ἐν πᾶσιν... ἔταττον, in all public affairs I 


NOTES. 210 





constantly made myself the foremost. W. considers the phrase nearly 
synonymous w. ἔδωκα ἐμαυτόν in δὲ 179, 197, 219. 

§ 222. His ταῦτα, x. τ. ἑ. : the rhetorical order of the Greek may be 
imitated in Engl.: This is the condition into which, etc.; this is the utterance 
which, etc. — ἐπαιρόμενος λόγους, he who before this hurled many defiant 
boasts against the city. φωνὴν ἐπαίρειν, ὃ 291, = to lift up the voice in loud 
tones. — Διώνδας : cf. § 249. Acc. to the author of the Lives of the Ten 
Orators, 848 c, Diondas prosecuted not only the authors of this decree, De- 
momeles and Hyperides, but also Aristonicus (§ 223). — τὸ μέρος : cf. note 
§ 103. — ἀποπεφευγότα, acquitted, rarely used of things. 

8 223. ᾿Αριστόνικος : cf. note § 83, where the decree-of Demom. and 
Hyper. is taken as a single one, and that of Ctes. is regarded as third in 
order. — συγκατηγόρησεν : the usages of Athenian law-courts permitted 
the prosecutor to associate w. himself several assistants in making complaint 
and in carrying on the suit. Cf. Meier and Schém. Att. Proc., p. 710. — 
Δημομέλη : a cousin of Dem. A. Schaef., II. 528, conjectures that the crown- 
ing proposed by Demom. occurred at the great Dionysia, April, 338 B. c., 
and that proposed by Hyper. atthe Panathenaic festival, August, 338 B. ©. 
I prefer the view of W., that Hyper. was only incidentally connected w. 
the crowning proposed by Demom. — μᾶλλον... εἰκότως, more properly than 
this man, i. e. Ctes.; simply because it is more fitting to punish the first 
offence than the second after the first has been passed by unnoticed. 

§ 224. rode: refers to Ctes,; ἐκείνους to the persons just mentioned ; 
. τοῦτον αὐτὸν to Aisch.; οὗτος to Ctes. again. — ἀνενεγκεῖν én’, to refer to 
(as a precedent). The force of the prep. remains throughout the sentence. 
--- περὶ τῶν οὕτω πραχθέντων, i.e. legally settled. A suit once decided 
could not be renewed in an Athenian court of law. But the suit brought 
by Asch. was not exactly identical w. that brought by Diondas against 
Demom. and Hyper.; so that the spirit of the law, rather than its letter, is 
meant, and the argument of .Dem. is a moral rather than a legal one. — 
τότε, in that case ; i. 6. supposing Esch. had brought suit in the first in- 
stance. — τὸ πρᾶγμα, κ. τ. &, the real question (i. 6. whether Dem. was 
deserving of a crown or not) would have been tried on its own merits, before 
it had obtained any of these precedents. These points seem well taken. 

§ 225. οἶμαι : ironical. — ἐκ παλαιῶν χρόνων, K. τ΄ é&: he means the 
transactions connected w. the peace of Philocrates. — μήτε... μηδεὶς, st. οὔτε 
...ov6els, because there is a shade of uncertainty in the thought, wh. is im- 
plied in οἶμαι. --- προφάσεις : cf. note § 156. — δοκεῖν τι λέγειν, to seem to 
speak to the purpose. οὐδὲν λέγειν = to speak to no purpose. 

§ 226. ἐπὶ τῆς ἀληθείας : cf. note § 17. — μόνον οὐκ = all but. — τοὺς 
...puvyav : the same point is made in § 15. — κρίσιν : subj. of ἔσεσθαι. 


ae NOTES. 





§ 227. περὶ ἡμῶν, 1. 6. Asch. and himself. Dem. makes the illustration 
of his rival apply to them both. This idea is brought out more fully in the 
sentence : οὐ yap ἂν μεταπείθειν, κ. τ. €., § 228, --- περιεῖναι χρήματά τῳ, 
that money remains over in the hands of some one. The figure is taken fr. 
trade or banking business. — καθαιρῶσιν, lit. if the pebbles cancel or remove, 
sc. one’s credit of money (τὰ χρήματα); i. 6. if accounts balance. This sense 
of καθαιρεῖν seems somewhat forced ; αἱρεῖν in the passage cited fr. Aisch. is 
to be taken in much the same way, and ἀντανελεῖν (lit. to take up on the 
opposite side), § 231, has the same sense. Other Editt. except V. read καθα- 
pal ὦσιν, wh. is explained as referring to clearing away the pebbles from the 
board (cf. ἀβάκιον, Abacus, Dict. Antiq.) in opposite columns of debit and 
credit, until the whole board is cleared and accounts balance. 

§ 228. σοφοῦ, ‘‘sapient.” Lord B. — ὑπάρχειν ἐγνωσμένους : cf. § 95. 
οὐ γὰρ dv, x. τ΄ ἑ,, for he would not be seeking to change your mind, if 
there were not such an opinion as this existing in regard to each of us. 
Dem. proves himself skilful in retort. 

§ 229. τιθεὶς ψήφους, by casting up accounts. — οὗτος λογισμός : οὗτος is 
predicate ; for the mode of reckoning public deeds is not this (i. 6. the arith- 
metical, but another). 

§ 230. παραταξαμένους : in agreement w. αὐτούς supplied fr. Θηβαίους 
and subj. of cwvew. — ἑπτακόσια στάδια : cf. note § 195. — τοὺς λῃστὰς : 
cf. note §§ 145, 241. — φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν = to plunder. — ἐν εἰρήνῃ : anti- 
thetic position to τὸν πόλεμον. --- ἐκ θαλάττης, from the sea reckoning land- 
wards, hence on the side of the sea ; referring to the security of the coasts 
fr. predatory invasions. — λαβόντα, after he should have taken Byzantium ; 
to be taken in close connection w. Philip’s conceived (not actual) occupation 
of the Hellespont. 

§ 231. ψήφοις, sc. τῷ τῶν ψήφων λογισμῷ: the orator doubtless asked 
this question in a sneering tone : Can the statement of deliverance fr. such 
threatened calamities be likened to an arithmetical computation of debit and 
credit ?— ἢ.. ἀντανελεῖν, κ. τ΄ €, or does it seem to you proper to offset these 
against each other? Cf. note 8 227. Does he mean (1) offset his own good 
deeds or benefits against the misfortunes that are charged to his administra- 
tion; as Lord B. expresses it: ‘‘ Must these events be taken out of the oppo- 
site side of my account?” Or (2) offset these benefits just enumerated 
against the common misfortunes of the country ; wh. is the interpretation 
of Reiske, Wh., Kenn., et al. Or (3) should our deeds be made to cancel 
each other ; are my services to the country to be set over against your mis- 
deeds, so that they mutually cancel, and neither go down to later remem- 
brance? The last interpretation seems most in accordance w. the spirit of the 
entire passage. In the preceding section Dem. implies that the calamities 


NOTES. ᾿ς 





wh. were prevented by his policy would have been the legitimate result of 
his rival’s conduct. And we understand this inquiry to be directed, as the 
one just before, to Asch., and w. a touch of sarcasm. The thought, then, 
of the passage is this: when Aisch. asks the Athenians to change their 
opinion respecting Dem. by taking into consideration the debit side of his 
account, Dem. responds: ‘‘let our accounts stand as they are; they are 
not to be cast up and balanced as trading accounts, and then forgotten.” — 
προστίθημι, add to the account ; a mercantile term in harmony w. the pre- 
ceding λογισμός. --- ἐν ols, in those cases in which. — καθάπαξ : cf. § 197. — 
ἑτέροις means the Phocians and Locrians, also the Thebans after the battle 
of Cheronea. — τῆς φιλανθρωπίας refers to Philip’s generous and kind 
treatment of the Athenians after the battle of Cheronea. Demades 
Fragm. 1, says: ἔγραψα καὶ Φιλίππῳ τιμάς - οὐκ ἀρνοῦμαι. δισχιλίους yap 
αἰχμαλώτους ἄνευ λύτρων, καὶ χίλια πολιτῶν σώματα χωρὶς κήρυκος, καὶ τὸν 
Ὠρωπὸν ἄνευ πρεσβείας λαβὼν ὑμῖν ταῦτ᾽ ἔγραψα. Cf. also Polyb., V. 10. — 
περιβαλλόμενος, with a view to accomplishing the rest of his purposes. περι- 
βάλλεσθαι = to compass or embrace in one’s plans ; cf. Isocr. Panegyr., ὃ 184, 
-- καλῶς ποιοῦντες, happily ; indicating the subjective feeling of the 
speaker, = I am happy to say. The difference between this and καλῶς 
πράττοντες is clearly shown in Dem. 6. Leptin., § 110: ὅτε δ᾽ ὑμεῖς, καλῶς 
ποιοῦντες, καὶ κατὰ τὰς κοινὰς πράξεις καὶ κατὰ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν καὶ κατὰ τἄλλα 
πάντα ἄμεινον ἐκείνων πράττετε. 

§ 292. παραδείγματα πλάττων, manufacturing illustrations ; such 6. g. 
as that of the ψῆφοι. --- ῥήματα σχήματα : the former Cic., Orat. VIII., 
understands of the criticism Asch. (§§ 72, 166) made upon several expres- 
sions used by Dem.; the latter word may refer to the mimicking of certain 
gestures peculiar to Dem., wh. were, perchance, not altogether in precise 
keeping (ef. Aisch., § 167) w. the artificial rules of the schools. — πάνυ γὰρ, 
for altogether in consequence of this — don’t you see? —have come about the 
affairs of the Greeks. A similar ironical use of οὐχ ὁρᾷς is found in ὃ 266. 
— παρήνεγκα, 7 extended my hand on this side, but not on that side. 

§ 233. ἐπ᾽... ἐσκόπει : cf. note § 210. --- ἀφορμὰς, resources ; particularly 
Jinencial, as distinct fr. military (δυνάμεις). --- ἐπιστὰς : cf. § 60. — ἐποίη- 
σα... ἐδείκνυεν : notice the diff. in the tenses: if I had made...he would 
(now) point out. — χρήσομαι τῷ λόγῳ, I shall make the statement ; an em- 
phatic paraphrase for λέξω. 

§ 234. τοὺς ἀσθενεστάτους : when the peace of 346 B. c. was concluded, 
Athens had control over Peparethos, Proconnesos, Tenedos, Thasos, Scia- 
thos, in addition to Lemnos, Imbros, Scyros, Samos, wh. belonged to her as 
dependencies. Chios and Rhodes had torn themselves loose in the Social 
War, 357-355 8. c.; about the same time also occurred the revolt of 


Ae: NOTES. 





Corcyra. — σύνταξιν : a euphemistic word, whose origin Harpocr. explains: 
ἔλεγον τοὺς φόρους συντάξεις, ἐπειδὴ χαλεπῶς ἔφερον οἱ Ἕλληνες τὸ τῶν φόρων 
ὄνομα. Bockh Publ. Econ., p. 544, surmises that this contribution was 
subsequently increased (cf. § 237) to as much as 400 talents. Cf. Dem. 
Phil., 1V., ὃ 37 ff. This contribution was made under the new Athenian 
confederacy formed in 377 B.c. See Grote, X., cap. 77. — προεξειλεγμένα, 
collected in advance, anticipated. Cf. Dem. Phil., 1., § 34. — δπλίτην... 
ἱππέα : an instance of asyndeton. Cf. ὃ 67. — τῶν οἰκείων, the citizen-sol- 
diery ; the same as τῶν πολιτικῶν, ὃ 237, in distinction fr. mercenary troops 
wh. are meant by ὁπλίτην, ἱππέα and ξένοι (ὃ 237). — hoPepdraroy, sc. ἢν. 
— οὗτοι : Aisch. and his associates, 

§ 235. πῶς, sc. ὑπῆρχεν ἔχοντα. --- mpodéywv...Bovdeudpevos...evyov... 
ὑπεύθυνος : a most lifelike picture of the comparative weakness and strength 
of a democratic and despotic form of government. Cf. Isocr. Nicoel., § 19. 
Larned compares Canning’s description of Bonaparte’s power: ‘‘ He asks no 
counsel, he renders no account, he wields at will the population and resources 
of a mighty empire and its dependent states.” 

§ 236. καὶ γὰρ τοῦτ᾽ : the force of καὶ = also falls upon τοῦτ᾽, wh. refers 
by anticipation to τίνος κύριος iv. — πρῶτον has no corresponding εἶτα ex- 
pressed ; the next point in the enumeration is ὅσα... περιγένοιντο. --- οὗ μό- 
vou μετεῖχον : his only privilege, as compared w. the advantages of Philip, 
was that of haranguing the people, and this he had to share w. his oppo- 
nents. —teptyévoivto, and whatever successes these gained over me ; he means 
in the discussions and resolutions of the Assembly. — 8v’...4v.. πρόφασιν, 
through whatever pretext each success might chance to arise. ἕκαστον = τὸ 
περιγενέσθαι. With τύχοι supply γιγνόμενον. --- ταῦθ᾽... βεβουλευμένοι, these 
you adopted in favor of the enemy, and then took your departure (sc. fr. the 
Assembly). 

§ 237. ἐκ, out of; i. 6. as starting-points. — Μεγαρέας is written Meya- 
pets, ὃ 234. - τῶν πολιτικῶν : cf. note § 234. — συντέλειαν, joint contribu- 
tion. — ὅσων...πλείστην : ὅσην would be the usual constr.; the genit. is 
due to attraction. A decree found at the close of the Lives of the Ten Ora- 
tors states that this contribution amounted to more than 500 talents. 

§ 238. τὰ... δίκαια, our just dues as regurds the Thebans. He alludes to 
the complaints of Asch. contained in ὃ 148, wh. is cited on p. 85. — τὰ 
πρὸς Βυζαντίους : cf. note § 95. — τὰ πρὸς Ειὐβοέας : cf. Asch., §§ 92, 93.— 
— τῶν ἴσων : ““τὰ ἴσα hoe loco sunt eque portiones sumptuum in bellum 
faciendorum.” Schaef.—rév...rpiqpev : genit. of the whole depending on τὰς 
διακοσίας. ---- τριακοσίων : the whole number of ships at the battle of Sala- 
mis is given by Thuc., I. 74, acc. to some MSS., as 300, ace. to other MSS., 
as 400, of wh. Athens furnished two thirds. Herod., VIII. 48, says there 


NOTES. 223 





were 378, and of these 180 were Athenian. — ἐλαττοῦσθαι, fo be defrauded. 
Dem. turns into a meritorious act what Aisch. had censured as an injustice 
practised upon the city by Thebes, through the venality of Dem. 

ὃ 239. κενὰς, κ. τ. €.: you confer upon these (i. 6. the Athenians) empty 
Savors in calumniating me ; empty, because so entirely useless after all was 
over. —tapay, i. 6. in the Assembly, as ἔγραφες shows. — ἐνεδέχετο, if, 
_ treed, they (ταῦτα) admitted of tt, sc. πράττειν ; i. 6. if they were practi- 
cable. — παρὰ = διὰ : on account of, under the existing circumstances. 
Schaef. But the sense seems quite as good if we take it as in wap αὐτὰ 
τἀδικήματα, ὃ 13, = at the moment of ; implying that the crises were such 
as to demand instantaneous action, when they had to accept what they 
could get, without deliberating upon what they might wish to have. —éea 
βουλόμεθα : the indic. denotes what is definite ; δοίη, the optat., denotes 
what is indefinite. — καὶ.. καὶ, not only...but also. — τοὺς.. ἀπελαυνομένους : 
W. takes in a hypothetical sense, and as referring to the Thebans and 
others who were negotiating for an alliance w. Athens, in case they should 
be repulsed through the exorbitant demands of the Athenians. 

§ 240. viv, as the case stands: — κατηγορίας : the plural, since there 
were many points embraced in the one formal accusation. — ἂν adds em- 
phasis to τί and modifies ποιεῖν... λέγειν below, where it is repeated. Cf. 
G M T. 223, 224; G. 1312. — τούτων, i.e. τὰ πρὸς Θηβαίους δίκαια in ὃ 238. 
— ἀκριβολογουμένου : deriv.? chuffering, haggling. 

§ 241. οὐχ, sc. ἂν ἔλεγον. --- βουλόμενοι refers to the people of the πόλεις 
above. — εἶτα, furthermore ; it continues the question in the direct form in- 
troduced by οὐχ; the whole is summed up at the close in οὐκ ἂν ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεγον. 
— τοῦ “Ελλησπόντου, «. t. é.: the calamities wh. in ὃ 230 he named as the 
impending results of the policy of his rival, the orator here sums up in a 
different order as likely to be laid to his charge by Aisch., had he not pre- 
vented them. His enemies now find fault w. the means by wh. he averted 
the calamities wh. they were preparing; but these very calamities, had 
they occurred, they would have laid at his door ; they were bound to blame 
him anyhow. — σιτοπομπίας: cf. note § 87.— τῶν λῃστῶν : cf. note § 145. 
— Kal...ye, yoa...and. 

§ 242. φύσει κίναδος : cf. note § 162. — τἀνθρώπιόν, manikin, apology 
for a man ; the neuter and the diminutive combining to form the con- 
temptuous term. — atrorpayixds πίθηκος : an allusion, probably, to his 
extravagant imitations and mimicries on the stage. — ἀρουραῖος Οἰνόμαος : 
ef. note § 180. --- δεινότης, power as an orator, eloquence. — πατρίδι : for 
the omission of the art. cf. § 170. — viv, now at last, to-day; this emphasis 
belongs to it also in viv λέγεις ; ὃ 243. 

ὃ 243. ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ : the ellipsis (cf. § 194) is somewhat as follows: to do 


224 NOTES. 





so is just as absurd as it would be (ὥσπερ ἂν et) if, etc. — ἀσθενοῦσι, κ. τ. é., 
visiting his patients in the course of their sickness. On the parallel passage 
in Asch. given below, see Introduction, p. xv. — τὰ νομιζόμενα, the custom- 
ary rites were being performed over him. — τὸ καὶ τὸ, this and that, so and 
so ; an instance of the original demonstrative use of the article— ἅνθρωπος : 
Bekk.’s emendation for ἄνθρωπος of the MSS., on the ground that the art. 
is needed w. the demonstr. pronoun. — εἶτα viv, do you then now at last 
(when all is over) speak ? ' 

§ 244, τοίνυν marks the conclusion. — τὴν ἧτταν : at Cheronea. — παρ᾽ 
ἐμοὶ, in my power. — ὅποι ἐπέμφθην : the indic. emphasizes the actual fact, 
while πεμφθείην, § 45, states the fact indefinitely. — ov«...odK...00K...0v... 
οὐκ.. οὐκ.. οὐ : a marked instance of asyndeton, adding much emphasis to 
the expression. — Θετταλίας : of these embassies little is known besides 
what is said in this oration and in the Third Philippic. The Theban has 
been described in § 211 ff.; that to Byzantium, in § 88. The kings of the 
Thracians were Teres and Cersobleptes. The latter Aisch., § 61, mentions 
as ἄνδρα φίλον καὶ σύμμαχον τῇ πόλει. --- ἄλλοθεν οὐδαμόθεν : Dem. also 
went on a similar embassy to the Peloponn. states. Cf. ὃ 79 and note § 45. 
— ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ols, x. τ. &, but where his ambassadors were vanquished in argu- 
ment, he came with arms and carried the day. Kenn. 

§ 245. μαλακίαν σκώπτων, scoffing at the same man for cowardice. In 
allusion to the charge of Asch. that he had fled fr. his post on the field of 
battle. This story, first found in Hsch., grew as it was repeated, until in 
the Lives of the Ten Orators, p. 845, it is narrated as a fact, that Dem., as 
he was fleeing fr. the battle-field, became entangled in a bramble-bush, and 
panic-stricken turned to the bush, saying: ‘‘ Spare my life and take me 
prisoner!” Against this charge the orator finds a sufficient defence in this 
and the succeeding sections. — τῆς. ψυχῆς : commentators are uncertain 
whether to take this as cowrage, temper, or as life. 

§ 246. πᾶσαν ἐξέτασιν, a full examination. — οὐ παραιτοῦμαι : 7 do not 
beg off. —wérpoxtatl : Grote, XI. 121, remarks upon this claim of Dem.: 
‘*The first Philippic is alone sufficient to prove, how justly Dem. lays claim 
to the merit of having ‘seen events in their beginnings’ and given timely 
warning to his countrymen.” — πολιτικὰ = οἰκεῖα ; which are inherent and 
unavoidable defects belonging to all popular governments. πόλις is used 
here in the sense of πολιτεία. Cf. Isocr. Wicocl., § 17 ff., for a comparison 
between democratic and monarchical government. — ὡς : separated fr. the 
superlative by a prep. Cf. ὃ 288. --- προτρέψαι, sc. τὰς πόλεις. --- οὐδεὶς 

μὴ εὕρῃ ΞΞ οὐ μή τις εὕρῃ. For οὐ as w. subj. cf. GMT. 294, 295 ; H. 1032; 
G. 1360 ; Cu. § 620. 

§ 247. τῷ διδόναι καὶ διαφθείρειν, by promises and bribes to those in power. 


NOTES. 225 





Cf. note ὃ 45. — τῶν κατὰ ταῦτα πραχθέντων, of the deeds done in this de- 
partment ; i. e. as κύριος and ἡγεμὼν τῶν δυνάμεων. --- τῷ διαφθαρῆναι, in the 
matter of being bribed by money or not. τῷ διαφθ. is dat. respect. — ὃ ὠνού- 
μενος, the bidder. — τὸ κατ᾽ ἐμέ : the logic is clear: by two means Philip 
conquered, sc. arms and bribery. But with arms I had nothing to do, and 
as to bribery, I proved myself incorruptible ; ergo, the defeat of the city is 
chargeable to me neither in this nor in that. 

IV. 88 248-290. DEMOSTHENES DEFENDS HIS POLICY AGAINST THE 
CHARGE OF BEING UNFORTUNATE ; COMPARES THE FoRTUNE OF ATIIENS 
WITH THAT OF OTHER STATES, AND HIS OWN FORTUNE WITH THAT OF 
ZESCHINES 3; AND FINALLY APPEALS FOR VINDICATION OF HIS PoLicy To 
THE INDORSEMENT OF THE PEUPLE AFTER THE BATTLE oF CH@HRONEA. 
‘A μὲν : relat. clause precedes for the sake of emphasis. — τοῦτον : Ctesiphon. 
ταῦτα: wh. have been enumerated. — ὑμεῖς, sc. παρέσχεσθε eis τὸ, κ. τ. é. 
— τὴν μάχην : of Cherunea. — θαυμαστὸν ἦν, when it would not have been 
at all surprising, if the multitude had become disaffected towards me. For 
θαυμαστὸν ἣν cf. note on ἐξήρκει, ὃ 196. ---- πρῶτον pév: fearing an immediate 
attack fr. Philip, the Athenians placed their city in a state of defence w. 
all possible speed. Read the graphic account given by Lycurgus in his 
speech against Leocrates, §§ 99 -- 44, of the state of feeling at Athens in con- 
sequence of the defeat at Cheronea. — πάνθ᾽... διὸ τῶν ἐμῶν W.: an inex- 
cusable exaggeration. The proposal to place the Peireus in a state of 
defence, to make the Metics citizens, to set free a portion of the slaves, to 
restore to citizenship those who had lost their political rights, to bring the 
women and children to the Peirsus for safety, was made by Hyperides the 
orator. — τὰ εἰς τὰ τείχη xp-: the hasty and tumultuous preparations of 
defence described by Lycurg. 1. 6. are meant, for wh. a special contribution 
seems to have been made. Cf. §§ 171, 512. --- σιτώνην, grain commissioner. 
Special commissions were appointed in time of war and of unusual scarcity 
to procure an extra importation of grain. 

ὃ 249. μετὰ ταῦτα : when the excitement had died away, and Philip had 
announced through Demades his friendly intentions. — συστάντων : with- 
out the art. to make it indefinite. — γραφὰς, sc. παρανόμων, as appears fr. 
ἔννομα γράφειν in ὃ 250. — εὐθύνας, complaints for maladministration. — | 
εἰσαγγελίας : cf. note § 18. --- τό ye πρῶτον, at first ; the emphasis of γε 
indicates that they did later. The leaders of the Macedonian faction had 
to move cautiously, as there was still strong sympathy w. Dem. among the 
people. — éxpwvépny, 7 was browght to trial. — Σωσικλέους : nothing further 
than what is here mentioned is known of him nor of Mé\avros. — Φιλο- 
κράτους : not the same person as the one mentioned in § 21, but of Eleusis. 
— Διώνδου : cf. ὃ 222. — τοίνυν resumes the thought interrupted by the 

15 


226 NOTES. 





long parenthesis. — τοῦτο, i. 6. τὸ δικαίως ἐμὲ σωθῆναι. ----γνντων τὰ εὔορκα, 
gave ὦ verdict in accordance with their oath. 

§ 250. τὸ μέρος : cf. ὃ 103. — ἐπεσημαίνεσθε, you were indorsing ; lit. 
setting the seal upon, spoken of the logistew. The force of the impf. in all 
these verbs must not be overlooked. — οὐχ ὃ... τιθέμενον, not that (name) 
which he saw the people affixing. — δῆμον ... δικαστάς ... ἀλήθειαν : corre- 
spond in their order to the different kinds of trial referred to by Dem. 
above ; thus, the εἰσαγγελία was tried before the demus, the γραφὴ παρανό- 
μὼν hefore the dicasts, and the εὐθύνη before the logistze where the trial was 
an issue of fact. 

§ 251. τοῦ Κεφάλου : a statesman who flourished at the time of the 
restoration of the democracy under Thrasybulus. He was instrumental in 
uniting Thebes and Athens during the Corinthian war. — τὸ.. φεύγειν, but 
it was the honor of Cephalus that he was never indicted. — μᾶλλον, sc. διὰ 
τοῦτο : the sense is: why should a man who has never been convicted, but 
often been tried, on this account be held in reproach more justly than the man 
who has never been on trial ? — πρός ye τοῦτον, as far as this man (Asch.) 
is concerned. — ἐγράψατό.. ἐδίωξε : the former verb denotes the act of bring- 
ing in the bill, the latter that of carrying it through the court. — μηδὲν, 
st. οὐδέν, vecause it is as the acknowledgment of Aisch. (not as the absolute 
fact) that he is in no respect a worse citizen. For the form of the neg. cf. 
GM T. 685. 

§ 252. ἐγὼ... ἡγοῦμαι... ἑτέρῳ : this sentence passed into a proverb, and is 
found in the Florilegium of Stobeus. — ἣν ydp: the relat. precedes the 
antecedent ταύτης. By beginning the transl. w. πῶς χρὴ, x. τ. ἑ., the stu- 
dent will make a clearer Engl. sentence. — χρῆται τῷ λόγῳ : cf. § 233. --- 
ἀνθρωπινώτερον : the sense is with a more just notion of human life. 

ὃ 253. Δωδωναῖον : the oracle of Zeus at Dodona was the most venerable 
of all the Greek oracles, although long ago superseded in influence by that 
of Apollo at Delphi. It may be that the orator purposely passes the Del- 
phic oracle by from a suspicion of its truthfulness and patriotism, —a sus- 
picion attributed to him by Aisch. in the words φιλιππίζειν τὴν Πυθίαν» 
φάσκων. --- ἣ viv ἐπέχει, which now prevails.— τίς γὰρ... πεπείραται : at this 
time Thebes was in ruins, the recent uprising against Macedon in the 
Peloponnesus had been quelled by Antipater, and Alexander was in the 
midst of his conquests in Asia. 

§ 254. τὸ.. ἄμεινον πράττειν, and to fare better than. — διάξειν : in 
direct discourse the sentence would be: ἐὰν προώμεθα...διάξομεν. --- τῆς 
ἀγαθῆς τύχης : partit. genit. Athens, though under the Macedonian 
yoke w. the rest of the Greek states, preserved its independence in affairs 
of home government much better than those Peloponnesian states (τῶν 
οἰηθέντων. ... διάξειν) that had stood aloof fr. the struggle against Philip.— 


NOTES. 227 





τὸ δὲ προσκροῦσαι, and that there were reverses; the sentence is the 
obj. of μετειληφέναι, wh., like μεταδίδωμι and μετέχω, may be followed by 
the accus. as well as by the partit. genit.— τὸ μέρος : in appos. w. the 
preceding infinitives ; as that portion of the fortune of the rest of mankind 
which has been allotted to us. 

ὃ 255. ἰδίαν... ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις, personal...in personal affairs ; not in pub- 
lic matters. This is in reply to the charge of Asch. that the misfortunes 
of the state were partly due to the ill-starred fortune of Dem. — ὑμῖν, sc. 
δοκεῖν fr. δοκῶ. Inferior MSS. add συνδοκεῖν. --- ὃ δὲ, in contrast w. ἐγὼ μὲν. 
— κυριωτέραν, paramount to ; i. e. more effective for weal or woe. 

§ 256. πάντως, altogether, at any rate; modifies the idea of προαιρεῖ 
ἐξετάζειν. --- pov πρὸς Ards: the same order is found in § 199. — ψυχρό- 
tyTa, folly, Lord B.; bad taste, Kenn.; coldness, indifference, L. and Sc.; 
ungenerous feeling is the excellent rendering of Holmes, who explains 
the word as denoting “ἃ lack of that human warmth of héart and sym- 
pathy which would naturally produce great tenderness of word and deed 
towards the unfortunate.” — προπηλακίζει : cf. προπηλακισμὸν, § 12. — 
ἀναγκάζομαι : the orator makes the same excuse in § 126. — ἐκ τῶν évdv- 
των, under the existing circumstances ; lit. out of the things possible, i. 6. as 
material. 

§ 257. τὰ προσήκοντα διδασκαλεῖα, ἐξ was my lot to attend respectable 
schools when I was a boy ; in distinction fr. the schools attended by his 
rival. A Greek school education, as described by Plato Protag., p. 325, 
consisted of (1) γράμματα = language spoken and written ; (2) literature, or 
the study of authors ; (3) music, including rhythm ; (4) εὐκοσμία = good 
principles and proper behavior. Before τὰ προσήκοντα all MSS. except 2 
and L, have μὲν ὄντι φοιτᾶν εἰς = to attend upon ; this reading may have 
arisen fr. the desire to obviate the harshness of the constr. that joins ὑπῆρ- 
xev first w. a subst. and then w. an infin. (ἔχειν). --- ὅσα... ἔνδειαν : the 
father of Dem. left property to. the value of 14 talents. How dishonestly 
this estate was administered by the guardians of Dem., so that but a small 
fraction of it fell to him as inheritance, we learn fr. his speech against 
Aphobus, 1., §§ 4-11. — ἐξελθόντι, i. 6. when he became an ἔφηβος. --- ἀκό- 
λουθα τούτοις, in keeping with these (my) circumstances. — χορηγεῖν, to act 
as choragus. See Dict. Antiq. Dem. is known to have been choragus in 
350 B. c., when the difficulty w. Midias occurred. Cf. Orat. ὁ. Mid., § 13. 
— τριηραρχεῖν : cf. note ὃ 102. The duties of trierarch were performed by 
Dem. several times: once in the Eubcean war (357 B. c.); ef. § 99. His 
guardians had him enrolled in the first class, and he was for 10 years 
ἡγεμὼν συμμορίας. Cf. §§ 102, 103. — εἰσφέρειν, to contribute. Notum est 
dici de tributo extraordinario ad belli necessitates. Diss. — φιλοτιμίας, 


228 NOTES. 





acts of liberality, Kenn.; Freigebigkett, Jacobs. Two such acts of generosity 
are alluded to in ὃ 268. --- πρὸς τὰ κοινὰ = upon public life. — πολλάκις 
᾿ἐστεφανῶσθαι : cf. §§ 83, 120, 222. — καλά γ᾽, honorable at least ; however 
disastrous the result may have been. ‘‘ Dem. never forgets his leading dis- 
tinctions.” LARNED. / 

§ 258. ἂν ἔχων = ἂν ἔχοιμι: ef. note ὃ 96. The partic. w. concessive 
force occurs without ἄν in §§ 188, 264. — φυλαττόμενος τὸ λυπῆσαί = dud. 
μὴ λυπήσω. Cf. GMT. 374. — σεμνύνομαι : here used w. ἐν, but in 
ὃ 259 w. ἐπί. The antec. of οἷς may be understood as τοῖς πράγμασι. --- 
σεμνυνόμενος : this word is repeated w. a certain degree of bitterness, — 
ποίᾳ τινὶ, what sort of a; the addition of τὶς adds to the indefiniteness of 
the question. W. remarks that this entire passage now following, as well 
as that contained in § 129, is to be regarded as the revenge of Dem. for his 
rival’s similar attack upon him. (Cf. Aisch., § 171 ff.) We could wish 
that the orator’s revenge had been, instead of this, a dignified and con- 
temptuous silence. — tpiBwv: the ink was probably prepared, like our 
India ink, by rubbing from a cake. — οἰκέτου, x. τ. &, having the rank of 
a menial, not of a gentleman's son. ᾿ 

§ 259. τελούσῃ, engaged in the rites of initiation. The allusion is to the 
celebration of Orphic-Bacchic mysteries of Phrygian origin, wh., though 
under the public ban, had gained at that time considerable foothold in 
Greece, owing to the prevalent taste for semi-religious excesses. The deity 
who was worshipped in these rites was Sabazius or Sabadius, the son of 
Rhea or Cybele, who in later times was identified w. Dionysus Sabazius. 
Cf. Aristoph. Av., 875. — βίβλους : Plato Repubdl., 11. 7, speaks of the 
large number and extensive influence of soothsayers and priests, who car- 

‘vied about with them volumes of oracular sayings and formule of consecra- 

tion, wh. they pretended came from Orpheus and Museus. — νεβρίζων, 
wrapping in fawn-skins (sc. the novitiates). — κρατηρίζων is defined by 
Phot. Lex. as οἶνον ἀπὸ κρατήρων ἐν τοῖς μυστηρίοις σπένδων. --- ἀπομάττων 
is explained by Wyttenbach (ad Plut. de Superstit., p. 166) as follows: 
‘“* Lustrationis pars erat ut corpus lustrandum circumlineretur et quasi 
circumpinseretur imprimis luto [πηλῷ], tum abstergeretur [πιτύροις], quo- 
rum illud est περιμάττειν hoc ἀπομάττειν, sed utrumque promiscue de tota 
lustratione dicitur. — ἀνιστὰς : the candidate seems to have been in a lying 
or sitting posture during the process of purification. Cf. Aristoph. Nud., 
255. — ἔφυγον, κ. τ. ἑ. : a formula wh. signified that one had passed into a 
new life. It was used also in certain nuptial ceremonies. 

§ 260. φθέγγεσθαι μέγα: AZsch. seems to have had good lungs and a fine 
voice, wh., if we may credit Dem. (cf. §§ 280, 285, 313), he used not with- 
out ostentation. — καλοὺς : ironical. —T@ μαράθῳ Kal τῇ λεύκῃ : the 






i \ \eRARYy 


OF THE 


UONWIVERSITY 


OF eariroRN' 
NOTES. 229 








fennel plant possessed the property of charming serpents ; the white poplar 
was believed to grow in Hades, and served as a symbol of life and death. 
Harpocr. Lex. says that those initiated in the Bacchic mysteries were 
crowned w. the white poplar, because Dionysus was a θεὸς χθόνιος. --- τοὺς 
mapelas, syucezing the puffy-cheeked snakes ; so called fr. their large puffy 
cheeks (παρεία) ; they were thought to be harmless. Cf. Ztym. Magn., 
653; Aristoph. Plut., 690. The use of serpents in the Bacchic services is 
alluded to also by. Eurip. Bacch., 697. — evot σαβοῖ, Huot Saboi! a Bac- 
chic exclamation, whose origin grammarians give variously : evo? fr. εὖ of, 
εὖ col, εὖ of (μύσται), εὖ υἱέ ; σαβοῖ fr. σαβός (= Bdxxos) = one who has been 
initiated into the mystery of Σαβάζιος, the Phrygian Bdxxos. — ὕης ἄττης, 
Hyes Attes! ns is generally taken as simply an exclamation w. ἄττης, and 
ἄττης as an equivalent of Σαβάζιος. The name”Arrys is found in Pausan., 
VII. 17, § 5. The whole is supposed to be the opening or the refrain of a 
Bacchic street chorus, that was accompanied by dances and contortions of 
the body. — ἔξαρχος, leader of the choir, chorister. — προηγεμὼν, leader of 
the procession, marshal. — κυττοφόρος, adorned with wy; Attic for κισσο- 
φόρος. The ivy was sacred to Dionysus. This is the MSS. reading ; but 
Reiske, Bekk., Taylor, and others follow Harpocr., Suid., Phot., and read 
κιστοφόρος = bearer of the chest (wh. contained the sacred utensils), V. con- 
tends that it is improbable that the same person should be both κιστοφό- 
pos and λικνοφόρος if they mean different things, and that both words 
should be used if they mean the same thing. — ἔνθρυπτα, sops ; acc. to 
Photius they were bits of bread sopped in wine and sprinkled over w. 
pulse. — στρεπτοὺς, twists (στρέφω). — νεήλατα were, acc. to Harpocr., 
Fresh-ground barley-cakes dipped in honey and studded w. raisins and 
chick-peas. 

§ 261. ὁπωσδήποτε -- quocumque modo ; implying that it was in a way 
anything but creditable. Cf. note § 130. The enrolment in the register 
of citizens was made at the expiration of the 17th year of one’s age. — 
γραμματεύειν : cf. §§ 162, 209. — τοῖς ἀρχιδίοις, the petty officials. — ἀπηλ- 
λάγης : by the choice of this word he wishes to imply that it was a hard 
and disagreeable service to wh. Aisch. had been bound. —t@...Blo, by 
your subsequent career. 

§ 262. τοῖς βαρυστόνοις, nicknamed the groaners ; probably fr. their ri- 
diculous overacting of the pathetic. — Σιυμύλῳ : Demochares in Vita Aisch., 
p. 246, mentions the fact that Aisch. wandered w. these strolling players 
through the land and appeared on ‘‘the provincial boards” in the celebra- 
tion of the rural Dionysia. — ἐτριταγωνίστεις : cf. § 129. — συλλέγων, gath- 
ering from the orchards of others, just as a fruit-huckster. The country Dio- 
nysia occurred at the time of the vintage. sch. is represented here. acc. to 


230° NOTES. 





one view, as going about the country gathering up fruit, either as a thief or as 
a beggar ; acc. to another view, as picking up fr. the stage the fruit w. wh. 
the audience pelted him and his associates for their poor acting. If the 
latter view is correct, it is difficult to see what ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοτρ. x. refers to, 
since it is wholly superfluous w. ὀπωρώνης. --- πλείω λαμβάνων : the sense 
is obscure. Most critics understand these words to mean that Asch. har- 
vest of fruit was greater than his earnings as an actor, τῶν ἀγώνων referring 
to the dramatic contests in which you (the actors) were engaged at the peril 
of your life. By taking ἀγώνων to refer to contests between the spectators 
and the actors the gloss τραύματα after τούτων, wh. is omitted by = alone, 
crept into the text. Others understand the allusion to be to the blows 
received by him as a vagrant in the orchards. But Dem. would not say : 
‘* you received more blows from this calling than from your acting,” when 
he states immediately afterward that they acted at the peril of their life. 
Professor Tyler seems to combine the two interpretations, as if the orator 
used an intentional ambiguity : ‘‘the result was that they got more (both 
kicks and coffers) in this way, than from acting in the plays.” — ἄσπονδος 
καὶ ἀκήρυκτος : in explanation of περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς. The war was without 
truce, i. 6. unceasing ; and without herald, i. 6. implacable. Cf. Xen. Anab., 
111. 3. 5. —tpatpar’ alludes to the showers of stones, fruit, and other 
missiles sent by the audience for his wretched acting. This is more fully 
described by Dem. in de F. L., ὃ 337: ὅτε μὲν τὰ θυέστου καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ Tpolg 
κακὰ ἠγωνίζετο, ἐξεβάλλετε αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξεσυρίττετε ἐκ τῶν θεάτρων καὶ μόνον οὐ 
κατελεύετε οὕτως ὥστε τελευτῶντα τοῦ τριταγωνιστεῖν ἀποστῆναι. --- ὡς δει- 
λοὺς : with reference to the reproach of cowardice that isch. brings repeat- 
edly against him. 

§ 263. ἀλλὰ γὰρ : cf. ὃ 211 and note. —mpdbs αὐτὰ.. κατηγορήματα, 7 
shall proceed to consider step by step the actual charges against your charac- 
ter. — ποτε, at last ; ‘‘ continuing the taunt that sch. was long excluded fr. 
political life by his low origin and occupations.” HotmeEs. —Aaye βίον 
ἔζης, you led the life of a hare; a proverbial expression for a life of 
anxious fear and timidity. 

§ 264. χιλίων... ἀποθανόντων : Lycurg. c. Leocr., ὃ 142, and Diod., XVI. 
88, state that a thousand Athenians fell in the battle of Cheronea, and that 
two thousand were taken prisoners. —Tav ζώντων contains an implied 
contrast to ἀποθανόντων. --- ἂν δείξαιμι : potent. optat.; cf. note on ἂν ἔχοι, 
§ 16. — εὐχερῶς, recklessly. — ὅσα... ἐστιν : how diff. fr. ὅσα ἂν 7? CF. 
GM T. 525; H. 914; G. 1430. 

§ 265. τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα, lit. the things lived by you and by me. 
Cf. § 130. — ἐδίδασκες... πατρίδος : this passage was regarded.by the ancient 
rhetoricians as a model of antithesis. But Demetrius de Z’ocut., ὃ 250, finds 


NOTES. 221 





fault w. the number of balanced sentences ; he thinks the effect of the con- 
trast is weakened by so many antithetic parts, aud the entire passage shows 
more artifice than earnestness. In sharp and severe outline Dem. sums up 
the career of his rival in its five leading points : (1) as assistant to a peda- 
gogue (δ 258); (2) as helper in the initiations (88 259, 260); (3) as clerk 
(§ 261); (4) as actor (§ 262); (5) as statesman (§ 263). Most Editt. have 
éxdpeves, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐχορήγουν after ἐτελούμην ; but this sentence is found neither 
in 2, L., nor in the oldest rhetoricians, — ἐτέλεις.. ἐτελούμην : the antithesis 
becomes clear when we understand ἐτέλεις of the disreputable Sabazian mys- 
teries and ἐτελούμην of the sacred Eleusinian mysteries. Kenn. quotes fr. 
Milton’s Apology for Smectymnuus the following imitation : ‘‘ Speaking of 
the young divines and students at college, whom he had so often seen upon 
the stage acting before courtiers and court ladies, he (Milton) proceeds thus: 
‘There while they acted and overacted, among other young scholars I was 
a spectator; they thought themselves gallant men, and I thought them 
fools ; they made sport, and I laughed ; they mispronounced, and I mim- 
icked ; and, to make up the Atticism, they were out, and I hissed.’ ” 

§ 266. τὸ δὲ... ἀνωμολόγημαι, and it has been admitted that I have done 
no wrong whatever. τὸ ἀδικεῖν is the accus. retained w. the pass. constr. — 
συκοφάντῃ : for the constr. cf. note on τοιούτοις, § 128. — κινδυνεύεις, k. τ. é., 
and you are in danger either of being obliged to continue to do this (i. e. act 
the part of slanderer, since Asch. to be consistent must play his réle to the 
end, must not stop, therefore, with gaining this suit) or of being forthwith 
silenced, by losing this suit. Thus, the orator means to say, isch. must 
be in either case the loser. —71d πέμπτον : cf. note § 103. — ἀγαθῇ γε: 
notice the ironical force of ye. — οὐχ ὁρᾷς : cf. § 292. --- τῆς ἐμῆς : the 
comm. reading adds ὡς φαύλης, wh., as Voem. justly remarks, weakens the 
force of the sentence, for no one τύχης κατηγορεῖ ws ἀγαθῆς. 

§ 267. τῶν λειτουργιῶν : such as are enumerated in § 257. — ἀναγνῶ, Jet 
me read, although below he says λέγε ; but it is well known that what one 
orders another to do, he may be said to do himself. — pot = I pray thee ; 
the ethical dat. Cf. note § 178. — ἐλυμαίνου, used to murder. Cf. § 180. 
We speak of murdering the king’s English.—xo...2dXas : the beginning of 
the Hecuba of Euripides. πύλας is governed by λιπών in the next verse, 
wh. reads : λιπών, ἵν “Αἰδης χωρὶς ᾧκισται θεῶν. Asch. had personated in 
this play the shade of Polydorus as tritagonist. — κακαγγελεῖν is an ἅπαξ 


λεγόμενον. This iambic verse is from an unknown tragedy. — κακὸν 
κακῶς : an instance of paronomasia ; cf. § 11, aud the Latin malos male 
perdere. 


§ 268. τοιοῦτος, sc. ἦν ἐγώ. --- κοὐνὸς, 56. εἰμί, 7 wn public-spirited. A 
similar omission of the first pers. of this verb occurs in Dem. Lept., § 55, 


232 NOTES. 





where ἐσμέν is to be supplied. — ἐλυσάμην : Dem., acc. to de F. L., § 169 ff., 
ransomed a number of Athenians who had been taken prisoners in the 
Olynthian war. — συνεξέδωκα, joined with any (sc. the poorer of the citi- 
zens) in portioning their daughters. Every bride must bring her husband 
a marriage dower ; the poor obtained it by the generous contributions of 
their richer friends. — οὔτε... οὐδέν, join w. ἂν εἴποιμι. In this category 
might be placed contributions to defray burial expenses, and to buy military 
outfits for the poor. 

§ 269. ἐγὼ... τῷ ὀνειδίζειν : the same just sentiment is given by Cic. de 
Amicit., XX. 71, as follows: ‘*‘Odiosum sane genus hominum officia expro- 
brantium, que meminisse debet is in quem collata sunt, non commemorare 
qui contulit.” — ποιήσαντα, sc. εὖ, wh. is found in most MSS. — τὸν μὲν 
means τὸν εὖ παθόντα ; τὸν δὲ refers to τὸν ποιήσαντα. --- μικροῦ... ὀνειδίζειν, 
is almost like reproaching one. — προαχθήσομαι, sc. ποιεῖν. --- ὅπως ποθ᾽, 
K. τ. &, but in whatever way I have been regarded as respects these things, 
I am content. 

§§ 270, 271. ἀπαλλαγεὶς, having escaped from ; as if from some unpleas- 
ant thing. Cf. ἀπηλλάγης, ὃ 261. — ὑπὸ τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον, i. 6. the world 
of the Greeks. — ἀθῷος, unscathed by. — viv, i. 6. in the year 331-330 B. c. 
Cf. note ὃ 288. --- τὴν ἐμὴν... βούλει : a similar turn of expression is found 
in ὃ 20. — πάντων αἰτίαν : αἰτίαν is not found in 2, and is, therefore, re- 
jected by V. and W. But this word seems necessary to the sense. Dem. is 
refuting the notion, so persistently declared by his rival, that his personal 
fortune was answerable for the misfortunes of the country, and his argument 
runs thus: you cannot name any one who has not been injured by Philip 
or Alexander ; but among those who have been thus injured there are 
many who have never seen me nor heard my voice. Can I be the cause of 
their misfortunes? How much more just, then, is it to say that our mis- 
fortunes and theirs are attributable to a common cause (sc. τὴν ἁπάντων 
ἀνθρώπων τύχην καὶ φοράν Twa πραγμάτων χαλεπὴν), than to call my fortune 
the cause of all, i.e. of all the evil that has come upon the Greeks and 
Barbarians. Voem. and West. render : I concede that my fortune, whether 
you please to call it good or ill, has become the fortune of all (men). But how 
that follows fr. the supposition εἰ μὲν yap ἔχεις, x. τ. €., 1 do not see. — φοράν 
τινα.. οὐχ οἵαν ἔδει, a certain irresistible and deplorable tide of troubles. 
Some take φοράν here in the sense of crop or harvest, as in § 61. 

§ 272. παρὰ τουτοισὶ, among these; i. e. my fellow-citizens, as dis- 
tinguished fr. πολλοὶ τῶν μηδεπώποτ᾽ ἰδόντων, x. τ. é., above. — καὶ εἰ μὴ, 
even tf not. — αὐτοκράτωρ, 6. g. like Philip. Cf. § 235. 

ὃ 273. ἀεὶ.. προὐτίθει σκοπεῖν, and at all times the city proffered the op- 
portunity in common (se. to all) to consider her advantage.—wacv...Bédr10v : 


NOTES. 233 





this taunt is not fair. sch. and his party were outvoted and had to sub- 
mit to what they could not prevent ; their approbation they did not give. 
— ταῦτ᾽ : the measures proposed by Dem. — οὐ γὰρ én’ εὐνοίᾳ, x. τ. &, for 
it was not out of good-will, certainly, that you relinquished to me, etc.; 1. 6. 
you did not give up these in order that I might have them. — ἐλπίδων, 
hopes, prospects of reward. — ἡττώμενος, because you were compelled. — 
λέγειν βελτίω : cf. εἰπεῖν βέλτιον above. This change of tense and number 
gives variety. Which of these forms of expression has more reference to 
the nature and contents of the action ? — viv ἐγκαλῶν... τότ᾽ οὐκ εἶχες : 
how and where has the orator made this point before? Cf. §§ 188, 196, 
217. It is the characteristic of a good orator to impress an important point 
by frequent yet ever-varying repetition. 

8 274, ἔγωγ᾽, I for my part see ; however oblivious of these principles 
my opponent may be. — πως τὰ τοιαῦτα, such principles as these somehow 
defined and laid down. — ἀδυκεῖ τις ἑκών : former examples of this hypo- 
thetical form of statement are found in §§ 117, 198. — ὀργὴν καὶ τιμωρίαν 
 ovyyvapny, sc. διωρισμένας ὁρῶ. --- οὔτ᾽ ἀδικῶν τις, «. τ. €.: transl. in this 
order : tis...dods...08 κατώρθωσε... οὔτ᾽... οὔτ΄. The particc. ἀδικῶν, ἐξαμαρτά- 
νων are placed at the beginning so as to connect this third category more 
closely w. the éwo preceding. — οὐ κατώρθωσε, failed in common with all. 
On the distinction between ἀτυχήματα, ἁμαρτήματα, ἀδικήματα, cf. Aristot. 
Rhet., 1. 18. --- τῷ τοιούτῳ : the addition of the art. makes the reference 
more specific = such an one as this. 

§ 275. τοῖς νόμοις, from the laws. The distinction between νόμοι and 
νύμιμοι may be stated thus : νόμος = a positive, definite law or ordinance, 
generally written ; νόμιμος = a principle or rule that is founded upon cus- 
tom or upon the moral sense of every human being. Cf. Soph. Antig., 
451: of τοὺς ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ὥρισαν νόμους. οὐδὲ σθένειν τοσοῦτον φόμην τὰ σὰ 
κηρύγματα ὡς τὰ ἄγραπτα καὶ ἀσφαλῆ θεῶν νόμιμα. Cf. also Plato Legg., 
VIL., p. 793; Dem. ὁ. Aristocr., § 70. --- ἤθεσι : cf. note § 114. — ἀτυχη- 
“μάτων : misfortunes he imputes to me as crimes. 

§ 276. ὅπως μὴ παρακρούσομαι : for the mode cf. G M T. 370; H. 887 a; 
ἃ, 13879 ; Cu. § 533, Obs. — δεινὸν, skilful as a speaker, hence eloquent. 
So δεινότητα below = eloquence. sch. had named Dem. κακοῦργον σοφι- 
στήν" τὸν yinra καὶ βαλαντιοτόμον καὶ διατετμηκότα τὴν πολιτείαν " δεινὸς 
δημιουργὸς λόγων. --- ὡς ἐὰν.. οὕτως ἔχοντα, as though when, etc.,...then 
these statements must also be trwe. For the constr. cf. § 122. 

§ 277. τὴν... δεινότητα : another instance of aposiopesis; cf. §§ 3, 22. 
The thought thus interrupted is resumed w. the words εἰ δ᾽ οὖν... ἐμπειρία 
τοιαύτη. --- ἔστω yap, nay, be it so. Let it pass that I am an orator; this 
imputation is, after all, a kind of proof that I am in sympathy w. the 


234 NOTES. 





public ; ὡς γὰρ... ἀποδέξησθε, x. τ. €. — τὸ πλεῖστον, for the most part, gen- 
erally. Some MSS. insert μέρος. --- ὡς γὰρ.. ἀποδέξησθε, for, according as 
you may receive and feel kindly towards each. For the subj. w. ἄν cf. GMT. 
532; Η. 914B; 6. 1431; Cu. § 554. —@ofe: why the δου. ὃ Cf. GMT. 
533; Η. 840; G. 1394; Cu. ὃ 494. This sentiment, that the audience con- 
trols the speaker, not the speaker the audience, is stated negatively in the de 
F. L., § 340 : ‘Other powers are tolerably independent, but that of speaking is 
red ed to nothing when you who hear are opposed,’ Thesame important truth 
has been dwelt upon by ail rhetoricians fr. Aristotle to Whately.— παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ: 
ef. 8110: map ἑκάστῳ τὸ συνειδὸς ὑπάρχειν μοι. --- οὐδ᾽ ἰδίᾳ, not even for my 
personal interest. — τοὐναντίον, sc. εὑρήσετε ἐξεταζομένην. --- τούτων : to be 
referred back to the collective ris, as in § 99. 

§ 278. εἰσεληλυθότας, sc. τὰ δικαστήρια. --- ἀξιοῦν αὑτῷ βεβαιοῦν, fo re- 
quire to secure to. himself; i.e. by condemning his opponent. — εἰσιέναι, 
nor ought he to come before you, as a prosecutor. — πράως... ἔχειν, to have 
them (i. e. these feelings) mildly and moderately disposed. — τὸν πολι- 
τευόμενον.. τὸν ῥήτορα : the former is one that takes an active part in 
public affairs, the latter more distinctively a speaker and advocate in the 
public assemblies. For the repetition of the art. (τὸν) cf. note § 212. — 
ἐν οἷς.. τῷ δήμῳ, et in quibus populo res est cum adversariis. The full ex- 
pression in Greek would be ἐν τούτοις ἃ πρὸς, x. τ. €. Cf, πρὸς ὃν ἣν ἡμῖν ὁ 
ἀγών, ὃ 235; Isocr. Panegyr., ὃ 12: ἐμοὶ δ᾽ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοιούτους...ἐστίν. 

§ 279. μηδενὸς δὲ ἀδικήματος... δίκην : here Dem. briefly reiterates the 
points more fully treated in 88 12-16. — ἥκειν : subj. of ἐστὶ σημεῖον. The 
art. (τὸ) is used w. this infin. below. — συνεσκευασμένον, having concocted. 
— οὐδενὸς : neuter. — ἐμὲ αὐτὸν, more emphatic than ἐμαυτόν, me myself. 
- ἐπὶ τόνδ᾽, i. 6. Ctesiphon. — καὶ πᾶσαν ἔχει κακίαν, involves even the 
sum of all baseness. Most MSS. omit καὶ, and then νῦν... κακίαν forms a 
pentameter. 

§ 280. λόγων.. τιμωρίαν : for the same topic cf. § 226. — φωνασκίας : 
Asch. practice in elocution and his fine voice are derided also in § 308. 
And in de F. L., § 336, Dem. says : ἐπαρεῖ τὴν φωνὴν καὶ πεφωνασκηκὼς ἔσται. 
All this is by way of retort upon Asch., who in de Κ΄, L., § 157, speaks of 
Dem. voice as ὀξεῖαν καὶ ἀνόσιον, Yet how much pains Dem. took to culti- 
vate his voice and delivery, Quintilian mentions, Orat. Instit., XI., Chap. 
III., §§ 53, 130. — βουλόμενος : as indicating the motive. —rlprov, the 
thing to be valued. — τόνος (relvw), the pitch of the voice. Cf. ἐπάρας τὴν 
φωνὴν, § 291. — ἂν ἡ πατρίς, sc. μισῇ Kal φιλῇ. 

§ 281. ἐπ᾽ εὐνοίᾳ, based wpon good-will. — ἔπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς, sc. ἀγκύρας, he 
is not moored by the same anchor as the multitude. A common metaphor. 
So ἐπὶ δυοῖν ὁρμεῖν = to have separate interests. — οὔκουν, k. τ΄ é.: completes 


NOTES. 235 





ae Se Se ee 


the thought of the metaphor. — ἐξαίρετον... ἴδιον, nothing separate (from the 
public) nor personal (as opposed to public interests), ἢ 

§ 282, εὐθέως... ἔπορεύου : immediately after the battle of Cheronea an 
embassy went fr. Athens to Philip, to treat for the release of the prisoners 
of war. At the head of this embassy was Demades (cf. § 285). His asso- 
ciates were Aisch. and Phocion. Cf. Grote, Chap. XC.; Plut. Phoc., 16. 
— ὃς refers to Philip. —mwévra χρόνον: taken literally, this is an exaggera- 
tion, since Aisch. went on two, embassies concerning the peace οὗ Philoc- 
rates ; he is to be understood, therefore (and doubtless he was so under- 
stood by: his audience), as meaning all the former time. since. 346 B, Cc. — 
ταύτην τὴν χρείαν, although he refused this service (i. e. of going on an 
embassy to Philip). —«Karaparas: at the opening of each Assembly it was 
customary for the crier or herald to imprecate curses on the enemies of the 
state, and more particularly on those who plotted to overthrow the de- 
mocracy and were bribed to betray their country into the hands of foreign 
foes. Cf. Schém. de Comit. Athen., p. 92. Cf. § 130. — οὗτος = τοιοῦτος, 
wh. is the reading of many MSS. 

§ 283. od μεμνῆσθαι : why not μήξ Cf. GMT. 594; H. 1024; G 
1451 last part; Cu. § 617, Obs. 1, 2. — ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ : in contrast with 
μετὰ τὴν μάχην, ὃ 282. --- τὴν αἰτίαν ταύτην, this charge, sc, of holding 
friendly relations with Philip. 

§ 284. προσεποιοῦ.. ὀνόματα : cf. 88 51, 52. ‘*The repetitions, the en- 
forcement again and again of the same point, are a distinguishing feature 
of Demosth., and formed also one of the characteristics of Mr. Fox’s great 
eloquence.” Lord. Β. --- τυμπανιστρίας : the ceremonies described in § 259 
were accompanied with the beating of drums and cymbals. — ξένος... φίλος 
..-yvoptpos : the thought is presented in the form of a climax, as each of 
these terms expresses less than the one next preceding : guest-friend, friend, 
acquaintance. — εἰλημμένος... γεγονὼς, although you yourself have been thus 
openly apprehended as a traitor, and although you have become, etc. — ἔπὶ 
τοῖς συμβᾶσι : cf. note § 197. — μᾶλλον, sc. ἢ ἐμέ, as is easily understood 
fr. the connection. Many MSS. add these words ; an addition that, coming 
after so many long syllables, would mar the rhythm of the sentence. 

§ 285. ἸΠολλὰ...ἠμνημόνησεν : the connection between this sentence and 
what immediately precedes is so loose, as. to lead Dobreus to strike out this 
and to connect σημεῖον δέ directly w. the last sentence of § 284, making the 
sense : σημεῖον δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἐμὲ τῶν κακῶν αἴτιον εἶναι. But the connection 
as it stands, though not very close, seems clear enough: “41 was not the 
author of the evil he charges upon me, but of much good ; and here is the 
proof that the people so regarded me.” — xe.potovay...épovvr’: the custom 
of pronouncing eulogies upon those who fell in battle was a later addition 
to the public funeral rites with wh. they were honored (cf. Thuc., II. 35), 


226 . NOTES. 





dating probably fr. the close of the Persian wars. Cf. Diod., XI. 33. 
Specimens of such funeral orations are the famous one of Pericles, given by 
Thuc., II. 88 -- 46 ; that found in Plato’s Menexenus; the ἐπιτάφιος τοῖς Ko- 
ρινθίων βοηθοῖς, attributed to Lysias ; and an ἐπιτάφιος, attributed to Dem. 
The choice of an orator was made by the people, the Senate having only the ᾿ 
right to nominate (προβληθέντα). --- Δημάδην : an orator of consummate 
ability, regarded by some as a match for Dem. himself (cf. Quint., [nstit. 
Orat., 11. Chap. 17, §§ 12, 13; Plut. Dem., 8,10). He was also a man 
without principle and a notorious partisan of Philip, described by Plut. 
Phoc., 1., as ναυάγιον τῆς πόλεως. As prisoner of war at the battle of Che- 
ronea he secured the favor of Philip, and became the agent of the peace 
(ἄρτι πεποιηκότα τὴν εἰρήνην) that bears his name. Cf. Diod., XVI. 87. — 
“Hyfpova : a member of the Macedonian party and a self-educated orator. 
Esch. 6. Ctes., ὃ 25, mentions him as the author of a law w. reference to 
the Theoric fund enacted soon after the battle of Cheronea. Hegemon and 
Pythocles were put to death together w. Phocion, five years after the death 
of Alexander the Great. — ΠΠυθοκλέους : at first a friend of Dem., he became 
later the hireling of Philip. Cf. de F. L., §§ 225, 314. =F Laas, etiam 
luculentius et studiosius - Diss. 

§ 286. αὐτοί, i.e. ὁ δῆμος (§ 285). —@...radr’: a common inversion of 
the order of relat. and antec. clause. — ὡμολογήσατε, this you acknowledged 
in the misfortunes of the state ; referring to their sympathy and friendship 
w. Philip, as at the beginning of § 284. — οὖν, accordingly ; as the natural 
inference fr. such conduct. — ὧν ἐφρόνουν... ἄδειαν, they (the people) had the 
opinion that those who found in the public disasters security for the free 
utterance of their sentiments (lit. freedom from fear on account of what they 
thought, or, as some think, on account of what they purposed) had been their 
enemies long ago, but at that moment had become such manifestly. 

§ 287. εἶτα καὶ προσήκειν, in the next place to be fitting also. — ὑπολαμ- 
βάνοντες.. τοῦτο δ᾽ ἑώρων : an anacoluthon, δέ being used as if a verb 
st. partic. preceded. So in Xen. Anab., VI. 6. 16: χαλεπόν, εἰ οἰόμενοι 
ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι καὶ ἐπαίνου καὶ τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι 
τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐσόμεθα. Inferior MSS. change into ὑπελάμβανον. --- ὁμωρόφιον 
οὐδμόσπονδον : deriv.? Should not have sat under the same roof or at the 
same table with. Kenn. Pabst renders by Haus- wnd Tischgenosse. — ἐκεῖ : 
at the court of Philip. — κωμάζειν καὶ παιωνίζειν : Dem. de F. L., § 128, 
says : οὗτος (sc. Αἰσχίνης) εἰς τἀπινίκια τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τοῦ πολέμου, ἃ 
Θηβαῖοι καὶ Φίλιππος ἔθυον, εἱστιᾶτο ἐλθὼν καὶ σπονδῶν μετεῖχε καὶ εὐχῶν, ἃς 
ἐπὶ τοῖς τῶν συμμάχων τῶν ὑμετέρων τείχεσι καὶ χώρᾳ καὶ ὅπλοις ἀπολωλόσιν 
εὔχετο ἐκεῖνος, καὶ συνεστεφανοῦτο καὶ συνεπαιώνιζε Φιλίππῳ καὶ φιλοτησίας 
προὔπινεν. Theopompus, as cited by Atheneus, X. 435, states that after 


NOTES. 237 





the battle of Chreronea Philip invited the Athenian envoys to dine with 
him. Cf. note 8 282. --- τῇ φωνῇ ϑακρύειν : the idea is that he assumed a 
pathetic tone. — ὑποκρινομένους, acting a part. Cf. § 15. The plur. is 
used so as to include in the allusion Demades, Hegemon, and Pythocles, 
besides Aisch. ὑμῖν, ὑμᾶς below have the same reference. 

§ 288. οἱ... αἱρεθέντες : an attributive clause, hence the repetition of the 
article. — ἐπὶ τὰς ταφὰς : an abridged expression = ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ταφῶν πα- 
ρασκευήν ; so ὃ 312, εἰς τὴν ἐπιτιμίαν = εἰς τὴν τῆς ἐπιτιμίας ἀνάληψιν. The 
relatives of the deceased formed a sort of committee of arrangement for the 
funeral ceremonies, the closing act of wh. was the περίδειπνον or νεκρό- 
δειπνον. Of. Dict. Antiq. sub Funus. — ἄλλως πὼς : supply a verb like 
ἐποίησαν, as w. οὕτως above. —@s παρ᾽ οἰκειοτάτῳ : cf. ὃ 246. — ὥσπερ 
τάλλ᾽ εἴωθε, i. 6. to make the funeral feast at the house of the nearest 
relative. Cf. Lucian de Luctu., C. 24. — κοινῇ : as opposed to yéver. The 
sense is this : the statesman who labors for the welfare of all the citizens 
stands more nearly related to all than any other individual citizen ; each 
individual mourns over his own kin, but Ais grief is for all alike. — @...8vé- 
φερεν : διαφέρειν is used here like ‘the Latin interesse w. the dative. — ἃ μή 
ποτ᾽ ὦφελον, sc. παθεῖν : what kind ofawish? Cf. GM T. 734; H. 871 ἃ: 
G. 1512, 1513; Cu. § 515. 
᾿ § 289. EITIITPAMMA : the monument erected over the ashes of those 
who fell at Cheronea is mentioned by Pausanias, 1, 29. 13, as situated in 
the outer Cerameicus, on the road to the Academy. Such monuments bore 
inscriptions (ἐπιγράμματα) wh. contained, besides the names of those buried, 
some poetic commemoration of their bravery and patriotism. The inscrip- 
tion before us is of unknown origin, is not found in Σ and several other MSS., 
contains many irregularities of diction, and is altogether so unsatisfactory, 
that almost all critics believe it to be of later composition. — εἰς δῆριν 
ἔθεντο ὅπλα, put their arms into the conflict ; an unusual expression ; θέσθαι 
ὅπλα = generally to stack arms, to lay down arms. — ἀπεσκέδασαν : a poeti- 
cal exaggeration as regards the result of the battle. So Lycurg. 6. Leocr., 
§ 49, says: εἰ δὲ δεῖ παράδοξον μὲν εἰπεῖν, ἀληθὲς δέ, νικῶντες ἀπέθανον. ---- 
μαρνάμενοι δ᾽ ἀρετῆς καὶ δείματος : so read the MSS. Voemel, in an Ex- 
cursus, gives at least 15 different interpretations of this distich, of wh. the 
more important may be stated under these four heads: (1) Many recent 
Editt. accept Valckenaar’s conjecture of λήματος for δείματος, and join both 
genitives w. apy. as genit. cause or price: contending with bravery and 
cowrage ; or, retaining δείματος, understand it w. the Schol. as = φόβου οὗ 
εἶχον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος : or change the reading to ἀρετῇ δίχα δείματος = 
virtute intrepida ; or read ἀρετῆς κατὰ δείματος = virtute contra communem 
terrorem. (2) Join ἀρετῆς καὶ λήματος w. ἐσάωσαν = they did not preserve 


238 NOTES. 





their lives as the price of bravery and courage ; or read διὰ δείγματος = they 
did not, etc., through a display of bravery. (3) Take ἀρετῆς καὶ λήματος as 
an exclamation = O valor and cowrage ! or change to ἀρετῆς ὦ δείγματοξ = 
O display of valor! (4) Join ἀρετῆς καὶ δείματος w. βραβῆ, the negat. 
clause οὐκ.. ψυχάς being parenthetic and requiring the ἀλλὰ following. 
The regular order would be: μαρν. δ᾽ (οὐκ ἐσάωσαν ψυχάς, ἀλλ) ἀρετῆς καὶ 
δείματος... βραβῆ. A similar transposition in the order (called Hyperbaton) is 
found in Xen. Hell., VII. 3. 7: ὑμεῖς τοὺς περὶ ᾿Αρχίαν καὶ Ὑπάτην (οὐ ψῆ- 
gov ἀνεμείνατε, ἀλλὰ) ὁπότε πρῶτον ἐδυνάσθητε ἐτιμωρήσασθε. Acc. to this 
view the sense is: these by their death proved what they were, whether brave 
men or cowards ; brave men, of course, for they all chose Hades as their. com- 
mon arbiter. V. cites Lycurg. c. Leocr., ὃ 49, in support of this inter-. 
pretation. — οὕνεκεν “Εἰλλήνων must be taken closely w. the idea of ἀπέθα- 
νον that is contained in οὐκ ἐσάωσαν ψυχάς. --- ζυγὸν αὐχένι θέντες : this is 
properly said of victors who impose the yoke upon the vanquished. Diss, 
renders it by se swhjicientes. The idea would be more properly. expressed 
by ὑπὸ ζυγὸν αὐχένα θέντες. --- σώματα = the bones, for the bodies were 
burned upon the field of battle. —48e κρίσις : referring to what follows. 
- μηδὲν ἁμαρτεῖν... ἔπορεν : this distich has been variously understood. 
The two main interpretations are given : (1) The transl. acc. to the punctu- 
ation here adopted, wh. is that of Bekk., is: to fail in nothing is of the 
gods, and to succeed in all things in life ; but from destiny no escape is al- 
lotted. The sense of the entire passage then is this: these sacrificed their 
lives for the freedom of their country ; in that they lost their lives they 
met their μοῖρα, fr. wh. there is no escape anyway ; in that they failed of 
success they were not at fault, for success. (πάντα κατορθοῦν, wh. is the 
positive side of μηδὲν ἁμαρτεῖν) is the gift of the gods. θεῶν is possess, 
genit., it belongs to the gods, hence is theirs to bestow. So Aischyl. Septem. , 
625 : θεοῦ δὲ δῶρόν ἐστιν εὐτυχεῖν βροτούς. Notice how well this interpreta- 
tion harmonizes w. the sentiment : τὸ μὲν γὰρ πέρας, κ. τ. ἑ., §§ 192, 199, 
It also agrees, as we shall see, w. the application Dem. makes in § 290, 
(2) But Z., W., Dind., not to mention many more, punctuate after xarop- 
θοῦν, join ἐν βιοτῇ w. what follows, and read thus : to fail in nothing and to 
succeed in all things is the prerogative of the gods ; but in mortal life (i. e. to 
mortals) it is decreed in. no wise to escape destiny. Here the condition of the 
gods and of men is contrasted, and we should expect some such application 
as this: it must, therefore, occasion no surprise, if we mortals fail in our 
undertakings. But how different is the application wh. the orator makes 
below in od τῷ συμβούλῳ, k. τ. ἑ., we shall presently see. To the many 
metrical translations already published of this epitaph, all of which follow 
in the last distich the second interpretation just given, I venture to add 
the following : — : 


NOTES. 239 





These for their country rushed into the fray, 
And bravely kept the boastful foe at bay ; 
Spared not their lives, but prizing honor’s name, 
Chose Hades judge of glory or of shame ; 

For Hellas’ sake, that far removed might be 
Forevermore the curse of slavery. 

And now guards well their. sleep the fatherland, 
Since this decree from Zeus shall ever stand : 
᾽Τ is of the gods when all life’s plans succeed, 
But, no escape from fate to mortals is decreed. 


§ 290. ὡς τὸ μηδὲν, x. τ. €&, you hear, also in this very thing (epitaph), 
that the statement...attributes not to the statesman but to the gods the power 
of making those who contend successful. How the second interpretation of 
the last distich, the gods alone are successful, can be made to harmonize w. 
this application, it is difficult to see. — πάντα κατορθοῦν : most Editt. 
place a colon after the words, and thus make a harsh asyndeton in οὐ τῷ 
συμβούλῳ, K. τ. ἑ- — τρέψειαν : .a true optative. Cf. GMT. 721. 1.; H. 
870; G. 1507 ; Cu. § 514. 7 

V. §§ 291-323. ConcLusION. (a) §§ 291-293, Tue FEELINGS Ex- 
HIBITED BY AUSCHINES ON ACCOUNT ΟΝ THE CALAMITIES OF HIS CouN- 
TRY. ὡς ἂν, sc. ἔχοι : a similar ellipsis occurs w. ὅπερ δ᾽ ἂν, § 197; ὥσπερ 
av τρυτάνη, ὃ 298. --- λαρυγγίζων, lit. straining his larynx, i. 6. vociferating. 
-τοῖς.. ἀνιαροῖς, in the distressful events that occurred. Cf. δυσμεναίνων 
τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, ὃ 217. 

§ 292. τῆς πολιτείας, the constitution. — οὗτος, sc. φάσκει. Esch. pro- 
fessed in his speech great solicitude for the preservation of the ancient 
laws. — καὶ εἰ : cf. note § 272. — τετάχθαι, to range himself. — πράγματα, 
troubles. Dem. purposely uses ἃ mild term; but Aisch., § 57, more strongly 
says: τῶν δὲ ἀτυχημάτων ἁπάντων Δημοσθένην αἴτιον γεγενημένον. --- ἀπὸ : 
denotes the point of departure ; not before but only from the adoption of 
my policy. 

§ 293. mparropévy : Schaef. remarks that the departure fr. the regular 
order, τῇ mp. ἀρχῇ, throws the emphasis upon ἀρχῇ. Similar are τὰς... 
βλασφημίας εἰρημένας, § 126 ; τὴν...ῥώμην.. ὑπάρχουσαν, ὃ 98. On the con- 
trary, the regular attributive position of the partic. is found in τῶν 
elpyacpuévew.. κακῶν, ὃ 142, where the emphasis falls on εἰργασμένων. ---- ᾿ 
τοῖς ἄλλοις means the rest of the statesmen who may have received public 
rewards, — εὖ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι : cf. note § 171. — ἔβλαπτε : this he did by asserting 
that any single individual could make any such arrogant claim. 

(0) §§ 294-296. ARscCHINES IS CONSPICUOUS AMONG TRAITORS. Tt... 


240 ᾿ς NOTES. 





ἐπιτιμῶ, But why do I rebuke him for this, when, οἷο. --- φιλιππισμόν : Lord 
B. compares ‘‘ Jacobinism.” Cf. § 176. The orator has probably in mind 
the passage fr. Zisch. cited on p. 100. —én’ ἀληθείας : cf. note § 17. —aveddv- 
τας ἐκ μέσου, taking out of the midst, i. 6. leaving out of view. The partic. 
is purposely left indefinite, agreeing w. the implied subject of σκοπεῖσθαι. 
Below he becomes more specific by the use of εὕροιτ᾽. --- ds ἀληθῶς, really. 
Cf. ὡς ἑτέρως, ὃ 85. This ὡς is the same as that used w. expressions of com- 
parison and the superlative, but is usually not translated before adverbs. 

§ 295. τοὺς ὑπάρχοντας πολίτας, cives sue factionis. Schaef. Cf. note 
§ 174. The historian Polybius, Vol. XVII. 14, criticises the unfairness of 
Dem. for including in the category of traitors all those public men who did 
not sympathize w. his policy of resistance to Philip; and he defends the 
persons here named on the ground that they availed themselves of the aid 
of Philip only for the benefit of their respective countries, not for their own 
agerandizement. Most of these names are mentioned by Harpocration and 
Athenzus, who quote fr. the lost history of Theopompus, and in Plutarch’s 
Lives of Dem., Alex., Phocion and Timoleon. Cicero has imitated this pas- 
sage in his oration against Verres. 

§ 296. μιαροὶ, «. τ. ἑ. : Kenn. renders these epithets by profligates, para- 
sites, miscreants. — ἠκρωτηριασμένοι... προπεπωκότες.. μετροῦντες : Longi- 
nus praises the cumulative force of these metaphors. xp. = having crip- 
pled. Lord B. translates rpor., having toasted away. προπίνειν = to drink 
to something ; 6. g. Φιλίππῳ φιλοτησίας προὔπινεν, de F. L., ὃ 128. But fr. 
the custom of bestowing the drinking-cup as a gift upon the person whose 
health was pledged (cf. de F. L., § 1389; Xen. Cyr., VIII. 8. 35), this word 
came to signify to give up recklessly. So in Olynth., 111., § 22: προπέποται 
τῆς παραυτίκα χάριτος τὰ THs πόλεως πράγματα. --- τὸ μηδένα... αὑτῶν = in- 
dependence. — ἦσαν : the plural by the attraction of the predicate nouns. 
— ἀνατετραφότες : a later form, the correctness of wh. is disputed by some 
who prefer dvarerpopéres. 

(ec) §§ 297-305. RECAPITULATION OF HIS OWN MERITS AND SERVICES, 
AS CONTRASTED WITH THE CONDUCT OF THESE TRAITORS. συστάσεως 
...Kaklas...mpodoclas depend on ἀναίτιος. --- εἰ Set μὴ ληρεῖν, if one ought 
not to trifle ; 1. 6. if one ought in all earnestness to call things by their right 
names. — διαφθαρέντων : gen. absol. — ἀρξαμένων ἀπὸ σοῦ, lit. beginning 
From you, i. 6. with you at the head. 

§ 298. ἐμὲ : the emphatic position at the head of the sentence should not 
escape notice. — φιλανθρωπία λόγων, blanda verba. Diss. — ὁμοίως ὑμῖν : 
Dem. compares his opponents to the tongue of a balance, wh. readily turns 
to the side of the scale in wh. personal interests are laid as outweighing 
the interests of the state. — ὥσπερ ἂν : cf. ds ἂν, § 291. Dem. employs the 


NOTES. 241 





same figure in his Orat. de Pace, § 12. — καὶ. «τῶν ἀνθρώπων προστὰς, and 
standing at the head of the very weightiest interests of the men of my time, 
or, of weightier interests than any of my contemporaries. τῶν ἀνθρώπων is 
partit. genit. w. the attributive superlative, though the genit. belongs in 
idea to the subj. of the verb πεπολίτευμαι. Similar are ἁπάντων ἐνδοξότατα, 
ὃ 65; Gv...xpdricra, ὃ 320. — διὰ ταῦτ᾽ : this claim is as just as it is elo- 
quent. The honesty of Dem. stands unquestioned, in spite of the asper- 
sions of his enemies. 

8. 299. ὃν... διέσυρες : for the language of Aisch. see the citation on 
pp. 125, 126. — pov: for this genit. cf. note § 28. — πόρρω μέντοι, x. τ. é., 
but, of course, I place these far below my political measures. — οὐ λίθοις, 
κι τ᾿ &: to bring out the rhetorical emphasis, follow the Greek order in 
translating. — οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ rotrois...ppova, nor of my transactions do I pride 
myself most upon these. — wédes...rétovs...Aupévas : in $$ 230, 237, Dem. 
enumerates these allied states, friendly territories and harbors. — πολλοὺς is 
bracketed by some Editt. as an interpolation, and placed by others just 
before τοὺς ὑπὲρ. With V. we may take it as belonging to both ἵππους and 
Tovs...duuvouévous (= ξένουΞ), since, in § 237, Dem. speaks of a large accession 
gained by himself of both cavalry and mercenary troops. — τούτων, the 
Athenians. —rots...apvvopévous : taken substantively. With the sentiment 
of this passage may be compared the apothegm of Lycurgus found in Plut. 
Lycurg., 1. 9: οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἀτείχιστος πόλις ἥτις ἀνδράσι καὶ οὐ πλίνθοις ἐστεφά- 
νωται. Wh. cites in illustration the well-known ode of Sir W. Jones, com- 
mencing: “ What constitutes a state ?” 

§ 300. πρὸ, in front of, as a defence. — ΙΤειραιῶς.. τοῦ ἄστεως : these 
were enclosed by ramparts and fortifications of stone and wood, as con- 
trasted w. τὴν χώραν, wh. was not protected in this way. ἄστεως is the 
usual Attic for ἄστεος. --- τοῖς λογισμοῖς, in tactics ; dat. of respect. Notice 
the emphasis of ἐγὼ as contrasted w. Φιλίππου. --- τῇ τύχῃ : and yet, acc. 
to Diod., XVI. 88, the Athenians, after the battle of Cheronea, condemned 
Lysicles, their own general, to death, on the accusation of Lycurgus. 

§ 301. οὐκ... προβαλέσθαι : the orator, having spoken of the general aim 
of his measures, now proceeds to particulars. The topics here presented 
have been treated before in §§ 230, 240, 241. — ἐκ θαλάττης : cf. note 
§ 230. — τοὺς ὁμόρους, sc. Megara, Corinth, Achaia. — τὴν σιτοπομπίαν : 
ef. note ὃ 87. For a similar anticipation in the construction cf. Dem. ὁ. 
Conon, ὃ 17 : τὰς ἀναγκαίας προφάσεις ὅπως μὴ μείζους γίγνωνται mpeeldovro. 
— παρὰ πᾶσαν φιλίαν, sc. χώραν, along a territory throughout friendly. 

§ 302. τὰ μὲν.. τὰ δ᾽, some...others. — ὑπαρχόντων, and to preserve some 
of those belonging to our side; cf. note on ὑπάρχοντας, ὃ 295. — τοιαῦτα,. 
such things, i. e. as would preserve these allies. —IIpoxévvyjoov : this island 

16 


242 NOTES. 





was in alliance w. Athens in 362, when it applied to the Athenians for aid 
against Cyzicus. — Χερρόνησον : cf. ὃ 80. — Τένεδον : this island was im- 
portant as commanding the entrance to the Hellespont. — τὰ 8’: obj. of 
πρᾶξαι and subj. of ὑπάρξει ; in apposition w. it are the names following. — 
Βυζάντιον : cf. ὃ 87. ---Αβυδον : Abydos was, acc. to Dem. ὁ. Aristoer., 
§ 158, in constant enmity w. Athens. — Εἰὔβοιαν : the genuineness of this 
word has been suspected, because Eubcea has just before been mentioned 
asa part of the Attic fortifications. Here, however, Dem. is speaking of 
alliance. Cf. § 79; A. Schaef., 11. 396 ff., 457 ff. — ὧν δ᾽ ἐνέλειπε = ἃ οὐχ 
ὑπῆρχε. Diss. The verb is impersonal. 

§ 303. καὶ... καὶ, both...and. ‘*The καὶ emphasizes the connection of 
plan and execution, for both of which the orator claims equal approval.” 
HouMEs. — παρεθέντα : Dem. disclaims any crime of negligence, of igno- 
rance, of treachery. — ἐλυμαίνετο.. ἀνέτρεψαν : the injury is represented as 
repeated or continued, the final act of destruction as momentary. The plu- 
ral in ἀνέτρεψαν represents the various agencies named as operating indi- 
vidually, as well as collectively. . 

§ 804, μόνον, only. — Θετταλία... ᾿Αρκαδία : for the attitude of these 
states towards Athens cf. notes 88 63, 64. — ἐκέχρητ᾽ ἄν, would have ex- 
perienced. Σ and L.. read ἐκέχρηντ᾽ ἄν, wh. V. and W. follow, changing 
οὐδείς to οὐδένες to correspond. 

§ 305. ἂν ὄντες : the ἂν gives a contingent force to the whole sentence, 
but is to be joined directly w. ᾧτουν. --- τῶν is added to these pronouns to 
give them a more definite reference : so many and such blessings as these 
just mentioned. The boast that Dem. here makes was really well founded, 
and seems to be justified by the following sentiment, wh. is said to have 
been inscribed upon the pedestal of a statue erected to his memory at 
Athens : — 

Εἴπερ ἴσην ῥώμην γνώμῃ, Δημόσθενες, εἶχες, 
Οὔποτ᾽ ἂν Ἑλλήνων ἦρξεν "λρης Μακεδών. 


— πολλᾷ.. ἐλάττοσι χρῶμαι, that I make use of statements falling far short 
of the facts. — Ἀέγε.. «καὶ ἀνάγνωθι : a similar coupling of these words is 
fourrd in § 28, where see note. —ravri: the reference is uncertain, owing to 
the confused condition of the text. The Editt. of Z. reject the addition 
Tov ἀριθμὸν τῶν βοηθειῶν κατὰ ἐμὰ ψηφίσματα, wh. is found in most of the 
MSS., and understand ταυτὶ to refer to certain ψηφίσματα. has for the 
title of the omitted document or documents: APIOMOC ΒΟΗΘΕΙΩΝ 
KATA TA EMA WH#ICMATA; but all the other MSS. (quod sciam) 
have APIOMOZ BOHOEIQN. From the connection we infer that Dem. 
calls for the reading of such documents as would show how much Athens 
had done to assist other states in their efforts to retain their freedom against 
the machinations of Philip. 


NOTES. 243 





(dq) §§ 306-313. DEM. PLACES THE COWARDLY AND UNPATRIOTIC 
Conpucr oF AiscH. IN CONTRAST WITH HIS OWN. δεῖ: some critics 
conjecture ἔδει in exact response to the question put in § 301: Τί χρῆν... 
ποιεῖν. --- ov κατορθουμένων, k. τ. €, in the event of the success of which, we 
should beyond a doubt have been pre-eminently great, and justly so, too. For 
the genit. absol. used in place of condit. clause cf. note 8 30. — μεγίστοις 
agrees w. the implied indirect obj. (ἡμῖν) of ὑπῆρχεν. With ὑπῆρχεν and 
προσῆν many MSS. have ἄν, wh., however, is not essential in such expres- 
sions ; cf. note on ἐξήρκει, ὃ 196. With τὸ δικαίως supply μεγίστους εἷναι 
as subj. of προσῆν. ---- ὡς ἑτέρως : a euphemism for adversely. Cf. 88 85, 
212. — συμβάντων : genit. absol., denoting concession. — περίεστι : what- 
ever we may have lost, there is saved and left over to us from our loss repu- 
tation and honor. 

ὃ 307. οὐ μὰ Al’ οὐκ : thus should the patriotic citizen act, and not, by 
Zeus, no, not, etc. — τὸν... ὑποστάντα is obj. of βασκαίνειν, and has depend- 
ing on it λέγειν, ypddew, μένειν. ὑποστῆναι = to put one's shoulders under 
the burden in contrast w. ἀποστῆναι above. — μένειν ἐπὶ τούτων, lit. to re- 
main (resting) upon these ; i. 6. to abide by these. Cf. note § 17. — ὕπουλον, 
insidious. What is the metaphor ? — οὐδέ γ᾽, and certainly not. The em- 
phasis of γέ falls upon ἡσυχίαν as that of wh. he is to speak further. — ὃ, 
a thing which. 

§ 308. ἁπλῶς, openly, honestly ; as opposed to ὕπουλον above. — μεστοὶ 
τοῦ... λέγοντος, sated of the man who speaks incessantly. It seems that this 
was possible even in an Athenian Assembly! Dem. refers here to himself, 
as in those times he must have been unusually active in the debates. — 
δύσκολον, harassing ; euphemistic, like ἑτέρως, § 306. — πολλὰ δὲ τἀνθρώ- 
mwa, and many are the casualties of human life. Kenn. — ὥσπερ trvedp’, 
suddenly, like a gale after a calm, he comes out from his silence as a speaker. 
Tyler’s edition remarks justly that ἡσυχίας must be taken in close connec- 
tion w. πνεῦμα, the ἐκ being transitional, as in τυφλὸς ἐκ δεδορκότος, Soph. 
O. T., 454. ἐφάνη is the gnomic aor., the tense expressing the suddenness 
of the appearance. — πεφωνασκηκὼς, with well-trained voice. —ovvelpe, he 
strings these together clearly and without taking breath. Cf. notes § 280. — 
τῷ τυχόντι : to some one or other of his fellow-citizens. 

§ 309. ἐμπορίου κατασκευήν, arrangements for commerce ; by obtaining 
foreign markets and entrepdts for Athens. — ἀποδειχθεῖσιν, wndisquised. 

§ 310. τούτων... ἐξέτασις : the sense is, all this served as the test for 
patriotic conduct. — τοῖς ἄνω χρόνοις means the earlier times of the Repub- 
lic, in contrast w. ὁ παρελθὼν χρόνος, the period just past. — ἀποδείξεις, op- 
portunities to prove one’s self. — ἐν οἷς, i. 6. ἐν ἀνδράσι καλοῖς κἀγαθοῖς, from 
the collective sense of dvdpi before. — φανήσει γεγονὼς, you will manifestly 


244 - NOTES. 





have been. By the use of the future the speaker places himself in advance 
of his own time, and expresses the verdict that posterity will pronounce 
upon the character of sch. — ὁποστοσοῦν, lit. the any-eth whatever. The 
part. οὖν corresponds to the Latin -cungwe. — ἔπί γ᾽ οἷς, x. τ. &, certainly 
not then, connected with what advanced the interests of our country. 

§ 311. οἰκείων : all the departments of public service are named here : 
domestic, Grecian, foreign. — ἐπηνώρθωται, has been improved. The addi- 
tion of διὰ σέ in the Z. edition is wanting in the best. MSS., weakens the 
sentence, and is superfluous in connection w. éréorns and σοῦ πράξαντος. --- 
ποῖαι has a sarcastic force: what sort of? As predicate in all these ques- 
tions we readily supply γεγόνασι σοῦ πράξαντος fr. the first sentence. 
A similar passage is found in Dinarch. 6. Dem., ὃ 96. On its rhetorical 
power Dissen remarks: ‘‘ Est autem magna et insignis vis in hac singularum 
rerum enumeratione et toties repetita interrogatione.” — τίς... βοήθεια xpn- 
μάτων, what financial help of a political and public nature have you ever 
given either to the wealthy or to the poor? ‘The poor were benefited by 
the alterations wh. Dem. effected in the regulations for the trierarchy ; 
the rich by improvements in the administration of the revenues.” Wh. 

8 312. ὦ τᾶν --εὦ λῷστε; τᾶν is probably an old dialectic vocative of 
τύ or τύνη τε σύ with v, the old ending, originally μ of the first person, 
added. Cf. ἐγών. Dem. puts the following rejoinder in the mouth of 
his opponent: well, but if I performed nothing of all this, yet I mani- 
fested the right spirit, did I not 3 --- ᾿Αριστόνικος : the same one men- 
tioned in ὃ 83. -- εἰς τὴν ἐπιτιμίαν = els τὴν τῆς ἐπιτιμίας ἀνάληψιν. 
Cf. note § 288. It appears that Aristonicus had fallen through insolvency 
into ἀτιμία, that to enable him to regain his lost rights of citizenship his 
friends made a collection for him, but that he expended for the benefit of 
the state the money thus contributed. — τῶν Φίλωνος... χρημάτων, the prop- 
erty of Philo, your brother-in-law. — πλειόνων, sc. ὄντων : some MSS. and 
many Editt. read πέντε ταλάντων ; then χρημάτων is taken as ἃ partit. 
genit. (more than five talents of the property, ete.), and it is to be inferred 
that Philo left an estate of extraordinary value. — ἔρανον δωρεὰν, a present 
made by a joint contribution. — τῶν ἡγεμόνων : cf. § 108. --- ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐλυ- 
μήνω, for the damage you did to the law of the Trierarchy. Just in what 
way and when Aisch., as advocate of the wealthiest class, crippled this law, 
we have no data fr. wh. to determine. 

. $313. λόγον ἐκ λόγου, by speaking of one thing after another.— ἐκκρούσω, 
lit. beat or drive myself out of the present (opportunity). This he says with 
respect to the shortness of the time still left him for the remainder of his 
speech. — τούτοις οἷς : masc., meaning the Macedonians. — νεανίας, vigor- 
ous. ‘* Youth as the type of (1) vigor or (2) violence appears in the uses of 
νεανίας and all its derivations, as the Lexica abundantly testify.” TYLER. 


NOTES. 245 





— λαμπρός, brilliant. When did you condescend to shine? The epithet 
may, however, be more directly applied to his voice, as below in λαμπρο- 
φωνότατος. --- ἡνίκ᾽ ἂν.. δέῃ, sc. πράττειν : many MSS. read εἰπεῖν either 
after ἂν or after τούτων. --- Θεοκρίνης, acc. to Harpocr., was ἃ συκοφάντης. 
Diss. explains the allusion thus: like this notorious informer and slan- 
derer, Asch. pretends to commiserate the fate of those who fell victims to 
his own intrigues; as e. g. when he deplores the fate of Thebes and of 
Phocis. 

(6) $§ 314-320. DEM. COMPARES HIMSELF AND A‘SCH. WITH THE 
PUBLIC MEN OF THE PRESENT AND OF FORMER TIMES. μέμνησαι : in 
addition to the citations fr. Ausch. given below, see also those given in con- 
nection w. ὃ 208. --- τὴν... εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν : for the position of the partic. 
ef. note § 293. — προλαβόντα, taking advantage of, turning to his own ac- 
count. 

§ 315. ὕπεστί, there is a certain lurking (ὑπό). --- τοὺς τεθνεῶτας : the 
sentiment ‘‘ Nil mortuis nisi bonum” finds abundant illustration in all 
literature. So Thuc., 11. 45: τὸν yap οὐκ ὄντα ἅπας εἴωθεν ἐπαινεῖν. φθόνος 
γὰρ τοῖς ζῶσι πρὸς τὸ ἀντίπαλον, τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐμποδὼν ἀνανταγωνίστῳ εὐνοίᾳ τετί- 
penta. — κρίνωμαι : what use of the mood? Cf. GMT. 287; Η. 866, 3; 
ἃ. 1358; Cu. § 511. 

§ 316. οὐ μὲν... ἡλίκας, nay, then, one might not say just how great ; sc. 
these good services of former times were. — τὰς ἐπὶ... ἄγειν, to subject those 
that are conferred upon the present generation to thanklessness and contempt. 
dyew implies that he would thus bring these good deeds out of their true, 
into a false light. For the prep. ἐπὶ Schaef. conjectures περὶ, but others 
defend the use of ἐπέ in the sense of intended for, coming to. (Cf. Funk- 
haenel in Fleckeisen Ann, Phil., 1858, p. 320.) — τούτων is understood by 
some to refer to the Athenians (= παρὰ τούτων, as it is written in all but 
two MSS.) ; by others as neuter referring to the collective τι, and objective 
genitive, thus : the honorable recognition and kindly feeling manifested for 
this. 

§ 317. ἄρα : slightly ironical, as if what he is about to say was already 
clearly enough understood. — ταὐτὰ βουλομένη, aining at the same objects. 
— Tats, sc. πολιτείᾳ καὶ προαιρέσει. --- κατ᾽ ἐκείνους : cf. § 17. Some MSS. 
add τοὺς χρόνους. --- οἱ διασύροντες... δὲ... ἐπήνουν : for this irregularity of 
construction cf. note on ὑπολαμβάνοντες... τοῦτο δ᾽ ἑώρων, ὃ 287. This ana- 
coluthon doubtless caused the reading of διέσυρον μὲν found in many MSS, 
and adopted by Dind., Bekk., and others. The antithesis in the idea is 
brought out more forcibly by the inversion of the order of subj. and obj. 

ὃ 318. ἀδελφὸς : Asch. had two brothers, Philochares, who was distin- 
guished for military service (isch. de F. L., § 149), and Aphobetus (Dem. 


246 NOTES. 





de F. L., § 237), who was a somewhat prominent politician. Diss. thinks 
the orator refers here to the former, but W. thinks to the latter. — ἵνα... 
εὔπω, i. 6. than χρηστέ. In the same vein of sarcasm he calls the entire 
Macedonian party in ὃ 89 οἱ χρηστοί. --- τοὺς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, those of his own 
age. The reflexive refers back to the object τὸν ζῶντα. 

ὃ 319. ὁ Φιλάμμων.. ἀνηγορεύετο : see Introduction, p. xv, for the 
singular anticipation of this point by Asch. in the extract given below. 
Philammon, acc. to Harpocration, was a famous Athenian boxer and ath- 
lete, who was evidently well known to the orator’s audience. — Πλαύκου : 
Glaucus flourished about 470 B. c., and is said to have gained the prize for 
boxing twice in the Pythian, eight times in the Nemean, and as often in the 
Isthmian games. Cf. Pausan., VI. 10. 8. --- ἀσθενέστερος ἦν.. ἀπήει... 
ἄριστα ἐμάχετο... ἐστεφανοῦτο : the thought by being presented in this two- 
fold way, first negatively and then positively, is made very clear and em- 
phatic. — οὐδένα, 7 shrink from no one ; i. 6. from a comparison with no one. 
So κίνδυνον ἐκστῆναι = to shrink from danger. Cf. Dem. Lept.,§ 10. But 
ἐξίσταμαι οὐδενί, wh. is the reading of many editt., = I yield to no one. Cf. 
Soph. Philoct., 1042: viv δὲ σοί γ᾽ ἑκὼν ἐκστήσομαι. --- ὧν : partit. genitive. 
Cf. note 8 298. 

§ 320. ἐφαμίλλου : deriv.? When loyalty to the fatherland lay open for 
competition in common to αἴ. -- κράτιστα = ἄριστα here ; some MSS. read 
βέλτιστα. --- καὶ...καὶ... καὶ... καὶ, and...not only, but also...and. —tobrors, 
i.e. the Athenians. —@...dpede: cf. note § 288. — ἕτερον, another, i. 6. ὦ 
foreigner, meaning Philip. So in 8 323 ἑτέρων refers to the Macedonians, 
and ἕτερος to Alexander. — ἐξέτασις, sc. ἣν : here ἐξέτασις does not mean 
trial, test, as in § 310, but rather an inquiry for, demand for ; as if the 
Macedonian party at Athens were mustering into their ranks the best men 
they could tind for leaders. — ἐν τάξει... μέγας, all of you were in rank 
grand people, with splendid equipages. Kenn. “Τὴ a rocky country with a 
poor soil like Attica, horse-keeping was a sign of wealth. In fact it was so 
expensive in Athens, that in the time of Aristophanes it was a ready road 
to ruin for moderate incomes.” Wh. Hence W. thinks that in the use of 
ἱπποτρόφος there lies an allusion to Asch. expensive style of living at that 
time. 

(f) 88 321-323. Tur ConpucT oF EACH ORATOR AS A PATRIOTIC 
CITIZEN FINALLY CONTRASTED. τὸν φύσει μέτριον : Lord B. renders by 
the citizen of ordinary worth. μέτριον seems to be used here, as in § 10, to 
avoid giving offence, and = respectable fair. φύσει seems to be used in the 
sense of naturally, i. 6, what is in the capacity of human nature, as opposed 
to the superhuman and the supernatural. So alse Professor Tyler interprets 
it. The phrase then means the reasonably good citizen, φύσει limiting 


NOTES. 247 





μέτριον. ‘* This seems to accord better with the signification of the words 
and the demands of the context, than the well-disposed citizen, wh. is the 
reading of Kenn. and Wh., but which is too nearly identical w. εὔνοια, one 
of the things that the citizen must possess.” TYLER. — ἀνεπιφθονώτατον, 
least invidious. — ἐν.. «ταῖς ἐξουσίαις, when in authority. So Aristot. Ethic., 
II. 3. 3: of ἐν rats ἐξουσίαις = those who are in supreme authority, — τὴν... 
προαίρεσιν διαφυλάττειν, to maintain for the state her purswit of what is 
magnanimous and what promotes her precedence. — tiv εὔνοιαν, the spirit of 
loyalty, sc. διαφυλάττειν. --- τούτον = τοῦ εὐνοεῖν. A man has it in his own 
control whether he will be patriotic or not ; but whether he can increase 
the power of his country, this often lies beyond his control. — ταύτην = 
τὴν εὔνοιαν. 

§ 322. ἐξαιτούμενος : cf. note on ἐξῃτούμην, § 41. ---᾿Αμφικτυονικὰς δί- 
kas: the insertion of εἰς in 2 before these words gives the unusual constr. of 
ἐπάγειν τινὰ εἰς δίκην. The precise nature of these Amphictyonic suits is not 
clear. From the statement of Pausanias, VII. 10. 10, it appears that to the 
Amphictyonic council was given jurisdiction over any cases of active opposi- 
tion against Philip, in violation of the articles of agreement made at the 
Congress of Corinth. A. Schaef., III. 198, understands Dem. to refer to 
attempts that were made to bring him to trial before this council on a charge 
of active co-operation in the Spartan revolt, 330 B.c. Dissen thinks Dem. 
refers to the time when Philip was Amphictyonic general and he (Dem.) 
was charged with being his open antagonist. Jacobs understands the allu- 
sion to be to the same time that Alexander demanded the surrender of 
Dem. just referred to by ἐξαιτούμενος. --- οὐκ ἔπαγγελλομένων, not when they 
made overtures ; alluding to attempts to gain him over by bribes. Most 
texts have οὐκ ἀπειλούντων before οὐκ ἐπ., but this, besides being omitted fr. 
Σ, violates the exact correspondence of these clauses. — προσβαλλόντων, 
not when they set these accursed wretches like wild beasts upon me. — ὀρθὴν... 
δικαίαν are in the predicate position and must be rendered accordingly. — 
θεραπεύειν is in explanation of ὁδὸν, and accus. in apposition with it. 

8 323, οὐκ ἐπὶ μὲν...τῶν δὲ : the force of the negative extends over both 
parts of the sentence. Cf. o¥...uev δύναται... ἐμὲ δέ, § 13. — γεγηθὼς... περιέρ- 
χομαι.. «προτείνων : what a graphic picture of a man who goes about exult- 
ing and congratulating partisans over some piece of good news just received ; 
and how vividly the terms πεφρικὼς, στένων, κύπτων represent an opposite 
state of mind ! — ἐκεῖσε, thither, i. 6. to-Macedon. — ἔξω δὲ βλέπουσι, and 
look abroad, with longing hopes of personal preferment at the hands of 
foreigners. — ἐν οἷς.. ἕτερος : notice the double antithesis in this brief 
sentence, 

8 324. PERORATION. ὦ πάντες θεοί : the oration closes, as it began, w. 


248 NOTES. 





an invocation to the gods. — ἐξώλεις καὶ προώλεις : ἐξ gives the idea of 
utterly, πρό of speedily, i. 6. before they have accomplished our ruin. This 
expression is a standing form of imprecation. So de F. L., § 172: ἐξώλης 
ἀπολοίμην καὶ προώλης, and elsewhere. By no means, O ye gods, one and 
all, by no means sanction this conduct ; but above all implant within these 
men @ better mind and purpose! But if they are indeed incorrigible, cause 
utter and swift destruction by land and sea to come wpon them, and them 
alone ; and grant to the rest of us a most speedy deliverance from our im- 
pending terrors, and an unshaken security! The impressive and simple 
beauty of this peroration has won the admiration of all critics. ‘‘The 
music of the closing passage,” says Lord B., ‘‘is almost as fine as the sense 
is impressive and grand, and the manner dignified and calm.” In marked 
contrast with most of this criticism is the peroration of Asch., which 
alone by itself justifies the famous comparison of isch. style with that of 
Dem. given by Quintilian : ‘‘ Plenior Zschines, et magis fusus, et grandiori 
similis, quominus strictus est ; carnis tamen plus habet, minus lacertorum.” 


ACP Poneto tT xX. 





ABSTRACT OF THE ORATION OF AISCHINES. 





Exorpium. (§§ 1-8.) Aischines complains of the frequent 
disregard of the ancient regulations concerning the conduct of 
affairs in the popular Assembly and in the courts, and warns 
the jurors to maintain well the institution of the γραφὴ παρανό- 
pov as the safeguard of popular government, and to remember 
in this trial that the liberties of all the citizens are committed 
to their care. 

1. CresrPHON HAS VIOLATED THE LAW IN PROPOSING TO CROWN 
DEMOSTHENES WHILE HE WAS STILL ACCOUNTABLE FOR HIS OFFICES 
AS COMMISSIONER OF WALLS AND TREASURER OF THE THEORIC 
Funp. (§§ 9-31.) 

§§ 9-12. The law of accountability provides that no public 
officer shall be honored with crowns or declarations of praise 
until he shall have passed the legal examination at the expi- 
ration of his term of office. This law was aimed at those who, 
previous to this examination, managed to have preliminary 
votes of praise or public honors proclaimed for them. It was 
sometimes evaded by a proposal made prior to the examination, 
to crown a public official “‘when his accounts shall have been 
approved.” But Ctesiphon manifests his utter contempt of law 
in that he proposes to crown Demosthenes without adding any 
such proviso. 

δὲ 13-16. But there is another evasion of the law to which 
the defence will have recourse. The offices to which Demos- 
thenes was appointed, they will claim, are simply commissions 


252 ABSTRACT OF 





or agencies, not magistracies ; and the law applies only to magis- 
tracies properly so called. But the law declares that all offices 
whatsoever shall be accounted magistracies ; hence this claim is 
a wretched piece of sophistry. 

§§ 17-24. The argument upon which Demosthenes relies as 
unanswerable is, that he made donations of his own means to 
the public, and that he cannot be held to an account, unless one 
is to be made responsible for his benefactions. But the law ex- 
empts from giving account no one who has the smallest part in 
the affairs of the state. This is shown in the case of different 
officials. The law also forbids the man who has not passed the 
accounts to dedicate any part of his effects to religious purposes, 
or in any way to alienate his property. If Demosthenes’s claim 
of having made a donation to the state in the expenditure of 
money upon the fortifications is valid, why did he not give the 
customary opportunity of scrutinizing his accounts? It is proved 
that Demosthenes was actually in office at the time that this 
decree was proposed. 

§§ 25-27. While the laws expressly forbid the crowning of 
one in any office, even of the smallest consequence, before his 
accounts have been approved, Ctesiphon presumes to confer this 
honor on Demosthenes when, by virtue of his offices, he was 
responsible for every kind of public magistracy. 

§§ 28-31. By defining the various kinds of magistracies, it 
is shown that those officials also who are appointed by the tribes 
come within the intent of the law. Demosthenes was appointed 
by his tribe; and therefore this case is clearly a violation of the 
law. 

II. CresiPHON HAS VIOLATED THE LAW IN ORDERING THE CROWN 
TO BE PROCLAIMED IN THE THEATRE AT THE GREAT ΠΙΟΝΥ͂ΒΙΑ. 
(δὲ 32 -- 48.) 

§§ 32-40. The law of proclamation provides that a crown 
granted by the people shall be proclaimed in the Pnyx at the 


THE ORATION OF ASSCHINES. 253 





meeting of the Ecclesia, never in any other place. But the 
defence will quote the so-called Dionysiac law, which permits 
the proclamation of such a crown in the theatre when the new 
tragedies are exhibited, provided the people so determine by vote. 
On this law, the defence will plead, Ctesiphon has founded his 
decree. But this is directly contradictory to the former law ; 
and with our regulations for inspecting laws, two that are con- 
tradictory cannot coexist. 

δὲ 41-45. The purpose of this Dionysiac law was to do 
away with the abuse of proclaiming in the theatre crowns that 
were conferred by a tribe or by a deme, and also of announcing 
the manumission of slaves. But this law provides that crowns 
conferred upon Athenian citizens by foreign states may be pro- 
claimed in the theatre, after first obtaining the consent of the 
Athenian Assembly. The Dionysiac law, therefore, has nothing 
to do with the law of proclamation in the case of crowns con- 
ferred by the Athenian people. 

δὲ 46-48. That this interpretation of the Dionysiac law is 
correct, is confirmed by the distinction made between the crown 
proclaimed in the theatre and that proclaimed in the Assembly, 
since the former must be dedicated to Athena, while the latter 
may be retained by the possessor as a memorial for his family. 

III. CresipHoN HAS VIOLATED THE LAW IN PROPOSING TO 
CROWN DEMOSTHENES ON THE GROUND THAT HE AIMS CONSTANTLY 
IN ALL HIS WORDS AND DEEDS AT THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE 
STATE, BECAUSE THIS GROUND IS FALSE, AND IT IS CONTRARY TO 
THE LAWS TO INSERT FALSE STATEMENTS IN THE PUBLIC DECREES. 
EXAMINATION OF THE CHARACTER AND CAREER OF DEMOSTHENES. 
(δὲ 49 -- 176.) 

A. δὲ 51-53. INsINUATIONS AGAINST THE PERSONAL CHAR- 
ACTER OF DEMOSTHENES. 

B. δὲ 54-176. Tue ῬΌΒΙΙΟ CAREER OF DEMOSTHENES EXAM- 
INED AND CONDEMNED. 


254 ABSTRACT OF 





(a.) First PERIOD OF DEMOSTHENES’S CAREER, FROM THE WAR 
ABOUT AMPHIPOLIS, 358 B.C., TO THE PEACE OF PHILOCRATES, 
346 Bc. (δῇ 58-78.) 

δὲ 58-61. Demosthenes is responsible for the peace of 
Philocrates. By precipitating the negotiations connected with 
this peace, without waiting for the return of our deputies, he 
prevented the allies of Athens from being parties to the peace, 
and betrayed Cersobleptes, king of Thrace, the friend and ally 
of this state, into the hands of Philip. 

δὲ 62-74. A more particular description of the manner and 
means by which these results were secured, through the co- 
operation of Demosthenes with Philocrates. 

δὲ 75-78. The conduct of Demosthenes is disgraceful in 
flattering the envoys of Philip; is shameless in pretending that 
the death of Philip was foretold him by a divine vision ; is heart- 
less in so speedily forgetting his grief for the loss of a child. 

(6.) EXAMINATION OF THE SECOND PERIOD OF THE CAREER OF 
DEMOSTHENES, FROM THE BEGINNING OF THE PEACE OF PHI- 
LOCRATES, 346 B. C., UNTIL ITS END, 340 B. 0. (δ 79 — 105.) 

δὲ 79-83. The disastrous results of the peace of Philocrates 
are chargeable to Demosthenes, since he and Philocrates were 
the first movers and supporters of the peace. In order to free 
himself from this charge, he inveighs against his colleagues in 
the embassy and against Philip, thus procuring the condemna- 
tion of Philocrates, and gaining for himself the reputation of 
being a patriot. 

Demosthenes is disposed to cavil about ΣΕ points. 

δὲ 84-105. Examination of the boast of Demosthenes, that 
in gaining the Eubceans and Thebans as allies he surrounded the 
city as with walls of adamant. First, as to the alliance with the 
Eubceans. The generous conduct of Athens in freeing Eubcea 
from the occupation of the Thebans was basely requited by the 
inhabitants of Chalcis in attempting tc destroy the Athenian 


THE ORATION OF ΖΈΒΟΗΙΝΕΚ. 255 





forces that came to assist Plutarch, the tyrant of Eretria. This 
attempt was headed by Callias (whose praises Demosthenes is 
bribed to sing), and was a failure. Callias, with whom we 
became reconciled again, afterwards contrives (by lavishing gold 
on Demosthenes) to obtain an alliance for Chalcis with Athens, 
by which Athens was obliged to take up arms on every occasion 
in defence of the Chalcidians, Callias and Demosthenes con- 
trive to defraud the state of the contributions from Oreus and 
from Eretria, amounting to ten talents. This fraud was perpe- 
trated under pretence that great preparations were in progress 
for a general attack of all the Peloponnesian states upon 
Philip, and that these Eubcean cities should use the tribute 
ordinarily paid to Athens to equip themselves for participation 
in this attack. Bribes influenced Demosthenes to aid these 
schemes of Callias. 

(c.) THIRD PERIOD OF THE CAREER OF DEMOSTHENES EXAMINED, 
FROM THE CLOSE OF THE PEACE, 340 B. C., TO THE BATTLE OF 
CH&RONEA, 338 B.c. (δὲ 106-158.) 

δὲ 106-136. The offence of Demosthenes against the sanc- 
tuary of Delphi in the affair of the Locrians of Amphissa. 
(1.) The account of the destruction of the port of Cirrha and of 
the consecration of the Cirrhzan plain. (2.) The Locrians of Am- 
phissa restore the harbor \and cultivate this district, in violation 
of the mandate of the god. Demosthenes is bribed by the Am- 
phissians to defend their impiety before the Amphictyonic Coun- 
cil. (3.) In this Council the Amphissians charge Athens with 
sacrilege in depositing certain shields in a new temple at Delphi 
before it was finished. A%schines, as the Athenian deputy, de- 
fends the city, and in turn charges the Amphissians with sacri- 
lege. (4.) The Amphictyonic Council resolves on the spot to 
punish the Amphissians. A conflict between them ensues, in 
which the latter come off victorious. A resolution is passed by 
the Council calling a special session to provide means for pun- 


256 ABSTRACT OF 





ishing them. (5.) Demosthenes contrived to have a decree 
passed by which the Athenian deputies were forbidden to meet 
with the Amphictyons at this extraordinary session. (6.) In 
this session it was resolved to undertake a war against the 
Amphissians. A fine was imposed upon them ; but since it was 
not paid, a second expedition was made, when Philip was on his 
return from the Scythian campaign. Of the leadership in this 
holy war Athens was deprived by the corruption of Demos- 
thenes. (7.) Demosthenes has involved the state in numerous 
calamities. Since he first assumed the administration of affairs, 
Thebes has been destroyed, the Lacedemonians brought under 
the subjection of Alexander, and Athens, once the common 
refuge of the Greeks, forced to contend for her existence. : 

δὲ 137-158. The alliance with Thebes considered. (1.) It 
was not Demosthenes, but the common danger from the prox- 
imity of Philip, that united Athens and Thebes. (2.) In the 
negotiations for this alliance Demosthenes committed three 
capital offences against the state: First, he made Athens assist 
in placing all Bceotia in the power of Thebes, caused Ath- 
ens to bear two thirds of the expenses of the war conjointly 
waged, gave the command of the land force entirely to Thebes, 
and divided the control of the fleet. His second offence con- 
sists in taking away the proper authority of our Assembly 
and Senate, by giving the magistrates of Bceotia a share in 
all councils. His third and most heinous offence is that, by 
opposing the Theban magistrates in their desire to conclude a 
peace with Philip, to which the latter was also himself inclined, 
he is responsible for the disastrous results of the battle of 
Cheronea. In crowning Demosthenes you crown the author 
of this slaughter, you perpetuate your own disgrace, and you 
recall to mind the misfortunes and sufferings of the wretched 
Uhebans. 

(d.) FouRTH PERIOD OF THE CAREER OF DEMOSTHENES EXAM- 


4 THE ORATION OF AESCHINES. 257 





INED, FROM CH#RONEA, 338 B. C., DOWN TO THE PRESENT MO- 
MENT, 330 B. 0. (δὲ 159-176.) 

δὲ 159-167. After the battle Demosthenes fled from the city, 
under pretence of collecting taxes. Upon his return he was full 
of fear. While he was not allowed by you to append his own 
name to any decree, he procured through others the passage 
of decrees honoring the murderer of Philip. He ridiculed Alex- 
ander, when at a distance; but when sent on an embassy to 
him, while he was investing Thebes, afraid to proceed farther 
than Mount Cithzron, he ran back to Athens. And finally he 
sold himself to Alexander, as is shown from his neglect to 
improve three occasions for opposing him. 

δὲ 168-176. Demosthenes is shown to be neither a friend 
of free government nor a patriot, when the proper tests are ap- 
plied to his life and character. 

IV. CoNSIDERATIONS DRAWN FROM PRECEDENTS WITH REFER- 
ENCE TO THE CROWNING AND TO THE MODE OF CONDUCTING THIS 
TRIAL. (δὲ 177 -- 214.) 

δὲ 177 --190. In the most illustrious period of the republic, 
when the citizens displayed the greatest merit, public honors 
were sparingly bestowed. To confer honors frequently is to 
make them cheap. 

δὲ 191-214. In former times there was much greater rever- 
ence paid the laws, and much greater severity in trying indict- 
ments for illegal decrees. Precedents were not cited by way 
of justifying violations of law. Even friends brought prose- 
cutions against friends, in every case in which the state was 
injured. The question how far a citizen may honestly and 
regularly plead for an offender is considered. 

A law should be passed forbidding the employment of advocates 
in suits for illegality, as the merits of such suits are not vague. 
The jurors are cautioned against any attempt on the part of 
Ctesiphon to evade the real issue. Auschines reviews the order 


258 ABSTRACT OF 





he has pursued in his speech, and charges the jurors to oblige 
Demosthenes to follow the same method in his defence, and to’ 
hold him rigidly to the points in question. Demosthenes will 
wail, revile, and swear, and all for the sake of a crown and- 
proclamation. Ctesiphon and Demosthenes, while pretending to 
have no concern for themselves, express grave apprehensions for 
each other, and ought therefore not to be acquitted by their 
common judges. 

V. ANTICIPATIONS OF CERTAIN CHARGES ABOUT TO BE MADE 
BY HiS OPPONENT. (δῷ 21 -- 229.) 

Demosthenes will charge me with criminal silence, and with 
bringing a prosecution against his whole administration at this 
late day, after having neglected to impeach him at the time of 
his misdeeds. My silence has been owing to my life of absti- 
nence, while, on the contrary, his speaking. has been prompted by 
a desire for money to expend upon his extravagant indulgences. 
Besides, to speak occasionally is a proof that a man engages in 
public life as necessity requires ; but to harangue from day to 
day shows that he makes debating a trade. As to the second 
charge, he cannot have forgotten how publicly I convicted him of 
impious conduct with respect to the Amphissians, and of corrupt 
practices in the affairs of Eubcea; and we can never forget how, 
as was shown by me at the time, he defrauded the city of sixty- 
five ships, when the armament of three hundred had been in- 
trusted to him.’ His comparing me with the Sirens would come 
with better grace from a man whose only instrument is not his 
tongue. 

VI. REcAPITULATION OF THE MAIN POINTS OF THE ARGUMENT. 
(δὲ 230 -- 259.) 

(1.) §§ 230-235. The illegality of the decree, the character 
of Demosthenes, the reputation of the judges for consistency 
and honesty, and the safety of the republic, demand the convic- 
tion of the defendant. 


THE ORATION OF ASCHINES. 259 





(2.) §§ 236-240. Neither the clause that he surrounded the 
city with excellent fortifications, nor the general statement of his 
merits as a statesman, furnishes good reason for crowning him. 
‘For in building the fortifications he did the city no genuine 
service, since it was he who made them necessary. And the 
general statement is untrue; of which fact new proof is fur- 
nished by his diverting the seventy talents sent by Persia from 
the public service into his own coffers. 

(3.) δὲ 241-254. Demosthenes should not be suffered to 
speak his own praises. To crown him would be to disgrace the 
brave men of old who were crowned for their valor, and the 
memory of those who fell in battle ; and would corrupt the 
youth by setting a pernicious example before them. Men who 
are so ready to lay claim to loyalty and patriotism must be 
required to produce evidence of their merit. The republic is 
endangered by the pretensions of these men, which serve them 
as a cloak for their schemes. 

(4.) §§ 255-259. The judges are exhorted to confer their 
honors with a scrupulous delicacy, and not to be influenced by 
the arrogant pretensions of Demosthenes. Solon, Aristides, 
Themistocles, and the heroes of Marathon and Platza, are 
appealed to as arrayed against the villany of Demosthenes 
and of his associates. 

VII. Peroration. (ὃ 260.) 

If I have not spoken as I wished, I have spoken as I could. 
Do ye decide what is just and beneficial to the state, not only 
from what has been said, but also from what has been left 
unsaid. 










LIBRARy 


OF THE 


UNIVERSITY |} 
OF CALIFORWS 





Cambridge : Electrotyped and Printed by John Wilson & Son. 



















14 DAY USE 
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 


This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
on the date to which renewed. 
Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 




































































Th Po A 
j ow ry 7 ae 
- ; F 
175 -1 PM 6 9 
OCT 375 -1 ] 
Φ τ κ᾿ 
» IY . | 
' 
MAR ~ 3A πᾶν ] 
SBN VOoME | 
— φ mm ΓῚ ] 
a , = ; ~ 
᾿ 
Γ] aa | 
| 
| 
| 
| 
General Library 
LD 21~-50m-8,’57 University of California 
(C8481s10)476 Berkeley 


WUV 42 luv ἡ 





28 Jan'5o 17 
“voit 





i} ; LD 21—100m-7,’39 (402s) 








υ. C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 


ll 


PITMAN 


CO4¥beOb1LbS 





Shred Sea Saati etsy tee tiaee, 
ita yeah 
yah it 


epee Spey 
‘ 


Νὴ 


Se 
ἀφ χοὰς τὸν 


artee 
eS 
ὡς 
Ὡς 
Bons: 
me 


ἀπε: 
"4.41 


ἐν) Sey ἘΦ 
Nae ὦ ἢ ξ 
ἀπ 
ORAS 
ae τ 
sas 


» 


a 


oe 


“aie 


a 
ἐὸ sits bbe < 
14 


ES 
4 oH 


προ λαρά τος 
eae ee 
oN a. oe 
<< 


τὰ 
ω- 

ro 
— 


ἀπ 

Bases preety 
ΜΠ 

ἔπ ἬῊΝ 


4 


Naa 
44 
, ὯΝ ; 
᾿ 


ΡΣ 
αι 
he 


= 


on 


om we 


ἘΜ] 
fat 
ΤῊ 


J 
eet 3 


wy, 
ᾳ “Ὁ. 
ments ΓΑ αν 
ves 
wee 
wu oF oe we 
Eeewtvs 
. 





- 
me 
eee 


y ‘ if} ΤΑΣ 
ΚΑ SALSA 
is SAGs i ten 
$ Ginn in 
ἮΝ SY 


AA), 
Po RA. 





ἴεν: 


Rive, 
a, “oe, 
Joos Sod 
ae te 
es tee tS 


“ἀν 
ays 


ἜΘ ΞΕΞΕΣΣΣ 
Sees 
ma ten nee 
abe 
Ss 


“ 





enna 
ay Ὶ ᾿ Rie 
> id 


τι 
} 


ron r 


πὰς 


ἌΡ 
Sena 











ταν 
Saye 
ΩΝ 


f (i ἡ ἬΝ 
a: 
Uf ti 
eae) 
ἔν ἡμὴ 


᾿" 


ra 


s 


Oe Ean asf 
; 
oe. 
oe 
Se 
ΥΩ 
Ξ 


Ae 
= 
oo 
eso 
ac 


aes 
Pree 
as 





a 
Ren τα λον 
eats 
ἀρ τάς 
aos 


ὭΣ 


EF 
ARGH: 
‘ τὰ ᾿ vi 
34 ih Sst 
ΓΕ ony tty 
: ae AVES CRS a 
ἀπ ι 


Bak ne 
DH 


᾿ hae fant) AY ; 
% if Sy i si ἢ af a i ἐς, 
; 3 oy ne aa Asa 
by 5 AAAS ALIAS staat 
ας 
ἀπ 


Pe 











